COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

T700 THRUST REVERSER

91A250 SERIES

INSPECTION / CHECK
TASK 78-30-20-200-801-A01
1. Inspection / Check - C-Duct Structure

A. General

This task gives the procedures to do an inspection of the C-Duct Structure.

TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Ref. TSD.594-J).

TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Ref. RR-CAEL-SPM).

All the parts must be cleaned before they are examined (Ref. CLEANING, Page block 4001).

All the parts, specified or not, must be visually examined for damage, corrosion and wear. If
a defect is found that is not specified in this procedure, contact SAFRAN Nacelles.

Do not discard the parts until you are sure there are no repairs available. Refer to the
instructions in the REPAIR section before a rejected part is used again or oversized parts are
installed.

Rejected parts can be held although no repair is available. The repair of a rejected part could
be applicable at a later date.

All the parts must be examined to make sure that all repairs have been completed
satisfactorily.

For policy that is necessary for inspection, refer to SPM TASK 70-30-00-200-000.

For data on part condition terminology, refer to SPM TASK 70-01-02-200-000.

For data on inspection of parts, refer to SPM TASK 70-31-00-200-000.

For data on geometric tolerances, refer to SPM TASK 70-41-02-800-801.

For the recording and control of the lives of parts, refer to the Time Limits Manual
(T-TRENT-1RR) TASK 05-00-01-800-801.

B. Reason for the job

The visual check lets the user find damage or corrosion. It does not show the correct function
of the parts.

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5001
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

C. Job set-up information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Standard tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- - Standard fluorescent penetrant equipment
- - Ultrasonic inspection equipment

(b) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

NOTE: For the full data of the special tools referenced in this TASK, refer to the
SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT section of this CMM.

(2) Consumables

REFERENCE DESIGNATION
None

NOTE: For the full data of the consumable materials referenced in this TASK, refer to
the Overhaul Materials Manual (OMat).

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5002
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

D. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-210-001-A01
(1) Initial Examination of the C-Duct Structure

Damage that is seen to be too much to continue inspection Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-230-001-A01
(2) Visual Test for Cracks on the 12 O'clock beam, 6 O'clock beam and the front
frame and the vee-blade

(a) Clean the parts.

(b) Do a crack test (fluorescent penetrant)on the parts that follow (Ref. OP TASK
70-00-00-200-210, OP 210, Overhaul Processes Manual (OPM) TSD594-J:

12 O'clock beam
6 O'clock beam
Front frame (rear side) Vee-blade
Cracked Reject.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-001-A01
(3) Examine the Thermal Blankets (42-575 or 42A-575 or 42B-575, 43-405 or 43A-
405 or 43B-405, 42-025 or 42A-025 or 42B-025, 43-015 or 43A-015 or 43B-015,
42-015 or 42A-015 or 42B-015, 42-020 or 42A-020 or 42B-020, 43-010 or 43A-
010 or 43B-010, 42-035 or 42A-035 or 42B-035 and 43-030 or 43A-030 or
43B-030)
(Ref. Fig 5001 and Fig. 5002)

CAUTION: IF YOU FIND DAMAGE TO THE THERMAL BLANKET IT MAY

BE NECESSARY TO DO A PULL TEST. IF YOU FIND
DAMAGE TOTHE THERMAL BLANKET, YOU MAY NEED TO
CONTACTSAFRAN NACELLES AS FURTHER IFS
INVESTIGATION MAY BENECESSARY.

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5003
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(a) Textured foil – Examine the foil

Torn / Pierced
Not more than 558,40 x 254,00 mm (21.984 x 10.000 in.) Repair (Ref. FRS X066;
Not less than 20,00 mm (0.787 in.) from any edge [welded patch], or
Not less than 40,00 mm (1.574 in.) from other damage FRSX065 [riveted patch],
SRM 54-30-30,
Repair 11)
More than 558,40 x 254,00 mm (21.984 x 10.000 in.) Reject and contact
Less than 20,00 mm (0.787 in.) from any edge. SAFRAN Nacelles
Less than 40,00 mm (1.574 in.) from other damage Replace thermal blanket,
Ref. FRSX023

(b) Insulation core – Examine the core

Hole
Not more than 20,00 mm (0.787 in.) dia. Repair with sealant:
Not less than 20,00 mm (0.787 in.) to any edge. (Ref. FRS X066;
Not less than 40,00 mm (1.574 in.) from other damage [welded patch], or
FRSX065 [riveted patch],
SRM 54-30-30,
Repair 11)
More than 20,00 mm (0.787 in.) dia. Repair with plug:
Not more than 152,40 x 304,80 mm (6.000 x 12.000 in.) (Ref. FRS X066; [welded
Not less than 20,00 mm (0.787 in.) to any edge. patch], or
Not less than 40,00 mm (1.574 in.) from other damage FRSX065 [riveted patch],
SRM 54-30-30,
Repair 11)
More than 152,40 x 304,80 mm (6.000 x 12.000 in.). Reject and contact
Less than 20,00 mm (0.787 in.) to any edge. SAFRAN Nacelles
Less than 40,00 mm (1.574 in.) from other damage Replace thermal blanket,
Ref. FRSX023
Fluid ingress Reject and contact
SAFRAN Nacelles

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5004
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(c) Polyimide film – Examine the film

Hole
Not more than 20,00 mm (0.787 in.) dia. Repair (Ref. FRS X066 [welded
Not less than 20,00 mm (0.787 in.) to any edge. patch] or, FRS X065 [riveted
Not less than 40,00 mm (1.574 in.) from other damage patch] SRM 54-30-30, Repair
No damage to the IFS 11)
More than 20,00 mm (0.787 in.) dia. but not more than Contact SAFRAN Nacelles
132,40 x 284,80 mm (5.212 x 11.212 in.). Repair (Ref. FRS X066)
Not less than 20,00 mm (0.787 in.) to any edge.
Not less than 40,00 mm (1.574 in.) from other damage
No damage to the IFS
More than 132,40 x 284,80 mm (5.212 x 11.212 in.) Reject and contact SAFRAN
Less than 20,00 mm (0.787 in.) to any edge. Nacelles
Less than 40,00 mm (1.574 in.) from other damage
Damage to the IFS

(d) Teflon strip adjacent to number 1 bumper

Damaged Replace (Ref. FRSX023)

(e) Cover 42-600 or 42A-600 or 42B-600, 43-425 or 43A-425 or 43B-425, 42-595

or 42A-595 or 42B-595, 43-420 or 43A-420 or 43B-420, 42-585 or 42A-585or
42B-585, 43-415 or 43A-415 or 43B-415, 42-580 or 42A-580 or 42B-580, 43-410
or 43A-410 or 43B-410, 42-045 or 42A-045 or 42B-045 and 42-040 or 42A-040
or 42B-040

Torn / Pierced Replace (Ref. FRSX023)

(f) Thermal blankets - Examine the grommets

Visually examine the grommets

Dent in cap with cracks No acceptable limits Replace (Ref. FRS X066,
and or holes Repair 4)
Dent in cap with no cracks No acceptable limits Replace (Ref. FRS X066,
and or holes Repair 4)
Cap and or grommet missing No acceptable limits Replace (Ref. FRS X066,
Repair 4)

(g) Thermal blankets - Examine the weldscrews

Visually examine the weldscrews

Damaged or missing No acceptable limits Replace (Ref. FRS X066,
Repair 5)

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5005
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(h) Thermal blankets - Examine the vent covers

Visually examine the vent covers

Dent with cracks and or holes No acceptable limits Replace (Ref. FRS X066,
Repair 6)
Dent with no cracks and or holes No acceptable limits Replace (Ref. FRS X066,
Repair 6)

(i) Aft Centre Thermal blankets - Examine the doubler

Visually examine the doubler

Gouge, chafing or hole, No acceptable limits Replace (Ref. FRS X066,
No IFS damage Repair 7)
Hole, with IFS damage No acceptable limits Contact SAFRAN Nacelles

(j) Thermal blankets - Examine the screw covers and tabs

Visually examine the screw covers and tabs

Damaged or missing No acceptable limits Replace (Ref. FRS X066,
Repair 8 and 9)

(k) Lower Thermal Blanket (LH/RH) – Bumper Shields 1, 2, 3, & 4:

(Ref. Fig. 5002)

Gauge / Chaffing
Bumper shield: Repair, Ref. FRS X164
No. 1, 2 & 3: Up to 5,00 mm (0.197 in.) deep
No. 4: Up to 4,00 mm (0.157 in.) deep
Bumper shield: Reject, replace thermal blanket,
No. 1, 2 & 3: More than 5,00 mm (0.197 in.) deep Ref. FRS X023
No. 4: More than 4,00 mm (0.157 in.) deep

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5006
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-002-A01
(4) Examine the Pre-Cooler Duct (PCD)
(a) Examine the PCD at Location 1 (Ref. Fig. 5002) and at Location D (Ref. Fig.
5004)

Nicked
Not more than 0,13 mm (0.010 in.) deep Accept
More than 0,13 mm (0.010 in.) but not more than 0,25 mm (0.020 in.) Repair, (Ref. FRS3253,
deep SPM TASK
70-42-11-300-001,
Repair 001).
More than 0,25 mm (0.020 in.) deep Reject and repair
(Ref. FRSX015)
Dented
Not more than 2,5 mm (0.100 in.) deep if it is smooth at the bottom Accept
More than 2,5 mm (0.100 in.) or if it is sharp at the bottom Reject and repair
(Ref. FRSX015)
Pre SB 78-B819:
Front and rear corners cracked
Not more than 60,00 mm (2.360 in.) long Repair, stop drill.
FRSX063
(Ref. 54-30-30, Repair
No. 04)
More than 60,00 mm (2.360 in.) long Reject and repair
(Ref. FRSX015)
Other areas cracked Contact SAFRAN Nacelles
Post SB 78-B819:
Rear corners cracked
In area D1 Repair, FRSX109
(Ref. 54-30-30, Repair No.
15)
Out of area D1 Reject and repair
(Ref. FRSX015)
Other areas cracked Contact SAFRAN Nacelles
Front corners cracked
In area D2 Repair, FRSX062
(Ref. 54-30-30, Repair No.
16)
Out of area D2 Repair (Ref. FRSX015)
Other areas cracked Contact SAFRAN Nacelles

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5007
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(b) Examine the fasteners

Loose / Missing Reject

(c) Examine the joggle plate

Fasteners
Loose / missing
Not more than 15 Repair (Ref. FRSX082,
SRM 54-30-30, Repair
No. 08).
More than 15 Reject and contact
SAFRAN Nacelles
Cracks – Front and rear Corners
More than two cracks on any corner Reject and contact
SAFRAN Nacelles
Any crack that ends on the joggle part of the plate Reject and contact
SAFRAN Nacelles
Pre SB RB211-78-B819: any cracks at any corner Reject and replace
(Ref. FRS X015)
Post SB RB211-78-B819: Up to two cracks at each Repair
corner (Ref. FRS X135)
Post SB RB211-78-B819 and FRSX062 installed: any Reject and contact
cracks at front corner SAFRAN Nacelles

(d) Examine the support brackets, location 2A and 2D

(Ref. Fig. 5005)

CAUTION: TO EXAMINE THE SUPPORT BRACKETS IT IS

NECESSARY TO REMOVE THE SUPPORT RODS (REF.
FRSX102). YOU MUST REMOVE ONLY ONE ROD AT A TIME
TO EXAMINE IT 'S RELATED BRACKET. AFTER THE
EXAMINATION, THE ROD MUST BE INSTALLED (REF.
FRSX102) BEFORE THE OTHER ROD IS REMOVED. IF YOU
DO NOT DO THIS PROCEDURE, DAMAGE CAN OCCUR TO
THE IFS AND THE PRE-COOLER DUCT.

Cracked Repair FRSX107

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5008
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-003-A01
(5) Pre SB 78-E871: Examine the Pre-Cooler Duct Support brackets and rods at
locations 2B, 2C, 3A and 3B
(Ref. Fig 5005)

CAUTION: TO EXAMINE THE SUPPORT RODS AND THEIR

RELATED BRACKETS, IT IS NECESSARY TO REMOVE
THE SUPPORT RODS (REF. FRSX102). YOU MUST
REMOVE ONLY ONE ROD AT A TIME TO EXAMINE THE
PARTS. AFTER THE EXAMINATION THE ROD MUST BE
INSTALLED (REF. FRSX102) BEFORE THE OTHER ROD
IS REMOVED. IF YOU DO NOT DO THIS PROCEDURE,
DAMAGE CAN OCCUR TO THE IFS AND PRE-COOLER
DUCT.

Cracked Repair FRSX102

(e) Examine the support rods assemblies 38-311 and 38-945, location 3A and
3B

Distorted Reject
Spherical bearings (38- Not free to turn Reject
306) and (38-310), location
4A, 4B, 4C and 4D Threads Pick-up Repair, (Ref.
FRS3253, SPM TASK
70-42-11-300-001,
Repair 001).

Crossed Reject
Locknuts (38-307) and Pick-up Repair, (Ref.
(38-308) FRS3253, SPM TASK
70-42-11-300-001,
Repair 001).

Crossed Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5009
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-210-015-A01
(6) Initial Inspection of the Pre-Cooler Duct (PCD) Bellows Seal

Initially Examine the PCD Bellows Seal

Damage that is seen to be too much to continue inspection Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-230-015-A01
(7) Crack Test on the PCD Bellows Seal (x7 magnification)
(Ref. Fig. 5034)

(a) Clean the part.

Do a visual examination for cracks on the part that follows:

Pre-cooler bellows seal Cracked Reject
(38-280) at flanges (1)
and (4) and bellows (3)

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-177-A01
(8) Inspection of the PTFE Layer of the PCD Bellows Seal at Location 2
(Ref. Fig. 5034)

Missing/Damaged
Not more than 30% of the flange area Accept
More than 30% of the flange area Reject

NOTE: The acceptance of the PTFE layer requires the limits for galling /fretting in
step (5) to be satisfactory.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-207-A01
(9) Inspection of the Flanges PCD of the Bellows Seal at Location 1
(Ref. Fig. 5034)

Nicked/Burred
Not more than 0, 10 mm ( 0.004 in.) deep Accept
More than 0, 10 mm ( 0.004 in. ) deep but not more than 0,50 mm Reject
(0.020 in.) deep
Distorted Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5010
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-179-A01
(10) Inspection of the Flanges of the PCD Bellows Seal at Location 4
(Ref. Fig. 5034)

Galled/Fretted
Not more than 0.050 mm (0.020 in.) deep on not more than 30%
Accept
of the flange area
Repair (Ref. FRS 3253, SPM
More than 0.050 mm (0.020 in.) deep or on more than 30% of
TASK 70-42-11-300-001)
the flange area

More than 0,50 mm (0.020 in.) deep Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-004-A01
(11) Examine the IP8 and the HP3 Bleed Duct Ports at Locations 5A, 5B, 5C, 5D, 6A,
6B and 6C
(Ref. Figs. 5001 and 5002)

Nicked / Galled / Scratched

Not more than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) deep Accept
Repair, (Ref.
More than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) but not more than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) FRS3253, SPM TASK
deep 70-42-11-300-001,
Repair 001).
More than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) deep Reject
Dented
Not more than 0,25 mm (0.050 in.) deep and smooth at the bottom Accept
More than than 0,25 mm (0.050 in.) deep or it is sharp at the bottom Reject
Fasteners
Loose / Missing Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5011
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-005-A01
(12) Examine the Turbine Case Cooling (TCC) Duct at Location 7
(Ref. Fig. 5001)

Nicked / Galled / Scratched

Not more than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) deep Accept
Repair (Ref.
More than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) but not more than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) FRS3253, SPM TASK
deep 70-42-11-300-001,
Repair 001).
More than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) deep Repair FRSX095
Dented
Not more than 1,25 mm (0.050 in.) deep if it is smooth at the bottom Accept
More than 1,25 mm (0.050 in.) or if it is sharp at the bottom Repair FRSX095
Cracked
Not more than 250 mm (9.80 in.) long Repair FRSX097
More than 250 mm (9.80 in.) long Repair FRSX095

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-006-A01
(13) Pre SB 78-C030: Examine the Air Cooled Air Cooler (ACAC) Duct at Location 8
(Ref. Fig. 5001)

Nicked
Not more than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) deep Accept
(Ref. Repair
More than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) but not more than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) FRS3253, SPM TASK
deep 70-42-11-300-001,
Repair 001).
More than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) deep Reject
Fasteners
Loose / Missing Reject
Thermal blanket
Torn / Pierced Reject
Seal
Split / Torn Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5012
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-007-A01
(14) Examine the 12 O'clock Beams at Locations 9A and 9B
(Ref. Figs. 5001 and 5002)

Nicked / Fretted
Not more than 0,50 mm (0.020 in.) deep Accept
(Ref. Repair
More than 0,50 mm (0.020 in.) but not more than 1,0 mm (0.040 in.) FRS3253, SPM TASK
deep 70-42-11-300-001,
Repair 001).
More than 1,0 mm (0.040 in.) deep Reject
Fasteners
Loose / Missing Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-008-A01
(15) Examine the No 2 hinge shouldered bush at location 10
(Ref. to Figs. 5001, 5002 and 5003)

Galled/Scored/Loose
Worn If the bore is not more than 19,05 mm Accept
(0.7500 in.) in diameter
If the bore is more than 19,05 mm Reject
(0.7500 in.) in diameter

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-173-A01
(16) Examine the No 2 hinge bush at location 11
(Ref. Figs. 5001, 5002 and 5003)

Galled/Scored/Loose Reject
Worn If the bore is not more than 19,05 mm Accept
(0.7500 in.) in diameter
If the bore is more than 19,05 mm Reject
(0.7500 in.) in diameter

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5013
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-009-A01
(17) Examine the No 3 and 4 hinge bushes at location 12 and 13
(Ref. Figs. 5001, 5002 and 5003)

Galled/Scored/Loose Reject, contact SAFRAN

Nacelles
Worn If the bore is not more than 22,987 Accept
mm (0.905 in.) in diameter
If the bore is more than 22,987 mm Reject, contact SAFRAN
(0.905 in.) in diameter Nacelles

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-010-A01
(18) Examine the No 5 hinge bushes at locations 14 and 15
(Ref. Figs. 5001, 5002 and 5003)

Galled/Scored/Loose Reject
Worn If the bore is less than 35,03 mm Accept
(1.3791 in.) in diameter
If the bore is more than 35,03 mm Reject
(1.3791 in.) in diameter

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-011-A01
(19) Examine the C-Duct lift points at locations 16 and 17
(Ref. Fig 5006)

Threads
Pick-up (Ref. Repair
FRS3253, SPM TASK
70-42-11-300-001,
Repair 001).
Stripped / crossed Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5014
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-012-A01
(20) Inspection of the 6 O'clock Beams at Location 18A and 18B
(Ref. Figs. 5001 and 5002)

Nicked/Fretted
Not more than 0,50 mm (0.020 in.) deep Accept
More than 0,50 mm (0.020 in.) but less than 1,00 mm (0.040 in.) Repair (Ref. FRS3253, SPM
deep TASK 70-42-11-300-001,
Repair 001)
More than 1,00 mm (0.040 in.) Reject
Fasteners
Loose / Missing Reject
Pivot fitting nicked
Not more than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) deep Accept
More than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) but not more than 0,50 mm (0.020 Repair (Ref. FRS3253, SPM
in.) deep TASK 70-42-11-300-001,
Repair 001).
More than 0,50 mm (0.020 in.) deep Reject

(a) Inspection of the 6 O'clock Beams at Location 18B

(Ref. Fig. 5002)

Striker plates (91B514)

Damaged or missing Replace (Ref. FRS X031,
N-TRENT-A330, SRM
54-30-01,

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-157-A01
(21) Pre SB 78-C722: Examine the rear hold open rod attachment bracket at
location 19
(Ref. Fig. 5008)

Nicked/Galled/Scratched
Not more than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) deep Accept
(Ref. Repair
FRS3253, SPM TASK
More than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) but not more than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) 70-42-11-300-001,
deep Repair 001).
More than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) deep (Ref. SRM 54-30-30,
Repair No. 02).

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5015
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-158-A01
(22) Examine the CNA fitting cover at location 20
(Ref. Fig. 5009)

(Ref. SRM 54-30-07,

Cracked/Distorted
Repair No. 07).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-013-A01
(23) Examine the Front Frame at Locations 21A and 21B
(Ref. Figs. 5001 and 5002)

(a) Examine the ribs

Dented
Reject
Nicked/Gouged/Scratched/Corroded
Not more than 1,6 mm (0.0625 in.) deep and not nearer than 128,0 mm (Ref. Repair
(5.0 in.) to other damage FRS3253, SPM TASK
70-42-11-300-001,
Repair 001).
More than 1,6 mm (0.0625 in.) deep or nearer than 128,0 mm (5.0 in.) Reject
to other damage

(b) Examine the webs

(Ref. Fig. 5010)

Dented
Reject
Nicked/Gouged/Scratched/Corroded
Not more than 0,20 mm (0.006 in.) deep. Not nearer than 20 x the Repair (Ref.
depth of the damage to a fastener or hole and not nearer than 128,0 FRS3253, SPM TASK
mm (5.0 in.) to other damage 70-42-11-300-001,
Repair 001).
More than 0,20 mm (0.006 in.) deep. Nearer than 20 x the depth of the
damage to a fastener or hole or nearer than 128,0 mm (5.0 in.) to other
damage Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5016
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(c) Pre SB 78-D650: Examine the fireshield at locations 22A and 22B

Front surface Dented/Torn/Gouged/Pierced/Abraded

Any damage Repair FRSX024
Edge Dented/Scored/Gouged
Not more than 5,0 mm (0.20 in.) deep (Ref. SRM 54-30-07,
Repair No. 05).
More than 5,0 mm (0.20 in.) deep Repair FRSX024

(d) Examine the Vee-blade at location 23A and 23B

(Ref. Fig. 5001 and 5002)

Dented Reject
Nicked/Scratched/Gouged/Fretted/Galled
Not more than 0,50 mm (0.020 in.) deep and not nearer than 128,0 Repair (Ref. FRS3253,
mm (5.0 in.) to other damage SPM TASK
70-42-11-300-001,
Repair 001).
More than 0,50 mm (0.020 in.) deep or nearer than 128,0 mm (5.0 in.) Reject
to other damage
Dry film lubricant
Missing/Damaged Repair, Contact SAFRAN
Nacelles

(e) Examine the fan cowl door seal at location 24

(Ref. Fig. 5011)

Torn/Pierced Repair FRSX044

(f) Examine the front hold open rod stowage brackets at location 25
(Ref. Fig. 5007)

Nicked/Scratched/Galled
Not more than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) deep Accept
Repair (Ref.
More than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) but not more than 0,25 mm (0.010 in) FRS3253, SPM TASK
deep 70-42-11-300-001,
Repair 001).
More than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) deep Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5017
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-014-A01
(24) Inspection of the Brackets on the Front Frame

Nicked
Not more than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) deep Accept
More than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) but not more than 0,50 mm Repair (Ref. FRS3253, SPM
(0.020 in.) deep TASK 70-42-11-300-001,
Repair 001).
More than 0,50 mm (0.020 in.) deep Repair FRSX043
Cracked/Distorted Repair FRSX043
Fasteners
Loose/Missing Reject

NOTE: Do not use the above inspection for support 91C760. To inspect support
91C760 go to 24 (a). Do not use FRSX043 to repair 91C760.

(a) Inspect the Power Conditioning Module (PCM) support on the Front Frame (Ref.
Fig. 5041)

Inspect the PCM support 91C760-XX

Nicked
Not more than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) deep Accept
More than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) but not more than 0,50 mm Repair (Ref. FRS3253, SPM
(0.020 in.) deep TASK 70-42-11-300-001,
Repair 001).
More than 0,50 mm (0.020 in.) deep Reject and replace (Ref.
FRSX171)
Cracked/Distorted No acceptable limits Reject and replace (Ref.
FRSX171)
Fasteners
Loose/Missing No acceptable limits Reject and contact SAFRAN
Nacelles
Lugs
Up to two lugs missing or No acceptable limits Reject and Repair (Ref.
with damage and/or cracks FRSX171)
Three or more lugs missing No acceptable limits Reject and contact SAFRAN
or with damage and/or Nacelles, replace (Ref.
cracks FRSX171)

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5018
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-015-A01
(25) Examine the bracket assembly at location 26A and 26B
(Ref. Figs. 5001 and 5002)

Nicked
Not more than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) deep Accept
More than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) but not more than 0,50 mm (0.020 Repair (Ref. FRS3253, SPM
in.) deep TASK 70-42-11-300-001,
Repair 001)
More than 0,50 mm (0.020 in.) deep Reject
Cracked/Distorted Reject

(a) Examine the bearing

Internal diameter - worn

Not more than 9,538 mm (0.3755 in.) in diameter Accept
More than 9,538 mm (0.3755 in.) in diameter Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-016-A01
(26) Examine the pivot door actuator support brackets at location 27
(Ref. Figs. 5010)

Nicked
Not more than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) deep Accept
More than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) but less than 0,50 mm (0.020 in.) deep Repair (Ref.
FRS3253, SPM TASK
70-42-11-300-001,
Repair 001).
More than 0,50 mm (0.020 in.) deep Reject

(a) Examine the bores

Worn
Not more than 11,035 mm (0.435 in.) in diameter Accept
More than 11,035 mm (0.435 in.) in diameter Reject
Scored /Galled Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5019
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-325-A01
(27) Examine the rod of the pivot door actuator (16/17-750):

Wear
Along any part of the length of the rod: Reject
Less than 23,687 mm (0.9326 in.) dia.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-017-A01
(28) Examine the C-Duct external surfaces
(Ref. Figs. 5012 Sheet 1, Sheet 2, Sheet 3 and Fig. 5013)

(a) Examine the fasteners

Loose/Missing Reject

(b) Examine the door surround seal compressor at location 36

(Ref. SRM
Damaged 54-30-15, Repair No.
01).

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5020
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(c) Examine the composite skin area S1

(Ref. Fig. 5012, Sheet 1)

NOTE: Use tap test or ultrasonic inspection equipment to find the

dimensions of the delamination.

Nicked/Scratched/Gouged
Not more than 0,28 mm (0.011 in.) deep. Not more than one cut ply. (Ref. SRM,
Distance from other damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x 54-30-00, Repair No.
damage size 09).
More than 0,28 mm (0.011 in.) deep or nearer than 5 x damage size or Reject
more than one cut ply
Dented
Not more than 76,0 mm (3.00 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM,
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size. Core not 54-30-00, Repair
damaged No.12).
Not more than 76,0 mm (3.00 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size. Core damaged 54-30-00, Repair
No.13).
More than 76,0 mm (3.00 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject
Delaminated
Not more than 76,0 mm (3.00 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM, 54-30-00,
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size Repair No. 09).

More than 76,0 mm (3.00 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject

Disbond
Not more than 76,0 mm (3.00 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM, 54-30-00,
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size Repair No. 12)
More than 76,0 mm (3.00 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject
Hole
Not more than 76,0 mm (3.00 in.) in diameter with damage to the inner (Ref. SRM, 54-30-00,
skin not more than 30 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter. Distance from other Repair No. 14)
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size
Not more than 76,0 mm (3.00 in.) in diameter with damage to the inner (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
skin more than 30 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter. Distance from other damage Repair No. 17)
or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size
More than 76,0 mm (3.00 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5x damage size Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5021
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(d) Examine the composite skin areas S3 and S4

(Ref. Fig. 5012, Sheet 3)

NOTE: Use tap test or ultrasonic inspection equipment to find the

dimensions of the delamination.

Nicked/Scratched/Gouged
Not more than 0,28 mm (0.011 in.) deep. Not more than one cut ply. (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
Distance from other damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x Repair No. 01).
damage size
More than 0,28 mm (0.011 in.) deep or nearer than 5 x damage size or Reject
more than one cut ply
Dented
Not more than 2,5 mm (0.10 in.) deep. Distance from other damage or (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size. Core not damaged Repair No. 03).
Not more than 2,5 mm (0.10 in.) deep. Distance from other damage or (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size. Core damaged Repair No. 04).
More than 2,5 mm (0.10 in.) deep or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject
Delaminated
Not more than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size Repair No. 01).
More than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject
Disbond
Not more than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size Repair No. 03).
More than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject

Hole area S3
Not more than 20,0 mm (0.80 in.) in diameter with damage to the outer (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
skin not more than 15,0 mm (0.60 in.) in diameter. Distance from other Repair No. 03).
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size
More than 20,0 mm (0.80 in.) in diameter or damage to the outer skin Reject
more than 15,0 mm (0.60 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size
Hole area S4
Not more than 20,0 mm (0.80 in.) in diameter with damage to the inner (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
skin not more than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter. Distance from other Repair No. 05).
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size
More than 20,0 mm (0.80 in.) in diameter or damage to the inner skin Reject
more than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5022
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(e) Examine the composite skin areas S11 and S12

(Ref. Fig. 5012, Sheet 3)

NOTE: Use tap test or ultrasonic inspection equipment to find the

dimensions of the delamination.

Nicked/Scratched/Gouged, area S11

Not more than 0,56 mm (0.022 in.) deep. Not more than two cut plies. (Ref. SRM
Distance from other damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x 54-30-00, Repair No.
damage size 01).

More than 0,56 mm (0.022 in.) deep or nearer than 5 x damage size or Reject
more than two cut plies
Nicked/Scratched/Gouged, area S12
Not more than 0,28 mm (0.011 in.) deep. Not more than one cut ply. (Ref. SRM
Distance from other damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x 54-30-00, Repair No.
damage size 01).

More than 0,28 mm (0.011 in.) deep or nearer than 5 x damage size or Reject
more than one cut ply
Dented
Not more than 76,0 mm (3.00 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size. Core not 54-30-00, Repair No.
damaged 03).

Not more than 76,0 mm (3.00 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size. Core damaged 54-30-00, Repair No.
04).

More than 76,0 mm (3.00 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject
Delaminated
Not more than 76,0 mm (3.00 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size 54-30-00, Repair No.
01).

More than 76,0 mm (3.00 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject
Disbond
Not more than 76,0 mm (3.00 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size 54-30-00, Repair No.
03).

More than 76,0 mm (3.00 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5023
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Hole
Not more than 76,0 mm (3.00 in.) in diameter with damage to the inner (Ref. SRM
skin not more than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter. Distance from other 54-30-00, Repair No.
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size 05).
Not more than 76,0 mm (3.00 in.) in diameter with damage to the inner (Ref. SRM
skin more than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter. Distance from other 54-30-00, Repair No.
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size 06).
More than 76,0 mm (3.00 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject

(f) Examine the composite skin areas M1 and M3

(Ref. Fig. 5012, Sheet 2)

NOTE: Use tap test or ultrasonic inspection equipment to find the

dimensions of the delamination.

Nicked/Scratched/Gouged, area M1
Not more than 1,12 mm (0.044 in.) deep. Not more than four cut plies. (Ref. SRM
Distance to upper (12 o'clock) beam must be more than 5 x damage size 54-30-00, Repair No.
09).
More than 1,12 mm (0.044 in.) deep. More than four cut plies or Reject
nearer than 5 x damage size
Nicked/Scratched/Gouged, area M3
Not more than 1,12 mm (0.044 in.) deep. Not more than four cut (Ref. SRM
plies. Distance from other damage of rivet line must be more than 5 54-30-00, Repair No.
x damage size 09).
More than 1,12 mm (0.044 in.) deep. More than four cut plies or Reject
nearer than 5 x damage size
Dented/Delaminated
Not more than 76,0 mm (3.00 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size 54-30-00, Repair No.
09).
More than 76,0 mm (3.00 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject
Hole
Not more than 76,0 mm (3.00 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size 54-30-00, Repair No.
10).
More than 76,0 mm (3.00 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5024
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(g) Examine the composite skin area M4

(Ref. Fig 5012 Sheet 3)

NOTE: Use tap test or ultrasonic inspection equipment to find the

dimensions of the delamination.

Nicked/Scratched/Gouged
Not more than 1,4 mm (0.055 in.) deep. Not more than five cut plies. (Ref. SRM
Distance from other damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x 54-30-00, Repair No.
damage size 01).
More than 1,4 mm (0.055 in.) deep or nearer than 5 x damage size or not Reject
more than five cut plies or nearer than five cut plies x damage size
Dented
Not more than 2,5 mm (0.10 in.) deep. Distance from other damage or (Ref. SRM
rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size 54-30-00, Repair No.
01).
More than 2,5 mm (0.10 in.) deep or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject
Delaminated
Not more than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size 54-30-00, Repair No.
01).
More than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject
Hole
Not more than 20,0 mm (0.80 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size 54-30-00, Repair No.
02).
More than 20,0 mm (0.80 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5025
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(h) Examine the composite skin area M5

(Ref. Fig. 5012, Sheet 1)

NOTE: Use tap test or ultrasonic inspection equipment to find the

dimensions of the delamination.

Nicked/Scratched/Gouged
Not more than 1,12 mm (0.044 in.) deep. Not more than four cut plies. (Ref. SRM
Distance to upper (12 o'clock) beam must be more than 5 x damage size 54-30-00, Repair No.
01).
More than 1,12 mm (0.044 in.) deep or nearer than 5 x damage size or Reject
more than four cut plies
Dented/Delaminated
Not more than 56,0 mm (2.2 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size 54-30-00, Repair No.
01).
More than 56,0 mm (2.2 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject
Hole
Not more than 56,0 mm (2.2 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size 54-30-00, Repair No.
02).
More than 56,0 mm (2.2 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject

(j) Examine the composite skin area M7

(Ref. Fig. 5012, Sheet 3)

NOTE: Use tap test or ultrasonic inspection equipment to find the

dimensions of the delamination.

Nicked/Scratched/Gouged
Not more than 0,28 mm (0.011 in.) deep. Not more than one cut ply. (Ref. SRM
Distance to other damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage 54-30-00, Repair No.
size 01).
More than 0,28 mm (0.011 in.) deep or nearer than 5 x damage size or Reject
more than one cut ply
Dented / Delaminated
Not more than 56,0 mm (2.2 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size 54-30-00, Repair No.
01).
More than 56,0 mm (2.2 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5026
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

OFS Outer Skin – Adjacent to the Rear Section of the 6 O’Clock Beam
Delaminated
No acceptable limits Repair (Ref. FRSX016,
SRM 54-30-01)
Hole
Not more than 56,0 mm (2.2 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size 54-30-00, Repair No.
02).
More than 56,0 mm (2.2 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject

(k) Examine the composite skin area M8 (Ref. Fig 5012 Sheet 3)

NOTE: Use tap test or ultrasonic inspection equipment to find the

dimensions of the delamination.

Nicked/Scratched/Gouged
Not more than 1,68 mm (0.066 in.) deep. Not more than six cut plies. (Ref. SRM
Distance to other damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage 54-30-00, Repair No.
size 01).
More than 1,68 mm (0.066 in.) deep or nearer than 5 x damage size or Reject
more than six cut plies
Dented/Delaminated
Not more than 63,0 mm (2.5 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size 54-30-00, Repair No.
01).
More than 63,0 mm (2.5 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject
Hole
Not more than 63,0 mm (2.5 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size 54-30-00, Repair No.
02).
More than 63,0 mm (2.5 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5027
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(l) Examine the composite skin area M9

(Ref. Fig. 5012, Sheet 1)

NOTE: Use tap test or ultrasonic inspection equipment to find the

dimensions of the delamination.

Nicked/Scratched/Gouged
Not more than 1,12 mm (0.044 in.) deep. Not more than four cut plies. (Ref. SRM
Distance to upper (12 o'clock) beam must be more than 5 x damage size 54-30-00, Repair No.
09).

More than 1,12 mm (0.044 in.) deep or nearer than 5 x damage size or Reject
more than four cut plies
Dented/Delaminated
Not more than 56,0 mm (2.2 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size 54-30-00, Repair No.
09).

More than 56,0 mm (2.2 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject
Hole
Not more than 56,0 mm (2.2 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size 54-30-00, Repair No.
10).

More than 56,0 mm (2.2 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-018-A01
(29) Examine the access panels receptacles at location 28
(Ref. Fig. 5013)

(a) Examine the threads

Pick-up Repair (Ref.

FRS3253, SPM TASK
70-42-11-300-001,
Repair 001).
Stripped/Crossed Repair (Ref.
FRS3035, SPM TASK
70-42-19-300-001,
Repair 001).

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5028
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-149-A01
(30) Examine the rotary variable transducer installation threaded inserts at location 29
(Ref. Fig. 5013)

(a) Examine the threads

Pick-up Repair (Ref.

FRS3253, SPM TASK
70-42-11-300-001,
Repair 001).
Loose/Stripped/Crossed Repair FRSX088

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-150-A01
(31) Examine the Inner Fixed Structure (IFS) at locations 30A and 30B
(Ref. Figs. 5001, 5002, 5014, Sheet 1 and 2)

(a) Examine the fasteners

Loose/Missing Reject

(b) Examine the bumper brackets at locations 31A and 31B and
(Ref. Fig. 5002)

Nicked
Not more than 0,13 mm (0.010 in.) deep Accept
Repair (Ref.
More than 0,13 mm (0.010 in.) but not more than 0,25 mm (0.020 in.) FRS3253, SPM TASK
deep 70-42-11-300-001,
Repair 001).
More than 0,25 mm (0.020 in.) deep Reject
Cracked Reject

(c) Examine the threads

Pick-up Repair (Ref.

FRS3253, SPM TASK
70-42-11-300-001,
Repair 001).
Stripped/Crossed Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5029
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(d) Examine the composite skin area A1

(Ref. Fig. 5014, Sheet 1)

NOTE: Use tap test or ultrasonic inspection equipment to find the

dimensions of the delamination.

Dented/Disbonded
Not more than 61,0 mm (2.4 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size. Core not 54-30-00, Repair No.
damaged 03).
Not more than 61,0 mm (2.4 in.) in diameter. Distance from other damage (Ref. SRM
or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size. Core damaged 54-30-00, Repair No.
04).
More than 61,0 mm (2.4 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject
Delaminated
Not more than 61,0 mm (2.4 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size 54-30-00, Repair No.
1).
More than 61,0 mm (2.4 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject
Hole
Not more than 61,0 mm (2.4 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size. Inner skin 54-30-00, Repair No.
damage not more than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter 05).
Not more than 61,0 mm (2.4 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size. Inner skin 54-30-00, Repair No.
damage more than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter 06).
More than 61,0 mm (2.4 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5030
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(e) Examine the composite skin area S1

(Ref. Fig. 5014, Sheet 1)

NOTE: Use tap test or ultrasonic inspection equipment to find the

dimensions of the delamination.

Dented/Disbonded
Not more than 46,0 mm (1.8 in.) in diameter. Distance from (Ref. SRM
other damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage 54-30-00, Repair No.
size. Core not damaged 03).

Not more than 46,0 mm (1.8 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size. Core 54-30-00, Repair No.
damaged 04).

More than 46,0 mm (1.8 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x Reject

Delaminated
Not more than 46,0 mm (1.8 in.) in diameter. Distance from (Ref. SRM
other damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage 54-30-00, Repair No.
size 01).

More than 46,0 mm (1.8 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x Reject

Hole
Not more than 46,0 mm (1.8 in.) in diameter. Distance from (Ref. SRM
other damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage 54-30-00, Repair No.
size. Inner skin damage not more than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in 05).
di t
Not more than 46,0 mm (1.8 in.) in diameter. Distance from (Ref. SRM
other damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage 54-30-00, Repair No.
size. Inner skin damage more than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in 06).
di t
More than 46,0 mm (1.8 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5031
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(f) Examine the composite skin area A2

(Ref. Fig. 5014, Sheet 2)

NOTE: Use tap test or ultrasonic inspection equipment to find the

dimensions of the delamination.

Dented/Disbonded
Not more than 69,0 mm (2.7 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size. Core not 54-30-00, Repair No.
damaged 03).
Not more than 69,0 mm (2.7 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size. Core damaged 54-30-00, Repair No.
04).
More than 69,0 mm (2.7 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject
Delaminated
Not more than 69,0 mm (2.7 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size 54-30-00, Repair No.
01).
More than 69,0 mm (2.7 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject
Hole
Not more than 69,0 mm (2.7 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size. Inner skin 54-30-00, Repair No.
damage not more than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter 05).
Not more than 69,0 mm (2.7 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size. Inner skin 54-30-00, Repair No.
damage more than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter 06).
More than 69,0 mm (2.7 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5032
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(g) Examine the composite skin area S2

(Ref. Fig. 5014, Sheet 2)

NOTE: Use tap test or ultrasonic inspection equipment to find the

dimensions of the delamination.

Dent / Disbond
Not more than 56,0 mm (2.2 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size. Core not
damaged 54-30-00, Repair No.
Not more than 56,0 mm (2.2 in.) in diameter. Distance from other damage (Ref. SRM
or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size. Core damaged
54-30-00, Repair No.
More than 56,0 mm (2.2 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject
Delaminated
Not more than 56,0 mm (2.2 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size
54-30-00, Repair No.
More than 56,0 mm (2.2 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject
Hole
Not more than 56,0 mm (2.2 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size. Inner skin
damage not more than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter 54-30-00, Repair No.
Not more than 56,0 mm (2.2 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size. Inner skin
damage more than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter 54-30-00, Repair No.
More than 56,0 mm (2.2 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5033
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(h) Examine the composite skin area E

(Ref. Fig. 5014, Sheet 2)

NOTE: Use tap test or ultrasonic inspection equipment to find the

dimensions of the delamination.

Dented
Not more than 2,5 mm (0.10 in.) deep. Distance from other damage or (Ref. SRM
rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size
54-30-00, Repair No.
More than 2,5 mm (0.10 in.) deep or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject
Delaminated
Not more than 30,0 mm (1.9 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size
54-30-00, Repair No.
More than 30,0 mm (1.9 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject
Hole
Not more than 28,0 mm (1.10 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size.
54-30-00, Repair No.
More than 28,0 mm (1.10 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-151-A01
(32) Examine the IFS seals
(Ref. Figs. 5001 and 5002)

(a) Examine the IFS seals at locations 32A, 32B, 32C and 32D.

Repair FRSX021 or
FRSX022 or FRSX094
Torn/Pierced or (Ref. SRM
54-30-30, Repair No.
06).

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5034
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-152-A01
(33) Examine the ramp fairing at locations 33A and 33B
(Ref. Figs. 5001, 5002 and 5015)

(a) Examine the fasteners

Loose / Missing Reject

(b) Examine the composite skin area A1

(Ref. Fig. 5015)

NOTE: Use tap test or ultrasonic inspection equipment to find the

dimensions of the delamination.

Nicked/Scratched/Gouged
Not more than 0,28 mm (0.011 in.) deep. Not more than one cut ply. (Ref. SRM
Distance from other damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x
damage size 54-30-00, Repair No.
More than 0,28 mm (0.011 in.) deep or nearer than 5 x damage size or Reject
more than one cut ply
Disbonded
Not more than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size
54-30-00, Repair No.
More than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject
or more than one cut ply
Dented
Not more than 2,5 mm (0.10 in.) deep. Distance from other damage or (Ref. SRM
rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size. Core not damaged
54-30-00, Repair No.
Not more than 2,5 mm (0.10 in.) deep. Distance from other damage or (Ref. SRM
rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size. Core damaged
54-30-00, Repair No.
More than 2,5 mm (0.10 in.) deep or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject
Delaminated
Not more than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size
54-30-00, Repair No.
More than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject
Hole
EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01
Page 5035
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Not more than 20,0 mm (0.80 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size. Inner skin
damage not more than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter 54-30-00, Repair No.
More than 20,0 mm (0.80 in.) in diameter or damage to the inner skin Reject
more than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size

(c) Examine the composite skin area E (Ref. Fig 5015)

NOTE: Use tap test or ultrasonic inspection equipment to find the

dimensions of the delamination.

Nicked/Scratched/Gouged
Not more than 0,58 mm (0.022 in.) deep. Not more than two cut plies. (Ref. SRM
Distance from other damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x
damage size 54-30-00, Repair No.
More than 0,58 mm (0.022 in.) deep or nearer than 5 x damage size or Reject
more than two cut plies
Dented
Not more than 23 mm (0.90 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size
54-30-00, Repair No.
More than 23 mm (0.90 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject
Delaminated
Not more than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size
54-30-00, Repair No.
More than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject
Hole
Not more than 23,0 mm (0.90 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size23,0 mm (0.90
in.) 54-30-00, Repair No.
More than 23,0 mm (0.90 in.) in diameter. Distance from other damage or Reject
rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5036
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-153-A01
(34) Examine the rear structure at location 34
(Ref. Fig. 5013)

(a) Examine the fasteners

Loose/Missing (Ref. SRM 54-30-01,

Repair No. 02).

(b) Examine the T/R to CNA interface blocks at location 35

(Ref. Fig 5014)

Loose/Missing (Ref. SRM 54-30-01,

Repair No. 02).
Worn
If the top surface of the block is more than 2 mm (0.079 in.) with the Accept
fasteners.
If the top surface of the block is less than 2 mm (0.079 in.) with the (Ref. SRM 54-30-01,
fasteners. Repair No. 02).

(c) Examine the composite skin area A3 (Ref. Fig 5016)

NOTE: Use tap test or ultrasonic inspection equipment to find the

dimensions of the delamination.

Nicked/Scratched/Gouged
Not more than 0,84 mm (0.033 in.) deep. Not more than three cut (Ref. SRM
plies. Distance from other damage or rivet line must be more than 5 54-30-00, Repair No.
x damage size 01).
More than 0,84 mm (0.033 in.) deep or nearer than 5 x damage size or Reject
more than three cut plies
Disbonded
Not more than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size. Core not 54-30-00, Repair No.
damaged 03).
More than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage Reject
size or core damaged

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5037
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Dented
Not more than 2,5 mm (0.10 in.) deep. Distance from other damage or (Ref. SRM
rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size. Core not damaged 54-30-00, Repair No.
03).
Not more than 2,5 mm (0.10 in.) deep. Distance from other damage or (Ref. SRM
rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size. Core damaged 54-30-00, Repair No.
04).
More than 2,5 mm (0.10 in.) deep or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject
Delaminated
Not more than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size 54-30-00, Repair No.
01).
More than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject
Hole
Not more than 25,0 mm (1.0 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size. Inner skin 54-30-00, Repair No.
damage not more than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter 05).
More than 25,0 mm (1.0 in.) in diameter or damage to the inner skin Reject
more than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size

(d) Examine the composite skin area M1 (Ref. Fig 5016)

NOTE: Use tap test or ultrasonic inspection equipment to find the

dimensions of the delamination.

Nicked/Scratched/Gouged
Not more than 0,84 mm (0.033 in.) deep. Not more than three cut (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
plies. Distance from other damage or rivet line must be more than 5 Repair No. 01).
x damage size
More than 0,84 mm (0.033 in.) deep or nearer than 5 x damage size or Reject
more than two cut plies
Dented
Not more than 2,5 mm (0.10 in.) deep. Distance from other damage or (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size Repair No. 01).
More than 2,5 mm (0.10 in.) deep or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject
Delaminated
Not more than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size Repair No. 01).
More than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5038
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Hole
Not more than 20,0 mm (0.80 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size Repair No. 02).
More than 20,0 mm (0.80 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject

(e) Examine the composite skin area M2 (Ref. Fig 5016)

NOTE: Use tap test or ultrasonic inspection equipment to find the

dimensions of the delamination.

Nicked/Scratched/Gouged
Not more than 0,56 mm (0.022 in.) deep. Not more than two cut plies. (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
Distance from other damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x Repair No. 01).
damage size
More than 0,56 mm (0.022 in.) deep or nearer than 5 x damage size or Reject
more than two cut plies
Dented/Delaminated
More than 76,0 mm (3.0 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
Repair No. 01).
More than 76,0 mm (3.0 in.) deep or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject
Hole
Not more than 76,0 mm (3.0 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size Repair No. 02).
More than 76,0 mm (3.0 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject

(f) Examine the composite skin area M3

(Ref. Fig 5016)

NOTE: Use tap test or ultrasonic inspection equipment to find the

dimensions of the delamination.

Nicked/Scratched/Gouged
Not more than 0,28 mm (0.011 in.) deep. Not more than one cut ply. (Ref. SRM
Distance from other damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x 54-30-00, Repair No.
damage size 01).
More than 0,28 mm (0.011 in.) deep or nearer than 5 x damage size or Reject
more than one cut ply
Dented
Not more than 2,50 mm (0.100 in.) deep. Distance from other damage (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size Repair No. 01).
More than 2,50 mm (0.100 in.) deep or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5039
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Delaminated
Not more than 30,00 mm (1.200 in.) in diameter. Distance from (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
other damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size Repair No. 01).
More than 30,00 mm (1.200 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage Reject
size
Hole
Not more than 20,00 mm (0.800 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size Repair No. 02).
More than 20,00 mm (0.800 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage Reject
size

(g) Examine the composite skin area A6

(Ref. Fig 5016)

NOTE: Use tap test or ultrasonic inspection equipment to find the

dimensions of the delamination.

Nicked/Scratched/Gouged
Not more than 0,28 mm (0.011 in.) deep. Not more than one cut ply. (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
Distance from other damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x Repair No. 01).
damage size
More than 0,28 mm (0.011 in.) deep or nearer than 5 x damage size or Reject
more than one cut ply
Dented
Not more than 25 mm (1.0 in.) deep. Distance from other damage or (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size. Core not damaged Repair No. 03).
Not more than 25 mm (1.0 in.) deep. Distance from other damage or (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size. Core damaged Repair No. 04).
More than 25 mm (1.0 in.) deep or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject
Disbonded
Not more than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size. Core not Repair No. 03).
damaged
More than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject
Hole
Not more than 25 mm (1.0 in.) in diameter. Distance from other damage (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size. Inner skin damage not Repair No. 02).
more than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter
More than 25 mm (1.0 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size or Reject
inner skin damage more than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5040
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(h) Examine the composite skin area A5

(Ref. Fig 5016)

NOTE: Use tap test or ultrasonic inspection equipment to find the

dimensions of the delamination.

Nicked/Scratched/Gouged
Not more than 0,56 mm (0.022 in.) deep. Not more than two cut (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
plies. Distance from other damage or rivet line must be more than 5 Repair No. 01).
x damage size
More than 0,56 mm (0.022 in.) deep or nearer than 5 x damage size or Reject
more than two cut plies
Dented
Not more than 2,5 mm (0.10 in.) deep. Distance from other damage or (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size. Core not damaged Repair No. 03).
Not more than 2,5 mm (0.10 in.) deep. Distance from other damage or (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size. Core damaged Repair No. 04).
More than 2,5 mm (0.10 in.) deep or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject
Disbonded
Not more than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size. Core not Repair No. 03).
damaged
More than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject
Delaminated
Not more than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size Repair No. 01).
More than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage size Reject
Hole
Not more than 20,0 mm (0.80 in.) in diameter. Distance from other (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
damage or rivet line must be more than 5 x damage size. Inner skin Repair No. 05).
damage not more than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter
More than 20,0 mm (0.90 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5 x damage Reject
size or inner skin damage more than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5041
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-154-A01
(35) Examine the C-Duct upper (12 o'clock) fairings at locations 38, 41 and 42
(Ref. Fig. 5017, Sheet 2 and Sheet 3)

(a) Location 41 and 42

Examine the fasteners

Loose / missing Reject

(b) Examine the composite skin area M5

NOTE: Use tap test or ultrasonic inspection equipment to find the

dimensions of the delamination.

Scratched/Nicked/Grounded (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,

Repair No. 01).
Hole (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
Repair No. 02).
Dented/Delaminated (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
Repair No. 01).
Cracked/Excessive damage Reject

(c) Location 38

Examine the fasteners

Loose / missing (Ref. FRSX092)

(d) Composite skin area M4

Scratched/Nicked/Grounded (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,

Repair No. 01).
Hole (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
Repair No. 02).
Dented/Delaminated (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
Repair No. 01).
Cracked/Excessive damage (Ref. FRSX092)

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5042
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-155-A01
(36) Examine the C-Duct lower (6 o'clock) fairings at locations 37, 39 and 40
(Ref. Fig. 5017 Sheet 1, Sheet 2 and Sheet 3)

(a) Examine the fasteners

Loose /Missing Reject

(b) Examine the composite skin area M5

NOTE: Use tap test or ultrasonic inspection equipment to find the

dimensions of the delamination.

Scratched/Nicked/Grounded Repair (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,

Repair No. 01).
Hole Repair (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
Repair No. 02).
Dented/Delaminated Repair (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
Repair No. 01).
Cracked/Excessive damage FRSX138

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-156-A01
(37) Apply the dry film lubricant to the C-Duct vee blade at location 23a and 23b
(Contact SAFRAN Nacelles).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-210-047-A01
(38) Examine C-Duct rear hinge lugs and attachment ribs for cracks and failed parts
(Ref. Figs. 5001, 5002 and 5003)

(a) For LH C-Ducts 01-120B, C, F, J and RH C-Ducts 01-130C, D, E, F, J, K, N:

Examine No. 2, 3, 4 and 5 hinge lugs and attachment ribs for cracks and
failed parts.

1 Do a general visual inspection of the No. 2, 3, 4 and 5 hinge assembly

and adjacent beam structure. Use flashlight, if necessary.

2 Do a detailed visual inspection of the hinge lugs and the related

attachment ribs. Use flashlight and inspection mirror, if necessary.

No damage Accept
Cracks in attachment ribs, cracked or failed lugs or hinge bushes Reject thrust reverser
coming out of the lug and Contact Rolls-
Royce.
Reject cowl door.

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5043
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(b) For LH C-Ducts 01-120D, E, G, H and RH C-Ducts 01-130G, H, L, M:

Examine No.5 hinge lugs and attachment ribs for cracks and failed
parts.

1 Do a general visual inspection of No.5 hinge assembly and adjacent

beam structure. Use flashlight, if necessary.

2 Do a detailed visual inspection of the hinge lugs and the related

attachment ribs. Use flashlight and inspection mirror, if necessary.

No damage found Accept

Cracks in attachment ribs, cracked or failed lugs or hinge bushes Reject thrust reverser
coming out of the lug and contact Rolls-
Royce.
Reject cowl door.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-210-048-A01
(39) Examine the ventilation hole in the Inner Fixed Structure (IFS).

(a) Make sure the inner surface of the ventilation hole is not dirty and has
no blockage. Clean the inner surface of the ventilation hole, if
necessary.

(b) Make sure the inner surface of the bleed air tube 44-630 is not dirty and has
no blockage. Clean the inner surface of the bleed air tube, if necessary.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-210-004-A01
(40) Initial Examination of the C-Duct Structure Remaining Parts

Initially Examine the C-Duct Structure Remaining Parts

Damage that is seen to be too much to continue inspection Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5044
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-230-005-A01
(41) Crack Test on the C-Duct Structure Remaining Parts

(a) Clean the Parts.

Do the test for cracks on the parts that follow (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-200-210):
Moveable panel Cracked Reject
articulation
brackets
Hold-open rod
brackets
Bumper brackets
Tie rod attachment
brackets
Do the test for cracks on the parts that follow (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-200-210):
Latch heat shields
Inhibition bolt
receptacles
38-100, 39-100

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-029-A01
(42) Examine the Moveable Panel Articulation Brackets

Examine the Moveable Panel Articulation Brackets

Not more than 0,15 mm
Nicked / Galled Accept
(0.006 in.) deep
More than 0,15 mm Repair (Ref. FRS3253,
(0.006 in.) but less SPM TASK
than 0,25 mm (0.010 70-42-11-300-001).
in.) deep
More than 0,25 mm
Reject
(0.010 in.) deep

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5045
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-030-A01
(43) Examine the Hold Open Rod Brackets

Examine the Hold Open Rod Brackets

Not more than 0,25 mm
Nicked Accept
(0.010 in.) deep
More than 0,25 mm
Repair (Ref. FRS3253, SPM
(0.010 in.) but less
TASK 70-42-11-300-001).
than 0,50 mm (0.020
in.) deep
More than 0,50 mm
Reject
(0.020 in.) deep

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-031-A01
(44) Examine the Bumper Brackets

Examine the Bumper Brackets

Not more than 0,50 mm
Bumper Brackets Nicked Accept
(0.020 in.) deep
More than 0,50 mm Repair (Ref. FRS3253, SPM
(0.020 in.) but less than TASK 70-42-11-300-001).
1,0 mm (0.040 in.) deep
More than 1,0 mm (0.040
Reject
in.)
Repair (Ref. FRS3253, SPM
Threads Pick-up TASK 70-42-11-300-001).

Crossed / Stripped Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5046
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-032-A01
(45) Examine the Latch Heat Shields

Examine the Latch Heat Shields

Nicked Not more than 0,50 mm Accept
(0.020 in.) deep
More than 0,50 mm Repair (Ref. FRS3253, SPM
(0.020 in.) but less than TASK 70-42-11-300-001).
1,0 mm (0.040 in.) deep
More than 1,0 mm Reject
(0.040 in.) deep

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-034-A01
(46) Inspection of the inhibition bolt receptacles

Examine the Inhibition bolt receptacles 38-100 and 39-100

Threads Crossed / Stripped Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-033-A01
(47) Inspection of the Attaching Parts

Examine the Attaching Parts

Nuts and Bolts Pick-up Repair (Ref. FRS3253,
Threads SPM TASK 70-42-11-300-
001).
Crossed / Stripped Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-312-A01
(48) Examine the Angle Bracket
(Ref. Fig. 5020)

Examine the Angle Bracket, RP3521 (40-248 / 41-248)

Reject and Replace
Cracks No acceptable limits
(Ref. FRSX159).

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5047
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-316-A01
(49) Examine the PTFE Film
(Ref. Fig. 5021)

(e) Visually examine the PTFE film behind the Upper Bifurcation pipework.

Examine the PTFE film

Repair
Damaged or missing No acceptable limits
(Ref. RSX163)

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-317-A01
(50) Examine the Damper Housing Bracket
(Ref. Fig. 5022)

Examine the Damper Housing (91C536-00 or 91C536-50)

Damage Not more than 17 mm (0.669 in.) from the Repair (Ref.
RH edge of the housing FRSX170)
Not more than 2.0 (d) x 12.0 (w) x 12.0 (h)
mm (0.080 x 0.472 x 0.472 in.)
If the damage is more than limits above,
Reject
contact SAFRAN Nacelles

SUBTASK 78-30-20-280-007-A01
(51) Test the OFS acoustic panel for a disbond
(Ref. Fig. 5037)

(a) Do a tap test of the OFS acoustic panel (Ref. SRM TASK 54-01-06).

Tap Test
No disbond Accept
Disbond Send tap test data to SAFRAN Nacelles
Customer Support Centre:
[email protected] to get repair details.
(Ref. Appendix 1 of SB 78-F041), Repair or
replace within the compliance interval).

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5048
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-280-323-A01
(52) Examine the OFS torsion box:

(a) Do a tap test or ultrasonic test at the 3 and 9 O’ clock areas, adjacent to upper
and lower junctions with the beam inner panel.

Crack / Delamination
Not more than 20,00 mm (0.80 in.) wide, Repair (Ref. FRSX166, SRM 54-30-15,
and 58,00 mm (2.28 in.) long on the Repair No. 2)
inner face and 50,00 mm (1.97 in.) long
on the forward face.
More than 20,00 mm (0.80 in.) wide, Send tap test or ultrasonic results to SAFRAN
and 58,00 mm (2.28 in.) long on the Nacelles Customer Support Centre:
inner face and 50,00 mm (1.97 in.) long [email protected] to get repair details.
on the forward face.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-280-324-A01
(53) Examine Latch Access Doors: 91B501-01 (Front) and 91B503-01 (Rear):

Hinges
Hinges do not move smoothly and freely Replace latch access door, (Ref. Assembly /
Disassembly)
Hinge pins worn – Doors move too Replace latch access door, (Ref. Assembly /
much side to side along length of pins. Disassembly)
Latches
Latches do not move smoothly and Replace latch access door, (Ref. Assembly /
freely. Disassembly)
Latch pins worn – Latches move too Replace latch access door, (Ref. Assembly /
much side to side along length of pins. Disassembly)

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5049
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Inspection Locations - RH C-Duct Structure

Figure 5001 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-501-001

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5050
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Inspection Locations - LH C-Duct Structure

Figure 5002 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-502-001

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5051
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Inspection Locations - Hinge Bushes

Figure 5003 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-504-001

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5052
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Inspection Locations - Pre-cooler Duct

Figure 5004 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-532-001

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5053
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Inspection Locations - Pre-cooler Duct

Figure 5005 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-503-001

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5054
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Inspection Locations – C-Duct Lift Points

Figure 5006 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-517-001

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5055
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Inspection Locations - Front Hold-Open Rod Attachment Bracket

Figure 5007 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-520-001

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5056
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Inspection Locations – Pre SB 78-C722 Rear Open Rod Attachment Bracket

Figure 5008 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-518-001

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5057
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Inspection Locations - 6 O'clock Beam

Figure 5009 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-519-001

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5058
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Inspection Locations - Door Actuator Support Bracket

Figure 5010 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-522-001

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5059
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Inspection Locations – Fan Cowl Door Seal

Figure 5011 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-521-001

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5060
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Inspection Locations - C-Duct External Surfaces

Figure 5012, Sheet 1 of 3 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-523-001

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5061
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Inspection Locations - C-Duct External Surfaces

Figure 5012, Sheet 2 of 3 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-523-002

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5062
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Inspection Locations - C-Duct External Surfaces

Figure 5012, Sheet 3 of 3 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-523-003

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5063
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Inspection Locations - C-Duct External Surfaces

Figure 5013 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-5234-001

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5064
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Inspection Locations - Inner Fixed Structure

Figure 5014, Sheet 1 of 2 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-525-001

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5065
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Inspection Locations - Inner Fixed Structure

Figure 5014, Sheet 2 of 2 /GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-525-002

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5066
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Inspection Locations - Ramp Fairing

Figure 5015 /GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-526-001

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5067
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Inspection Locations - Rear Structure Inner Panel

Figure 5016 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-527-001

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5068
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Inspection Locations - C-Duct Fairings

Figure 5017, Sheet 1 of 3 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-528-001

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5069
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Inspection Locations - C-Duct Fairings

Figure 5017, Sheet 2 of 3 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-528-002

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5070
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Inspection Locations - C-Duct Fairings

Figure 5017, Sheet 3 of 3 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-528-003

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5071
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Inspection Locations - Angle Bracket

Figure 5020, Sheet 1 of 2 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-537-001

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5072
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Inspection Locations - Angle Bracket

Figure 5020, Sheet 2 of 2 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-537-001

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5073
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Examine the PTFE Film

Figure 5021 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-956-001

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5074
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Inspection Location - LH 12 O'Clock Damper Housing

Figure 5022 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-57-001

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5075
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Inspection Locations - PCD Bellows Seal

Figure 5034 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-529-001

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5076
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Inspection Location - Outer Fixed Structure

Figure 5037 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-535-001

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5077
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Inspection Location – PCM Support Bracket

Figure 5041 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-541-001

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 01

Page 5078
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-200-803-A01
1. Inspection / Check - C-Duct - Hinge Pin Assemblies

A. General

This task gives the procedures to do an inspection of the Hinge Pin Assemblies of the
C-Duct Structure.

TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Ref. TSD.594-J).

TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Ref. RR-CAEL-SPM).

All the parts must be cleaned before they are examined (Ref. CLEANING, Page block 4001).

All the parts, specified or not, must be visually examined for damage, corrosion and wear. If
a defect is found that is not specified in this procedure, contact SAFRAN Nacelles.

Do not discard the parts until you are sure there are no repairs available. Refer to the
instructions in the REPAIR section before a rejected part is used again or oversized parts are
installed.

Rejected parts can be held although no repair is available. The repair of a rejected part could
be applicable at a later date.

All the parts must be examined to make sure that all repairs have been completed
satisfactorily.

For policy that is necessary for inspection, refer to SPM TASK 70-30-00-200-000.

For data on part condition terminology, refer to SPM TASK 70-01-02-200-000.

For data on inspection of parts, refer to SPM TASK 70-31-00-200-000.

For data on geometric tolerances, refer to SPM TASK 70-41-02-800-801.

For the recording and control of the lives of parts, refer to the Time Limits Manual
(T-TRENT-1RR) TASK 05-00-01-800-801.

B. Reason for the job

The visual check lets the user find damage or corrosion. It does not show the correct
function of the parts.

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 02

Page 5001
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

C. Job Set-Up Information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Standard tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- - Standard fluorescent penetrant equipment

(b) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

NOTE: For the full data of the special tools referenced in this TASK, refer to the
SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT section of this CMM.

(2) Consumables

REFERENCE DESIGNATION
None

NOTE: For the full data of the consumable materials referenced in this TASK, refer
to the Overhaul Materials Manual (OMat).

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 02

Page 5002
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

D. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-210-002-A01
(1) Initial Examination of the C-Duct Hinge Pin Assemblies

Initially Examine the C-Duct Hinge Pin Assemblies

Damage that is seen to be too much to continue inspection Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-230-002-A01
(2) Crack Test on the C-Duct Hinge Pin Assemblies

(a) Clean the parts.

Do a Crack Test on the C-Duct Hinge Pin Assemblies (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-200-210):
Hinge pins Cracked Reject
Spacers
Sleeve
Bushes

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 02

Page 5003
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-019-A01
(3) Examine the Hinge Pin Assembly 1
(Ref. Fig. 5018)

DESIGNATION & IPL DEFECT LIMITS CRITERIA FINAL ACTION

LOCATION FIGURE-ITEM
NO
Pin 03-116 Worn Ext. Dia. > 9,495 mm Accept
Fig. 5018 Sheet 2 (0.3738 in.)
Ext. Dia. < 9,495 mm Reject
(0.3738 in.)
Threads Repair (Ref. Repair
Pick-up FRSX3253,
SPM TASK
70-42-11-300-001).
Threads Reject
Crossed,
Stripped
Plain Bushing Fig. 03-108 Worn Int. Dia. < 9,540 mm Accept
5018 Sheet 2 (0.3756 in.)
Int. Dia. > 9,540 mm Reject
(0.3756 in.)
Ext. Dia. > 12,657 mm Accept
(0.4981 in.)
Ext. Dia. < 12,657 mm Reject
(0.4981 in.)
Tie Bar Bushing N/A Worn Int. Dia. < 9,540 mm Accept
Fig. 5018 Sheet 2 (0.3756 in.)
Int. Dia. > 9,540 mm Reject
(0.3756 in.)
Tie Bar Bore N/A Worn Int. Dia. < 12,725 mm Accept
Fig. 5018 Sheet 2 (0.501 in.)
Int. Dia. > 12,725 mm Reject
(0.501 in.)

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 02

Page 5004
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-020-A01
(4) Examine the Hinge Pin Assembly 2
(Ref. Fig. 5 018)

DESIGNATION & IPL DEFECT LIMITS CRITERIA FINAL ACTION

LOCATION FIGURE- ITEM
NO
Pin 03-170 Worn Ext. Dia. > 18,950 mm Accept
Fig. 5018 Sheet 2 (0.7460 in.)
Ext. Dia. < 18,950 mm Reject
(0.7460 in.)
Threads (Ref. Repair
Pick-up FRSX3253,
SPM TASK
70-42-11-300-001)
Threads Reject
crossed,
stripped
Plain Bushing 03-158 Worn Int. Dia. < 19,050 mm Accept
Fig. 5018 Sheet 2 (0.7500 in.)
Int. Dia. > 19,050 mm Reject
(0.7500 in.)
Ext. Dia. > 32,495 mm Accept
(1.2793 in.)
Ext. Dia. < 32,495 mm Reject
(1.2793 in.)
Hinge Bushing N/A Worn Int. Dia. < 19,050 mm Accept
Fig. 5018 Sheet 2 (0.7500 in.)
Int. Dia. > 19,050 mm Reject
(0.7500 in.)
Hinge Bore N/A Worn Int. Dia. < 32,570 mm Accept
Fig. 5018 Sheet 2 (1.2822 in.)
Int. Dia. > 32,570 mm Reject
(1.2822 in.)

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 02

Page 5005
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-021-A01
(5) Examine the Hinge Pin Assemblies 3 and 4
(Ref. Fig. 5018 Sheet 4)

DESIGNATION IPL DEFECT LIMITS CRITERIA FINAL ACTION

& LOCATION FIGURE-ITEM
NO
Pin 03-220 / Worn Ext. Dia. > 13,913 mm Accept
Fig. 5018 Sheet 3 03-270 (0.5478 in.)
Ext. Dia. < 13,913 mm Reject
(0.5478 in.)
Sleeve Bushing 03-208 / Worn Ext. Dia. > 22,095 mm Accept
Fig. 5018 Sheet 3 03-258 (0.8699 in.)
Ext. Dia. < 22,095 mm Reject
(0.8699 in.)
Int. Dia. < 14,038 mm Accept
(0.5517 in.)
Int. Dia. > 14,038 mm Reject
(0.5527 in.)
Hinge Bushing N/A Worn Int. Dia. < 22,987 mm Accept
Fig. 5018 Sheet 3 (0.905 in.)
Int. Dia. > 22,987 mm Reject
(0.905 in.)

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 02

Page 5006
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-022-A01
(6) Examine the Hinge Pin Assembly 5
(Ref. Fig. 5018)

Examine the Hinge Pin Assembly 5

DESIGNATION IPL DEFECT LIMITS CRITERIA FINAL ACTION
& LOCATION FIGURE-ITEM
NO
Pin 03-320 Worn Ext. Dia. > 28,600 mm Accept
Fig. 5018 Sheet 4 (1.1260 in.)
Ext. Dia. < 28,600 mm Reject
(1.1260 in.)
Threads Pick- (Ref. Repair
up FRSX3253,
SPM TASK
70-42-11-300-001).
Threads Reject
crossed,
stripped
Sleeve Bushing 03-308 Worn Ext. Dia. > 34,754 mm Accept
Fig. 5018 Sheet 4 (1.3682 in.)
Ext. Dia. < 34,754 mm Reject
(1.3682 in.)
Int. Dia. < 28,750 mm Accept
(1.1319 in.)
Int. Dia. > 28,750 mm Reject
(1.1319 in.)
Hinge Bushing N/A Worn Int. Dia. < 35,030 mm Accept
Fig. 5018 Sheet 4 (1.3791 in.)
Int. Dia. > 35,030 mm Reject
(1.3791 in.)

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 02

Page 5007
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Inspection Locations - C-Duct - Hinge Pin Assemblies

Figure 5018, Sheet 1 of 4 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-505-001

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 02

Page 5008
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Inspection Locations - C-Duct - Hinge Pin Assemblies

Figure 5018, Sheet 2 of 4 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-505-001

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 02

Page 5009
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

C-Duct - Hinge Pin Assemblies - Inspection Locations

Figure 5018, Sheet 3 of 4 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-505-001

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 02

Page 5010
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Inspection Locations - C-Duct Hinge Pin Assemblies

Figure 5018, Sheet 4 of 4 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-505-001

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 02

Page 5011
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 02

Page 5012
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-200-804-A01
1. Inspection / Check - C-Duct Bumpers

A. General

This task gives the procedures to do an inspection of the C-Duct Bumpers.

TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Ref. TSD.594-J).

TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Ref. RR-CAEL-SPM).

All the parts must be cleaned before they are examined (Ref. CLEANING, Page block 4001).

All the parts, specified or not, must be visually examined for damage, corrosion and wear. If a
defect is found that is not specified in this procedure, contact SAFRAN Nacelles.

Do not discard the parts until you are sure there are no repairs available. Refer to the instructions
in the REPAIR section before a rejected part is used again or oversized parts are installed.

Rejected parts can be held although no repair is available. The repair of a rejected part could be
applicable at a later date.

All the parts must be examined to make sure that all repairs have been completed satisfactorily.

For policy that is necessary for inspection, refer to SPM TASK 70-30-00-200-000.

For data on part condition terminology, refer to SPM TASK 70-01-02-200-000.

For data on inspection of parts, refer to SPM TASK 70-31-00-200-000.

For data on geometric tolerances, refer to SPM TASK 70-41-02-800-801.

For the recording and control of the lives of parts, refer to the Time Limits Manual (T-TRENT-1RR)
TASK 05-00-01-800-801.

B. Reason for the job

The visual check lets the user find damage or corrosion. It does not show the correct function of the
parts.

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 03

Page 5001
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

C. Job Set-Up Information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Standard tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- - Standard fluorescent penetrant equipment

(b) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

NOTE: For the full data of the special tools referenced in this TASK, refer to the SPECIAL
TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT section of this CMM.

(2) Consumables

REFERENCE DESIGNATION
None

NOTE: For the full data of the consumable materials referenced in this TASK, refer to the
Overhaul Materials Manual (OMat).

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 03

Page 5002
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

D. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-200-001-A01
(1) Initial Examination of the C-Duct Bumpers

Initially Examine the C-Duct Bumpers

Damage that is seen to be too much to continue inspection Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-230-003-A01
(2) Crack Test on the C-Duct Bumpers

(a) Clean the parts.

Do the test for cracks on the parts that follow (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-200-210).
Bumper pads Cracked Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-023-A01
(3) Examine the Bumpers

Examine the Bumpers

Not more than 0,25 mm
Bumpers Nicked Accept
(0.010 in.) deep
More than 0,25 mm Repair (Ref. FRS3253,
(0.010 in.) but less than SPM TASK
0,50 mm (0.020 in.) deep 70-42-11-300-001).
More than 0,50 mm
Reject
(0.020 in.)deep
Threads Pick-up Repair (Ref. FRS3253,
SPM TASK
70-42-11-300-001).
Crossed / Stripped Reject
Thermal blankets Torn Reject
Pierced Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 03

Page 5003
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-024-A01
(4) Examine the Bumper Pads

Examine the Bumper Pads

Not more than 0,25 mm
Bumper Pads Nicked Accept
(0.010 in.) deep
More than 0,25 mm Repair (Ref. FRS3253,
(0.010 in.) but less than SPM TASK
0,50 mm (0.020 in.) deep 70-42-11-300-001).
More than 0,50 mm
Reject
(0.020 in.) deep
Threads Pick-up Repair (Ref. FRS3253,
SPM TASK
70-42-11-300-001).
Crossed / Stripped Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 03

Page 5004
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-200-805-A01
1. Inspection / Check - C-Duct - Tie-Bar

A. General

This task gives the procedures to do an inspection of the Tie-Bar of the C-Duct.

TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Ref. T.S.D.594-J).

TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Ref. RR-CAEL-SPM).

All the parts must be cleaned before they are examined (Ref. CLEANING, Page block 4001).

All the parts, specified or not, must be visually examined for damage, corrosion and wear. If a
defect is found that is not specified in this procedure, contact SAFRAN Nacelles.

Do not discard the parts until you are sure there are no repairs available. Refer to the instructions
in the REPAIR section before a rejected part is used again or oversized parts are installed.

Rejected parts can be held although no repair is available. The repair of a rejected part could be
applicable at a later date.

All the parts must be examined to make sure that all repairs have been completed satisfactorily.

For policy that is necessary for inspection, refer to SPM TASK 70-30-00-200-000.

For data on part condition terminology, refer to SPM TASK 70-01-02-200-000.

For data on inspection of parts, refer to SPM TASK 70-31-00-200-000.

For data on geometric tolerances, refer to SPM TASK 70-41-02-800-801.

For the recording and control of the lives of parts, refer to the Time Limits Manual (T-TRENT-1RR)
TASK 05-00-01-800-801.

B. Reason for the job

The visual check lets the user find damage or corrosion. It does not show the correct function of the
parts.

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 04

Page 5001
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

C. Job Set-Up Information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Standard tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- - Standard fluorescent penetrant equipment

(b) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

NOTE: For the full data of the special tools referenced in this TASK, refer to the SPECIAL
TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT section of this CMM.

(2) Consumables

REFERENCE DESIGNATION
None

NOTE: For the full data of the consumable materials referenced in this TASK, refer to the
Overhaul Materials Manual (OMat).

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 04

Page 5002
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

D. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-210-003-A01
(1) Initial Examination of the C-Duct Tie-Bar

Initially Examine the C-Duct Tie-Bar

Damage that is seen to be too much to continue inspection Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-230-004-A01
(2) Crack Test on the C-Duct Tie-Bar

(a) Clean the parts.

Do the test for cracks on the part that follows (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-200-210):
Tie bar Cracked Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-025-A01
(3) Examine the Tie-Bar at Location 20
(Ref. Fig. 5019)

Examine the Tie-Bar at Location 20

No more than 0,50 mm
Nicked Accept
(0.020 in.) deep
Repair, (Ref. FRS3253,
More than in 0,50 mm
SPM TASK
(0.020 in.) but less than
70-42-11-300-001,
1,00 mm (0.040 in.) deep
Repair 001).
More than 1,00 mm
Reject
(0.040 in.) deep
Distorted Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 04

Page 5003
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-026-A01
(4) Examine the Bush at Location 78-3001

Examine the Bush at Location 78-3001

Galled Reject
Worn In the limits of Fits and Accept
Clearances
Out of the limits of Fits and Reject
Clearances
FIG, LOCATION IPL FIGURE & LIMITS
ITEM No.
Dimension Assembly Clearance
mm (in.) mm (in.)
Min. Max Min. Max
Bush in tie-bar Pin OD 9.495 (0.3738) 9.51 (0.3744)
and pin,
location 78-3001
-0.015 0.045
(0.0006) (0.0018)
Bush ID 9.525 (0.3750) 9.540 (0.3756)

FITS AND CLEARANCES FOR NEW PARTS

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 04

Page 5004
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-027-A01
(5) Examine the Internal Diameter at Location 78-3002

Examine the Internal Diameter at Location 78-3002

Worn In the limits of Fits and Accept
Clearances
Out of the limits of Fits and Reject
Clearances
FIG, LOCATION IPL FIGURE & LIMITS
ITEM No.
Dimension Assembly Clearance
mm (in.) mm (in.)
Min. Max Min. Max
Tie-bar and bush Bush OD 12.657 (0.4983) 12.684 (0.4994)
l ocation 78-3002
0.016 0.061
(0.0006) (0.0024)
Tie-bar ID 12.700 (0.5000) 12.718 (0.5007)

FITS AND CLEARANCES FOR NEW PARTS

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-028-A01
(6) Examine the locknuts at locations 21A and 21B

Examine the locknuts at locations 21A and 21B

Threads Pick-up Repair, (Ref. FRS3253,
SPM TASK
70-42-11-300-001).
Crossed / Stripped Repair (Ref. FRS3035,
SPM TASK
70-42-19-300-001).
Examine the locknuts at locations 21A and 21B
Repair (Ref. FRS3035,
Rivets Disengaged SPM TASK
70-42-19-300-001).

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 04

Page 5005
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Inspection Locations - C-Duct Tie-Bar

Figure 5019 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-506-001
EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 04
Page 5006
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-200-806-A01
1. Inspection / Check - Front Frame - Actuator and Fairing Assembly – Pivot Door

A. General

This task gives the procedures to do an inspection of the Actuator and Fairing Assembly of
the Pivot Door installed on the Front Frame.

TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Ref. TSD.594-J).

TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Ref. RR-CAEL-SPM).

All the parts must be cleaned before they are examined (Ref. CLEANING, Page block 4001).

All the parts, specified or not, must be visually examined for damage, corrosion and wear. If a
defect is found that is not specified in this procedure, contact SAFRAN Nacelles.

Do not discard the parts until you are sure there are no repairs available. Refer to the
instructions in the REPAIR section before a rejected part is used again or oversized parts are
installed.

Rejected parts can be held although no repair is available. The repair of a rejected part could
be applicable at a later date.

All the parts must be examined to make sure that all repairs have been completed
satisfactorily.

For policy that is necessary for inspection, refer to SPM TASK 70-30-00-200-000.

For data on part condition terminology, refer to SPM TASK 70-01-02-200-000.

For data on inspection of parts, refer to SPM TASK 70-31-00-200-000.

For data on geometric tolerances, refer to SPM TASK 70-41-02-800-801.

For the recording and control of the lives of parts, refer to the Time Limits Manual
(T-TRENT-1RR) TASK 05-00-01-800-801.

B. Reason for the Job

The visual check lets the user find damage or corrosion. It does not show the correct
function of the parts.

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 05

Page 5001
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

C. Job Set-Up Information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Standard tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- - Standard fluorescent penetrant equipment

(b) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

NOTE: For the full data of the special tools referenced in this TASK, refer to the
SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT section of this CMM.

(2) Consumables

REFERENCE DESIGNATION
None

NOTE: For the full data of the consumable materials referenced in this TASK, refer
to the Overhaul Materials Manual (OMat).

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 05

Page 5002
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

D. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-210-006-A01
(1) Initial Examination of the Actuator Fairing Assembly (91E766 Upper and 91E414
Lower)

Initially Examine the Actuator Fairing Assembly

Damage that is seen to be too much to continue inspection Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-230-006-A01
(2) Crack Test of the Fitting (91E408)

(a) Clean the parts.

Do the test for cracks on the parts that follow (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-200-210):
Fitting Cracked Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-035-A01
(3) Examine the Actuator Fairing (91E807)

Examine the Actuator Fairing

Skin Scored Reject
Nicked Reject
Torn fibres Reject
Cracked Reject
Delaminated Reject
Rivets Loose Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-036-A01
(4) Examine the Actuator (TY1724)

Examine the Threaded Inserts

Insert Threads Pick-up Repair (Ref. FRS3253,
SPM TASK
70-42-11-300-001).
Crossed / Stripped Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 05

Page 5003
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-037-A01
(5) Examine the bolts

Examine the Bolts

Threads Pick-up Repair (Ref. FRS3253,
SPM TASK
70-42-11-300-001).
Crossed /Stripped Reject and replace (Ref.
DPL, Figure 16 and 17)

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-038-A01
(6) Examine the nuts

Examine the Nuts

Threads Pick-up Repair (Ref. FRS3253,
SPM TASK
70-42-11-300-001).
Crossed / Stripped Reject and replace (Ref.
DPL, Figure 16 and 17)
Castellations Broken Reject and replace (Ref.
DPL, Figure 16 and 17)

(7) Examine the Remaining Attaching Parts

Examine the Blocks, Bushes, Links, Spacers and Washers

All Broken, cracks, deep scores or gouge Reject and replace (Ref.
DPL, Figure 16 and 17)

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 05

Page 5004
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-200-807-A01
1. Inspection / Check - C-Duct - Actuator Fairing Assembly - Remaining Parts

Deleted, moved to TASK 78-30-20-200-806-A01

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 06

Page 5001
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Feb 13/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 06

Page 5002
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Feb 13/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-200-808-A01
1. Inspection / Check - C-Duct Structure - Remaining Parts

Deleted, moved to TASK 78-30-20-200-801-A01

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 07

Page 5001
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 07

Page 5002
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-200-809-A01
1. Inspection / Check - Pivot Door

A. General

This task gives the procedures to do an inspection of the Pivot Door.

Unless otherwise indentified, the procedures are applicable to all upper and lower pivot doors.

TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Ref. TSD.594-J).

TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Ref. RR-CAEL-SPM).

All the parts must be cleaned before they are examined (Ref. CLEANING, Page block 4001).

All the parts, specified or not, must be visually examined for damage, corrosion and wear. If
a defect is found that is not specified in this procedure, contact SAFRAN Nacelles.

Do not discard the parts until you are sure there are no repairs available. Refer to the
instructions in the REPAIR section before a rejected part is used again or oversized parts
are installed.

Rejected parts can be held although no repair is available. The repair of a rejected part
could be applicable at a later date.

All the parts must be examined to make sure that all repairs have been completed
satisfactorily.

For policy that is necessary for inspection, refer to SPM TASK 70-30-00-200-000.

For data on part condition terminology, refer to SPM TASK 70-01-02-200-000.

For data on inspection of parts, refer to SPM TASK 70-31-00-200-000.

For data on geometric tolerances, refer to SPM TASK 70-41-02-800-801.

For the recording and control of the lives of parts, refer to the Time Limits Manual
(T-TRENT-1RR) TASK 05-00-01-800-801.

B. Reason for the Job

The visual check lets the user find damage or corrosion. It does not show the correct
function of the parts.

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08

Page 5001
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

C. Job Set-Up Information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Standard tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- - Standard fluorescent penetrant equipment
- - Ultrasonic inspection equipment
Locally manufactured - Tap Test tool, Mild steel or brass rod, 4,75 mm (0.187
in.) dia., 203,00 mm (8.000 in.) long with a ball of
9,52 mm (0.375 in.) dia. at one end)

(b) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

NOTE: For the full data of the special tools referenced in this TASK, refer to the
SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT section of this CMM.

(2) Consumables

REFERENCE DESIGNATION
None

NOTE: For the full data of the consumable materials referenced in this TASK, refer
to the Overhaul Materials Manual (OMat).

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08

Page 5002
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

D. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-210-007-A01
(1) Initial Inspection of the Pivot Door

Initially Examine the Pivot Door

Damage that is seen to be too much to continue inspection Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-230-007-A01
(2) Crack Test on the Parts (x7 Magnification)
(Ref. Fig. 5023)

(a) Clean the parts.

(b) Do the test for cracks on the Actuator channel at location 19 and all
brackets/seal supports and angles except the bracket at location 43 and the
angles at locations 52 and 55 (Ref. Fig. 5023, Sheet 2)

Cracked Reject

(c) Do the test for cracks on the bracket at location 43 (Ref. Fig. 5023, Sheet 5)

Cracked Repair (Ref. SRM 54-30-02,

Repair No. 01)

(d) Do the test for cracks on the angle at location 52 (Ref. to Fig. 5023, Sheet 3)

Cracked Repair (Ref. SRM 54-30-02,

Repair No. 04)

(e) Do the test for cracks on the angle at location 55 (upper doors only) (Ref. to
Fig. 5023, Sheet 4)

Cracked Repair (Ref. SRM 54-30-02,

Repair No. 05)

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08

Page 5003
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-230-008-A01
(3) Crack Test on the Parts (Fluorescent Penetrant)

(a) Clean the parts.

(b) Do the test for cracks on the pivot bearing housings at locations 9 and 10
(Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-200-210, SUBTASK 70-00-00-230-210-002).

(c) Do the test for cracks on the Actuator attach lug at locations 20 (Ref. OP
TASK 70-00-00-200-210, SUBTASK 70-00-00-200-210-002).

(d) Do the test for cracks on the Tertiary lock pin housing at locations 62.

Cracked Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-039-A01
(4) Inspection of the Inner Surfaces at Locations 1, 2 and 3
(Ref. Fig. 5023, Sheet 2)

NOTE: Use tap-test / ultrasonic inspection equipment to find delamination and its
dimensions.

(a) Examine the Composite skin, area S1

(Ref. Fig. 5024 and 5025)

Scratch / Nick / Gouge

Repair (Ref. SRM
Not more than 0,28 mm (0.011 in.) deep, not more than one cut ply.
54-30-00, Repair No. 01)
More than 5x the size of the damage to a rivet line or other damage
More than 0,28 mm (0.011 in.) deep, or more than one cut ply, or nearer
Reject
than 5x the size of the damage to a rivet line or other damage
Dent
Repair (Ref. SRM
Not more than 76,0 mm (3.0 in.) in diameter, with the core not damaged.
54-30-00, Repair No. 03)
More than 5x the diameter to other damage
Repair (Ref. SRM
Not more than 76,0 mm (3.0 in.) in diameter, with the core damaged.
54-30-00, Repair No. 04)
More than 5x the diameter to other damage
More than 76,0 mm (3.0 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5x the diameter to
Reject
other damage
Disbond
Repair (Ref. SRM
Not more than 76,0 mm (3.0 in.) in diameter, with the core not damaged.
54-30-00, Repair No. 01)
More than 5x the diameter to other damage
More than 76,0 mm (3.0 in.) in diameter or with the core damaged, Or
Reject
nearer than 5x the diameter to other damage
EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08
Page 5004
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Hole
Not more than 76,00 mm (3.000 in.) in diameter Inner skin damage not Repair
more than 30,00 mm (1.200 in.) in diameter. More than 5x the diameter to (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
other damage Repair No. 05)
Not more than 76,00 mm (3.0 in.) in diameter. Inner skin damage more Repair (Ref. SRM
than 30,00 mm (1.200 in.) in diameter. More than 5x the diameter to other 54-30-00, Repair No.
damage 06)
More than 76,00 mm (3.000 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5x the diameter Reject
to other damage
Delamination
Not more than 76,00 mm (3.000 in.) in diameter and more than 5x the Repair
diameter to other damage or rivet line (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
Repair No. 01)
More than 76,00 mm (3.000 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5x the diameter Reject
of the damage to a rivet line or other damage

(b) Examine the Composite skin, area S2

(Ref. Fig. 5024 and 5025)

Scratched/Nicked/Gouged
Repair
Not more than 0,56 mm (0.022 in.) deep, not more than two cut plies. More (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
than 5x the size of the damage to a rivet line or other damage Repair No. 01)
More than 0,56 mm (0.022 in.) deep or nearer than 5x the size of the
Reject
damage to a fastener or other damage
Dented
(Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
Not more than 40,0 mm (1.6 in.) in diameter, with the core not damaged. Repair No. 03)
More than 5x the diameter to other damage

(Ref. SRM 54-30-00,

Not more than 40,0 mm (1.6 in.) in diameter, with the core damaged. More Repair No. 04)
than 5x the diameter to other damage

More than 40,0 mm (1.6 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5x the diameter to
Reject
other damage
Disbonded
(Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
Not more than 40,0 mm (1.6 in.) in diameter, with the core not damaged. Repair No. 03)
More than 5x the diameter to other damage

More than 40,0 mm (1.6 in.) in diameter or core damaged or nearer than 5x
Reject
the diameter to other damage

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08

Page 5005
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Hole
Not more than 40,0 mm (1.6 in.) in diameter Inner skin damage not more (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter. More than 5x the diameter to other Repair No. 05)
damage
Not more than 40,0 mm (1,6 in.) in diameter. Inner ply damage more than (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter. More than 5x the diameter to other damage Repair No. 03)

More than 40,0 mm (1,6 in.) or nearer than 5x the diameter to other
Reject
damage
Delamination
(Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
Not more than 40,0 mm (1,6 in.) in diameter and more than 5x the Repair No. 01)
diameter to other damage or rivet line

More than 40,0 mm (1,6 in.) or nearer than 5x the depth of the damage to
Reject
a rivet line or other damage

(c) Examine the Composite skin, area S3

(Ref. Fig. 5024 and 5025)

Scratched/Nicked/Gouged
Not more than 0,28 mm (0.011 in.) deep, not more than one cut ply. More (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
than 5x the size of the damage to a fastener or other damage Repair No. 01)
More than 0,28 mm (0.011 in.) deep, or more than one cut ply, or nearer Reject
than 5x the size of the damage to a rivet line or other damage
Dented
Not more than 76,0 mm (3.0 in.) in diameter, with the core not damaged. (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
More than 5x size of the damage to other damage Repair No. 03)
Not more than 76,0 mm (3.0 in.) in diameter, with the core damaged. More (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
than 5x size of the damage to other damage Repair No. 04)
More than 76,0 mm (3.0 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5x the diameter to Reject
other damage
Disbonded
Not more than 76,0 mm (3.0 in.) in diameter, with the core not damaged. (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
More than 5x the diameter to other damage Repair No. 03)
More than 76,0 mm (3.0 in.) in diameter or core damaged or nearer than Reject
5x the diameter to other damage

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08

Page 5006
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Hole
Not more than 76,0 mm (3.0 in.) in diameter Inner skin damage not more (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter. More than 5x the diameter to other Repair No. 05)
damage
Not more than 76,0 mm (3.0 in.) in diameter. Inner skin damage more than (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter. More than 5x the diameter to other damage Repair No. 06)
More than 76,0 mm (3.0 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5x the diameter to Reject
other damage
Delamination
Not more than 76,0 mm (3.0 in.) in diameter in diameter and more than 5x (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
the diameter to other damage or rivet line Repair No. 06)
More than 76,0 mm (3.0 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5x the diameter to Reject
a rivet line or other damage

(d) Examine the Composite skin, area A1

(Ref. Fig. 5024 and 5025)

Scratched/Nicked/Gouged
Not more than 0,56 mm (0.022 in.) deep, not more than two cut plies. More (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
than 5x the size of the damage to a rivet line or other damage Repair No. 01)
More than 0,56 mm (0.022 in.) deep, or more than two cut plies or nearer Reject
than 5x the size of the damage to a rivet line or other damage
Dented
Not more than 40,0 mm (1.6 in.) in diameter, with the core not damaged. (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
More than 5x size of the damage to other damage Repair No. 03)
Not more than 40,0 mm (1.6 in.) in diameter, with the core damaged. More (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
than 5x size of the damage to other damage Repair No. 04)
More than 40,0 mm (1.6 in.) or nearer than 5x the diameter to a rivet line Reject
or other damage
Disbonded
Not more than 40,0 mm (1.6 in.) in diameter, with the core not damaged. (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
More than 5x size of the damage to other damage Repair No. 03)
More than 40,0 mm (1.6 in.) in diameter or core damaged or nearer than Reject
5x the size to other damage
Hole
Not more than 40,0 mm (1.6 in.) in diameter. Inner skin damage not more (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter. More than 5x the diameter to other Repair No. 05)
damage
Not more than 40,0 mm (1.6 in.) in diameter. Inner skin damage more than (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter. More than 5x the diameter to other damage Repair No. 06)
More than 40,0 mm (1.6 in.) or nearer than 5x the diameter to other Reject
damage
EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08
Page 5007
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Delamination
Not more than 40,0 mm (1.6 in.) in diameter and more than 5x the (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
diameter to other damage or rivet line Repair No. 01)
More than 40,0 mm (1.6 in.) or nearer than 5x the diameter to a rivet line Reject
or other damage

(e) Examine the Composite skin, area M1

(Ref. Fig. 5024 and 5025)

Scratched/Nicked/Gouged
(Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
Not more than 1,12 mm (0.044 in.) deep, not more than four cut plies. Repair No. 01)
More than 5x the size of the damage to a rivet line or other damage
More than 1,12 mm (0.044 in.) deep, or more than four cut plies, or
Reject
nearer than 5x the size of the damage to a rivet line or other damage
Dented/Delamination
(Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
Not more than 76,0 mm (3.0 in.) in diameter, with the core not damaged. Repair No. 01)
More than 5x the diameter to other damage
More than 76,0 mm (3.0 in.) in diameter or core damaged or nearer than
Reject
5x the diameter to other damage
Hole
(Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
Not more than 76,0 mm (3.0 in.) in diameter and more than 5x the Repair No. 02)
diameter to other damage
More than 76,0 mm (3.0 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5x the diameter to
Reject
other damage

(f) Examine the Composite skin, area E3

(Ref. Fig. 5024 and 5025)

Scratched/Nicked/Gouged
Not more than 0,56 mm (0.022 in.) deep. Not more than two cut plies. (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
More than 5x the size to a rivet line or other damage Repair No. 01)
More than 0,56 mm (0.022 in.) deep, or more than two cut plies, or nearer Reject
than 5x the size to a rivet line or other damage
Dented
Not more than 2,5 mm (0.10 in.) deep. More than 5x the size to a rivet line (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
or other damage Repair No. 01)
More than 2,5 mm (0.10 in.) or nearer than 5x the damage to a rivet line Reject
or other damage

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08

Page 5008
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Hole
Not more than 20,0 mm (0.79 in.) in diameter. More than 5x the diameter (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
to a rivet line or other damage Repair No. 08)
More than 20,0 mm (0.79 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5x the diameter Reject
to a rivet line or other damage
Delamination
Not more than 30,0 mm (1.18 in.) in diameter. More than 5x the diameter (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
to a rivet line or other damage Repair No. 08)
More than 30,0 mm (1.18 in.) or core damaged or nearer than 5x the Reject
diameter to a rivet line or other damage

(g) Examine the Composite skin, area E1

(Ref. Fig. 5024 and 5025)

Scratched/Nicked/Gouged
Not more than 1,12 mm (0.044 in.) deep. Not more than four cut plies. (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
More than 5x the size of the damage to a rivet line or other damage Repair No. 01)
More than 1,12 mm (0.044 in.) deep, or more than four cut plies, or nearer Reject
than 5x the size to a rivet line or other damage
Dented
Not more than 76,0 mm (3.0 in.) in diameter with the core undamaged. (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
More than 5x the diameter to a rivet line or other damage Repair No. 01)
More than 76,0 mm (3.0 in.) in diameter or core damaged or nearer than Reject
5x the diameter to a rivet line or other damage
Hole
Not more than 76,0 mm (3.0 in.) in diameter. More than 5x the diameter to (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
other damage Repair No. 02)
More than 76,0 mm (3.0 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5x the diameter to Reject
other damage
Delamination
Not more than 76,0 mm (3.0 in.) in diameter. More than 5x the diameter to (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
a rivet line or other damage Repair No. 08)
More than 76,0 mm (3.0 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5x the diameter to Reject
a rivet line or other damage
Rivets
Loose/Missing rivets Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08

Page 5009
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-040-A01
(5) Inspection of the Outer Surfaces at Locations 4
(Ref. Fig. 5023, Sheet 2)

NOTE: Use tap test/ultrasonic inspection equipment to find delamination and its
dimensions.

(a) Examine the Composite skin, areas S2, S5 and S6

(Ref. Fig. 5026)

Scratched/Nicked/Gouged
(Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
Not more than 0,28 mm (0.011 in.) deep, not more than one cut ply. More
Repair No. 09)
than 5x the size to a rivet line or other damage
More than 0,28 mm (0.011 in.) deep, or more than one cut ply, or nearer
Reject
than 5x the size to a rivet line or other damage
Dented
(Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
Not more than 51,0 mm (2.0 in.) in diameter, with the core not damaged. Repair No. 12)
More than 5x the diameter to a rivet line or other damage
(Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
Not more than 51,0 mm (2.0 in.) in diameter, with the core damaged. More Repair No. 13)
than 5x the diameter to a rivet line or other damage
More than 51,0 mm (2.0 in.) in diameter or less than 5x the diameter to a
Reject
rivet line or other damage
Disbonded
(Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
Not more than 51,0 mm (2.0 in.) in diameter. More than 5x the diameter to Repair No. 12)
a rivet line or other damage
More than 51,0 mm (2.0 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5x the diameter to a
Reject
rivet line or other damage
Hole
Not more than 51,0 mm (2.0 in.) in diameter Inner skin damage not more (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
than 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter. More than 5x the diameter to a rivet line Repair No. 14)
or other damage
Not more than 51,0 mm (2.0 in.) in diameter. Inner skin damage more than (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
30,0 mm (1.2 in.) in diameter. More than 5x the diameter to a rivet line or Repair No. 17)
other damage
More than 51,0 mm (2.0 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5x the diameter to a
Reject
rivet line or other damage

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08

Page 5010
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Delamination
(Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
Not more than 51,0 mm (2.0 in.) in diameter and more than 5x the diameter Repair No. 09)
to a rivet line or other damage
More than 51,0 mm (2.0 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5x the diameter to a
Reject
rivet line or other damage

(b) Examine the Composite skin, area E2

(Ref. Fig. 5026)

Scratched/Nicked/Gouged
Not more than 1,12 mm (0.044 in.) deep, not more than four cut plies. (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
More than 5x the size of the damage to a rivet line or other damage Repair No. 09)
More than 1,12 mm (0.044 in.) deep, or more than four cut plies, or nearer Reject
than than 5x the size of the damage to a rivet line or other damage
Dented/Delaminated
Not more than 76,0 mm (3.0 in.) in diameter. More than 5x the diameter to (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
a rivet line or other damage Repair No. 09)
More than 76,0 mm (3.0 in.) in diameter or nearer than than 5x the Reject
diameter of the damage to a rivet line or other damage
Hole
Not more than 76,0 mm (3.0 in.) in diameter. More than 5x the diameter to (Ref. SRM 54-30-00,
a rivet line or other damage Repair No. 10)
More than 76,0 mm (3.0 in.) in diameter or nearer than 5x the diameter to Reject
a rivet line or other damage
rivets
Loose/Missing Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08

Page 5011
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-041-A01
(6) Inspection of the Frames at Locations 5, 6, 7 and 8
(Ref. Fig. 5023 Sheet 1)

NOTE: Use tap test/ultrasonic inspection equipment to find delamination and its
dimensions.

(a) Examine the Frames at Locations 5, 6, 7 and 8

Rivets
Loose/Missing Reject

(b) Skin

Scratched/Nicked/Gouged
(Refer to SRM
Not more than 0.28 mm (0.010 in.) deep and not more than one cut ply.
54-30-00, Repair No.
More than 5x the size of the damage to a rivet line or other damage
01).
More than 0.28 mm (0.010 in.) deep, or more than one cut ply, or nearer
Reject
than 5x the size of the damage to a rivet line or other damage
Dented/Delaminated Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-042-A01
(7) Inspection of the Pivot Bearing Housings at Locations 9 and 10
(Ref. Fig. 5023 Sheet 1)

(a) Examine the Pivot Bearing Housings at Locations 9 and 10

Nicked
Not more than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) deep Accept
More than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) but less than 0,50 mm (0.020 in.) deep Repair, FRS 3253, (Ref.
SPM TASK 70-42-11-
300-001,
Repair-001).
More than 0,50 mm (0.020 in.) deep Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08

Page 5012
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-043-A01
(8) Inspection of the Brackets at Locations 11, and 12
(Ref. Fig. 5023)

(a) Examine the Brackets at Locations 11

Nicked
Not more than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) deep Accept
More than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) but less than Repair (Ref. FRS 3253, SPM TASK 70-
0,25 mm (0.010) deep 42-11-300-001,Repair-001).
More than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) deep Reject
Rivets
Loose/Missing rivets Reject
Cracked Reject

(b) Examine the Bracket at Locations 12 (lower door)

(Ref. Fig. 5023 Sheet 1 and Sheet 6)

Nicked
Not more than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) deep Accept
More than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) but less than Repair (Ref. FRS 3253, SPM TASK 70-
0,25 mm (0.010) deep 42-11-300-001, Repair-001).
More than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) deep, in zone 1 Repair (Ref. FRSX070, PART A, TASK
78-30-20-300-858-001)
More than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) deep, in zone1 or 2 Repair (Ref. FRSX070, PART B, TASK
78-30-20-300-858-001)
More than 0,25 mm (0.010) deep, in zone 3 Reject
Rivets
Loose/Missing rivets in zone 1 or 2 Replace (Ref. FRSX070,
TASK 78-30-20-300-858-001).
Loose/Missing rivets in zone 3 Reject
Cracked
Not more than 15,0 mm (0.590 in.) in length, in zone 1 Repair (Ref. FRSX070, PART A, TASK
78-30-20-300-858-001)
Any length in zone 1 or 2 Repair (Ref. FRSX070, PART B, TASK
78-30-20-300-858-001)
Any length in zone 3 Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08

Page 5013
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(c) Examine the Brackets at Location 12 (upper door)

(Ref. Fig. 5023, Sheet 1 and Sheet 7)

Nicked
Not more than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) deep Accept
Repair, FRS 3253, (Ref.
SPM TASK 70-42-11-
More than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) but less than 0,25 mm (0.010) deep
300-001,Repair-001).
Repair FRSX071, (Refer
More than 0,25 mm (0.010) deep, in zone 1 to TASK
78-30-20-300-869).
More than 0,25 mm (0.010) deep, in zone 2 Reject
Rivets
Loose/Missing rivets in zone 1 Replace as per
FRSX071
(Refer to TASK
78-30-20-300-869).
Loose/Missing rivets in zone 2 Reject
Cracked
Repair FRSX071, (Refer
Any length in zone 1 to TASK
78-30-20-300-869).
Any length in zone 2 Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-044-A01
(9) Inspection of the Inserts at Locations 13 and 14
(Ref. Fig. 5023 Sheet 1)

(a) Examine the Inserts at Locations 13 and 14

Loose Reject
Threads
Repair, FRS 3253, (Ref.
SPM TASK 70-42-11-
Pick-up
300-001,
Repair-001).
Crossed/Stripped Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08

Page 5014
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-045-A01
(10) Inspection of the Moveable Panel Actuation Lever Brackets at Locations 15, 16
and 17
(Ref. Fig. 5023 Sheet 2)

(a) Examine the Moveable Panel Actuation Lever Brackets at Locations 15, 16
and 17

Nicked
Not more than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) deep Accept
Repair, FRS 3253, (Ref.
SPM TASK 70-42-11-
More than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) but less than 0,25 mm (0.010) deep
300-001,
Repair-001).
More than 0,25 mm (0.010) deep Reject

(b) Examine the Bush 32-574 or 33-574 at location 15A

(Refer to SRM
Loose 54-30-07, Repair No.
3).
Not more than 11,03 mm (0.4342 in.) Accept
Internal dia worn
More than 11,03 mm (0.4342 in.) Reject

(c) Examine the Bush 32-574 or 33-574 at location 15B

Loose Reject
Not more than 11,03 mm (0.4342 in.) Accept
Internal dia worn
More than 11,03 mm (0.4342 in.) Reject

rivets
Loose/Missing Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08

Page 5015
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-046-A01
(11) Inspection of the Bracket at Location 17 (lower door only)
(Ref. Fig. 5023 Sheet 2)

(a) Examine the Bracket at Location 17 (lower door only)

Nicked
Not more than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) deep Accept
Repair, FRS 3253, (Ref.
SPM TASK 70-42-11-300-
More than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) but less than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) deep
001,
Repair-001).
More than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) deep Reject
Rivets
Loose/Missing rivets Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-047-A01
(12) Inspection of the Stow Switch Actuation Bracket
(Ref. Fig. 5023 Sheet 2)

(a) Examine the Stow Switch Actuation Bracket at Location 18

Nicked
Not more than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) deep Accept
Repair, FRS 3253, (Ref.
SPM TASK 70-42-11-
More than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) but less than 0,50 mm (0.20 in.) deep
300-001,
Repair-001).
More than 0,50 mm (0.20 in.) deep Reject
Rivets
Loose/Missing rivets Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08

Page 5016
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-048-A01
(13) Inspection of the Actuator Channel at Location 19
(Ref. Fig. 5023 Sheet 2)

(a) Examine the Actuator Channel at Location 19

Rivets
Loose/Missing rivets Reject
Nicked
Not more than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) deep Accept
More than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) deep but less than 0,50 mm Repair (Ref. FRS 3253, SPM
(0.200 in.) deep TASK 70-42-11-300-001,
Repair-001)
More than 0,50 mm (0.200 in.) deep Reject
Actuator Channel Fairing – Top surface
Cracks
Cracked or previous FRSX010 repair done Replace FRSX156,
TASK 78-30-20-300-875-A01

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-049-A01
(14) Inspection of the Actuator Attachment Lug at Location 20
(Ref. Fig. 5023 Sheet 2)

(a) Examine the Actuator Attachment Lug at Location 20

Nicked
Not more than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) deep Accept
More than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) but not less than 0,25 mm (0.010 Repair (Ref. FRS 3253, SPM
in.) deep TASK 70-42-11-300-001,
Repair-001)
More than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) deep Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-050-A01
(15) Inspection of the Lug Internal Diameter at Location 20A (Ref. Fig. 5023 Sheet 2)

(a) Examine the Lug Internal Diameter

Galled/Corroded Reject
Worn
Not more than 20,021 mm (0.7882 in.) in diameter Accept
More than 20,021 mm (0.7882 in.) in diameter Reject
EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08
Page 5017
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-051-A01
(16) Inspection of the Bush at Location 20B
(Ref. Fig. 5023, Sheet 2)

(a) Examine the Bush internal diameter

Galled Reject
Worn

Not more than 15,879 mm (0.6251 in.) in diameter Accept

More than 15,879 mm (0.6251 in.) in diameter Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-052-A01
(17) Inspection of the Access Panel Brackets at Locations 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26 and 27
(Ref. Fig. 5023 Sheet 3)

(a) Examine the Access Panel Brackets at Locations 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26 and
27

Nicked
Not more than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) deep Accept
Repair, FRS 3253, (Ref.
SPM TASK 70-42-11-
More than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) but less than 0,50 mm (0.20 in.) deep
300-001,
Repair-001).
More than 0,50 mm (0.20 in.) deep Reject
Rivets
Loose/Missing rivets Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08

Page 5018
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-053-A01
(18) Inspection of the Torsion Bar Brackets at Locations 28, 29, 30 and 31
(Ref. Fig. 5023 Sheet 3 and Sheet 4)

(a) Examine the Torsion Bar Brackets at Locations 28, 29, 30 and 31

Nicked
Not more than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) deep Accept
More than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) but less than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) deep Repair (Ref. FRS 3253,
SPM TASK 70-42-11-300-
001, Repair-001).
More than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) deep Reject
Rivets
Loose/Missing rivets Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-054-A01
(19) Inspection of the Seal Support Brackets

(a) Examine the Seal Support Brackets at Locations 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38,
39, 40, 41, and 42
(Ref. Fig. 5023 Sheet 3)

Nicked
Not more than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) deep Accept
Repair, FRS 3253, (Ref.
SPM TASK 70-42-11-
More than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) but less than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) deep
300-001,
Repair-001).
More than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) deep Reject
Rivets
Loose/Missing rivets Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08

Page 5019
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-161-A01
(20) Inspection of the Brackets at Locations 44 and Fitting 91E626

(a) Examine the Examine the Brackets at location 44

(Ref. Fig. 5023, Sheet 3)

Nicked
Not more than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) deep Accept
More than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) but less than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) Repair (Ref. FRS 3253, SPM
deep TASK 70-42-11-300-001,
Repair-001)
More than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) deep Reject
Rivets
Loose/Missing Reject

(b) Examine the Fitting 91E626 of the Upper Pivot Doors only
(Ref. Fig. 5023, Sheet 5)

Cracks and damage

No acceptable limits Reject and replace (Ref.
FRSX172)

(c) Examine the Fitting 91E642 of the LH / RH Upper Pivot Doors only
(Ref. Fig. 5023, Sheet 3)

Damaged or missing
No acceptable limits Reject and replace (Ref.
FRSX017)

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-162-A01
(21) Inspection of the Seal Supports at Locations 45, 46, 47, 48, 49 and 50
(Ref. Fig. 5023, Sheet 1, Sheet 3 and Sheet 5)

Nicked
Not more than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) deep Accept
More than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) but less than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) Repair (Ref. FRS 3253, SPM
deep TASK 70-42-11-300-001,
Repair-001)
More than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) deep Reject
Rivets
Loose/Missing rivets Reject
EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08
Page 5020
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Seal supports (91E188, 91E189, 91E457, 91E458)

Cracked Replace, Ref. FRSX025

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-163-A01
(22) Inspection of the Seals

(a) Examine the Seals 30/31/32/33-365 and -375

(Ref. Fig. 5023, Sheet 5)

(b) Examine the Seals 30/31/32/33-370 and -380

(Ref. Fig. 5023 Sheet 3)

Torn / Swollen / Perished Reject

(c) Examine the Seals 30/31/32/33-388

(Ref. Fig. 5023 Sheet 2)

Torn / Swollen / Perished Repair, FRSX019 TASK

78-30-20-300-803-A01

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-164-A01
(23) Inspection of the Angles

(a) Examine the Angles at Locations 51, 53 and 54

(Ref. Fig. 5023 Sheet 3)
Examine the Angles at Locations 56
(Ref. Fig. 5023 Sheet 4)
Examine the Angles at Locations 57
(Ref. Fig. 5023 Sheet 5)

Nicked
Not more than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) deep Accept
More than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) but less than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) Repair, (Ref. FRS 3253, SPM
deep TASK 70-42-11-300-001,
Repair-001).
More than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) deep Reject
Rivets
Loose/Missing rivets Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08

Page 5021
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(b) Examine the Angles at Locations 52

(Ref. Fig. 5023 Sheet 3)

Nicked
Not more than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) deep Accept
More than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) but less than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) Repair (Ref. FRS 3253, SPM
deep TASK 70-42-11-300-001,
Repair-001)
More than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) deep (Ref. SRM 54-30-02,
Repair No. 04).
Rivets
Loose/Missing rivets (Ref. SRM 54-30-02,
Repair No. 04).

(c) Examine the Angles at Locations 55

(Ref. Fig. 5023 Sheet 4)

Nicked
Not more than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) deep Accept
More than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) but less than 0,25 mm (0.010) deep Repair (Ref. FRS 3253, SPM
TASK 70-42-11-300-001,
Repair-001)
More than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) deep (Ref. SRM 54-30-02,
Repair No. 04)

Rivets
Loose/Missing rivets (Ref. SRM 54-30-02, Repair
No. 04).

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08

Page 5022
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-165-A01
(24) Inspection of the Brackets
(Ref. Fig. 5023 Sheet 3, and Sheet 4)
(Ref. Fig. 5039)

(a) Examine the Brackets at Locations 58, 59, 60 and 61

Nicked
Not more than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) deep Accept
More than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) but less than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) deep Repair, FRS 3253,
(Ref. SPM TASK
70-42-11-300-001,
Repair-001).
More than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) deep Reject
Rivet
Loose / Missing Reject
Support bracket (91E986) item 61 only
Cracks Not acceptable Reject and Replace,
FRSX009
Support bracket (91E677) only (Ref. Fig. 5039)
Cracks Not acceptable Reject and Replace,
FRSX007

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-167-A01
(25) Inspection of the Tertiary-Lock Latch-Pin-Housing at Location 62
(Ref. Fig. 5023 Sheet 3)

Nicked
Not more than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) deep Accept
More than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) but less than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) Repair (Ref. FRS 3253, SPM
deep TASK 70-42-11-300-001,
Repair-001).
More than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) deep Reject
Rivets
Loose/Missing rivets Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08

Page 5023
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-168-A01
(26) Inspection of the Brackets at Locations 63, 64, 65 and 66 (lower doors only)
(Ref. Fig. 5023 Sheet 4)

Nicked
More than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) but less than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) deep Repair, (Ref. FRS 3253,
TASK 70-42-11-300-001,
Repair-001).
More than 0,25 mm (0.010 in.) deep Reject
Rivets
Loose/Missing rivets Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-169-A01
(27) Inspection of the Pads at Location 67 and 68
(Ref. Fig. 5023 Sheet 2 and Sheet 4)

(a) Examine the Pads at Location 67 and 68

Loose/Missing Repair (Ref. FRSX089,

SRM 54-30-02, Repair
No. 09)

SUBTASK 78-30-20-210-013-A01
(28) Initial Inspection of the Pivot Door Remaining Parts

Initially Examine the Pivot Door Remaining Parts

Damage that is seen to be too much to continue inspection Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08

Page 5024
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-230-013-A01
(29) Crack Test on the Pivot Door Remaining Parts

(a) Clean the part.

Do the test for cracks on the parts that follow (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-200-210):
Link attach bracket Cracked Reject
Movable panel attach
brackets
Movable panel stop
brackets
Primary lock latch
bracket
Primary lock latch pin
Primary lock latch roller

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-097-A01
(30) Inspection of the Movable Panel Stop Brackets

Examine the Movable Panel Stop Brackets

Nicked Not more than 0,25 mm Accept
(0.010 in.) deep
More than 0,25 mm (0.010 Repair (Ref. SPM TASK
in.) but less than 0,50 mm 70-42-11-300-001)
(0.020 in.) deep
More than 0,50 mm Reject
(0.020 in.) deep

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-098-A01
(31) Inspection of the movable panel buffers

Examine the movable panel buffers

Split Reject
Swollen Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08

Page 5025
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-099-A01
(32) Inspection of the Movable Panel Attach Brackets at Locations 44 and 45
(Ref. Fig. 5033)

Examine the Movable Panel Attach Brackets at Locations 44 and 45

Not more than 0,25 mm Accept
Nicked (0.010 in.) deep
More than 0,25 mm Repair (Ref.
(0.010 in.) but less than SPM TASK
0,50 mm (0.020 in.) 70-42-11-300-001)
deep
More than 0,50 mm Reject
(0.020 in.) deep

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-100-A01
(33) Inspection of the splines at location 46
(Ref. Fig. 5033)

Examine the splines at location 46

Galled Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08

Page 5026
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-101-A01
(34) Inspection of the internal diameters at locations 78-3012 (Ref. Fig. 5033)

Examine the internal diameters at locations 78-3012

Worn In the limits of Fits and Accept
Clearances
Out of the limits of Fits and Reject
Clearances
FIG, LOCATION IPL FIGURE LIMITS
& ITEM No. Dimension mm (in.) Assembly Clearance
mm (in.)
Min. Max Min. Max
Fig. 5033 Bush OD 19.927 19.960
Movable panel (0.7845) (0.7858)
attach brackets
and bush,
location 78-3012
0.040 0.106
(0.0016) (0.0041)
Brackets ID 20.000 20.033
(0.78745) (0.78878)
FITS AND CLEARANCES FOR NEW PARTS

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-102-A01
(35) Inspection of the Link Attach Bracket

Examine the Link Attach Bracket

Not more than 0,25 mm
Nicked Accept
(0.010 in.) deep
More than 0,25 mm Repair (Ref. SPM TASK
(0.010 in.) but less than 70-42-11-300-001)
0,50 mm (0.020 in.) deep
More than 0,50 mm
Reject
(0.020 in.) deep

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08

Page 5027
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-103-A01
(36) Inspection of the Primary Lock Attach Bracket

Examine the Primary Lock Attach Bracket

Not more than 0,25 mm
Nicked Accept
(0.010 in.) deep
More than 0,25 mm (0.010 Repair (Ref. SPM TASK
in.) but less than 0,50 mm 70-42-11-300-001)
(0.020 in.) deep
More than 0,50 mm
Reject
(0.020 in.) deep

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-104-A01
(37) Inspection of the Primary Lock Latch Roller at Location 47
(Ref. Fig. 5033)

Examine the Primary Lock Latch Roller at Location 47

Diameter Galled Repair (Ref. SPM TASK
Not more than 0,05 mm
70-42-11-300-001)
(0.002 in.) deep

More than 0,05 mm

Reject
(0.002 in.) deep

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08

Page 5028
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-105-A01
(38) Inspection of the Lock Latch Pin at Location 78-3019
(Ref. Fig. 5033)

Examine the Lock Latch Pin at Location 78-3019

Diameter Galled Not more than 0,05 mm Repair (Ref. SPM TASK
(0.002 in.) deep 70-42-11-300-001)
More than 0,05 mm Reject
(0.002 in.) deep
Worn In the limits of Fits and Accept
Clearances
Out of the limits of Fits and Reject
Clearances
FIG, LOCATION IPL FIGURE LIMITS
& ITEM No.
Dimension mm (in.) Assembly Clearance
mm (in.)
Min. Max Min. Max
Roller and pin, Pin OD 14.983 14.994
location 78-3019 30/31/32/ (0.5898) (0.5902)
33-164
0.006 0.035
(0.0003) (0.0014)
Roller ID 15.000 15.018
30/31/32/ (0.5905) (0.5912)
33-170
FITS AND CLEARANCES FOR NEW PARTS

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-106-A01
(39) Inspection of the roller internal diameter at location 78-3019 (Ref. Fig. 5033)

Examine the roller internal diameter at location 78-3019

Galled Reject
In the limits of Fits and
Worn Accept
Clearances
Out of the limits of Fits and
Reject
Clearances

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08

Page 5029
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-107-A01
(40) Inspection of the threads at location 48 (Ref. Fig. 5033)

Examine the threads at location 48

Pick-up Repair (Ref. SPM TASK
70-42-11-300-001).

Crossed or stripped Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-108-A01
(41) Inspection of the Torsion Bar Access Panels

Examine the Torsion Bar Access Panels

Not more than 0,25 mm
Nicked Accept
(0.010 in.) deep
More than 0,25 mm Repair (Ref. SPM TASK
(0.010 in.) but less than 70-42-11-300-001)
0,50 mm (0.020 in.) deep
More than 0,50 mm
Reject
(0.020 in.) deep
Bent Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-109-A01
(42) Inspection of the Pivot Bearing Access Covers

Examine the Pivot Bearing Access Covers

Not more than 0,25 mm
Nicked Accept
(0.010 in.) deep
More than 0,25 mm Repair (Ref. SPM TASK
(0.010 in.) but less than 70-42-11-300-001)
0,50 mm (0.020 in.) deep
More than 0,50 mm
Reject
(0.020 in.) deep

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08

Page 5030
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-110-A01
(43) Inspection of the Stow Switch Adjuster

Examine the Stow Switch Adjuster

Face Galled Not more than 0,15 mm Accept
(0.006 in.) deep
More than 0,15 mm Repair (Ref. SPM
(0.006 in.) but less than TASK 70-42-11-300-
0,25 mm (0.010 in.) deep 001)
More than 0,25 mm Reject
(0.010 in.) deep
Threads Pick-up Repair (Ref. SPM
TASK 70-42-11-300-
001)
Crossed or stripped Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-111-A01
(44) Inspection of the Movable Panel Stops

Examine the Movable Panel Stops

Pad Split Reject
Metal insert in pad Disengaged Reject
Threads Pick-up Repair (Ref. SPM TASK
70-42-11-300-001)
Crossed or stripped Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-112-A01
(45) Examination of the Nuts, Bolts and Washers

(a) (Ref. SPM TASK 70-31-00-200-000).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-322-A01
(46) Examine the stow switch bracket
(Ref. Fig. 5040, Sheet 1 and Sheet 2)

Examine the stow switch bracket (91E911-01)

Cracks/ Dents/ Gouges/ No acceptable limits Reject and Replace
Wear of Roller/ Pin Flange (Ref. FRSX155)
Bore/s

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08

Page 5031
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Pivot Door - Inspection Locations

Figure 5023, Sheet 1 of 7 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-508-001

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08

Page 5032
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Pivot Door - Inspection Locations

Figure 5023, Sheet 2 of 7 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-508-002

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08

Page 5033
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Pivot Door - Inspection Locations

Figure 5023, Sheet 3 of 7 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-508-003

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08

Page 5034
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Pivot Door - Inspection Locations

Figure 5023, Sheet 4 of 7 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-508-004

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08

Page 5035
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Pivot Door - Inspection Locations

Figure 5023, Sheet 5 of 7 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-508-003

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08

Page 5036
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Pivot Door - Inspection Locations

Figure 5023, Sheet 6 of 7 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-508-006

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08

Page 5037
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Pivot Door - Inspection Locations

Figure 5023, Sheet 7 of 7 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-508-003

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08

Page 5038
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Upper Pivot Door - Inspection Locations - Inner Panel Zones

Figure 5024 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-509-001

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08

Page 5039
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Lower Pivot Door - Inspection Locations - Inner Panel Zones

Figure 5025 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-530-001

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08

Page 5040
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Lower Pivot Door - Inspection Locations - Outer Panel Zones

Figure 5026 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-531-001

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08

Page 5041
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Pivot Door Remaining Parts - Inspection Locations

Figure 5033 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-516-001

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08

Page 5042
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

LH and RH Upper Pivot Door - Inspection Location – Fitting 91E677

Figure 5039 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-539-001

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08

Page 5043
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

LH and RH Upper Pivot Door - Inspection Location – Fitting 91E911-01

Figure 5040, Sheet 1 of 2 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-540-001

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08

Page 5044
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

LH and RH Lower Pivot Door - Inspection Location – Fitting 91E911-01

Figure 5040, Sheet 2 of 2 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-540-001
EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08
Page 5045
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 08

Page 5046
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-200-810-A01
1. Inspection / Check - Pivot Door - Movable Panels

A. General

This task gives the procedures to do an inspection of the Movable Panels of the Pivot Door.

TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Ref. TSD.594-J).

TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Ref. RR-CAEL-SPM).

All the parts must be cleaned before they are examined (Ref. CLEANING section, Page Block
4001).

All the parts, specified or not, must be visually examined for damage, corrosion and wear. If a
defect is found that is not specified in this procedure, contact SAFRAN Nacelles.

Do not discard the parts until you are sure there are no repairs available. Refer to the instructions
in the REPAIR section before a rejected part is used again or oversized parts are installed.

Rejected parts can be held although no repair is available. The repair of a rejected part could be
applicable at a later date.

All the parts must be examined to make sure that all repairs have been completed satisfactorily.

For policy that is necessary for inspection, refer to the SPM TASK 70-30-00-200-000.

For data on part condition terminology, refer to the SPM TASK 70-01-02-200-000.

For data on inspection of parts, refer to the SPM TASK 70-31-00-200-000.

For data on geometric tolerances, refer to the SPM TASK 70-41-02-800-801.

For the recording and control of the lives of parts, refer to the Time Limits Manual
(T-TRENT-1RR) TASK 05-00-01-800-801.

B. Reason for the Job

The visual check lets the user find damage or corrosion. It does not show the correct function of the
parts.

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 09

Page 5001
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

C. Job Set-Up Information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Standard tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- - Standard fluorescent penetrant equipment

(b) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

Locally manufactured - Tap Test tool, Mild steel or brass rod, 4,75 mm (0.187
in.) dia., 203,00 mm (8.000 in.) long with a ball of
9,52 mm (0.375 in.) dia. at one end)

NOTE: For the full data of the special tools referenced in this TASK, refer to the SPECIAL
TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT section of this CMM.

(2) Consumables

REFERENCE DESIGNATION
None

NOTE: For the full data of the consumable materials referenced in this TASK, refer to the
Overhaul Materials Manual (OMat).

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 09

Page 5002
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

D. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-210-008-A01
(1) Initial Inspection of the Movable Panel

Initially Examine the Movable Panels

Damage that is seen to be too much to continue inspection Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-055-A01
(2) Inspection of the Rectangular and Triangular Movable Panels Skin at Locations 15A
and 15B
(Ref. Fig. 5027)

Examine the Rectangular and Triangular Movable Panels Skin at Locations 15A and 15B
Nicked Reject
Scratched Reject
Cracked Reject
Eroded Reject
Torn fibers Reject
Delaminated Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-056-A01
(3) Inspection of the Rectangular and Triangular Movable Panel Inserts at Location 16A
and 16 B
(Ref. Fig. 5027)

Examine the Rectangular and Triangular Movable Panel Inserts at Location 16A and 16B
More than 0,15 mm
Galled Accept
(0.006 in.) deep
More than 0,15 mm Repair (Ref.
(0.006 in.) but less than SPM TASK
0,25 mm (0.010 in.) deep 70-42-11-300-001).
More than 0,25 mm
Reject
(0.010 in.) deep
Split Reject
Disengaged Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 09

Page 5003
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-280-008-A01
(4) Do the tap test on the triangular movable panel
(Ref. Fig. 5038)

(a) Tap test the triangular movable panel 30-030 (32-030) acoustic area. (Ref. SRM
TASK 54-01-06):

Tap Test
No disbond Accept
Disbond Send tap test data to SAFRAN Nacelles
Customer Support Centre for repair
details:[email protected]
Repair within the compliance interval
(Ref. SB 78-F042, Appendix 1)

SUBTASK 78-30-20-280-009-A01
(5) Do the tap test on the rectangular movable panel
(Ref. Fig. 5038)

(a) Tap test the rectangular movable panel 30-040 (32-040) acoustic area. (Ref. SRM
TASK 54-01-06):

Tap Test
No disbond Accept
Disbond Send tap test data to SAFRAN Nacelles
Customer Support Centre for repair details:
[email protected]
Repair within the compliance interval
(Ref. SB 78-F042, Appendix 1)

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 09

Page 5004
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-280-010-A01
(6) Do the tap test on the inner panel
(Ref. Fig. 5038)

(a) Tap test the inner panel acoustic area. (Ref. SRM TASK 54-01-06):

Tap Test
No disbond Accept
Disbond Send tap test data to SAFRAN Nacelles
Customer Support Centre for repair details:
[email protected].
Repair within the compliance interval.
(Ref. SB 78-F042, Appendix 1)

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 09

Page 5005
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Movable Panels - Inspection Locations

Figure 5027 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-510-001

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 09

Page 5006
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Inspection Locations - Pivot Door-Movable and Inner Panels

Figure 5038 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-536-001

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 09

Page 5007
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 09

Page 5008
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-200-811-A01
1. Inspection / Check - Pivot Door Torsion Bar Assembly

A. General

This section gives the procedures to do a general inspection of the Torsion Bar Assembly of the
Pivot Door, and to do the check of the parts removed during the disassembly.

TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Ref. TSD.594-J).

TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Ref. RR-CAEL-SPM).

All the parts must be cleaned before they are examined (Ref. CLEANING, Page block 4001).

All the parts, specified or not, must be visually examined for damage, corrosion and wear. If a
defect is found that is not specified in this procedure, contact SAFRAN Nacelles.

Do not discard the parts until you are sure there are no repairs available. Refer to the instructions
in REPAIR section before a rejected part is used again or oversized parts are installed.

Rejected parts can be held although no repair is available. The repair of a rejected part could be
applicable at a later date.

All the parts must be examined to make sure that all repairs have been completed satisfactorily.

For the policy that is necessary for inspection, refer to SPM TASK 70-30-00-200-000.

For data on part condition terminology, refer to SPM TASK 70-01-02-200-000.

For data on inspection of parts, refer to TASK 70-31-00-200-000.

For data on geometric tolerances, refer to SPM TASK 70-41-02-800-801.

For the recording and control of the lives of parts, refer to TASK 05-00-01-800-801, Time Limits
Manual (T-TRENT-1RR).

B. Reason for the Job

The visual check lets the user find damage or corrosion. It does not show the correct function of the
parts.

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 10

Page 5001
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

C. Job Set-Up Information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Standard tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- - Standard fluorescent penetrant equipment

(b) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

NOTE: For the full data of the special tools referenced in this TASK, refer to SPECIAL TOOLS,
FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT section of this CMM.

(2) Consumables

REFERENCE DESIGNATION
None

NOTE: For the full data of the consumable materials referenced in this TASK, refer to the
Overhaul Materials Manual (OMat).

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 10

Page 5002
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

D. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-210-009-A01
(1) Initial Inspection of the Torsion Bar

Initially Examine the Torsion Bar

Damage that is seen to be too much to continue inspection Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-230-009-A01
(2) Crack Test on the Torsion Bar

(a) Clean the parts.

Do the test for cracks (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-200-213) on the parts that follow:
Torsion Bar Cracked Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 10

Page 5003
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-058-A01
(3) Inspection of the Bearing Bush (91E076), the Bush (91E079) and the Case (91E070)
at Locations 78-3009
(Ref. Fig. 5028)

Examine the Bearing Bush - Outer Diameter (OD), the Bush – Internal Diameter (OD) and the
Case - Internal Diameter (ID) at Locations 78-3009
Worn In the limits of Fits and Accept
Clearances
Out of the limits of Fits and Reject
Clearances
FIGURE & IPL LIMITS
LOCATION FIGURE-ITEM Dimension Assembly Clearance
No. mm (in.) mm (in.)
Min. Max Min. Max
Fig. 5028 Bearing bush 17,966 (0.7073) 17,984 (0.7080)
Bearing bush and (91E076) OD
bush, 30/31/32/33-
L ocation 78-3009 495
0.016 (0.0006) 0.061 (0.0024)
Bush (91E079) 18,000 (0.7086) 18,027 (0.7097)
ID
30/31/32/33-
493
Fig. 5028 Bearing bush 17,966 (0.7073) 17,984 (0.7080)
Bearing bush and (91E076) OD
case, 30/31/32/33-
Location 78-3009 495
0.032 (0.0011) 0.068 (0.0025)
Case 18,016 (0.7092) 18,034 (0.7100)
(91E070) ID
30/31/32/33-
485

FITS AND CLEARANCES FOR NEW PARTS

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 10

Page 5004
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-059-A01
(4) Inspection of the Washers at Locations 17A and 17B
(Ref. Fig. 5028)

(a) (Ref. SPM TASK 70-31-00-200-000).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-060-A01
(5) Inspection of the Bush Diameter at Location 78-3010
(Ref. Fig. 5028)

Examine the Bush Diameter at Location 78-3010

Worn In the limits of Fits and Accept
Clearances
Out of the limits of Fits and Reject
Clearances
FIG & IPL LIMITS
LOCATION FIGURE-ITEM
No.
Dimension Assembly Clearance
mm (in.) mm (in.)
Min. Max Min. Max
Fig. 5028 Bush OD 19.927 (0.7844) 19.960 (0.7858)
Bush and 30/31/32/33-
movable panel 493
bracket, 0.040 (0.0016) 0.093 (0.0038)
location 78-3010
Bracket ID 20.000 (0.7874) 20.020 (0.7882)

FITS AND CLEARANCES FOR NEW PARTS

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-061-A01
(6) Inspection of the Torsion Bar at Location 18
(Ref. Fig. 5028)

Examine the Torsion Bar at Location 18

Bent Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 10

Page 5005
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-062-A01
(7) Inspection of the splines at location 19
(Ref. Fig. 5028)

Examine the splines at location 19

Galled Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-063-A01
(8) Inspection of the diameter at location 78-3011
(Ref. Fig. 5028)

Examine the diameter at location 78-3011

Galled Reject
Worn In the Limits of Fits and Accept
Clearances
Out of the Limits of Fits and Reject
Clearances
FIGURE & IPL LIMITS
LOCATION FIGURE-ITEM
No.
Dimension Assembly Clearance
mm (in.) mm (in.)
Min. Max Min. Max
Fig. 5028 Bar OD 17.966 17.984
Torsion bar and 30/31/32/33- (0.7073) (0.7080)
bush, 476
location 78-3011
0.016 0.061
(0.0006) (0.0024)
Bush ID 18.000 18.027
30/31/32/33- (0.7086) (0.7097)
474

FITS AND CLEARANCES FOR NEW PARTS

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 10

Page 5006
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-064-A01
(9) Inspection of the threads at Location 22
(Ref. Fig. 5028)

Examine the threads at Location 22

Pick-up Repair (Ref.
SPM TASK
70-42-11-300-001).
Crossed or stripped Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-065-A01
(10) Examine the Bush Diameter at Location 78-3012
(Ref. Fig. 5028)

Examine the Bush Diameter at Location 78-3012

Worn In the Limits of Fits and Accept
Clearances
Out of the Limits of Fits and Reject
Clearances
FIG & IPL LIMITS
LOCATION FIGURE-ITEM
No.
Dimension Assembly Clearance
mm (in.) mm (in.)
Min. Max Min. Max
Fig. 5028 Bush Bush OD 19.927 (0.7845) 19.960 (0.7858)
and moveable 30/31/32/33-474
panel attach
bracket,
location 78-3012
0.040 (0.0016) 0.106 (0.0041)
Bracket ID 20.000 (0.7874) 20.033 (0.7886)
FITS AND CLEARANCES FOR NEW PARTS
SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-066-A01
(11) Examination of the Nut at Location 20 (Ref. Fig. 5028)

(a) (Ref. SPM TASK 70-31-00-200-000).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-067-A01
(12) Examination of the Washer at Location 21 (Ref. Fig. 5028)

(a) (Ref. SPM TASK 70-31-00-200-000).

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 10

Page 5007
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Inspection Locations - Torsion Bar Assembly

Figure 5028 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-511-001

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 10

Page 5008
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles
78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-200-812-A01
1. Inspection / Check - Pivot Door - Lever Assembly - Movable Panel

A. General

This task gives the procedures to do an inspection of the Lever Assembly of the Moveable
Panels.

TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Ref. TSD.594-J).

TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Ref. RR-CAEL-SPM).

All the parts must be cleaned before they are examined (Ref. CLEANING, Page block 4001).

All the parts, specified or not, must be visually examined for damage, corrosion and wear. If
a defect is found that is not specified in this procedure, contact SAFRAN Nacelles.

Do not discard the parts until you are sure there are no repairs available. Refer to the
instructions in the REPAIR section before a rejected part is used again or oversized parts are
installed.

Rejected parts can be held although no repair is available. The repair of a rejected part could
be applicable at a later date.

All the parts must be examined to make sure that all repairs have been completed
satisfactorily.

For policy that is necessary for inspection, refer to SPM TASK 70-30-00-200-000.

For data on part condition terminology, refer to SPM TASK 70-01-02-200-000.

For data on inspection of parts, refer to SPM TASK 70-31-00-200-000.

For data on geometric tolerances, refer to SPM TASK 70-41-02-800-801.

For the recording and control of the lives of parts, refer to the Time Limits Manual
(T-TRENT-1RR) TASK 05-00-01-800-801.

B. Reason for the Job

The visual check lets the user find damage or corrosion. It does not show the correct
function of the parts.

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 11

Page 5001
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

C. Job Set-Up Information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Standard tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- - Standard fluorescent penetrant equipment

(b) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

NOTE: For the full data of the special tools referenced in this TASK, refer to
SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT section of this CMM.

(2) Consumables

REFERENCE DESIGNATION
None

NOTE: For the full data of the consumable materials referenced in this TASK, refer
to the Overhaul Materials Manual (OMat).

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 11

Page 5002
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

D. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-210-010-A01
(1) Initial Inspection of the Movable Panel Lever Assembly

Initially Examine the Movable Panel Lever Assembly

Damage that is seen to be too much to continue inspection Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-230-010-A01
(2) Crack Test on the Movable Panel Lever Assembly

(a) Clean the parts.

Do the crack test on the parts that are given below (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-200-213):
Lever Cracked Reject
Link Cracked Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-068-A01
(3) Inspection of the Lever at Location 23 (Ref. Fig. 5029)

Examine the Lever at Location 23

Up to 0,15 mm (0.006 in.)
Nicked Accept
deep
More than 0,15 mm Repair (Ref. SPM TASK
(0.006 in.) but less than 70-42-11-300-001)
0,25 mm (0.010 in.)
More than 0,25 mm
Reject
(0.010 in.)

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 11

Page 5003
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-069-A01
(4) Inspection of the internal diameter at location 78-3013 (Ref. 5029)

Examine the internal diameter at location 78-3013

Galled Reject
Worn In the limits of Fits and Accept
Clearances
Out of the limits of Fits and Reject
Clearances
FIG & IPL LIMITS
LOCATION FIGURE-ITEM
No.
Dimension Assembly Clearance
mm (in.) mm (in.)
Min. Max Min. Max
Fig. 5029 Bush OD 12.966 (0.5104) 12.984 (0.5106)
Lever and
shouldered
bush,
location 78-3013
0.016 0.052
(0.0012) (0.0021)
Lever ID 13.000 (0.5118) 13.018 (0.5125)
30/31/32/33-
590

FITS AND CLEARANCES FOR NEW PARTS

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 11

Page 5004
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-070-A01
(5) Inspection of the Spacer and the Shouldered Bushes at Location 78-3014
(Ref. Fig. 5029)

Examine the Spacer and the Shouldered Bushes at Location 78-3014

Worn In the limits of Fits and Accept
Clearances
Out of the limits of Fits and Reject
Clearances
FIG & IPL LIMITS
LOCATION FIGURE-ITEM
No.
Dimension Assembly Clearance
mm (in.) mm (in.)
Min. Max Min. Max
Fig. 5029 Spacer OD 10.966 (0.4317) 10.984 (0.4324)
Spacer and 30/31/32/33-
shouldered bush, 576,
location 78-3014
0.016 0.061
(0.0006) (0.0024)
Bush ID 11.000 (0.4330) 11.027 (0.4340)
30/31/32/33-
574

FITS AND CLEARANCES FOR NEW PARTS

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 11

Page 5005
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-071-A01
(6) Examine the Pin Diameter at Location 78-3015
(Ref. Fig. 5029)

Examine the Pin Diameter at Location 78-3015

Worn In the limits of Fits and Accept
Clearances
Out of the limits of Fits and Reject
Clearances
FIG & IPL LIMITS
LOCATION FIGURE-
ITEM No.
Dimension Assembly
mm (in.) Clearance mm (in.)
Min. Max Min. Max
Fig. 5029 Pin OD 7.670 (0.3019) 7.770 (0.3059)
Pin and spacer, 30/31/32/33-
location 78-3015 582,
0.155 0.277
(0.0061) (0.0109)
Spacer ID 7.925 (0.3120) 7.947 (0.3128)
30/31/32/33-
576

FITS AND CLEARANCES FOR NEW PARTS

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-072-A01
(7) Inspection of the Link at Location 24
(Ref. Fig. 5029)

Examine the Link at Location 24

Not more than 0,15 mm
Nicked Accept
(0.006 in.) deep
More than 0,15 mm Repair (Ref. SPM TASK
(0.006 in.) but less than 70-42-11-300-001)
1,00 mm (0.040 in.)
More than 1,00 mm (0.040 in.) Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 11

Page 5006
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-073-A01
(8) Inspection of the bearings at location 25
(Ref. Fig. 5029)

Examine the bearings at location 25

Free to turn Accept
Not free to turn Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-074-A01
(9) Inspection of the Shouldered Bush and the Bush at Location 78-3017
(Ref. Fig. 5030)

Examine the Shouldered Bush and the Bush at Location 78-3017

Diameter Galled Reject
Worn In the limits of Fits and Clearances Accept
Out of the limits of Fits and Clearances Reject
FIG & IPL LIMITS
LOCATION FIGURE-ITEM
No.
Dimension Assembly Clearance
mm (in. mm (in.)
Min. Max Min. Max
Fig. 5030 Shouldered 8.486 (0.3340) 8.495 (0.3344)
Shouldered bush bush OD
and link attach
bracket,
location 78-3017
0.005 (0.0002) 0.029 (0.0012)
Bracket ID 8.500 (0.3346) 8.515 (0.3352)
Bush OD 8.486 (0.3340) 8.495 (0.3344)
30/31/32/33-
556
0.005 (0.0002) 0.029 (0.0012)
Bracket ID 8.500 (0.3346) 8.515 (0.3352)

FITS AND CLEARANCES FOR NEW PARTS

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 11

Page 5007
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-075-A01
(10) Inspection of the Pins at Locations 26A, 26B and 26C
(Ref. Fig. 5030)

Examine the Pins at Locations 26A, 26B and 26C

Shank Galled Up to 0,05 mm (0.002 in.) Repair (Ref. SPM TASK
deep 70-42-11-300-001)
More than in 0,05 mm Reject
(0.002 in.)
Worn If the diameter is between Accept
7,823 and 7,924 mm
(0.308 and 0.312 in.)
If the diameter is less than Reject
7,823 mm (0.308 in.)
Threads Pick-up Repair (Ref. SPM TASK
70-42-11-300-001)
Crossed or Stripped Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-076-A01
(11) Inspection of the Washers at Locations 27A, 27B, 27C and 27D
(Ref. Fig. 5030)

(a) Examine the Washers at Locations 27A, 27B, 27C and 27D (Ref. SPM TASK
70-31-00-200-000).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-077-A01
(12) Inspection of the Nuts at Locations 28A, 28B, 28C and 28D (Ref. Fig. 5030)

(a) Examine the Nuts at Locations 28A, 28B, 28C and 28D (Ref. SPM TASK
70-31-00-200-000).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-078-A01
Deleted

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 11

Page 5008
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-079-A01
(13) Inspection of the Roller Diameter at Location
30 (Refer to Fig. 5030)

Examine the Roller Diameter at Location 30

Galled Up to 0,05 mm (0.002 in.) deep Accept
More than 0,05 mm (0.002 in.) but Repair (Ref. SPM TASK
less than 0,01 mm (0.004 in.) deep 70-42-11-300-001)
More than 0,01 mm (0.004 in.) Reject
Worn If the diameter of the roller is Accept
between 21,100 and 22,100 mm
(0.8306 and 0.8700 in.)
If the diameter of the roller is less Reject
than 21,100 mm (0.8306 in.)

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 11

Page 5009
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-080-A01
(14) Inspection of the Roller and Spacer at Locations 78-3016 (Ref. Fig. 5030)

Examine the Roller and Spacer at Locations 78-3016

Worn In the limits of Fits and Clearances Accept
Out of the limits of Fits and Clearances Reject
FIG & IPL LIMITS
LOCATION FIGURE-ITEM
No.
Dimension Assembly Clearance
mm (in.) mm (in.)
Min. Max Min. Max
Fig. 5030 Spacer OD 10.966 (0.4317) 10.984 (0.4324)
Roller and 30/31/32/33-
spacer, 524
location 78-3016
0.016(0.0006) 0.052 (0.0020)

Roller ID 11.000 (0.4330) 11.018 (0.4337)

30/31/32/33-
530

FITS AND CLEARANCES FOR NEW PARTS

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 11

Page 5010
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Inspection Locations - Movable Panel Lever Assembly

Figure 5029 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-512-001

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 11

Page 5011
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Inspection Locations - Movable Panel Lever Assembly

Figure 5030 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-513-001
EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 11
Page 5012
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-200-813-A01
1. Inspection / Check - Pivot Door – Pivot Bearing and Pin Assembly

A. General

This task gives the procedures to do an inspection of the Pivot Bearing and Pin Assembly of
the Pivot Door.

TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Ref. TSD.594-J).

TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Ref. RR-CAEL-SPM).

All the parts must be cleaned before they are examined (Ref. CLEANING, Page block 4001).

All the parts, specified or not, must be visually examined for damage, corrosion and wear. If
a defect is found that is not specified in this procedure, contact SAFRAN Nacelles.

Do not discard the parts until you are sure there are no repairs available. Refer to the
instructions in the REPAIR section before a rejected part is used again or oversized parts are
installed.

Rejected parts can be held although no repair is available. The repair of a rejected part could
be applicable at a later date.

All the parts must be examined to make sure that all repairs have been completed
satisfactorily.

For policy that is necessary for inspection, refer to SPM TASK 70-30-00-200-000.

For data on part condition terminology, refer to SPM TASK 70-01-02-200-000.

For data on inspection of parts, refer to SPM TASK 70-31-00-200-000.

For data on geometric tolerances, refer to SPM TASK 70-41-02-800-801.

For the recording and control of the lives of parts, refer to the Time Limits Manual
(T-TRENT-1RR) TASK 05-00-01-800-801.

B. Reason for the Job

The visual check lets the user find damage or corrosion. It does not show the correct
function of the parts.

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 12

Page 5001
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Jan 05/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

C. Job Set-Up Information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Standard tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- - Standard fluorescent penetrant equipment

(b) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

NOTE: For the full data of the special tools referenced in this TASK, refer to
SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT section of this CMM.

(2) Consumables

REFERENCE DESIGNATION
None

NOTE: For the full data of the consumable materials referenced in this TASK, refer
to the Overhaul Materials Manual (OMat).

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 12

Page 5002
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Jan 05/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

D. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-210-011-A01
(1) Initial Inspection of the Pivot Bearing and the Pivot Pin Assembly

Initially Examine the Pivot Bearing and the Pivot Pin Assembly
Damage that is seen to be too much to continue inspection Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-230-011-A01
(2) Crack Test on the Pivot Bearing and the Pivot Pin Assembly

(a) Clean the parts.

Do the crack test on the parts that follow (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-200-210):
Pivot bearing Cracked Reject
Bearing nut
Pivot Pin
Locknut
Lock tang
Pivot pin nut
Pin washer

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-081-A01
(3) Inspection of the Pivot Pin at Location 31
(Ref. Fig. 5031)

Examine the Pivot Pin at Location 31

Pivot Pin Nicked Not more than 0,05 mm (0.002 in.) deep Accept
More than 0,05 mm (0.002 in.) but less Repair (Ref. SPM TASK
than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) deep 70-42-11-300-001)
More than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) Reject
Shank Scored Reject
Threads Pick-up Repair (Ref. SPM TASK
70-42-11-300-001)
Crossed or stripped Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 12

Page 5003
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Jan 05/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-083-A01
(4) Inspection of the Pivot Pin Internal Diameter at Location 78-3017 and 78-3018
(Ref. Fig. 5031)

Examine the Pivot Pin internal diameter at location 78-3017 and 78-3018
Worn In the limits of Fits and Clearance Accept
Out of the limits of Fits and Clearance Reject
FIG & IPL LIMITS
LOCATION FIGURE- ITEM
No.
Dimension Assembly Clearance mm
mm (in.) (in.)
Min. Max Min. Max
Fig. 5031 Spindle OD 15,723 (0.6190) 15,750 (0.6201)
Pivot and rotary 56/57/58/59-
variable 660
transformer drive
spindle
location 78-3017
0,050 (0.0020) 0,095 (0.0037)
Pivot Pin ID 15,.800 (0.6220) 15,818 (0.6228)
56/57/58/59-
718
Fig. 5031 Spindle OD 9,938 (0.3913) 9,960 (0.3921)
Pivot pin and 56/57/58/59-
rotary variable 660
transformer drive
spindle,
location 78-3018
0,040 (0.0016) 0,077 (0.0030)
Pivot Pin ID 10,000 (0.3937) 10,015 (0.3943)
56/57/58/59-
718

FITS AND CLEARANCES FOR NEW PARTS

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-084-A01
(5) Inspection of the Washer at Location 33
(Ref. Fig. 5031)

(a) Examine the Washer at Location 33. (Ref. SPM TASK 70-31-00-200-000).

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 12

Page 5004
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Jan 05/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-085-A01
(6) Inspection of the Pivot Pin Nut at Location 34 (Ref. Fig. 5033)

(a) Examine the Pivot Pin Nut at Location 34. (Ref. SPM TASK
70-31-00-200-000).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-086-A01
(7) Inspection of the Lock Tang at Location 35 (Ref. Fig. 5031)

Examine the Lock Tang at Location 35

Up to 0,05 mm (0.002 in.) deep Accept
Nicked
More than 0,05 mm (0.002 in.) but Repair (Ref. SPM TASK
less than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) deep 70-42-11-300-001).
More than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) deep Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-088-A01
(8) Inspection of the Locknut at Location 36 (Ref. Fig. 5031)

(a) Examine the Locknut at Location 36 (Ref. SPM TASK 70-31-00-200-000).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-087-A02
(9) Inspection of the Locking Ring at Location 41 (Ref. Fig. 5031)

(a) Examine the Locking Ring at Location 41 (Ref. SPM TASK

70-31-00-200-000).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-089-A01
(10) Inspection of the Pivot Bearing at Location 38 (Ref. Fig. 5031)

Examine the Pivot Bearing at Location 38

Pivot Bearing Nicked Up to 0,05 mm (0.002 in.) deep Accept
More than 0,05 mm (0.002 in.) but Repair (Ref. SPM TASK
less than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) deep 70-42-11-300-001)
More than 0,15 mm (0.006 in.) deep Reject
Spherical, location 37 Free to move Accept
Not free to move Reject
Scratched Reject
Threads Pick-up Repair (Ref. SPM TASK
70-42-11-300-001)
Crossed or stripped Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 12

Page 5005
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Jan 05/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-090-A01
(11) Inspection of the Bearing Nut at Location 40 (Ref. Fig. 5031)

(a) Examine the Bearing Nut at Location 40. (Ref. SPM TASK
70-31-00-200-000).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-091-A01
(12) Inspection of the Peelable Shim at Location 39 (Ref. Fig. 5031)

Examine the Peelable Shim at Location 39

Torn Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 12

Page 5006
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Jan 05/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Inspection Locations - Pivot Bearing and Pivot Pin Assembly

Figure 5031, Sheet 1 of 2 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-514-001

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 12

Page 5007
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Jan 05/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Inspection Locations - Pivot Bearing and Pivot Pin Assembly

Figure 5031, Sheet 2 of 2 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-514-001

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 12

Page 5008
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Jan 05/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-200-814-A01
1. Inspection / Check - Pivot Door - Rotary Variable Transformer (RVT), Drive Spindle and Drive Arm

A. General

This section gives the procedures to do a general inspection of the Pivot Door RVT, Drive Spindle
and Drive Arm and to do the check of the parts removed during the disassembly.

TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Ref. TSD.594-J).

TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Ref. RR-CAEL-SPM).

All the parts must be cleaned before they are examined (Ref. CLEANING, Page block 4001).

TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Ref. TSD.594-J).

TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Ref. RR-CAEL-SPM).

All the parts must be cleaned before they are examined (Ref. CLEANING, Page block 4001).

All the parts, specified or not, must be visually examined for damage, corrosion and wear. If a
defect is found that is not specified in this procedure, contact SAFRAN Nacelles.

Do not discard the parts until you are sure there are no repairs available. Refer to the instructions
in the REPAIR section before a rejected part is used again or oversized parts are installed.

Rejected parts can be held although no repair is available. The repair of a rejected part could be
applicable at a later date.

All the parts must be examined to make sure that all repairs have been completed satisfactorily.

For policy that is necessary for inspection, refer to SPM TASK 70-30-00-200-000.

For data on part condition terminology, refer to SPM TASK 70-01-02-200-000.

For data on inspection of parts, refer to SPM TASK 70-31-00-200-000.

For data on geometric tolerances, refer to SPM TASK 70-41-02-800-801.

For the recording and control of the lives of parts, refer to the Time Limits Manual (T-TRENT-1RR)
TASK 05-00-01-800-801.

B. Reason for the Job

The visual check lets the user find damage or corrosion. It does not show the correct function of the
parts.

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 13

Page 5001
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

C. Job Set-Up Information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Standard tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- - Standard fluorescent penetrant equipment

(b) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

NOTE: For the full data of the special tools referenced in this TASK, refer to the SPECIAL
TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT section of this CMM.

(2) Consumables

REFERENCE DESIGNATION
None

NOTE: For the full data of the consumable materials referenced in this TASK, refer to the
Overhaul Materials Manual (OMat).

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 13

Page 5002
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

D. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-210-012-A01
(1) Initial Inspection of the RVT Drive Spindle

Initially Examine the RVT Drive Spindle

Damage that is seen to be too much to continue inspection Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-230-012-A01
(2) Crack Test on the Spindle

(a) Clean the parts.

Do the test for cracks (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-200-213). on the parts that follow:

Spindle Cracked Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-092-A01
(3) Inspection of the Spindle at Location 41
(Ref. Fig. 5032)

Examine the Spindle at Location 41

Bent Reject
Nicked Not more than 0,15 mm Accept
(0.006 in.) deep
More than 0,15 mm (0.006 Repair (Ref. SPM TASK
in.) but less than 0,25 mm 70-42-11-300-001).
(0.010 in.) deep
More than 0,25 mm (0.010 Reject
in.) deep

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 13

Page 5003
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-093-A01
(4) Inspection of the spindle diameter at locations 78-3017 and 78-3018
(Ref. Fig. 5032)

Examine the spindle diameter at locations 78-3017 and 78-3018

Worn In the limits of Fits and Clearances Accept
Out of the limits of Fits and Clearances Reject
FIG & IPL LIMITS
LOCATION FIGURE- Dimension Assembly Clearance
ITEM No. mm (in.) mm (in.)
Min. Max Min. Max
Fig. 5032 Spindle OD 15,723 (0.6190) 15,750 (0.6201)
Pivot Pin with 56/57/58/59-
rotary variable 660
transformer drive 0,050 0,095
spindle, (0.0020) (0.0037)
location 78-3017
Pivot Pin ID 15,800 (0.6220) 15,818 (0.6228)
56/65/58/59-
718
Fig. 5032 Spindle OD 9,938 (0.3913) 9,960 (0.3921)
Pivot Pin and 56/57/58/59-
rotary variable 660
transformer drive 0,040 0,077
spindle, (0.0016) (0.0030)
location 78-3018
Pivot Pin ID 10,000 (0.3937) 10,015 (0.3943)
56/57/58/59-
718

FITS AND CLEARANCES FOR NEW PARTS

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 13

Page 5004
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Inspection Locations - RVT Drive Spindle and Drive Arm

Figure 5032, Sheet 1 of 2 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-515-001

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 13

Page 5005
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Inspection Locations - RVT Drive Spindle and Drive Arm

Figure 5032, Sheet 2 of 2 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-515-001

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 13

Page 5006
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-200-815-A01
1. Inspection / Check - Pivot Door Remaining Parts

Deleted, moved to TASK 78-30-20-200-809-A01

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 14

Page 5001
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 14

Page 5002
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-200-816-A01
1. Inspection / Check – Bellows Seal - Pre-Cooler Duct (PCD)

Deleted, moved to TASK 78-30-20-200-801-A01

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 15

Page 5001
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 15

Page 5002
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-200-817-A01
1. Inspection / Check - Thrust Reverser Electrical Harnesses - LH and RH Harness

A. General

This task gives the procedures to do an inspection of LH and RH Harness.

TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Ref. TSD.594-J).

TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Ref. RR-CAEL-SPM).

All the parts must be cleaned before they are examined (Ref. CLEANING, Page block 4001).

All the parts, specified or not, must be visually examined for damage, corrosion and wear. If a
defect is found that is not specified in this procedure, contact SAFRAN Nacelles.

Do not discard the parts until you are sure there are no repairs available. Refer to the instructions
in the REPAIR section before a rejected part is used again or oversized parts are installed.

Rejected parts can be held although no repair is available. The repair of a rejected part could be
applicable at a later date.

All the parts must be examined to make sure that all repairs have been completed satisfactorily.

For policy that is necessary for inspection, refer to SPM TASK 70-30-00-200-000.

For data on part condition terminology, refer to SPM TASK 70-01-02-200-000.

For data on inspection of parts, refer to SPM TASK 70-31-00-200-000.

For data on geometric tolerances, refer to SPM TASK 70-41-02-800-801.

For the recording and control of the lives of parts, refer to the Time Limits Manual (T-TRENT-1RR)
TASK 05-00-01-800-801.

B. Reason for the Job

The visual check lets the user find damage or corrosion. It does not show the correct function of the
parts.

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 16

Page 5001
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

C. Job Set-Up Information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Standard tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

(b) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

NOTE: For the full data of the special tools referenced in this TASK, refer to SPECIAL TOOLS,
FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT section of this CMM.

(2) Consumables

REFERENCE DESIGNATION
None

NOTE: For the full data of the consumable materials referenced in this TASK, refer to the
Overhaul Materials Manual (OMat).

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 16

Page 5002
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

D. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-210-016-A01
(1) Initially Examine the LH and RH Electrical Harnesses

Parts contaminated
Damage that is seen to be too much to continue the examination Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-180-A01
(2) Examine the Connector Assemblies

Pins
Bent Reject
Unsatisfactory contact between pins and sockets
Shell assembly
Threads Pick-up, Crossed or Stripped Reject
Insert
Perished Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-181-A01
(3) Examine the Connector Assembly Backshells

Threads
Pick-up, Crossed or Stripped Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-182-A01
(4) Examine the Backshell Strain Reliefs

Threads
Pick-up, Crossed or Stripped Reject
Cable support bars
Broken Reject
Bush clamp bars
Broken Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 16

Page 5003
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-183-A01
(5) Examine the Harness Cables

Crimp joints
Disengaged Reject
Cables
Chafed and you cannot see the harness screen braiding Accept
Chafed and you can see the harness screen braiding Replace
Burned Replace
Frayed Replace
Fused Replace
To Replace LH Harness:
Remove - Ref. TASK 78-30-20-000-801-A01, SUBTASK 78-30-20-040-002-A01
Install - Ref. TASK 78-30-20-400-801-A01, SUBTASK 78-30-20-440-020-A01
To Replace RH Harness:
Remove - Ref. TASK 78-30-20-000-801-A01, SUBTASK 78-30-20-040-023-A01
Install - Ref. TASK 78-30-20-400-802-A01, SUBTASK 78-30-20-440-040-A01

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-184-A01
(6) Examine the Cable Support Bushes

Bushes
Torn Reject
Perished Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-185-A01
(7) Examine the Terminals

Terminals
Cracked Reject
Loose Reject
Fused Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 16

Page 5004
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-186-A01
(8) Examine the Fire and Fume Seals

Housings
Cracked Reject
Ceramic seals
Cracked Reject
Seal
Torn Reject
Perished Reject
Plate
Cracked Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-187-A01
(9) Examine the Anti-chafe Sleeve

Anti-chafe sleeve
Cracked Reject
Torn Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 16

Page 5005
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 16

Page 5006
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-200-818-A01
1. Inspection / Check - Thrust Reverser Harnesses – Cross-Over Electrical Harness

A. General

This task gives the procedures to do an inspection of Cross-Over Harness.

TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Ref. TSD.594-J).

TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Ref. RR-CAEL-SPM).

All the parts must be cleaned before they are examined (Ref. CLEANING, Page block 4001).

All the parts, specified or not, must be visually examined for damage, corrosion and wear. If a
defect is found that is not specified in this procedure, contact SAFRAN Nacelles.

Do not discard the parts until you are sure there are no repairs available. Refer to the instructions
in the REPAIR section before a rejected part is used again or oversized parts are installed.

Rejected parts can be held although no repair is available. The repair of a rejected part could be
applicable at a later date.

All the parts must be examined to make sure that all repairs have been completed satisfactorily.

For policy that is necessary for inspection, refer to SPM TASK 70-30-00-200-000.

For data on part condition terminology, refer to SPM TASK 70-01-02-200-000.

For data on inspection of parts, refer to SPM TASK 70-31-00-200-000.

For data on geometric tolerances, refer to SPM TASK 70-41-02-800-801.

For the recording and control of the lives of parts, refer to the Time Limits Manual
(T-TRENT-1RR) TASK 05-00-01-800-801.

B. Reason for the Job

The visual check lets the user find damage or corrosion. It does not show the correct function of the
parts.

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 17

Page 5001
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

C. Job Set-Up Information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Standard tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

(b) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

NOTE: For the full data of the special tools referenced in this TASK, refer to SPECIAL TOOLS,
FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT section of this CMM.

(2) Consumables

REFERENCE DESIGNATION
None

NOTE: For the full data of the consumable materials referenced in this TASK, refer to the
Overhaul Materials Manual (OMat).

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 17

Page 5002
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

D. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-210-017-A01
(1) Initially Examine the Cross-Over Electrical Harnesses

Parts contaminated
Damage that is seen to be too much to continue the examination Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-188-A01
(2) Examine the Connector Assemblies

Pins
Bent Reject
Unsatisfactory contact between pins and sockets
Shell assembly
Threads Pick-up, Crossed or Stripped Reject
Insert
Perished Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-189-A01
(3) Examine the Connector Assembly Backshells

Threads
Pick-up, Crossed or Stripped Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-190-A01
(4) Examine the Backshell Strain Reliefs

Threads
Pick-up, Crossed or Stripped Reject
Cable support bars
Broken Reject
Bush clamp bars
Broken Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 17

Page 5003
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-191-A01
(5) Examine the Harness Cables

Crimp joints
Disengaged Reject
Cables
Chafed and you cannot see the harness screen braiding Accept
Chafed and you can see the harness screen braiding Replace
Burned Replace
Frayed Replace
Fused Replace
To Replace LH Harness:
Remove - Ref. TASK 78-30-20-000-801-A01, SUBTASK 78-30-20-040-002-A01
Install - Ref. TASK 78-30-20-400-801-A01, SUBTASK 78-30-20-440-020-A01
To Replace RH Harness:
Remove - Ref. TASK 78-30-20-000-801-A01, SUBTASK 78-30-20-040-023-A01
Install - Ref. TASK 78-30-20-400-802-A01, SUBTASK 78-30-20-440-040-A01

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-192-A01
(6) Examine the Cable Support Bushes

Bushes
Torn Reject
Perished Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-193-A01
(7) Examine the Terminals

Terminals
Cracked Reject
Loose Reject
Fused Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 17

Page 5004
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-194-A01
(8) Examine the Fire and Fume Seals

Housings
Cracked Reject
Ceramic seals
Cracked Reject
Seal
Torn Reject
Perished Reject
Plate
Cracked Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-195-A01
(9) Examine the Anti-chafe Sleeve

Anti-chafe sleeve
Cracked Reject
Torn Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 17

Page 5005
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 17

Page 5006
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-200-819-A01
1. Inspection / Check - Thrust Reverser Electrical Harnesses - Tertiary Lock Harness

A. General

This task gives the procedures to do an inspection of LH and RH Harness.

TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Ref. TSD.594-J).

TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Ref. RR-CAEL-SPM).

All the parts must be cleaned before they are examined (Ref. CLEANING, Page block 4001).

All the parts, specified or not, must be visually examined for damage, corrosion and wear. If a
defect is found that is not specified in this procedure, contact SAFRAN Nacelles.

Do not discard the parts until you are sure there are no repairs available. Refer to the instructions
in the REPAIR section before a rejected part is used again or oversized parts are installed.

Rejected parts can be held although no repair is available. The repair of a rejected part could be
applicable at a later date.

All the parts must be examined to make sure that all repairs have been completed satisfactorily.

For policy that is necessary for inspection, refer to SPM TASK 70-30-00-200-000.

For data on part condition terminology, refer to SPM TASK 70-01-02-200-000.

For data on inspection of parts, refer to SPM TASK 70-31-00-200-000.

For data on geometric tolerances, refer to SPM TASK 70-41-02-800-801.

For the recording and control of the lives of parts, refer to the Time Limits Manual
(T-TRENT-1RR) TASK 05-00-01-800-801.

B. Reason for the Job

The visual check lets the user find damage or corrosion. It does not show the correct function of
the parts.

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 18

Page 5001
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

C. Job Set-Up Information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Standard tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

(b) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

NOTE: For the full data of the special tools referenced in this TASK, refer to SPECIAL TOOLS,
FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT section of this CMM.

(2) Consumables

REFERENCE DESIGNATION
None

NOTE: For the full data of the consumable materials referenced in this TASK, refer to the
Overhaul Materials Manual (OMat).

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 18

Page 5002
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

D. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-210-018-A01
(1) Initially Examine the Tertiary Lock Electrical Harnesses

Parts contaminated
Damage that is seen to be too much to continue the examination Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-196-A01
(2) Examine the Connector Assemblies

Pins
Bent Reject
Unsatisfactory contact between pins and sockets
Shell assembly
Threads Pick-up, Crossed or Stripped Reject
Insert
Perished Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-197-A01
(3) Examine the Connector Assembly Backshells

Threads
Pick-up, Crossed or Stripped Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-198-A01
(4) Examine the Backshell Strain Reliefs

Threads
Pick-up, Crossed or Stripped Reject
Cable support bars
Broken Reject
Bush clamp bars
Broken Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 18

Page 5003
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-199-A01
(5) Examine the Harness Cables

Crimp joints
Disengaged Reject
Cables
Chafed and you cannot see the harness screen braiding Accept
Chafed and you can see the harness screen braiding Replace
Burned Replace
Frayed Replace
Fused Replace
To Replace LH Harness:
Remove - Ref. TASK 78-30-20-000-801-A01, SUBTASK 78-30-20-040-002-A01
Install - Ref. TASK 78-30-20-400-801-A01, SUBTASK 78-30-20-440-020-A01
To Replace RH Harness:
Remove - Ref. TASK 78-30-20-000-801-A01, SUBTASK 78-30-20-040-023-A01
Install - Ref. TASK 78-30-20-400-802-A01, SUBTASK 78-30-20-440-040-A01

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-200-A01
(6) Examine the Cable Support Bushes

Bushes
Torn Reject
Perished Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-201-A01
(7) Examine the Terminals

Terminals
Cracked Reject
Loose Reject
Fused Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 18

Page 5004
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-202-A01
(8) Examine the Fire and Fume Seals

Housings
Cracked Reject
Ceramic seals
Cracked Reject
Seal
Torn Reject
Perished Reject
Plate
Cracked Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-203-A01
(9) Examine the Anti-Chafe Sleeve

Anti-chafe sleeve
Cracked Reject
Torn Reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 18

Page 5005
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 18

Page 5006
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-200-820-A01
1. Inspection / Check - Thrust Reverser Mounted Tubes

A. General

This task gives the procedures to do an inspection of the Tubes mounted on the Thrust Reverser.

TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Ref. TSD.594-J).

TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Ref. RR-CAEL-SPM).

All the parts must be cleaned before they are examined (Ref. CLEANING, Page block 4001).

All the parts, specified or not, must be visually examined for damage, corrosion and wear. If a
defect is found that is not specified in this procedure, contact SAFRAN Nacelles.

Do not discard the parts until you are sure there are no repairs available. Refer to the instructions
in the REPAIR section before a rejected part is used again or oversized parts are installed.

Rejected parts can be held although no repair is available. The repair of a rejected part could be
applicable at a later date.

All the parts must be examined to make sure that all repairs have been completed satisfactorily.

For policy that is necessary for inspection, refer to SPM TASK 70-30-00-200-000.

For data on part condition terminology, refer to SPM TASK 70-01-02-200-000.

For data on inspection of parts, refer to SPM TASK 70-31-00-200-000.

For data on geometric tolerances, refer to SPM TASK 70-41-02-800-801.

For the recording and control of the lives of parts, refer to the Time Limits Manual (T-TRENT-1RR)
TASK 05-00-01-800-801.

B. Reason for the Job

The visual check lets the user find damage or corrosion. It does not show the correct function of the
parts.

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 19

Page 5001
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

C. Job Set-Up Information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Standard tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- - Standard fluorescent penetrant equipment

(b) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

NOTE: For the full data of the special tools referenced in this TASK, refer to the SPECIAL
TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT section of this CMM.

(2) Consumables

REFERENCE DESIGNATION
None

NOTE: For the full data of the consumable materials referenced in this TASK, refer to the
Overhaul Materials Manual (OMat).

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 19

Page 5002
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

D. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-210-023-A01
(1) Initially Examine the Tubes

Parts contaminated
Damage that is seen to be too much to continue the check Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-230-017-A01
(2) Do a Crack Test on the Tubes

Do the test for cracks on the parts that follow (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-200-213):
Tube assembly 28-350 Tube assembly 29-350 Tube assembly 28-450
Tube assembly 29-450 Tube assembly 28-500 Tube assembly 29-500 Reject
Cracked

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-212-A01
(3) Examine the Rigid Tube Surfaces

Clamps marks (scuffing)

(1) Not more than 0,10 mm (0.004 in.) deep Repair, (Ref. SPM TASK
70-42-11-300-001)
(2) More than (1) Reject
Scored
(1) On the outer surface of a bend Reject
(2) In areas other than (1) not more than 0,10 mm (0.004 in.) deep Repair, (Ref. SPM TASK
70-42-11-300-001)
(3) More than (2) Reject
Dented
(1) On the outer surface of a bend with a depth of the dent which do Accept
not decrease the diameter of the tube more than 5 per cent in one
location
(2) In areas other than (1) with a depth of the dent which do not Accept
decrease the diameter of the tube more than 10 per cent in one
location
(3) More than in (1) or (2) Accept

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 19

Page 5003
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-213-A01
(4) Examine the Flexible Tube Surfaces

Outer cover
(1) Fretted Reject
(2) Cracked Reject
End fitting union
(1) Marks of porosity Reject

(2) Scored Reject

Repair, (Ref. SPM TASK
(a) Not more than 0,10 mm (0.004in.) deep 70-42-11-300-001).

(b) More than in (a) Reject

Bended surfaces
(1) Scored Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-210-024-A01
(5) Examine the Union Nuts

Threads
(1) Crossed or stripped Reject
Conical seal faces
(1) Damaged Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-210-025-A01
(6) Examine the Inside of the Tube

Plugged, clogged Clear with dry

compressed air.
If necessary clean the
part again (Ref. TASK
78-30-20-100-801).
If the condition
continues, reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 19

Page 5004
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-200-821-A01
1. Inspection / Check - Thrust Reverser - Cowl Door Actuator Tubes

A. General

This task gives the procedures to do an inspection of Cowl Door Actuator Tubes.

TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Ref. TSD.594-J).

TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Ref. RR-CAEL-SPM).

All the parts must be cleaned before they are examined (Ref. CLEANING, Page block 4001).

All the parts, specified or not, must be visually examined for damage, corrosion and wear. If a
defect is found that is not specified in this procedure, contact SAFRAN Nacelles.

Do not discard the parts until you are sure there are no repairs available. Refer to the instructions
in the REPAIR section before a rejected part is used again or oversized parts are installed.

Rejected parts can be held although no repair is available. The repair of a rejected part could be
applicable at a later date.

All the parts must be examined to make sure that all repairs have been completed satisfactorily.

For policy that is necessary for inspection, refer to SPM TASK 70-30-00-200-000.

For data on part condition terminology, refer to SPM TASK 70-01-02-200-000.

For data on inspection of parts, refer to SPM TASK 70-31-00-200-000.

For data on geometric tolerances, refer to SPM TASK 70-41-02-800-801.

For the recording and control of the lives of parts, refer to the Time Limits Manual (T-TRENT-1RR)
TASK 05-00-01-800-801.

B. Reason for the Job

The visual check lets the user find damage or corrosion. It does not show the correct function of the
parts.

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 20

Page 5001
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

C. Job Set-Up Information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Standard tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- - Standard fluorescent penetrant equipment

(b) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

NOTE: For the full data of the special tools referenced in this TASK, refer to SPECIAL TOOLS,
FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT section of this CMM.

(2) Consumables

REFERENCE DESIGNATION
None

NOTE: For the full data of the consumable materials referenced in this TASK, refer to the
Overhaul Materials Manual (OMat).

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 20

Page 5002
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

D. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-210-026-A01
(1) Initially Examine the Tubes

Parts contaminated
Damage that is seen to be too much to continue the check Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-230-018-A01
(2) Do a Crack Test on the Tubes

Do a crack test on the parts that follow (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-213):

Tube assembly 98-130 Tube assembly 99-130 Tube assembly 98-170 Reject
Tube assembly 99-170 Tube assembly 98-200 Tube assembly 99-200
Tube assembly 98-250 Tube assembly 99-250, Cracked

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-214-A01
(3) Examine the Rigid Tube Surfaces

Clamps marks (scuffing)

(1) Not more than 0,1 mm (0.004 in.) deep Repair, (Ref. SPM TASK
70-42-11-300-001)
(2) More than (1) Reject
Scored
(1) On the outer surface of a bend Reject
(2) In areas other than (1) not more than 0,10 mm (0.004 in.) deep Repair, (Ref. SPM TASK
70-42-11-300-001)
(3) More than (2) Reject
Dented
(1) On the outer surface of a bend with a depth of the dent which do Accept
not decrease the diameter of the tube more than 5 per cent in one
location
(2) In areas other than (1) with a depth of the dent which do not Accept
decrease the diameter of the tube more than 10 per cent in one
location
(3) More than in (1) or (2) Accept

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 20

Page 5003
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-215-A01
(4) Examine the Flexible Tube Surfaces

Outer cover
(1) Fretted Reject
(2) Cracked Reject
(3) Marks of porosity Reject
(4) Scored on the bended surfaces Reject
(5) Scored on the End fitting Union
(a) Not more than 0,10 mm (0.004 in.) deep Repair, (Ref. SPM TASK
70-42-11-300-001)
(b) More than in (a) Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-210-027-A01
(5) Examine the Union Nuts

Threads
(1) Crossed or stripped Reject
Conical seal faces
(1) Damaged Reject

SUBTASK 78-30-20-210-028-A01
(6) Examine the Inside of the Tube

Plugged, clogged Clear with dry

compressed air.
If necessary clean the
part again, Ref. TASK
78-30-20-100-801.
If the condition
continues, reject

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 20

Page 5004
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-200-822-A01
1. Inspection / Check - C-Duct - Tertiary Lock Latch

A. General

This task gives the procedures to do an inspection of the Tertiary Lock Latch of the C-Duct.

TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Ref. TSD.594-J).

TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Ref. RR-CAEL-SPM).

All the parts must be cleaned before they are examined (Ref. CLEANING, Page block 4001).

All the parts, specified or not, must be visually examined for damage, corrosion and wear. If a
defect is found that is not specified in this procedure, contact SAFRAN Nacelles.

Do not discard the parts until you are sure there are no repairs available. Refer to the instructions
in the REPAIR section before a rejected part is used again or oversized parts are installed.

Rejected parts can be held although no repair is available. The repair of a rejected part could be
applicable at a later date.

All the parts must be examined to make sure that all repairs have been completed satisfactorily.

For policy that is necessary for inspection, refer to SPM TASK 70-30-00-200-000.

For data on part condition terminology, refer to SPM TASK 70-01-02-200-000.

For data on inspection of parts, refer to TASK 70-31-00-200-000.

For data on geometric tolerances, refer to SPM TASK 70-41-02-800-801.

For the recording and control of the lives of parts, refer to the Time Limits Manual (T-TRENT-1RR)
TASK 05-00-01-800-801.

B. Reason for the Job

The visual check lets the user find damage or corrosion. It does not show the correct function of the
parts.

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 21

Page 5001
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

C. Job Set-Up Information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Standard tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

(b) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

NOTE: For the full data of the special tools referenced in this TASK, refer to the SPECIAL
TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT section of this CMM.

(2) Consumables

REFERENCE DESIGNATION
None

NOTE: For the full data of the consumable materials referenced in this TASK, refer to the
Overhaul Materials Manual (OMat).

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 21

Page 5002
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

D. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-210-050-A01
(1) Examine the tertiary lock latch (20-200)
(Ref. Fig. 5035)

(a) Examine the tertiary lock latch surface at location 1.

Galled
Not more than 0,50 mm (0.020 in.) deep Repair (Ref. FRS3253, SPM TASK
70-42-11-300-001, Repair 001, use
OMat 5/114)
More than 0,50 mm (0.020 in.) deep Reject

(b) Examine the other surfaces of the tertiary lock latch

Nicked, Rubbed
Not more than 0,50 mm (0.020 in.) deep Repair, (Ref. FRS3253, SPM TASK 70-
42-11-300-001, Repair 001, use OMat
5/114)
More than 0,50 mm (0.020 in.) deep Reject
Peeled Brush apply OMat 7/205 primer and
OMat 7/206 polyurethane finish (Ref.
manufacturer's instructions)

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 21

Page 5003
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Inspection Locations – Tertiary Lock Latch

Figure 5035 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-921-001

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 21

Page 5004
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-200-823-A01
1. Inspection / Check - C-Duct Structure - Pin and Sleeve of Hinge No. 5

A. General

This task gives the procedures to do an inspection of the Pin and Sleeve of the Hinge No. 5.

TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Ref. TSD.594-J).

TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Ref. RR-CAEL-SPM).

All the parts must be cleaned before they are examined (Ref. CLEANING, Page block 4001).

All the parts, specified or not, must be visually examined for damage, corrosion and wear. If a
defect is found that is not specified in this procedure, contact SAFRAN Nacelles.

Do not discard the parts until you are sure there are no repairs available. Refer to the instructions
in the REPAIR section before a rejected part is used again or oversized parts are installed.

Rejected parts can be held although no repair is available. The repair of a rejected part could be
applicable at a later date.

All the parts must be examined to make sure that all repairs have been completed satisfactorily.

For policy that is necessary for inspection, refer to SPM TASK 70-30-00-200-000.

For data on part condition terminology, refer to SPM TASK 70-01-02-200-000.

For data on inspection of parts, refer to SPM TASK 70-31-00-200-000.

For data on geometric tolerances, refer to SPM TASK 70-41-02-800-801.

For the recording and control of the lives of parts, refer to the Time Limits Manual (T-TRENT-1RR)
TASK 05-00-01-800-801.

B. Reason for the Job

The visual check lets the user find damage or corrosion. It does not show the correct function of the
parts.

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 22

Page 5001
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

C. Job Set-Up Information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Standard tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- - Inspection mirror

(b) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

NOTE: For the full data of the special tools referenced in this TASK, refer to the SPECIAL
TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT section of this CMM.

(2) Consumables

REFERENCE DESIGNATION
None

NOTE: For the full data of the consumable materials referenced in this TASK, refer to the
Overhaul Materials Manual (OMat).

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 22

Page 5002
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

D. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-210-043-A01
(1) Examine the Pin of Hinge No. 5

(a) Examine the head of the pin 03-320 and record the batch number. Use an
inspection mirror if necessary.

(b) Refer to the table below and compare the batch numbers.

Fig./ Item Part No. Batch No.

03-320 91H204-07 CHP16389
03-320 91H204-07 CHP17037
03-320 91H204-07 CHP17306
03-320 91H204-07 CHP17527
03-320 91H204-07 CHP17528
03-320 91H204-07 CHP18174

(c) If the batch number is included in the list, replace the pin 03-320.

(d) Quarantine the removed pin until the local SAFRAN Nacelles field support rep. records it.

(e) Make the removed pin 03-320 unserviceable.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-210-044-A01
(2) Examine the Sleeve of Hinge No.5
(Refer to Fig. 5036 Sheet 1)

(a) Examine the sleeve 03-308 for an identification notch at Location 1. Use an
inspection mirror if necessary.

(b) If the sleeve 03-308 has no identification notch at Location 1, replace the sleeve
03-308.

(c) Quarantine the removed pin until the local SAFRAN Nacelles field support rep. records it.

(d) Make the removed pin 03-308 unserviceable.

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 22

Page 5003
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Inspection Locations - Sleeve - Hinge No.5

Figure 5036 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-533-001
EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 22
Page 5004
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-200-824-A01
1. Inspection / Check - C-Duct - Outer Fixed Structure (OFS) Acoustic Panel Disbond (Post SB 78-F041)

Deleted, moved to TASK 78-30-20-200-801-A01

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 23

Page 5001
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 23

Page 5002
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-200-825-A01
1. Inspection / Check - Pivot Door - Movable and Inner Panels (Post SB 78-F042)

Deleted, moved to TASK 78-30-20-200-810-A01

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 24

Page 5001
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

EFFECTIVITY: All INSPECTION / CHECK – 24

Page 5002
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

REPAIR
TASK 78-30-20-300-801-A01
1. FRSX020 - Replacement of the Moveable Panels Related Seals

A. General

(1) This TASK gives the procedure to replace the seals on the moveable panels on
the thrust reverser pivoting door.

(2) TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Refer
to TSD594-J).

(3) TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Refer to
RR-CAEL-SPM).

(4) For the repair procedures, refer to the Illustrated Parts List to identify the parts: the
number in brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

B. Effectivity

ENGINE FIG/ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION SERVICE BULLETIN

TRENT 700/ALL 30-975 91E590-04 Pivot door, upper -
LH
31-975 91E880-04 Pivot door, lower -
LH
32-975 91E676-04 Pivot door, upper -
RH
33-975 91E900-04 Pivot door, lower -
RH

C. Reason for job

(1) Self explanatory.

D. Job set-up information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Refer to Chapter SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENTS for full
data of the special tools in the list.

FRSX020
Page 6001
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(b) Standard tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- Paint facility
- Putty knife
- Sharp knife
- Spatula

(2) Consumables

(a) Refer to the Overhaul Materials Manual (Refer to OMat) for the full data of the
consumable materials referred to in this TASK.

REFERENCE NAME
OMat 2/101 Lint free cloth
OMat 214 Brasswire brush
OMat 262 Temporary Marker
OMat 584 Scotch brite
OMat 872F Cold curing silicone rubber

(3) Expendable parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

None

(4) Repair parts

(a) Left hand upper pivot door

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

30-346 91E946-02 Seal 1
30-347 91E937-01 Seal 1
30-348 91E934-01 Seal 1
30-370 91E920-01 Seal 1

FRSX020
Page 6002
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

30-365 91E306-00 Seal 1
30-375 91E922-01 Seal 1
30-380 91E924-01 Seal 1
30-367 91E661-01 Seal 1
30-363 91E560-03 Seal 1

(b) Left hand lower pivot door

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

31-370 91E920-01 Seal 1
31-380 91E924-01 Seal 1
31-375 91E922-01 Seal 1
31-365 91E306-00 Seal 1

(c) Right hand upper pivot door

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

32-346 91E946-02 Seal 1
32-347 91E937-51 Seal 1
32-348 91E934-51 Seal 1
32-370 91E920-01 Seal 1
32-365 91E306-00 Seal 1
32-375 91E922-01 Seal 1
32-380 91E924-01 Seal 1
32-367 91E661-01 Seal 1
32-363 91E560-03 Seal 1

(d) Right hand lower pivot door

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

33-370 91E920-01 Seal 1
33-380 91E924-01 Seal 1
33-375 91E922-01 Seal 1

FRSX020
Page 6003
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

33-365 91E306-00 Seal 1

E. Health and Safety Notices

WARNING: WHEN YOU DO THIS REPAIR YOU MUST WEAR PROTECTIVE

CLOTHING, GLOVES, DUST MASK AND SAFETY GOGGLES TO
PROTECT YOU AGAINST DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES WHICH CAN
BE DANGEROUS TO YOUR HEALTH.

WARNING: WHEN YOU USE CLEANING MATERIALS, COATINGS AND SEALANTS,

REFER TO, AND OBEY, THE MANUFACTURER'S CONTROL AND
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS AND HEALTH AND SAFETY NOTICES.

F. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-010-001-A01
(1) Removal of the damaged seal:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Use a sharp knife to split the adhesive and remove the damaged seal from
the seal support.

(b) Use a putty knife or equivalent and OMat 214 brasswire brush to remove the
remaining adhesive from the seal supports.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-100-014-A01
(2) Cleaning of the mating surfaces of the seal support:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Clean the mating surfaces (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

2 Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

3 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent , lint-free cloth.

FRSX020
Page 6004
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-001-A01
(3) Preparation of the new seals:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Select replacement seals refer to the repair parts.

(b) Make the mating surfaces rough, use OMat 584 scotch brite.

(c) Clean the mating surfaces (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

2 Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

3 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent , lint-free cloth.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-360-001-A01
(4) Installation of the seal:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Apply, with a spatula, a 0,50 mm (0.020 in) thick layer of OMat 872F cold curing
silicone rubber to the mating surface of the seal.

(b) Put the seal into the seal supports and align the corners with the related corners
of the seal supports.

NOTE: Assemble the seal before a skin is formed on the adhesive, and not
later than three minutes maximum. Make sure that a witness of the
adhesive is visible around the seal surface.

NOTE: Apply a light pressure with your hand onto the seal to remove unwanted
air from below. Use locally manufactured clips to hold the seal in the
correct position as necessary.

(c) Clean the seal (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Remove the unwanted sealant.

2 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

3 Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

FRSX020
Page 6005
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

4 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint-free cloth.

CAUTION: DO NOT APPLY A LOAD DURING THE CURE.

CAUTION: KEEP THE CLIPS IN POSITION DURING THE CURE.

(d) Cure the sealant according to the manufacturer’s instructions.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-113-A01
(5) Inspection of the repair areas:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Do a visual examination to make sure that the repair is satisfactory.

(b) If the repair is not satisfactory, reject the repair.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-001-A01
(6) Identification of the repair

(a) Mark FRSX020 adjacent to the identification plate of the pivoting door. Use
OMat 262 Temporary Marker of contrasting color.

FRSX020
Page 6006
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Moveable Panels Seal Replacement

Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-601-001
FRSX020
Page 6007
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-802-A01
2. FRSX076 - Repair of the Delamination Around the Stop Bracket Fastener Holes in the
Triangular and Rectangular Moveable Panels

A. General

(1) This TASK gives the procedure to repair the delamination around the stop bracket
fastener holes on the moveable triangular panel and the moveable rectangular panel.

(2) TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Refer
to TSD594-J).

(3) TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Refer to
RR-CAEL-SPM).

(4) For the repair procedures, refer to the Illustrated Parts List to identify the parts: the
number in brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

B. Effectivity

ENGINE FIG/ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION SERVICE BULLETIN

TRENT 700/ALL 30-030 91E549-00 Triangular Pre SB 78-B517
91E549-01 moveable panel Post SB 78-B517
30-040 91E550-00 Rectangular Pre SB 78-B517
91E550-01 moveable panel Post SB 78-B517
31-030 91E549-00 Triangular Pre SB 78-B517
91E549-01 moveable panel Post SB 78-B517
31-040 91E550-00 Rectangular Pre SB 78-B517
91E550-01 moveable panel Post SB 78-B517
91E550-51 Post 78-D405
32-030 91E549-50 Triangular Pre SB 78-B517
91E549-51 moveable panel Post SB 78-B517
32-040 91E550-50 Rectangular Pre SB 78-B517
91E550-51 moveable panel Post SB 78-B517
33-030 91E549-50 Triangular Pre SB 78-B517
91E549-51 moveable panel Post SB 78-B517

FRSX076
Page 6001
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

ENGINE FIG/ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION SERVICE BULLETIN

33-040 91E550-50 Rectangular Pre SB 78-B517
91E550-51 moveable panel Post SB 78-B517
91E550-01 Post 78-D405

C. Reason for job

(1) Self explanatory.

D. Job set-up information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Refer to Chapter SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENTS for full
data of the special tools in the list.

(b) Standard tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- Degreasing equipment
- Heat blanket
- Mechanical clamps
- Permanent marker
- Sharp drilling equipment
- Syringe
- Teflon back-up plate

(c) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

(2) Consumables

(a) Refer to the Overhaul Materials Manual (Refer to OMat) for the full data of the
consumable materials referred to in this TASK.

FRSX076
Page 6002
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

REFERENCE NAME
OMat 262 Temporary marker
OMat 2/101 Lint-free Cloth
OMat 5/94 Garnet paper
OMat 8/107 Two part polysulphide sealant
OMat 8/117 Adhesive

(3) Expendable parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

None

(4) Repair parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

30-416 RP3929-01 Cup Washer 1 off
31-416 RP3929-01 Cup Washer 1 off
32-416 RP3929-01 Cup Washer 1 off
33-416 RP3929-01 Cup Washer 1 off

(5) Material of components

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

PART/IDENT SYMBOL MATERIAL

Moveable triangular panel Carbon fibre composite
Moveable rectangugular panel Carbon fibre composite

FRSX076
Page 6003
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

E. Health and Safety Notices

WARNING: WHEN YOU DO THIS REPAIR YOU MUST WEAR PROTECTIVE

CLOTHING, GLOVES, DUST MASK AND SAFETY GOGGLES TO
PROTECT YOU AGAINST DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES WHICH CAN
BE DANGEROUS TO YOUR HEALTH.

WARNING: WHEN YOU USE CLEANING MATERIALS, COATINGS AND SEALANTS,

REFER TO, AND OBEY, THE MANUFACTURER'S CONTROL AND
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS AND HEALTH AND SAFETY NOTICES.

F. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-115-A01
(1) Inspection of the Component
(Refer to Fig. 6001)
(Refer to Fig. 6002)

(a) Visually and dimensionally examine the component.

1 Make sure that the delaminated area is within the repair limits. Do not
repair the delamination if it extends more than 23,00 mm (0.906 in.)
around the stop bracket fastener holes.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-001-A01
(2) Cleaning of the Fastener Hole Area

(a) Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

2 Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

3 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-002-A01
(3) Sealing of the Fastener Hole

(a) Seal the fastener hole on the countersunk side of the panel with a teflon
back-up plate.

NOTE: A teflon back-up plate is used to make easier the removal.

FRSX076
Page 6004
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

CAUTION: DO NOT TIGHTEN THE MECHANICAL CLAMPS TOO MUCH. THIS

WILL DAMAGE THE HONEYCOMB.

(b) Use mechanical clamps to hold the teflon back-up plate in position.

NOTE: Do not attach the mechanical clamps to the delaminated area.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-360-002-A01
(4) Preparation of the Adhesive

WARNING: DO NOT MIX MORE THAN 8.58 OZ. (250 GM.) OF EPOXY
ADHESIVE AND HARDENER IN ONE CONTAINER. IF YOU
MIX MORE THAN 8.58 OZ. (250 GM.) IN ONE CONTAINER
UNCONTROLLED HEAT BUILD UP WILL OCCUR AND TOXIC
FUMES WILL BE MADE.

(a) Use OMat 8/117 adhesive. Combine 100 parts A with 58 parts B and mix fully.
You must use this mixture within 15 minutes. Refer to the manufacturer's
specifications for further information.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-360-003-A01
(5) Injection of the Adhesive

(a) Position the moveable panel with the delaminated area as the lower surface.

(b) Inject the adhesive.

1 Use a syringe to inject the adhesive through the opposite side of the
fastener hole.

2 Inject the adhesive until it is above the surface of the component.

(c) Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Remove the unwanted sealant.

2 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

3 Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

4 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

FRSX076
Page 6005
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(d) Cure the Adhesive according to the manufacturer's instructions.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-280-001-A01
(6) Tap Test

(a) Remove the mechanical clamps and the teflon backup plate from the panel.

(b) Do a tap test to make sure that all delamination has been repaired.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-003-A01
(7) Drilling of the fastener hole:
(Refer to Fig. 6002)

(a) Get the cup washers 30-416 (31-416) (32-416) (33-416).

(b) Temporarily install the bracket.

NOTE: You can use gripper pins.

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE FINAL DIAMETER OF THE HOLE IS

BETWEEN 4,80 AND 4,90 MM (0.189 AND 0.193 IN.).

(c) Counterdrill the fastener hole in the moveable panel

1 Use the removed bracket as a template to locate the position of the

fastener hole.

2 Drill the fastener hole, use an applicable drill bit and sharp drilling
equipment.

(d) Countersink the hole to an external diameter between 9,95 and 10,15 mm
(0.392 and 0.400 in.) with an angle of 130 degrees, to suit the cup washers
(30-416) (31-416) (32-416) (33-416).

(e) Deburr the hole. Use OMat 5/94 abrasive paper.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-004-A01
(8) Installation of the Cup Washer:
(Refer to Fig. 6002)

(a) Get the cup washers 30-416 (31-416) (32-416) (33-416).

FRSX076
Page 6006
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(b) Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

2 Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

3 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

(c) Apply sealant to the cup washers 30-416 31-416 (32-416) (33-416).

1 Apply OMat 8/107 two part polysulphide sealant to the mating surfaces of
the cup washers 30-416 31-416 (32-416) (33-416).

2 Install the cup washers 30-416 31-416 (32-416) (33-416).

CAUTION: YOU MUST NOT TIGHTEN THE MECHANICAL CLAMPS TOO

MUCH OR YOU WILL DAMAGE THE HONEYCOMB.

3 Use mechanical clamps to hold the cup washers 30-416 31-416 (32-416)
(33-416) in position.

(d) Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Remove the unwanted sealant.

2 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

3 Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

4 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

(e) Cure the sealant as per the manufacturer’s instruction.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-116-A01
(9) Inspection of the repair areas:
(Refer to Fig. 6002)

(a) Do a visual inspection to make sure that the repair is satisfactory and the
washer has bonded correctly.

(b) If the repair is not satisfactory, reject the repair.

FRSX076
Page 6007
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-002-A01
(10) Identification of the Part

(a) Mark FRSX076 adjacent to the identification plate of the pivoting door. Use
OMat 262 temporary marker of contrasting color.

FRSX076
Page 6008
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Repair of Delamination Around the Stop Brackets Fastener Holes

Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-602-001
FRSX076
Page 6009
78-30-20 Jul 20/03
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Repair of Delamination Around the Stop Brackets Fastener Holes

Figure 6002/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-603-001
FRSX076
Page 6010
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-803-A01
3. FRSX019 - Replacement of the Seals on the Thrust Reverser Pivoting Doors

A. General

(1) This TASK gives the procedure to replace the seals on the thrust reverser pivoting
doors.

(2) TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Refer
to T.S.D.594-J).

(3) TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Refer to
RR-CAEL-SPM).

(4) For the repair procedures, refer to the Illustrated Parts List to identify the parts: the
number in brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

B. Effectivity

ENGINE FIG/ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION SERVICE BULLETIN

TRENT 700/All 30-975 91E590-04 Door, pivot upper
LH
31-975 91E880-04 Door, pivot lower
LH
32-975 91E676-04 Door, pivot upper
RH
33-975 91E900-04 Door, pivot lower
RH

C. Reason for job

(1) Self explanatory.

D. Job set-up information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Refer to Chapter SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENTS for full
data of the special tools in the list.

(b) Standard tools

FRSX019
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- Paint facility
- Putty knife
- Sharp knife
- Spatula

(c) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

(2) Consumables

(a) Refer to the Overhaul Materials Manual (Refer to OMat) for the full data of the
consumable materials referred in this TASK.

REFERENCE NAME
OMat 2/101 Lint-free cloth
OMat 214 Brasswire brush
OMat 262 Temporary marker
OMat 584 Scotch brite, fine to medium
OMat 872F Cold curing silicone rubber

(3) Expendable parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

None

(4) Repair parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FRSX019
Page 6002
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

30-388 91E574-01 Seal, Pivot Door, LH Upper 1
31-388 91E858-01 Seal, Pivot Door, LH Lower 1
32-388 91E574-51 Seal, Pivot Door, RH Upper 1
33-388 91E858-51 Seal, Pivot Door, RH Lower 1

(5) Material of components

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

PART/IDENT SYMBOL MATERIAL

None

E. Health and Safety Notices

WARNING: WHEN YOU DO THIS REPAIR YOU MUST WEAR PROTECTIVE

CLOTHING, GLOVES, DUST MASK AND SAFETY GOGGLES TO
PROTECT YOU AGAINST DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES WHICH CAN
BE DANGEROUS TO YOUR HEALTH.

WARNING: WHEN YOU USE CLEANING MATERIALS, COATINGS AND SEALANTS,

REFER TO, AND OBEY, THE MANUFACTURER'S CONTROL AND
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS AND HEALTH AND SAFETY NOTICES.

F. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-006-A01
(1) Removal of the Damaged Pivot Door Seal:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

CAUTION: BE CAREFUL NOT TO CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SEAL SUPPORT

WHEN YOU SPLIT THE ADHESIVE.

(a) Use a sharp knife to split the adhesive.

(b) Remove the damaged pivot door seal 30-388 (32-388) 31-388 (33-388) from
the seal support.

FRSX019
Page 6003
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

CAUTION: DO NOT DAMAGE THE SEAL SUPPORTS.

(c) Use a putty knife or equivalent and OMat 214 brasswire brush to remove the
remaining adhesive from the seal supports.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-003-A01
(2) Cleaning of the Mating Surfaces of the Seal Support:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Clean the mating surfaces of the seal support (Refer to OP TASK
70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

2 Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

3 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-375-A01
(3) Preparation of the New Seal:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Select replacement seal, refer to the repair parts.

(b) Make the mating surfaces rough, use OMat 584 scotch brite.

(c) Clean the mating surfaces (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Cold liquid degrease the mating surfaces by swab application.

2 Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

3 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint-free cloth.

FRSX019
Page 6004
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-007-A01
(4) Installation of the New Seal:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

CAUTION: ASSEMBLE THE SEAL BEFORE A SKIN IS FORMED ON THE

ADHESIVE, AND NOT LATER THAN THREE MINUTES MAXIMUM.
MAKE SURE THAT A WITNESS OF THE BONDING MATERIAL IS
VISIBLE AROUND THE SEALED SURFACE.

(a) Apply with a spatula, a 0,50 mm (0.0197 in.) thick layer of OMat 872F cold
curing silicone rubber to the two retaining edges of the seal supports (Refer to
TASK 70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-010).

(b) Put the pivot door seal 30-388 (32-388) 31-388 (33-388) into the seal supports
and align the corners of the seal with the related corners of the seal supports.

(c) Engage the remaining part of the pivot door seal 30-388 (32-388) 31-388
(33-388).

(d) Apply a light pressure with your hand onto the pivot door seal 30-388 (32-388)
31-388 (33-388) to remove any trapped air below the pivot door seal 30-388
(32-388) 31-388 (33-388).

NOTE: Use locally manufactured clips to hold the seal in the correct position
as necessary.

(e) Apply a 5,00 mm (0.200 in.) wide bead of OMat 872F cold curing silicone
rubber to the external side between the pivot door seal 30-388 (32-388) 31-388
(33-388) and the seal supports (Refer to TASK 70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK
70-00-00-360-707-010).

(f) Smooth the bead of OMat 872F cold curing silicone rubber with a spatula or
equivalent.

(g) Clean the pivot door seal 30-388 (32-388) 31-388 (33-388) (Refer to OP TASK
70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Remove the unwanted OMat 872F cold curing silicone rubber.

2 Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

3 Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

FRSX019
Page 6005
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

4 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint-free cloth.

CAUTION: DO NOT APPLY A LOAD DURING THE CURE.

CAUTION: KEEP THE CLIPS IN POSITION DURING THE CURE.

(h) Cure the OMat 872F cold curing silicone rubber (Refer to TASK
70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-010).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-117-A01
(5) Inspection of the Repair Area:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Do a visual examination to make sure that the repair is satisfactory.

(b) If the repair is not satisfactory, reject the repair.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-003-A01
(6) Identification of the Repair Area:

(a) Mark FRSX019 adjacent to the identification plate of the pivoting door (Refer to
OP TASK 70-00-00-300-363). Use OMat 262 Temporary Marker of contrasting
color.

FRSX019
Page 6006
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Replacement of the Seals on the Thrust Reverser Pivoting Doors (Sheet 1 of 2)

Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-604-001
FRSX019
Page 6007
78-30-20
Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Replacement of the Seals on the Thrust Reverser Pivoting Doors (Sheet 2 of 2)

Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-604-001
FRSX019
Page 6008
78-30-20
Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-804-A01
4. FRSX021 - Replacement of the Upper Seal on the Inner Fixed Structure

A. General

(1) This repair gives the instructions for the replacement of a damaged upper seal on
the inner fixed structure.

(2) TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Refer
to TSD594-J).

(3) TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Refer to
RR-CAEL-SPM).

(4) For the repair procedures, refer to the Illustrated Parts List to identify the parts: the
number in brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FRSX021
Page 6001
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

B. Effectivity

ENGINE FIG/ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION SERVICE BULLETIN

TRENT 700/ALL 01-120 HDTR3410L LH thrust -
HDTR3411L reverser C-Duct

HDTR3412L
HDTR3413L
HDTR3414L
HDTR3415L
HDTR3416L
HDTR3417L
01-130 HDTR3410R RH thrust -
HDTR3411R reverser C-Duct

HDTR3412R
HDTR3413R
HDTR3414R
HDTR3415R
HDTR3416R
HDTR3417R
HDTR3418R
HDTR3419R
HDTR3420R

C. Reason for job

(1) Self explanatory.

D. Job set-up information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Refer to Chapter SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENTS for full
data of the special tools in the list.

(b) Standard tools

FRSX021
Page 6002
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- Drill machine
- Drill bits 4,80 mm (0.189 in) diameter
- Putty knife
- Knife
- White paint pen

(c) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

(2) Consumables

(a) Refer to the Overhaul Materials Manual (Refer to OMat) for the full data of the
consumable materials referred to in this TASK.

REFERENCE NAME
OMat 214 Brasswire brush
OMat 2/101 Lint-free Cloth
OMat 2/12 Paint brush
OMat 262 Temporary marker
OMat 584 Scotch brite
OMat 872A Cold curing silicone compound

(3) Expendable parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

None

(4) Repair parts

FRSX021
Page 6003
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

44-452A 91B803-02 Seal, pylon LH 1
45-452A 91B803-52 Seal, pylon RH 1
44-454
HST10-6-3 Pin 2
45-454
44-456
HST97DUWU6 Collar 2
45-456

(5) Material of components

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

PART/IDENT SYMBOL MATERIAL

Inner fixed structure LH - Carbon fibre composite
Inner fixed structure RH - Carbon fibre composite

E. Health and Safety Notices

WARNING: WHEN YOU DO THIS REPAIR YOU MUST WEAR PROTECTIVE

CLOTHING, GLOVES, DUST MASK AND SAFETY GOGGLES TO
PROTECT YOU AGAINST DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES WHICH CAN
BE DANGEROUS TO YOUR HEALTH.

WARNING: WHEN YOU USE CLEANING MATERIALS, COATINGS AND SEALANTS,

REFER TO, AND OBEY, THE MANUFACTURER'S CONTROL AND
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS AND HEALTH AND SAFETY NOTICES.

F. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-009-A01
(1) Removal of the damaged seal:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Release the two pins 44-454 (45-454) and the collars 44-456 (45-456). Discard
the collars 44-456 (45-456) but keep the pins 44-454 (45-454) if their condition
is satisfactory (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-007, FRS7056, Repair 007,
(Remove and install pin (Threaded) Fasteners (Hi-Lok and Hi-Lite)).

FRSX021
Page 6004
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(b) Remove the bracket.

(c) Remove the damaged seal 44-452A (45-452A) from the seal support, use a
sharp knife to split the adhesive.

(d) Remove the remaining silicone compound from the seal supports, use a putty
knife or equivalent and OMat 214 brasswire brush.

(e) Clean the seal support (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

2 Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

3 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent lint-free cloth.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-010-A01
(2) Preparation of the new seal:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Install the seal 44-452A (45-452A) on the support.

(b) Use the clamps to align the seal corners with the support corners.

(c) Mark the holes position with OMat 262 temporary marker from the support
through onto the seal 44-452A (45-452A).

(d) Remove the clamps and the seal 44-452A (45-452A).

(e) Drill the seal 44-452A (45-452A) with a drill bit of 4,80 mm (0.189 in) diameter.

(f) Lightly rough the mating surface of the seal 44-452A (45-452A) with OMat
584 scotch brite.

(g) Clean the seal 44-452A (45-452A) (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

2 Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

3 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent lint-free cloth.

FRSX021
Page 6005
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-360-005-A01
(3) Installation of the seal:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Apply a layer 0,50 mm (0.020 in) thick of OMat 872A cold curing silicone
compound to the two lips of the seal supports (Refer to OP TASK
70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-010).

(b) Engage the seal 44-452A (45-452A) into the support and align the seal corners
with the supports corners.

NOTE: Apply a light force on to the seal with your hand to move unwanted air
from below. Use locally manufactured clamps to hold the seal.

(c) Install the bracket with the pins 44-454 (45-454) and the collars 44-456 (45-456)
(Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-007, FRS7056, Repair 007, (Remove and
install pin (Threaded) Fastener (Hi-Lok and Hi-Lite)).

(d) Clean the seal 44-452A (45-452A) (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Remove the unwanted sealant.

2 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

3 Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

4 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint-free cloth.

CAUTION: THE CLAMPS MUST STAY IN POSITION DURING THE CURE.

(e) Cure the sealant according to the manufacturer’s instructions.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-118-A01
(4) Inspection of the repair areas:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Do a visual examination to make sure that the repair is satisfactory.

(b) If the repair is not satisfactory, reject the repair.

FRSX021
Page 6006
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-004-A01
(5) Identification of the repair

(a) Mark FRSX021 adjacent to the identification plate of the thrust reverser. Use
OMat 262 temporary markerof contrasting color.

FRSX021
Page 6007
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Inner Fixed Structure - Upper Seal Replacement

Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-605-001
FRSX021
Page 6008
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-805-A01
5. FRSX022 - Replacement of the Front Seal of the Inner Fixed Structure

A. General

(1) This repair gives the instructions for the replacement of a damaged front seal on
the inner fixed structure.

(2) TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Refer
to TSD594-J).

(3) TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Refer to
RR-CAEL-SPM).

(4) For the repair procedures, refer to the Illustrated Parts List to identify the parts: the
number in brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FRSX022
Page 6001
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

B. Effectivity

ENGINE FIG/ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION SERVICE BULLETIN

TRENT 700/ALL 01-120 HDTR3410L LH thrust -
HDTR3411L reverser C-Duct

HDTR3412L
HDTR3413L
HDTR3414L
HDTR3415L
HDTR3416L
HDTR3417L
01-130 HDTR3410R RH thrust -
HDTR3411R reverser C-Duct

HDTR3412R
HDTR3413R
HDTR3414R
HDTR3415R
HDTR3416R
HDTR3417R
HDTR3418R
HDTR3419R
HDTR3420R

C. Reason for job

(1) Self explanatory.

D. Job set-up information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Refer to Chapter SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENTS for full
data of the special tools in the list.

(b) Standard tools

FRSX022
Page 6002
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- Drill machine
- Drill bits: 2,50 mm (0.098 in) diameter and 4,80 mm (0.189
in) diameter
- Putty knife

(2) Consumables

(a) Refer to the Overhaul Materials Manual (Refer to OMat) for the full data of the
consumable materials referred to in this TASK.

REFERENCE NAME
OMat 214 Brasswire brush
OMat 2/101 Lint-free Cloth
OMat 2/12 Paint brush
OMat 8/106 Sealant
OMat 262 Temporary marker

(3) Expendable parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

None

(4) Repair parts

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

44-450 91B634-00 Seal, front LH Pre 78-C696 1
44-450A 91B634-01 Seal, front LH Post 78-C696 1
45-450 91B634-50 Seal, front RH Pre 78-C696 1
45-450A 91B634-51 Seal, front RH Post 78-C696 1
44-426 HST315BJ6-6 Pin, Pre 78-D700 57
44-426A HST315-6-6 Pin, Post 78-D700 57
45-426 HST315BJ6-6 Pin, Pre 78-D700 57

FRSX022
Page 6003
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

45-426A HST315-6-6 Pin, Post 78-D700 57
44-428 HST97DUWU6 Collar, Pre 78-C733
57
44-428A KFN579-3DL Collar, Post 78-C733
45-428 HST97DUWU6 Collar, Pre 78-C733
57
45-428A KFN579-3DL Collar, Post 78-C733
44-430
HST10BJ8-7 Pin 1
45-430
44-432
HST97DUWU8 Collar 1
45-432
44-434 NAS7203-6 Screw, Pre 78-D700 2
44-434A NAS7203A5 Screw, Post 78-D700 2
45-434 NAS7203-6 Screw, Pre 78-D700
2
45-434A NAS7203A5 Screw, Post 78-D700
44-436 NAS7203-11 Screw, Pre 78-D700
1
44-436A NAS7203A9 Screw, Post 78-D700
45-436 NAS7203-11 Screw, Pre 78-D700
1
45-436A NAS7203A9 Screw, Post 78-D700
44-440
NAS7204-7 Screw 1
45-440
44-444
NSA5050-4C Nut, Self locking 1
45-444
44-442
NAS1169C416 Washer 1
45-442

(5) Material of components

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

PART/IDENT SYMBOL MATERIAL

Inner fixed structure LH - Carbon fibre composite
Inner fixed structure RH - Carbon fibre composite

FRSX022
Page 6004
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

E. Health and Safety Notices

WARNING: WHEN YOU DO THIS REPAIR YOU MUST WEAR PROTECTIVE

CLOTHING, GLOVES, DUST MASK AND SAFETY GOGGLES TO
PROTECT YOU AGAINST DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES WHICH CAN
BE DANGEROUS TO YOUR HEALTH.

WARNING: WHEN YOU USE CLEANING MATERIALS, COATINGS AND SEALANTS,

REFER TO, AND OBEY, THE MANUFACTURER'S CONTROL AND
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS AND HEALTH AND SAFETY NOTICES.

F. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-012-A01
(1) Removal of the damaged seal:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Remove the pins and collars (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-007, FRS7056,
Repair 007, (Remove and install pin (Threaded) Fastener (Hi-Lok and Hi-Lite)).
Discard the collars but keep the pins if they are serviceable.

(b) Remove the nuts and the screws.

(c) Remove the damaged seal and its seal support. Retain the seal support.

(d) Use a putty knife or equivalent and OMat 214 brasswire brush to remove
remaining sealant from the seal supports.

(e) Clean the seal support (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Use a non-metallic scraper to remove the unwanted sealant.

2 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

3 Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

4 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint-free cloth.

FRSX022
Page 6005
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-013-A01
(2) Preparation of the new seal and the seal supports:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Install the seal on the support.

(b) Use the clamps to align the seal corners with the support corners.

(c) Drill the seal. Use a drill bit of 2,50 mm (0.098 in) diameter to pilot drill the
seal from the support.

(d) Remove the clamps and the seal.

(e) Drill the seal with a drill bit of 4,80 mm (0.189 in) diameter.

(f) Clean the seal and support (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK
70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Use a non-metallic scraper to remove the unwanted sealing compound.

2 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

3 Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

4 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint-free cloth.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-360-006-A01
(3) Installation of the seal:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Apply a thin layer of OMat 8/106 sealant to the mating surface of the seal.

(b) Put the seal in position on the support, align the seal corners with the support
corners.

NOTE: Apply a light force with your hand on to the seal to remove unwanted
air from below the seal.

(c) Install the pins and collars (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-007, FRS7056,
Repair 007, (Remove and install pin (Threaded) Fastener (Hi-Lok and Hi-Lite)).

(d) Install the screws and nuts.

FRSX022
Page 6006
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(e) Apply OMat 8/106 sealant to wet assemble the seal support.

(f) Install the seal support with the screws.

(g) Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Remove the unwanted sealant.

2 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

3 Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

4 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint-free cloth.

(h) Cure the sealant as per the manufacturer’s instruction.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-119-A01
(4) Inspection of the repair areas:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Do a visual examination to make sure that the repair is satisfactory.

(b) If the repair is not satisfactory, reject the repair.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-005-A01
(5) Identification of the repair

(a) Mark FRSX022 adjacent to the identification plate of the thrust reverser. Use
OMat 262 temporary markerof contrasting color.

FRSX022
Page 6007
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Inner Fixed Structure - Front Seal Replacement

Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-606-001
FRSX022
Page 6008
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-806-A01
6. FRSX044 - Replacement of the Fan Cowl Door Seal on the Front Frame

A. General

(1) This repair gives the instructions for the replacement of a damaged fan cowl door
seal on the front frame.

(2) TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Refer
to TSD594-J).

(3) TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Refer to
RR-CAEL-SPM).

(4) For the repair procedures, refer to the Illustrated Parts List to identify the parts: the
number in brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FRSX044
Page 6001
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

B. Effectivity

ENGINE FIG/ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION SERVICE BULLETIN

TRENT 700/ALL 01-120 HDTR3410L LH thrust -
HDTR3411L reverser C-Duct

HDTR3412L
HDTR3413L
HDTR3414L
HDTR3415L
HDTR3416L
HDTR3417L
01-130 HDTR3410R RH thrust -
HDTR3411R reverser C-Duct

HDTR3412R
HDTR3413R
HDTR3414R
HDTR3415R
HDTR3416R
HDTR3417R
HDTR3418R
HDTR3419R
HDTR3420R

C. Reason for job

(1) Self explanatory.

D. Job set-up information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Refer to Chapter SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENTS for full
data of the special tools in the list.

(b) Standard tools

FRSX044
Page 6002
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- Putty knife
- Knife

(c) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

(2) Consumables

(a) Refer to the Overhaul Materials Manual (Refer to OMat) for the full data of the
consumable materials referred to in this TASK.

REFERENCE NAME

OMat 214 Brasswire brush

OMat 2/101 Lint free cloth

OMat 2/12 Paint brush
OMat 584 Scotch brite
OMat 262 Temporary marker
OMat 872A Cold curing silicone compound

(3) Expendable parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

None

(4) Repair parts

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

44-460 91A419-00 Seal, LH 1
45-460 91A419-00 Seal, RH 1

FRSX044
Page 6003
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(5) Material of components

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

PART/IDENT SYMBOL MATERIAL

Thrust Reverser C-Duct Assembly - -

E. Health and Safety Notices

WARNING: WHEN YOU DO THIS REPAIR YOU MUST WEAR PROTECTIVE

CLOTHING, GLOVES, DUST MASK AND SAFETY GOGGLES TO
PROTECT YOU AGAINST DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES WHICH CAN
BE DANGEROUS TO YOUR HEALTH.

WARNING: WHEN YOU USE CLEANING MATERIALS, COATINGS AND SEALANTS,

REFER TO, AND OBEY, THE MANUFACTURER'S CONTROL AND
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS AND HEALTH AND SAFETY NOTICES.

F. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-015-A01
(1) Removal of the damaged seal
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Use a sharp knife to split the adhesive and remove the damaged seal 44-460
(45-460) from the seal support.

(b) Use a putty knife or equivalent and OMat 214 brasswire brush to remove the
remaining sealant from the seal support.

(c) Clean the seal supports (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

2 Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

3 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent , lint-free cloth.

FRSX044
Page 6004
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-016-A01
(2) Preparation of the new seal and the seal supports
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Lightly rough with OMat 584 scotch brite the mating surface of the seal 44-460
(45-460).

(b) Clean the seal 44-460 (45-460) (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

2 Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

3 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent , lint-free cloth.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-360-007-A01
(3) Installation of the seal
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Apply a layer 0,50 mm (0.020 in) thick of OMat 872A cold curing silicone
compoud to both lips of the seal supports (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-363,
SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-010).

(b) Engage the seal 44-460 (45-460) into the support and align the seal corners
with the supports corners.

NOTE: Apply a light force on to the seal with your hand to move unwanted air
from below. Use locally manufactured clips to hold the seal.

(c) Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Remove the unwanted silicone compound.

2 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

3 Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

4 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent , lint-free cloth.

FRSX044
Page 6005
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

CAUTION: THE CLIPS MUST STAY IN POSITION DURING THE CURE

(d) Cure the sealant according to the manufacturer’s instructions.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-120-A01
(4) Inspection of the repair areas:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Do a visual examination to make sure that the repair is satisfactory.

(b) If the repair is not satisfactory, reject the repair.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-006-A01
(5) Identification of the repair

(a) Mark FRSX044 adjacent to the identification plate of the thrust reverser. Use
OMat 262 Temporary Marker of contrasting color.

FRSX044
Page 6006
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Front Frame - Fan Cowl Door Seal Replacement

Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-607-001
FRSX044
Page 6007
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-808-A01
8. FRSX046 - DELETED

Please refer to SRM 54-30-00, Repair No. 02.

REPAIR
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-809-A01
9. FRSX047 - DELETED

Please refer to SRM 54-30-00, Repair No. 03.

REPAIR
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-810-A01
10. FRSX048 - DELETED

Please refer to SRM 54-30-00, Repair No. 04.

REPAIR
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-811-A01
11. FRSX049 - DELETED

Please refer to SRM 54-30-00, Repair No. 05.

REPAIR
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-812-A01
12. FRSX050 - DELETED

Please refer to SRM 54-30-00, Repair No. 06.

REPAIR
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-813-A01
13. FRSX051 - DELETED

Please refer to SRM 54-30-00, Repair No. 07.

REPAIR
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-814-A01
14. FRSX054 - DELETED

Please refer to SRM 54-30-00, Repair No. 09.

REPAIR
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-815-A01
15. FRSX055 - DELETED

Please refer to SRM 54-30-00, Repair No. 10.

REPAIR
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-816-A01
16. FRSX056 - DELETED

Please refer to SRM 54-30-00, Repair No. 11.

REPAIR
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-817-A01
17. FRSX057 - DELETED

Please refer to SRM 54-30-00, Repair No. 12.

REPAIR
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-818-A01
18. FRSX058 - DELETED

Please refer to SRM 54-30-00, Repair No. 13.

REPAIR
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-819-A01
19. FRSX059 - DELETED

Please refer to SRM 54-30-00, Repair No. 14.

REPAIR
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-820-A01
20. FRSX061 - DELETED

Please refer to SRM 54-30-00, Repair No. 17.

REPAIR
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-821-A01
21. FRSX041 - Outer Skins Replacement of Overpressure Latch

A. General

(1) TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Refer
to T.S.D.594-J).

(2) TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Refer to
RR-CAEL-SPM).

(3) For the repair procedures, refer to the Illustrated Parts List to identify the parts: the
number in brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

B. Effectivity

ENGINE FIG/ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION SERVICE BULLETIN

TRENT 700/ALL 53-300 91B502-00 Latch Access Pre SB 78-B517
91B501-01 Door, Front SB 78-B517
53-450 91B504-00 Latch Access Pre SB 78-B517
91B503-01 Door, Rear SB 78-B517

C. Reason for job

(1) This procedure gives instructions for the replacement of a damaged latch on the front
or the rear overpressure doors.

D. Job set-up information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Refer to Chapter SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENTS for full
data of the special tools referred to in this task.

(b) Standard tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- Non-metallic scraper

(c) Special tools

FRSX041
Page 6001
78-30-20 Mar 10/05
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

(2) Consumables

(a) Refer to the Overhaul Materials Manual (Refer to OMat) for the full data of the
consumable materials referred in this TASK.

(b) Other necessary consumable materials are referred to in the OP TASKS in

this task.

REFERENCE NAME
OMat 262 Temporary marker
OMat 8/173 Adhesive/sealant
OMat 8/177 Sealing compound

(3) Expendable parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

None

(4) Repair parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

53-900 91B406-00 Repair Kit includes:
53-150 H2546K3231 Latch, Overpressure 1
53-148 NSA5414N40 Rivet 4

(5) Material of components

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FRSX041
Page 6002
78-30-20 Mar 10/05
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

PART/IDENT SYMBOL MATERIAL

Thrust Reverser Carbon Composite

E. Health and Safety Notices

WARNING: WHEN YOU DO THIS REPAIR YOU MUST WEAR PROTECTIVE

CLOTHING, GLOVES, DUST MASK AND SAFETY GOGGLES TO
PROTECT YOU AGAINST DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES WHICH CAN
BE DANGEROUS TO YOUR HEALTH.

WARNING: WHEN YOU USE CLEANING MATERIALS, COATINGS AND SEALANTS,

REFER TO, AND OBEY, THE MANUFACTURER'S CONTROL AND
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS AND HEALTH AND SAFETY NOTICES.

F. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-060-001-A01
(1) Removal of the Overpressure Latch
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

CAUTION: DO NOT MAKE HOLES LARGER WHEN YOU REMOVE THE

RIVETS.

(a) Remove the four rivets (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005).

(b) Remove the latch from the door.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-004-A01
(2) Cleaning of the Repair Surface

(a) Remove the remaining sealant from the surface of the door. Use a non-metallic
scraper.

(b) Clean the repair surface (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-360-104-A01
(3) Installation of the Overpressure Latch
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Apply OMat 8/177 sealing compound to the mating surface of the latch 53-150.

FRSX041
Page 6003
78-30-20 Mar 10/05
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(b) Put the latch in position on the door.

(c) Wet-install the rivets 53-148 with OMat 8/173 adhesive/sealant (Refer to SPM
TASK 70-42-28-300-005).

(d) Clean the repair area and remove the unwanted sealant.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-128-A01
(4) Inspection

(a) Do a visual examination to make sure that the repair is satisfactory.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-008-A01
(5) Identification of the repair

(a) Mark “FRSX041” adjacent to the door part/serial number. Use OMat 262
temporary marker in a visible position (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-363).

FRSX041
Page 6004
78-30-20 Mar 10/05
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Overpressure Latch - Removal/Installation

Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-643-001
FRSX041
Page 6005
78-30-20 Jul 20/03
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-822-A01
22. FRSX042 - DELETED

Please refer to SRM 54-30-01, Repair No. 02.

REPAIR
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-823-A01
23. FRSX084 - DELETED

Please refer to SRM 54-30-01, Repair No. 04.

REPAIR
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-824-A01
24. FRSX101 - DELETED

Please refer to SRM 54-30-30, Repair No. 12.

REPAIR
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-825-A01
25. FRSX085 - DELETED

Please refer to SRM 54-30-00, Repair No. 18.

REPAIR
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-826-A01
26. FRSX090 - DELETED

Please refer to SRM 54-30-01, Repair No. 05.

REPAIR
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-827-A01
27. FRSX091 - DELETED

Please refer to SRM 54-30-02, Repair No. 05.

REPAIR
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-828-A01
28. FRSX072 - DELETED

Please refer to SRM 54-30-02, Repair No. 03.

REPAIR
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-829-A01
29. FRSX073 - DELETED

Please refer to SRM 54-30-02, Repair No. 01.

REPAIR
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-830-A01
30. FRSX074 - DELETED

Please refer to SRM 54-30-02, Repair No. 02.

REPAIR
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-833-A01
31. FRSX069 - DELETED

Please refer to SRM 54-30-07, Repair No. 05.

REPAIR
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-834-A01
32. FRSX075 - DELETED

Please refer to SRM 54-30-02, Repair No. 04.

REPAIR
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-835-A01
33. FRSX089 - Replacement of the Moveable Panels Bumper Stop Pad

A. General

(1) This procedure gives instructions to replace a damaged pad on the bumper stop.
The procedure is applicable to the upper and lower pivoting doors.

(2) TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Refer
to TDS594-J).

(3) TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Refer to
RR-CAEL-SPM).

(4) For the repair procedures, refer to the Illustrated Parts List to identify the parts: the
number in brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

B. Effectivity

ENGINE FIG/ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION SERVICE BULLETIN

TRENT 700/ALL 30-975 91E590-04 Upper LH 78-B087, Pre 78-9986
Pivot Door 78-9986, 78-B086
Pre 78-E003, 78-E003
32-975 91E676-04 Upper RH Pre 78-B087, 78-B755
Pivot Door Pre 78-B821, 78-B821
Pre 78-B873, 78-B873
Pre 78-C161, 78-C161
Pre 78-C177, 78-C177
Pre 78-C188, 78-C188
Pre 78-C806, 78-C806
Pre 78-C917, 78-C917
Pre 78-C967, 78-C967
Pre 78-D513, 78-D513
Pre 78-E003, 78-E003
31-975 91E880-04 Lower LH 78-B087, Pre 78-9986
Pivot Door 78-9986, 78-B086
Pre 78-E003, 78-E003

FRSX089
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

ENGINE FIG/ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION SERVICE BULLETIN

33-975 91E900-04 Lower RH Pre 78-B087, 78-B755
Pivot Door Pre 78-B821, 78-B821
Pre 78-B873, 78-B873
Pre 78-C037, 78-C037
Pre 78-C188, 78-C188
Pre 78-C806, 78-C806
Pre 78-C917, 78-C917
Pre 78-C967, 78-C967
Pre 78-E003, 78-E003

C. Reason for job

(1) Self explanatory.

D. Job set-up information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Refer to Chapter SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENTS for full
data of the special tools in this list.

(b) Standard tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- 1 Spatula

(c) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

(2) Consumables

(a) Refer to the Overhaul Materials Manual (Refer to OMat) for the full data of the
consumable materials referred to in this TASK.

FRSX089
Page 6002
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

REFERENCE NAME
OMat 262 Temporary marker
OMat 2/101 Lint-free cloth
OMat 2/41 Temporary marker
OMat 5/94 Garnet paper
OMat 584 Scotch brite
OMat 8/107 Sealant, two-part polysulphide

(3) Expendable parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

None

(4) Repair parts

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

30-947
32-947
91E194-00 Pad, Bumper Stop 2
31-947
33-947

FRSX089
Page 6003
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

E. Health and Safety Notices

WARNING: WHEN YOU DO THIS REPAIR YOU MUST WEAR PROTECTIVE

CLOTHING, GLOVES, DUST MASK AND SAFETY GOGGLES TO
PROTECT YOU AGAINST DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES WHICH CAN
BE DANGEROUS TO YOUR HEALTH.

WARNING: WHEN YOU USE CLEANING MATERIALS, COATINGS AND SEALANTS,

REFER TO, AND OBEY, THE MANUFACTURER'S CONTROL AND
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS AND HEALTH AND SAFETY NOTICES.

F. Procedure

NOTE: There is a bumper stop pad for each moveable panel. It is attached to the door
inner skin, adjacent to the actuator channel.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-010-005-A01
(1) Removal of the Moveable Panels Bumper Stop Pad:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

CAUTION: YOU MUST NOT DAMAGE THE CARBON COMPOSITE SKIN

WHEN YOU REMOVE THE BUMPER STOP PAD.

(a) Use hand tools and a spatula to remove the damaged bumper stop pad 30-947
(32-947), 31-947 (33-947).

(b) Clean the mating surfaces (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Use a non-metallic scraper to remove the unwanted sealant.

2 Cold liquid degrease the damaged area by swab application.

3 Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

4 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

FRSX089
Page 6004
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-270-302-A01
(2) Inspection of the Repair Area:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Do an ultrasonic inspection of the door inner skin where the bumper stop pad
30-947 (32-947), 31-947 (33-947) was attached.

NOTE: If delamination is found, contact Aircelle.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-374-A01
(3) Preparation of the Repair Area: PRE SB 78-E003
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Make the mating surfaces of the bumper stop pad 30-947 (32-947), 31-947
(33-947) rough, use OMat 584 scotch brite.

(b) Clean the mating surfaces (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

2 Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

3 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint-free cloth.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-379-A01
(4) Preparation of the New Bumper Stop Pad and Repair Area: POST SB 78-E003:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Measure the distance between the new bumper stop pad 30-947 (32-947),
31-947 (33-947) and the adjacent bracket and support.

CAUTION: MAKE SURE TO KEEP THE MINIMUM DISTANCE OF 3,00 MM

(0.118 IN.) BETWEEN THE BUMPER STOP PAD 30-947 (32-947),
31-947 (33-947) AND THE ADJACENT BRACKET AND SUPPORT.

(b) Cut the new bumper stop pad 30-947 (32-947), 31-947 (33-947) at both side to
the correct dimension.

(c) Use OMat 5/94 garnet paper to abrade the sides of the bumper stop pad 30-947
(32-947), 31-947 (33-947).

FRSX089
Page 6005
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(d) Make the mating surfaces of the bumper stop pad 30-947 (32-947), 31-947
(33-947) rough, use OMat 584 scotch brite.

(e) Clean the mating surfaces (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

2 Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

3 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint-free cloth.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-440-102-A01
(5) Installation of the New Bumper Stop Pad:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Install the new bumper stop pads 30-947 (32-947), 31-947 (33-947).

CAUTION: MAKE SURE YOU DO NOT ERASE THE MARKS WHEN YOU
INSTALL THE NEW BUMPER STOP PADS.

1 Use a hand tool to put the moveable panel in the flush position.

2 Apply OMat 2/41 Stuarts Marking blue to the bumper stop on the moveable
panel.

3 Put the moveable panel in the deployed position, until the bumper stop
contacts the skin of the door and the ink leaves a mark.

4 Use a hand tool to put the moveable panel in the flush position.

5 Adjust the bumper pad to the center of the mark made in step F.5.(a).2.

6 Use the OMat 262 temporary marker to record the location of the bumper
pad.

7 Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Remove the unwanted marks.

b Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

FRSX089
Page 6006
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

8 Mix the two parts of OMat 8/107 sealant (Refer to OP TASK

70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-040).

9 Apply a layer of the sealant to the mating faces of the new bumper stop
pads 30-947 (32-947), 31-947 (33-947).

10 Put the new bumper stop pads 30-947 (32-947), 31-947 (33-947) on the
door at the recorded positions. Refer to the step F.5.(a).6.

11 Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Remove the unwanted sealant.

b Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

12 Cure the OMat 8/107 sealant according to the manufacturer’s instructions

(Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-040).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-141-A01
(6) Inspection of the Repair Areas:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Do a visual inspection to make sure that the repair is satisfactory.

(b) If the repair is not satisfactory, reject the repair.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-019-A01
(7) Identification of the Repair:

(a) Mark FRSX089 adjacent to the identification plate of the pivoting door (Refer to
OP TASK 70-00-00-300-363). Use OMat 262 temporary marker of contrasting
color.

FRSX089
Page 6007
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Location of the Moveable Panels Bumper Stop Pad (Sheet 1 of 2)

Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-661-001
FRSX089
Page 6008
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Location of the Moveable Panels Bumper Stop Pad (Sheet 2 of 2)

Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-661-001
FRSX089
Page 6009
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-836-A01
34. FRSX081 - DELETED

Please refer to SRM 54-30-07, Repair No. 07.

REPAIR
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-837-A01
35. FRSX086 - DELETED

Please refer to SRM 54-30-30, Repair No. 02.

REPAIR
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-838-A01
36. FRSX095 - Replace The Turbine Case Cooling (TCC) Air Duct

A. General

(1) This repair gives the instructions to replace a damaged TCC. The duct is riveted to
the Inner Fixed Structure (IFS). SB 78-G064 introduced an alternative TCC duct. The
Pre and Post SB TCC ducts are fully interchangeable.

(2) TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Refer
to T.S.D.594-J).

(3) TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Refer to
RR-CAEL-SPM).

(4) For the repair procedures, refer to the Illustrated Parts List to identify the parts: the
number in brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

B. Effectivity

ENGINE FIG/ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION SERVICE BULLETIN

TRENT 700/ALL 14-001 HDTR3410R RH thrust -
HDTR3411R reverser C-Duct -
HDTR3412R -
HDTR3413R SB 78-G064
HDTR3414R SB 78-G064
HDTR3415R SB 78-G064
HDTR3416R SB 78-G064
HDTR3417R -
HDTR3418R SB 78-G064
HDTR3419R SB 78-G064
HDTR3420R SB 78-G064

C. Reason for job

(1) Self explanatory.

FRSX095
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

D. Job set-up information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Refer to Chapter SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENTS for full
data of the special tools referred to in this task.

(b) Standard tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- Drills and drilling equipment
- Hand riveter gun
- Dividers
- Spatula
- Gripper pins

(c) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

(2) Consumables

(a) Refer to the Overhaul Materials Manual (Refer to OMat) for the full data of the
consumable materials referred in this TASK.

REFERENCE NAME
OMat 262 Temporary marker
OMat 8/173 Sealant
OMat 872 Silicone compound

NOTE: Other necessary consumable materials are referred to in the OP

TASKS in this task.

(3) Expendable parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST”to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FRSX095
Page 6002
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

None

(4) Repair parts

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

TCC Duct (includes Joggle
39-705 91B782-00 Pre 78-G064 1
Plate)
39-705A 91B782-01 Post 78-G064 1
39-707 NAS1921M06S04 Rivet 32
39-709 NAS1921M06S05 Rivet 7
39-710 AN960C9 Washer 7
39-720 HST97DUWU6 Collar, Hi Lite 16
39-715 91B276-00 Seal 1
39-725 HST10-6-3 Pin 16

(5) Material of components

(a) None

E. Health and Safety Notices

WARNING: WHEN YOU DO THIS REPAIR YOU MUST WEAR PROTECTIVE

CLOTHING, GLOVES, DUST MASK AND SAFETY GOGGLES TO
PROTECT YOU AGAINST DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES WHICH CAN
BE DANGEROUS TO YOUR HEALTH.

WARNING: WHEN YOU USE CLEANING MATERIALS, COATINGS AND SEALANTS,

REFER TO, AND OBEY, THE MANUFACTURER'S CONTROL AND
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS AND HEALTH AND SAFETY NOTICES.

F. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-107-A01
(1) Remove of the Damaged TCC Duct
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Remove and discard the hi lite collars 39-720 and pins 39-725 that attach the
seal 39-715 to the duct 39-705 (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-007).

FRSX095
Page 6003
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(b) Remove and keep the seal if it is not damaged.

(c) Before you remove the duct, record its position on the IFS. Use dividers to
measure these dimensions:

– Ll between points Al and Bl,

– L2 between points A2 and Bl,
– L3 between points A2 and B2,
– L4 between points Al and B2.

CAUTION: YOU MUST NOT MAKE THE HOLES BIGGER WHEN YOU DRILL
OUT THE RIVET.

(d) Use a 3,2 mm (0.126 in.) diameter drill bit to drill out the rivets 39-707 and
39-709 (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005). Remove the washers 39-710.

(e) Lift the thermal blanket as necessary and remove the duct 39-705 from the IFS.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-108-A01
(2) Prepare the new TCC Duct
(Refer to Fig. 6001)
(Refer to Fig. 6002)

NOTE: The Pre and Post SB TCC Duct are fully interchangeable (Ref. (4) repair
parts).

(a) Use points Bl and B2 on the removed duct plus the dimensions measured. With
a 2,5 mm (0.010 in.) diameter drill bit, drill two pilot holes at points Al and A2 in
the new joggle plate.

(b) Put the new duct and joggle plate in position on the IFS. Align the pilot holes
Al and A2 with the two related holes in the IFS. Make sure there is an equal
distance Cl at each side of the duct.

(c) Temporarily attach the new duct and joggle plate to the IFS with gripper pins.

(d) Use a 2,5 mm (0.010 in.) diameter drill bit. Back-drill from the IFS to give the
position of all the other attachment holes.

(e) Remove the duct and joggle plate from the IFS.

(f) Use a 4,8 mm (0.189 in.) diameter drill bit to enlarge the rivet holes to their final
diameter. Remove all sharp edges.

FRSX095
Page 6004
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(g) Clean the repair parts and mating surfaces (Refer to OP TASK
70-00-00-100-101, SUBTSAK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-360-121-A01
(3) Install the TCC Duct

(a) Apply a thin layer of OMat 8/173 sealant to the mating surfaces of the IFS,
duct and joggle plate.

(b) Put the duct and joggle plate in position on the IFS. Wet- install the rivets 39-707
with OMat 8/173 sealant (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005).

(c) Put the thermal blanket and blanket support in position, wet- install the rivets
and washers 39-710 with OMat 8/173 sealant.

(d) Apply a bead of OMat 872A silicone compound all around the edge of the
thermal blanket support.

(e) Put the seal 39-715 in position and attach it to the duct with pins 39-725 and
collars 39-720. TORQUE the collars until they shear (Refer to SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-007).

(f) Cure the sealants for 24 hours at 25 deg.C (77 deg.F).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-144-A01
(4) Inspection

(a) Do a visual examination to make sure that the repair is satisfactory.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-021-A01
(5) Identify the repair

(a) If you replace a Pre SB 78-G064 TCC Duct 39-705 with a Post SB 78-G064
TCC Duct 39-705A, use an applicable permanent marker to write SB 78-G064
on the modification plate.

(b) Use the OMat 262 temporary marker to write “FRSX095” adjacent to the part
number of the IFS and in visible position (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-363).

FRSX095
Page 6005
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Replacement of the TCC Duct

Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-665-001
FRSX095
Page 6006
78-30-20 Jul 20/03
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Drilling of the TCC Duct

Figure 6002/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-666-001
FRSX095
Page 6007
78-30-20 Jul 20/03
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-839-A01
37. FRSX077 - DELETED

Please refer to SRM 54-30-15, Repair No. 01.

REPAIR
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-840-A01
38. FRSX088 - Replace the RVT insert

A. General

(1) This repair gives instructions to replace an unserviceable RVT insert with a new one.
The procedure is applicable to inserts at all pivoting door positions.

(2) TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Refer
to T.S.D.594-J).

(3) TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Refer to
RR-CAEL-SPM).

B. Effectivity

ENGINE FIG/ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION SERVICE BULLETIN

TRENT 700/ALL 13-001 HDTR3410L LH thrust
HDTR3411L reverser C-Duct

HDTR3412L
HDTR3413L
HDTR3414L
HDTR3415L
HDTR3416L
HDTR3417L
14-001 HDTR3410R RH thrust
HDTR3411R reverser C-Duct

HDTR3412R
HDTR3413R
HDTR3414R
HDTR3415R
HDTR3416R
HDTR3417R
HDTR3418R
HDTR3419R
HDTR3420R

FRSX088
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

C. Reason for job

(1) Self explanatory.

D. Job set-up information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Refer to Chapter SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENTS for full
data of the special tools referred to in this task.

(b) Standard tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- Standard workshop tools
- Scriber

(c) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- EZ-out tool
- THD1032L Installation tool

(2) Consumables

(a) Refer to the Overhaul Materials Manual (Refer to OMat) for the full data of the
consumable materials referred in this TASK.

REFERENCE NAME
OMat 262 Temporary marker
OMat 8/176 Sealant

NOTE: Other necessary consumable materials are referred to in the OP

TASKS in this task.

(3) Expendable parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FRSX088
Page 6002
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

None

(4) Repair parts

(a) Repair kit FRSX088

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

49-102
KNHL1032J Insert (item 1) AR
50-102

(5) Material of components

(a) None

E. Health and Safety Notices

WARNING: WHEN YOU DO THIS REPAIR YOU MUST WEAR PROTECTIVE

CLOTHING, GLOVES, DUST MASK AND SAFETY GOGGLES TO
PROTECT YOU AGAINST DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES WHICH CAN
BE DANGEROUS TO YOUR HEALTH.

WARNING: WHEN YOU USE CLEANING MATERIALS, COATINGS AND SEALANTS,

REFER TO, AND OBEY, THE MANUFACTURER'S CONTROL AND
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS AND HEALTH AND SAFETY NOTICES.

F. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-113-A01
(1) Removal of the damaged insert
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Remove the access panel.

(b) Remove the RVT and the mounting plate (Refer to AMM Tasks
78-34-12-000-801 and 78-34-12-820-801).

(c) Use a standard drill bit of between 7,0 and 7,2 mm (0.276 and 0,284 in.)
diameter to remove insert material between the keys, to a depth between 3,1
and 3,3 (0.121 and 0.129 in.).

FRSX088
Page 6003
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(d) With a scriber, push the keys inwards until they break off.

(e) Use the EZ-out tool to remove the insert.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-114-A01
(2) Cleaning of the repair area

(a) Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-115-A01
(3) Installation of the new insert
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Apply a thin layer of OMat 8/176 sealant to the external thread of the insert.

(b) Put the insert (item 1) onto the threaded mandrel of the THD1032L installation
tool.

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE INSERT IS INSTALLED TO THE CORRECT

DEPTH, WITH THE KEYS IN THE CORRECT POSITION.

(c) Use the tool to install the insert to a depth of between 0,25 and 0,75 mm (0.010
and 0.30) below the surface. Set the keys half-way between the marks made
by the previous keys.

(d) Remove the installation tool, then use the opposite end of the tool and a
hammer to tap down the keys.

(e) Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

(f) Install the mounting plate and the RVT (Refer to AMM Tasks 78-34-12-000-801
and 78-34-12-820-801).

(g) Adjust the RVT (Refer to AMM Task 78-31-12-820-801).

(h) Install the access panel.

FRSX088
Page 6004
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-145-A01
(4) Inspection

(a) Make sure that the new insert is installed to a depth of between 0,25 and 0,75
mm (0.01 and 0.03 in.). Make sure that the insert keys are set half-way between
the marks made by the previous keys.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-023-A01
(5) Identify the Repair

(a) Mark “FRSX088” adjacent to the part/serial number. Use OMat 262 temporary
marker in a visible position. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-363).

FRSX088
Page 6005
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Replacement of the RVT Insert

Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-670-001
FRSX088
Page 6006
78-30-20 Jul 20/03
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-841-A01
39. FRSX094 - Repair of the Inner Fixed Structure (IFS) seal

A. General

(1) This repair gives the procedure to replace a damaged part of the IFS seal. The
damage is cut out and a repair section is bonded in position.

(2) TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Refer
to TSD594-J).

(3) TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Refer to
RR-CAEL-SPM).

B. Effectivity

ENGINE FIG/ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION SERVICE BULLETIN

TRENT 700/ALL 01-120 HDTR3410L LH thrust
HDTR3411L reverser C-Duct

HDTR3412L
HDTR3413L
HDTR3414L
HDTR3415L
HDTR3416L
HDTR3417L
01-130 HDTR3410R RH thrust
HDTR3411R reverser C-Duct

HDTR3412R
HDTR3413R
HDTR3414R
HDTR3415R
HDTR3416R
HDTR3417R
HDTR3418R
HDTR3419R
HDTR3420R

FRSX094
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

C. Reason for job

(1) Self explanatory.

D. Job set-up information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Refer to Chapter SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENTS for full
data of the special tools in this list.

(b) Standard tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- Standard workshop tools
- Metallic spatula (included in the repair kit)
- Sharp knife
- Drills and drilling machine

(c) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

(2) Consumables

(a) Refer to the Overhaul Materials Manual (Refer to OMat) for the full data of the
consumable materials referred in this TASK.

REFERENCE NAME
OMat 262 Temporary marker
OMat 2/101 Lint-free cloth
OMat 2/114 Lint-free gloves
OMat 584 Scotch brite
OMat 872D Cold curing silicone rubber
OMat 1013 Washing fluid

(3) Expendable parts

FRSX094
Page 6002
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

None

(4) Repair parts

(a) The kit, repair seal 12 O’Clock left side Part Number 91B414-00 38-840
contains the following items:

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

38-841 4-21-878 Kit, Repair Seal RF
38-843 NAS7203A11 Screw 1
38-844 NAS7203A-6 Screw 2
38-845 NAS7203A-5 Screw 38-844 (alternate) 2
38-846 NAS7204A-7 Screw 1
38-847 NAS1169C416 Cup washer 1
38-848 NAS5050-4C Nut 1
38-849 HST315-6-6 Pin 8
38-850 HST315CE6-6 Pin 38-849 (alternate) 8
38-851 HST97DUWU6 Nut 8

(b) The kit, repair seal 6 O’Clock left side Part Number 91B415-00 38-852 contains
the following items:

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

38-853 4-21-882 Kit, Repair Seal RF
38-854 HST10BJ8-7 Pin 1
38-855 HST97DUWU8 Nut 1
38-856 HST315-6-6 Pin 5
38-857 HST315CE6-6 Pin 38-856 (alternate) 5
38-858 HST97DUWU6 Nut 5

(c) The kit, repair elbow left side Part Number 91B416-00 38-859 contains the
following items:

FRSX094
Page 6003
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

38-860 4-21-880 Kit, Repair Seal RF
38-861 HST315-6-6 Pin 8
38-862 HST315CE6-6 Pin 38-861 (alternate) 8
38-863 HST97DUWU6 Nut 8

(d) The kit, repair seal straight left side Part Number 91B417-00 38-890 contains
the following items:

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

38-891 4-21-881 Kit, Repair Seal RF
38-892 HST315-6-6 Pin 8
38-893 HST315CE6-6 Pin 38-892 (alternate) 8
38-894 HST97DUWU6 Nut 8

(e) The kit, repair seal 12 O’Clock right side Part Number 91B414-50 39-840
contains the following items:

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

39-841 4-21-879 Kit, Repair Seal RF
39-843 NAS7203A11 Screw 1
39-844 NAS7203A-6 Screw 2
39-845 NAS7203A-5 Screw 39-844 (alternate) 2
39-846 NAS7204A-7 Screw 1
39-847 NAS1169C416 Cup washer 1
39-848 NAS5050-4C Nut 1
39-849 HST315-6-6 Pin 8
39-850 HST315CE6-6 Pin 39-849 (alternate) 8
39-851 HST97DUWU6 Nut 8

(f) The kit, repair seal 6 O’Clock right side Part Number 91B415-50 39-852
contains the following items:

FRSX094
Page 6004
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

39-853 4-21-883 Kit, Repair Seal RF
39-854 HST10BJ8-7 Pin 1
39-855 HST97DUWU8 Collar 1
39-856 HST315-6-6 Pin 5
39-857 HST315CE6-6 Pin 39-856 (alternate) 5
39-858 HST97DUWU6 Nut 5

(g) The kit, repair seal elbow right side Part Number 91B416-00 39-859 contains
the following items:

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

39-860 4-21-880 Kit, Repair Seal Elbow RF
39-861 HST315-6-6 Pin 8
39-862 HST315CE6-6 Pin 39-861 (alternate) 8
39-863 HST97DUWU6 Nut 8

(h) The kit, repair seal straight right side Part Number 91B417-00 (39-890) contains
the following items:

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

39-891 4-21-881 Kit, Repair Seal Straight RF
39-892 HST315-6-6 Pin 8
39-893 HST315CE6-6 Pin 39-892 (alternate) 8
39-894 HST97DUWU6 Nut 8

(5) Material of components

(a) None

FRSX094
Page 6005
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

E. Health and Safety Notices

WARNING: WHEN YOU DO THIS REPAIR YOU MUST WEAR PROTECTIVE

CLOTHING, GLOVES, DUST MASK AND SAFETY GOGGLES TO
PROTECT YOU AGAINST DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES WHICH CAN
BE DANGEROUS TO YOUR HEALTH.

WARNING: WHEN YOU USE CLEANING MATERIALS, COATINGS AND SEALANTS,

REFER TO, AND OBEY, THE MANUFACTURER'S CONTROL AND
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS AND HEALTH AND SAFETY NOTICES.

F. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-116-A01
(1) Identify the Applicable Repair Kit for the Damaged Area:
(Refer to Fig. 6001 Sheet 1)
(Refer to Fig. 6001 Sheet 5)

(a) If the damage is in the 6 O’Clock, 12 O’Clock or elbow areas, you must install
the complete repair seal section.

(b) If the damage is in a straight part of the IFS seal, measure the distance of the
damaged section to give the correct dimension of the repair seal and cut a
length of the repair seal.

NOTE: You must replace a minimum 40,00 mm (1,575 in.) length of the
straight seal.

(c) Use OMat 262 temporary markerto mark the cut lines on the damaged seal
(Refer to TASK 70-00-00-300-363).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-117-A01
(2) Preparation of the Repair Area:
(Refer to Fig. 6001 Sheet 2)
(Refer to Fig. 6001 Sheet 3)
(Refer to Fig. 6001 Sheet 4)

(a) Remove sufficient fasteners and the bracket seals to lift each end of the
remaining seal at a distance of 100,00 mm (3,937 in.) from the support (Refer to
SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-007, FRS7056, Repair 007, (Remove and install pin

FRSX094
Page 6006
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(Threaded) Fasteners (Hi-Lok and Hi-Lite)).

NOTE: Keep and record the position of the screws and the bracket seals to
install the parts again correctly.

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE IFS
CARBON SKIN.

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT YOU CUT THE SEAL ENDS AT 90 DEGREES.

(b) Cut out and discard the damaged part of the IFS seal with a sharp knife.

CAUTION: FOR THE FIRE SEAL, NO SPACES ARE PERMITTED BETWEEN

THE SEAL AND THE REPAIR SECTION.

(c) Measure and cut the length accurately.

(d) If the repair is in the straight section, cut a length of the straight repair seal to
the same length.

NOTE: Make sure that you replace a minimum 40,00 mm (1.575 in.) length
of the straight seal.

(e) Loosen and lift the two cut ends of the IFS seal away from the seal support
for a length of 100,00 mm (3.937 in.).

(f) Clean each end of the loosened seal, inner and outer surfaces (Refer to OP
TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

2 Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

3 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint-free cloth.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-376-A01
(3) Bond the Sleeve(s) to the Repair Seal Section:
(Refer to Fig. 6001 Sheet 5)

NOTE: Only one sleeve is used to attach the 6 O'clock and 12 O'clock repair seal
sections to the IFS seal.

FRSX094
Page 6007
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(a) Use OMat 584 scotch brite to lightly abrade the mating surfaces of the repair
seal section and the sleeves.

(b) Clean the mating surface of the repair seal section and the sleeves (Refer to
OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

2 Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

3 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint-free cloth.

CAUTION: WAIT FOR A MINIMUM OF 5 MINUTES BEFORE YOU APPLY THE

SEALANT.

(c) Apply a 1,00 mm (0.039 in.) layer of OMat 872D cold curing silicone rubber
to the first sleeve, for a length of 20,00 mm (0,787 in.) (Refer to OP TASK
70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-010).

CAUTION: INSTALL THE SLEEVE IN THE REPAIR SEAL BEFORE A SKIN

IS FORMED ON THE ADHESIVE AND NOT LATER THAN 10
MINUTES AFTER APPLICATION OF THE OMAT 872D COLD
CURING SILICONE RUBBER.

(d) Install the sleeve in the repair seal section to a depth of 20,00 mm (0.787 in.).

(e) If applicable, do steps 3.(c) and 3.(d) again to install the second sleeve in the
repair seal section.

(f) Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Remove unwanted OMat 872D cold curing silicone rubber.

2 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

3 Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

4 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint-free cloth.

(g) Cure the OMat 872D cold curing silicone rubber according to the
manufacturer's instructions (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK
70-00-00-360-707-010).

FRSX094
Page 6008
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-118-A01
(4) Installation of the Repair Seal Section Assembly:
(Refer to Fig. 6001 Sheet 5)

NOTE: Only one sleeve is used to attach the 6 O’clock and 12 O’clock repair seal
sections to the IFS seal.

(a) Use OMat 584 scotch brite to lightly abrade the mating surfaces of the sleeves
of the repair seal section assembly.

(b) Clean the mating surface of the sleeves of the repair seal section assembly
(Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

2 Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

3 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint-free cloth.

CAUTION: WAIT FOR A MINIMUM OF 5 MINUTES BEFORE YOU APPLY THE

SEALANT.

(c) Apply a 1,00 mm (0,039 in.) layer of OMat 872D cold curing silicone rubber
on the first sleeve of the repair seal section assembly (Refer to OP TASK
70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-010).

CAUTION: INSTALL THE SLEEVE IN THE CUT END OF THE IFS SEAL
BEFORE A SKIN IS FORMED ON THE ADHESIVE AND NOT
LATER THAN 10 MINUTES AFTER APPLICATION OF THE OMAT
872D COLD CURING SILICONE RUBBER.

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE REPAIR SEAL SECTION IS FULLY

ENGAGED FOR THE FIRE SEAL, NO SPACES ARE PERMITTED
BETWEEN THE SLEEVE, THE SEAL AND THE REPAIR SEAL
SECTION.

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE SLEEVE IS FULLY ENGAGED.

(d) Install the sleeve in the cut end of the IFS seal.

(e) If applicable, do steps 4.(c) and 4.(d) again to install the second sleeve in the
IFS seal.

FRSX094
Page 6009
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(f) Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Remove unwanted OMat 872D cold curing silicone rubber.

2 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

3 Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

4 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint-free cloth.

(g) Cure the OMat 872D cold curing silicone rubber according to the
manufacturer’s instruction (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK
70-00-00-360-707-010).

CAUTION: YOU MUST PUT ON GLOVES BEFORE YOU TOUCH THE REPAIR
SEAL SECTION ASSEMBLY.

(h) Put on the OMat 2/114 lint-free gloves. Moisten your gloved fingers with water
and OMat 1013 washing fluid.

(j) Make the repair seal section assembly smooth with your gloved fingers.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-119-A01
(5) Installation of the Repaired Seal to the IFS:
(Refer to Fig. 6001 Sheet 5)

(a) Put the repaired seal, with the bracket seals removed at step (2).(a), in position
on the seal support.

(b) Drill through the repaired seal to match the holes in the IFS support.

(c) Install the fasteners to attach the repaired seal to the IFS support (Refer to
SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-007, FRS7056, Repair 007, (Remove and install pin
(Threaded) Fasteners (Hi-Lok and Hi-Lite)).

CAUTION: YOU MUST PUT ON GLOVES BEFORE YOU TOUCH THE REPAIR
SEAL SECTION ASSEMBLY.

(d) Again make the repair seal section assembly smooth with your moistened,
gloved fingers.

FRSX094
Page 6010
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(e) Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Remove unwanted OMat 872D cold curing silicone rubber.

2 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

3 Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

4 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint-free cloth.

(f) Cure the OMat 872D cold curing silicone rubber according to the
manufacturer’s instructions (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK
70-00-00-360-707-010).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-146-A01
(6) Inspection of the Repair Areas:

(a) Squeeze the repair seal section assembly several times with your gloved fingers.

1 If no cracks are found in the sealant, the repair is satisfactory.

2 If cracks are found in the sealant, reject the repair.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-377-A01
(7) Identification of the Repair

(a) Mark FRSX094 adjacent to the identification plate of the thrust reverser (Refer to
TASK 70-00-00-300-363). Use OMat 262 temporary marker of contrasting color.

FRSX094
Page 6011
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Identification of the Applicable Kit, Repair Seal (IFS) (Sheet 1 of 5)

Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-671-001
FRSX094
Page 6012
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Preparation of the Repair Area (Sheet 2 of 5)

Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-671-001
FRSX094
Page 6013
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Preparation of the Repair Area (Sheet 3 of 5)

Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-671-001
FRSX094
Page 6014
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Preparation of the Repair Area (Sheet 4 of 5)

Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-671-001
FRSX094
Page 6015
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Installation of the Kit, Repair Seal Section and the Sleeve (Sheet 5 of 5)
Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-671-001
FRSX094
Page 6016
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-842-A01
40. FRSX096 - DELETED

Please refer to SRM 54-30-30, Repair No. 07.

REPAIR
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-844-A01
42. FRSX082 - DELETED

Please refer to SRM 54-30-30, Repair No. 08.

REPAIR
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-845-A01
43. FRSX045 - DELETED

Please refer to SRM 54-30-00, Repair No. 01.

REPAIR
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-871-A01
44. FRSX065 -– DELETED

Please refer to SRM 54-30-30, Repair No. 11.

EFFECTIVITY: All REPAIR

Page 6001
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

EFFECTIVITY: All REPAIR

Page 6002
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-847-A01
45. FRSX093 - DELETED

Please refer to SRM 54-30-30, Repair No. 06.

REPAIR
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-848-A01
46. FRSX053 - DELETED

Please refer to SRM 54-30-00, Repair No. 08.

REPAIR
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-849-A01
47. FRSX102 - PRE SB 78-E871: REPLACE THE PRE-COOLER LINK BRACKETS INSTALLED
ON THE INNER FIXED STRUCTURE (IFS)

A. General

(1) This task gives the procedures to replace the brackets of the two pre-cooler support
rods installed on the IFS.

(2) TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Refer
to TSD594-J).

(3) TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Refer to
RR-CAEL-SPM).

(4) Refer to the Special Tools, Fixtures and Requirements for the full data of the special
tools referred to in this TASK.

B. Effectivity

ENGINE FIG/ITEM PART NO SERVICE BULLETIN

TRENT 700/ALL 01-120 HDTR3410L Pre SB 78-E871
HDTR3411L
HDTR3412L
HDTR3413L
HDTR3414L
HDTR3415L
HDTR3416L
HDTR3417L

C. Reason for job

(1) Self explanatory.

D. Job set-up information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Refer to the Special Tools, Fixtures and Requirements (Refer to TASK
78-32-20-940-801 for the full data of the special tools referred to in this TASK).

FRSX102
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(b) Standard tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None Standard workshop tools and
equipment
None 1 0 - 17 N.m (0 - 150 lbf.in.)
TORQUE wrench

(c) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

(2) Consumables

(a) Refer to the Overhaul Materials Manual (Refer to OMat) for full data of the
consumables referred to in this TASK.

(b) Other necessary consumable materials are referred to in this task (Refer to
OP TASKS).

REFERENCE NAME
OMat 262 Temporary marker Felt/Fibre tip
OMat 2/114 Gloves lint free
OMat 872A Cold curing silicone compound (red)
OMat 8/173 Adhesive sealant
OMat 8/177 Sealing compound

(3) Expendable parts

(a) Refer to chapter “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” (Refer to TASK-78-30-20-950-

801) to identify the parts: the number in brackets after the part description is
the IPL figure and the item number.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

None

(4) Repair parts

FRSX102
Page 6002
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(a) Refer to ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

38-864 HST97-6 Collar, Hi lite 8
38-866 91B062-00 Bracket 2

(5) Referenced parts

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

42-130 HTM1007 Washer REF
38-300 NSA5050-4C Nut, Self locking REF
38-301 91B064-00 Bush REF
38-302 91B063-00 Bushing, sleeve REF
38-303 ABS0114-4-13 Bolt REF
38-868 HST315-6-19 Pin REF
38-870 91B224-00 Cup washer REF
38-945 91B837-01 Support rod REF
42-040 115M1029-109 Forward pre-cooler REF
bracket cover
42-045 115M1029-111 After pre-cooler REF
support bracket
blanket
42-110 NAS679C3W Nut, self locking REF

(6) Material of components

PART/IDENT SYMBOL MATERIAL

Bracket 38-866 - Inconel 625
Pre-cooler - A286 stainless steel (Pre SB 78-B819)
or Inconel 625 (Post SB 78-B819)

FRSX102
Page 6003
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

E. Health and Safety Notices

WARNING: WHEN YOU DO THIS REPAIR YOU MUST WEAR PROTECTIVE

CLOTHING, GLOVES, DUST MASK AND SAFETY GOGGLES TO
PROTECT YOU AGAINST DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES WHICH CAN
BE DANGEROUS TO YOUR HEALTH.

WARNING: WHEN YOU USE CLEANING MATERIALS, COATINGS AND SEALANTS,

REFER TO, AND OBEY, THE MANUFACTURER'S CONTROL AND
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS AND HEALTH AND SAFETY NOTICES.

F. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-270-A01
(1) Prepare the damaged area for repair

(a) Remove the pre-cooler bracket covers 42-040 and 42-045 (Refer to Fig. 6001).

CAUTION: IF THE TWO BRACKETS HAVE TO BE REPLACED, YOU

MUST NOT REMOVE BOTH SUPPORT RODS TOGETHER.
THE PRE-COOLER DUCT MUST BE SUPPORTED WITH
ONE ROD WHILE YOU REPLACE EACH BRACKET. IF YOU
REMOVE BOTH RODS IT CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE IFS.

1 Remove the two nuts 42-110, the two washers 42-130 and the forward
pre-cooler bracket cover 42-040. Keep these items for installation if not
damaged.

2 Do the same procedure for the after pre-cooler bracket cover 42-045.

(b) Disconnect the rod, Assy support 38-945 from the brackets 38-866
(Refer to Fig. 6002).

1 Remove the bolt 38-303, the bushing sleeves 38-302, the bushes 38-301
and the nuts 38-300. Keep these items for installation if not damaged.

2 Do the same procedure for the other rod.

NOTE: Measure and record the length of each rod 38-945 before its
removal. Be careful not to change the length of the rods 38-945
when they are removed. Identify each rod and the location from
which it is removed, use OMat 262 temporary marker.

FRSX102
Page 6004
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(c) Remove the brackets 38-866 (Refer to Fig. 6003).

1 Remove the collars 38-864, the pins 38-868 and the cup washers 38-870
(Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-007). Discard the collars and keep the
pins and the cup washers for installation if not damaged.

2 Remove the brackets 38-866 from the IFS.

(d) Clean the Repair Area

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO NOT DAMAGE THE IFS WHEN
YOU REMOVE THE CURED SEALANT.

1 Remove the cured sealant from the IFS surface. Use a hand scraper or
equivalent tool.

2 Clean the complete repair area and the new bracket 38-866. Wipe
the surface dry before the solvent evaporates (Refer to OP TASK
70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03 (OP 101, TSD
594J)).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-280-A01
(2) Install the replacement brackets (38-866)
(Refer to Fig. 6003)

WARNING: YOU MUST FIND AND OBEY THE MANUFACTURER'S HEALTH

AND SAFETY DATA FOR THE MATERIALS; YOU MUST ALSO
REFER TO LOCAL REGULATIONS TO MAKE SURE THAT THE
PROCEDURES ARE DONE SAFELY; IF YOU DO NOT SO THIS,
AN INJURY OR ENVIRENMENTAL DAMAGE CAN OCCUR.

(a) Prepare OMat 8/177 sealing compound. Mix the two component parts of the
sealing compound, in the ratio of one part catalyst to 10 parts of base by weight,
in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.

NOTE: Put the sealing compound in a container that is at least 2 times the
volume of the sealing compound. This will prevent spillage when air
is removed.

(b) Remove all trapped air from the mixture by placing it in a vacuum of 650 mm.Hg
for 30 minutes.

FRSX102
Page 6005
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(c) Apply a thin layer of prepared OMat 8/177 sealing compoundto mating surface
of the replacement brackets 38-866 (Refer to Fig. 6002).

(d) Install the replacement brackets 38-866.

1 Use a 4.85 mm (0.191 in.) applicable drill to drill through the four pilot
holes in the new bracket 38-866 Deburr the holes.

2 Clean the bracket 38-866 (Refer to AMM TASK 70-20-01-100-802).

3 Apply OMat 8/177 sealing compound to the mating surfaces of the pins
38-868, the cup washers 38-870 and the new collars 38-864.

4 Put the replacement bracket 38-866 into position on the IFS.

5 Install the pins 38-868, the cup washers 38-870 and the new collars
38-864.

6 TORQUE tighten the collars 38-864 until shear off.

7 Do this procedure again for the second bracket 38-866.

(e) Apply a bead of OMat 8/173 adhesive/sealant around the installed brackets
38-866 .

(f) Let the OMat 8/177 sealing compound cure for 4 hours at 25 deg.C (77 deg.F).

(g) Apply a layer of OMat 872A cold curing silicone compoundaround the brackets
38-866) to cover the entire IFS visible surface (Refer to Fig. 6001). Let the
compound cure in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

(h) Inspect the repair to make sure that the brackets 38-866 have been satisfactorily
installed in accordance with this procedure.

(j) Install the rod Assy support 38-945 (Refer to Fig. 6002).

1 Put a rod Assy support 38-945 into position.

NOTE: Make sure that it is in the same position as that recorded during
removal.

FRSX102
Page 6006
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

2 If necessary, adjust the rod Assy support 38-945 to the same length as
that recorded during removal.

NOTE: The rod Assy support 38-945 must be fitted without any preload.

3 Install the bolt 38-303, the bush 38-301, the bushing sleeve 38-302 and
the nut 38-300.

4 TORQUE the nut 38-300 to 11,3 Nm (100 lbf.in.).

5 Do this procedure again for the second rod Assy support 38-945.

(k) Install the cover. (Refer to Fig. 6001)

1 Put the forward pre-cooler bracket cover 42-040 into position over the
bracket 38-866.

2 Install the nuts 42-110 and washers 42-130.

3 TORQUE the nuts 42-110 to 11,3 Nm (100 lbf.in.).

4 Do the same procedure for the after pre-cooler bracket cover 42-045.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-225-A01
(3) Inspect the repair

(a) Do a visual inspection to make sure that the repair has been done in accordance
with the procedures in this repair scheme.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-060-A01
(4) Identify the Repair

(a) Use OMat 262 temporary marker of contrasting colour to write FRSX102
adjacent to the assembly part number.

FRSX102
Page 6007
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Pre-Cooler Link Brackets Iinstalled on the Inner Fixed Structure (IFS)

Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-691-001
FRSX102
Page 6008
78-30-20 Jan 31/06
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Pre-Cooler Link Brackets Iinstalled on the Inner Fixed Structure (IFS)

Figure 6002/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-692-001
FRSX102
Page 6009
78-30-20 Jan 31/06
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Pre-Cooler Link Brackets Iinstalled on the Inner Fixed Structure (IFS)

Figure 6003/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-693-001
FRSX102
Page 6010
78-30-20 Jan 31/06
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-850-A01
48. FRSX063 - DELETED

Please refer to SRM 54-30-30, Repair No. 04.

REPAIR
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-851-A01
49. FRSX064 - DELETED

Please refer to SRM 54-30-30, Repair No. 10.

REPAIR
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-853-A01
51. FRSX015 - Replace The Pre-Cooler Duct on the Inner Fixed Structure

A. General

(1) This repair gives the procedure to replace a damaged pre-cooler duct.

(2) TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Refer
to T.S.D.594-J).

(3) TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Refer to
RR-CAEL-SPM).

(4) For the repair procedures, refer to the Illustrated Parts List to identify the parts: the
number in brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

B. Effectivity

ENGINE FIG/ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION SERVICE BULLETIN

TRENT 700/ALL 13-001 HDTR3410L LH thrust
HDTR3411L reverser C-Duct

HDTR3412L
HDTR3413L
HDTR3414L
HDTR3415L
HDTR3416L
HDTR3417L

C. Reason for job

(1) Self explanatory.

D. Job set-up information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Refer to Chapter SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENTS for full
data of the special tools referred to in this task.

(b) Standard tools

FRSX015
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- Standard workshop tools
- Hand riveter gun
- Drill machine
- Gripper pins
- Clamps, 150 mm (6 in.)
- 1 Drill bush, 4,8 mm (0.19 in) outer diameter, 2,5 mm (0.10
in.) inner diameter
- 1 Feeler gauges
- Temporary wedges

(c) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

HU87118 1 Workshop stand
HU87500 1 Fixture
HU87525 1 Clamps

(2) Consumables

(a) Refer to the Overhaul Materials Manual (Refer to OMat) for the full data of the
consumable materials referred in this TASK.

REFERENCE NAME
OMat 230 Adhesive tape
OMat 262 Temporary marker felt/fibre tip
OMat 8/173 Adhesive/sealant
OMat 8/176 Sealing compound
OMat 8/202 Release agent

(3) Expendable parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FRSX015
Page 6002
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

None

(4) Repair parts

(a) Repair parts to do this task are supplied as a repair kit. Repair kit part number
91B429-02 38-312A includes :

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

38-313A 91B748-12 Pre-cooler duct 1
Rivet, Fastener, blind for
38-318 MS21140U0603 grip range 3,96 to 5,59 mm 59
(0.156 to 0.220 in)
Rivet, Fastener, blind for
38-318A MS21140U0604 grip range 5,56 to 7,16 mm 59
(0.219 to 0.282 in)
38-320 91B081-00 Shim, top and bottom 2
38-321 91B082-00 Shim, front and rear 2
38-322 91B083-00 Shim, corner 4
38-323 AN960C10L Washer 11

(b) The following parts are not in the repair kit. They are given for reference only:

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

38-300 NSA5050-4C Nut, Self locking REF
38-301 91B064-00 Bush REF
38-302 91B063-00 Bushing, sleeve REF
38-303 ABS0114-4-13 Bolt REF
38-945 91B837-01 Support rod REF

(5) Material of components

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

PART/IDENT SYMBOL MATERIAL

Pre-cooler duct - Inconel 625

FRSX015
Page 6003
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

E. Health and Safety Notices

WARNING: WHEN YOU DO THIS REPAIR YOU MUST WEAR PROTECTIVE

CLOTHING, GLOVES, DUST MASK AND SAFETY GOGGLES TO
PROTECT YOU AGAINST DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES WHICH CAN
BE DANGEROUS TO YOUR HEALTH.

WARNING: WHEN YOU USE CLEANING MATERIALS, COATINGS AND SEALANTS,

REFER TO, AND OBEY, THE MANUFACTURER'S CONTROL AND
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS AND HEALTH AND SAFETY NOTICES.

F. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-281-A01
(1) Install the C-duct in the workstand

CAUTION: YOU MUST NOT DAMAGE THE HYDRAULIC AND ELECTRICAL

EQUIPMENT INSTALLED ON THE FRONT FRAME.

(a) Put the C-duct in the HU 87118 workstand.

(b) Put the C-duct to the vertical position.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-182-A01
(2) Disconnect the upper and lower adjustable struts from the Inner Fixed Structure (IFS)
(Refer to Fig. 6002)

(a) Remove the thermal protection covers from the adjustable struts bracket
installed on the IFS, Refer to FRSX023 .

(b) Disconnect the upper and lower adjustable struts from the IFS.

1 Remove the nuts 38-300, sleeves 38-302, bushes 38-301 and bolts 38-303
that attach each support rod assembly 38-945.

2 Keep the parts and make a record of their location.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-183-A01
(3) Get Access to the Pre-cooler Duct
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Remove the two central thermal blankets from around the pre-cooler duct.
Refer to FRSX023 .

FRSX015
Page 6004
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(b) Examine the thermal blanket panels around the duct and the thermal protection
covers of struts bracket, and make sure that they are serviceable.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-008-A01
(4) Clean the IFS

CAUTION: DO NOT USE SHARP EDGE TOOL TO REMOVE OLD SEALANT

AS THIS CAN CAUSE TOO MUCH DAMAGE TO THE IFS.

CAUTION: DO NOT DAMAGE THE IFS AND THERMAL BLANKET WHEN

YOU REMOVE THE UNWANTED SEALANT.

(a) Remove the unwanted sealant from the IFS with a hand scraper, wire wheel
or equivalent tool.

(b) Remove the remaining sealant. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-323-001-A01
(5) Remove the damaged Pre-Cooler Duct
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

NOTE: The replacement pre-cooler duct assembly 38-313A is supplied installed

with two joggle plates. In this repair this assembly will be referred to simply
as the duct.

(a) Remove the duct.

CAUTION: DO NOT MAKE THE HOLES LARGER IN THE IFS WHEN

YOU DRILL OUT THE RIVETS.

1 Drill out the rivets 38-318 and 42-265, 42-280, 42-285, 42-460, 42A-265,
42A-280, 42A-285, 42A-460, 42B-265, 42B-280, 42B-285 and 42B-460
that attach the thermal blanket support 38-324 to the IFS, (Refer to SPM
TASK 70-42-28-300-006).

2 Remove the duct 38-313 from the thermal blanket support 38-324.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-009-A01
(6) Clean the repair area

(a) Remove the unwanted adhesive (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

FRSX015
Page 6005
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-206-A01
(7) Examine the hole diameters in the IFS

(a) Make sure that the holes in the IFS are not more than 5,13 mm (0.202 in.)
in diameter.

(b) If a diameter is more than 5,13 mm (0.202 in.) diameter, refer to Aircelle.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-314-A01
(8) If unit is pre-SB 78-E871, replace the two pre-cooler link brackets (38-866) installed
on the IFS by SB 78-E871 brackets (Refer to FRSX102).

(a) If the brackets are Pre-SB 78-E871, replace the two pre-cooler link brackets
38-866 installed on the IFS (Refer to FRSX102).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-184-A01
(9) Install the installation tool
(Refer to Fig. 6002)

CAUTION: DO NOT STAND ON THE C-DUCT WHEN YOU POSITION THE

PRE-COOLER DUCT, IF YOU STAND ON THE C-DUCT IT CAN
TWIST AND CHANGE THE DIMENSIONS THAT ARE TO BE
MEASURED.

(a) Install the HU87500 fixture on the C-Duct.

(b) Install the HU87500 fixture at hinges 3 and 4 with pip pins.

(c) Install the HU87500 fixture on bumpers 2 and 3 with the clamps

1 Loosen the handwheel.

2 Engage the split-clamp and tighten it.

3 Tighten the handwheel.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-185-A01
(10) Install and adjust the new pre-cooler duct on the IFS
(Refer to Fig. 6002)

(a) Put the replacement pre-cooler duct on the IFS.

1 Engage the duct 38-313A in the HU87500 fixture.

FRSX015
Page 6006
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

2 Secure the duct to the IFS with the thermal blanket support 38-324. Then
clamp at the rear edge (outlet flange) with two 150 mm (6.00 in.) ‘C’
clamps. Further clamp the front edge (inlet flange) with two HU87525
clamps.

3 Make sure that the duct flange is level with the IFS surface without any
gaps. If not, to shim the duct.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-186-A01
(11) Measure the gaps G1 and G2 between the duct and the check plate of the installation
tool. If necessary, shim the duct.
(Refer to Fig. 6003)
(Refer to Fig. 6004)

(a) Measure gaps

1 Measure the gap G1 at the six equally spaced locations marked A to F.

Measure the gap G2 at the six equally spaced locations marked G to M.

2 G1 must be between 5,0 and 10,0 mm (0.197 and 0.395 in.).

3 G2 must be between 4,1 and 6,1 mm (0.161 and 0.240 in.).

4 If the gaps are in the tolerances, go to step (12). If not, do the next
operation to shim the duct.

(b) Shim the duct, if necessary.

1 Remove the clamps and position the duct to get the best gaps G1 and G2.

2 Hold the duct in this position with your hand and measure the gap between
the IFS and the duct with feeler gauges at all shim positions.

3 Install temporary shim set to the required thickness and keep the duct
assembly in position with the two ’C' clamps and HU87525 clamps.

4 Measure gaps G1 and G2 again. Do the operation again and adjust the
temporary shim set thickness until gaps G1 and G2 are within the given
tolerances.

5 Make a record the required thickness for each shim position.

FRSX015
Page 6007
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

6 Make the shims in the new shim set to their required thickness. Use shims
38-320, 38-321 and 38-322 as required.

CAUTION: WHEN INSTALLED, THE SHIMS MUST BE CORRECTLY

ALIGNED WITH THE DUCT AND IFS EDGES AND
SURFACES.

CAUTION: A GAP OF 0,5 MM (0.02 IN) IS TO BE KEPT BETWEEN

ADJACENT SHIMS AND A MINIMUM EDGE DISTANCE OF
12,0 MM (0.47 IN) IS TO BE KEPT TO THE RIVET HOLES.

CAUTION: THE SHIMS MUST HAVE A THICKNESS OF 1 MM (0.04 IN)

MAXIMUM.

7 Install the finished shims and clamp in position.

8 Keep the shims in position with OMat 230 adhesive tape.

9 Make sure that the gaps G1 and G2 are in the tolerance. Adjust the shims
again, if necassary.

10 If the gaps are in the tolerances, go to step (12). If not, do the next
operation to temporarily keep the duct outlet in position.

(c) Keep the duct outlet in position temporarily to have the gaps G1 and G2 in
the tolerance.

CAUTION: USE MINIMUM FORCE TO MOVE THE DUCT OUTLET.

1 Manually move the duct outlet to have the gaps G1 and G2 in the tolerance.

2 Put temporary wedges between the duct outlet and HU87500 fixture to
keep the duct outlet in position. Use locally manufactured wedges.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-187-A01
(12) Drill the replacement duct

(a) Counter drill the shims 38-320, 38-321, 38-322 and duct 38-313A through IFS
rivet holes, use a 2,5 mm (0.10 in.) bit and the drill bush.

(b) Drill to the final diameters between 5,06 and 5,13 mm (0.200 and 0.202 in.).

(c) If applicable, remove and discard the temporary wedges from the duct outlet.

FRSX015
Page 6008
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(d) Disassemble and remove burrs.

(e) Position the thermal blanket support on the duct and clamp it. Counter drill the
thermal blanket support through holes in the shims to the same final diameters.

(f) Disassemble and deburr holes.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-010-A01
(13) Clean the repair area

(a) Clean the mating surfaces of the duct 38-313, thermal blanket support 38-324,
shims 38-320, 38-321, 38-322 and IFS. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,
SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-167-A01
(14) Install the replacement duct
(Refer to Fig. 6001)
(Refer to Fig. 6005)

(a) Apply OMat 8/202 release agent to IFS mating face of duct flange, and put
a layer of OMat 8/173 sealant on it.

(b) Put a layer of OMat 8/173 sealant on the mating surface of the thermal blanket
support and position it to duct flange.

(c) Put the shims 38-320 , 38-321, 38-322 on the duct mating flange. Use gripper
pins to keep them in position.

(d) Put a layer of OMat 8/173 sealant on the mating flange of shims 38-320,
38-321, 38-322 and fill the gaps between shims 38-320, 38-321, 38-322 with
OMat 8/173 sealant.

(e) Position the duct with the thermal blanket support on the IFS and 87500 fixture
and keep it in position with gripper pins.

(f) Make a selection for the applicable grip range for each hole. Refer to the
repair parts.

(g) Wet install rivets 38-318 and 42/42A/42B-265,280,285,460 with OMat 8/173
sealant (Refer to SPM TASK 78-42-28-300-006).

(h) Make a bead of OMat 8/173 sealant to seal the duct edges.

FRSX015
Page 6009
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-011-A01
(15) Clean the repair area

(a) Clean the duct to remove the unwanted sealant. (Refer to OP TASK
70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-168-A01
(16) Install the support rods
(Refer to Fig. 6002)

(a) Install the 2 adjustable support rods 38-945 between the IFS and the duct

CAUTION: MANUALLY INSTALL THE SUPPORT RODS WITH MINIMUM

FORCE.

1 Make sure that the support rods 38-945 are serviceable and installed with
minimum preload.

2 Check that the gaps G1 and G2 are in tolerance given (Refer to Subtask
78-30-20-350-006-A01 at the 87500 fixture.

3 TORQUE nuts 38-300 to 11,3 Nm (100 lbf.in.).

4 Remove the fixture and clamps.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-017-A01
(17) Install the thermal blankets

(a) Install the central thermal blanket panels and the thermal protection covers of
struts bracket, (Refer to TASK 78-30-20-300-843-A01), if serviceable.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-178-A01
(18) Examine the part

(a) Make sure that all fasteners are correctly installed and make sure that all edges
are correctly sealed.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-170-A01
(19) Identify the Repair

(a) Use the OMat 262A marker to write “FRSX015” adjacent to the part number
(Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-363).

FRSX015
Page 6010
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(b) If unit is pre SB 78-E343, use vibro engrave equipment to write “SB 78-E343”
on thrust reverser data plate (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-363, Subtask
70-00-00-180-363-027).

(c) If unit is pre SB 78-E871, use vibro engrave equipment to write “SB 78-E871”
on thrust reverser data plate (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-363, Subtask
70-00-00-180-363-027).

FRSX015
Page 6011
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Pre-cooler Duct Attachment

Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6003-001
FRSX015
Page 6012
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Pre-Cooler Duct - Support Rod Assemblies

Figure 6002/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6004-001
FRSX015
Page 6013
78-30-20 Dec 10/07
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Installation of the Pre-Cooler Duct

Figure 6003/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6005-001
FRSX015
Page 6014
78-30-20 Oct 20/03
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Pre-Cooler Duct Adjustment

Figure 6004/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6006-001
FRSX015
Page 6015
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Shiming of Pre-Cooler Duct

Figure 6005/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6007-001
FRSX015
Page 6016
78-30-20 Oct 20/03
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-854-A01
52. FRSX107 - PRE SB 78-E871: THRUST REVERSER C-DUCT ASSEMBLY REPLACE THE
SUPPORT RODS BRACKETS ON THE PRE COOLER DUCT

A. General

(1) This TASK gives the procedures to replace the support rods brackets installed on
the pre-cooler duct.

(2) TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Refer
to T.S.D.594-J).

(3) TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Refer to
RR-CAEL-SPM).

(4) For the repair procedures, refer to the Illustrated Parts List to identify the parts: the
number in brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

B. Effectivity

ENGINE FIG/ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION SERVICE BULLETIN

TRENT 700/ALL 13-001 HDTR3410L LH thrust Pre SB 78-E871
HDTR3411L reverser C-Duct

HDTR3412L
HDTR3413L
HDTR3414L
HDTR3415L
HDTR3416L
HDTR3417L

C. Reason for job

(1) Refer to TASK 78-30-20-200-801.

D. Job set-up information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Refer to the List of Special Tools, (Refer to TASK 78-32-20-940-801). for the
full data of the special tools referred to in this TASK.

FRSX107
Page 6001
78-30-20 Mar 10/05
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(b) Standard tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- Standard workshop tools and equipment
- 1 Right angled pneumatic or electric drill, variable
speed
- 1 Drill bush, 4,85 mm (0.191 in.) external diameter,
2,5 mm (0.098 in.) internal diameter (local
manufacture)
- A/R 2,5 mm (0.098 in.) and 4,85 mm (0.191 in.) drills
- 1 0 - 17 Nm (0 - 150 lbf in.) TORQUE wrench

(c) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

(2) Consumables

(a) Refer to the Overhaul Materials Manual (Refer to OMat) for the full data of the
consumable materials referred in this TASK.

REFERENCE NAME
OMat 262 Temporary marker felt/fibre tip
OMat 8/173 Adhesive/sealant
OMat 8/177 Sealing compound

(3) Expendable parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” (Refer to TASK 78-30-20-950-801)

to identify the parts: the number in brackets after the part description is the IPL
figure and the item number.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

None

(4) Repair parts

FRSX107
Page 6002
78-30-20 Mar 10/05
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” (Refer to TASK 78-30-20-950-801)

to identify the parts: the number in brackets after the part description is the IPL
figure and the item number.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

44-165 HST97DU6 Collar, hi-lite 8
44-170 91B838-00 Bracket, front 1
44-180 91B839-00 Bracket, rear 1

(b) The following parts are not in the repair kit. They are given for reference only:

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

38-300 NSA5050-4C Nut, Self locking RF
38-301 91B064-00 Bush RF
38-302 91B063-00 Bush RF
38-303 ABS0114-4-13 Bolt RF
38-945 91B837-01 Support Rod RF
44-166 HST12-6-5 Pin, hi-lite RF
44-167 91B050-00 Shim RF
44-168 91B053-00 Shim RF
44-172 91B055-00 Shim RF
44-177 91B052-00 Shim RF
44-178 91B051-00 Shim RF
44-182 91B054-00 Shim RF

(5) Material of components

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” (Refer to TASK 78-30-20-950-801)

to identify the parts: the number in brackets after the part description is the IPL
figure and the item number.

PART/IDENT SYMBOL MATERIAL

Pre-cooler duct A286 stainless steel (Pre SB
78-B819) or Inconel 625 (Post SB
78-B819)
Brackets (44-170 and 44-180) Inconel 625

FRSX107
Page 6003
78-30-20 Mar 10/05
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

E. Health and Safety Notices

WARNING: WHEN YOU DO THIS REPAIR YOU MUST WEAR PROTECTIVE

CLOTHING, GLOVES, DUST MASK AND SAFETY GOGGLES TO
PROTECT YOU AGAINST DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES WHICH CAN
BE DANGEROUS TO YOUR HEALTH.

WARNING: WHEN YOU USE CLEANING MATERIALS, COATINGS AND SEALANTS,

REFER TO, AND OBEY, THE MANUFACTURER'S CONTROL AND
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS AND HEALTH AND SAFETY NOTICES.

F. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-171-A01
(1) Disconnect the support rod
(Refer to Fig. 6001 Sheet 1 and 2)

CAUTION: IF THE TWO BRACKETS HAVE TO BE REPLACED, ONLY

DISCONNECT ONE SUPPORT ROD AT A TIME AND KEEP THE
OTHER CONNECTED TO ITS BRACKETS. THIS IS TO GIVE
SUPPORT TO THE PRE-COOLER DUCT AND PREVENT DAMAGE
TO THE INNER FIXED STRUCTURE IT ALSO KEEPS THE DUCT
IN ITS CORRECT POSITION TO HELP THE RE-INSTALLATION
OF THE SUPPORT ROD.

NOTE: The removal of the two support rods is the same.

(a) Remove and keep the self locking nut 38-300, bush 38-301, sleeve bushing
38-302 and bolt 38-303.

(b) Move the support rod away from the pre-cooler duct.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-172-A01
(2) Remove the damaged bracket
(Refer to Fig. 6001 Sheet 2 and 3)

(a) Remove the four pins 44-166, four collars 44-165 and three shims 44-167,
44-168 and 44-172 or 44-177, 44-178 and 44-182 that attach the bracket to
the pre-cooler. (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-007). for the procedure to
remove the pins and collars.

(b) Discard the collars.

FRSX107
Page 6004
78-30-20 Mar 10/05
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(c) Clean and examine the pins and shims, keep them if they are serviceable,
for reinstallation. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, Subtask
70-00-00-110-101-A03).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-173-A01
(3) Drill the replacement bracket (44-170 or 44-180)
(Refer to Fig. 6001 Sheet 2)
(Refer to Fig. 6001 Sheet 3)

(a) Attach the bracket to the support rod 38-945 with the two support bushes 38-301
and 38-302, bolt 38-303 and self locking nut 38-300. Lightly tighten the bolt.

(b) Move the support rod so the bracket is against the pre-cooler duct.

NOTE: The patch material is very hard. When it is possible, use a bench drill.
A drill speed between 300 and 500 rpm is recommended when you drill
the initial holes. Use 1200 rpm when you increment the initial holes to
make them larger.

(c) Hold the bracket against the duct and use the right-angled drill, 2,5 mm (0.098
in.) drill and drill bush to spot drill the bracket through the four holes in the
pre-cooler duct.

(d) Remove the bracket from the support rod and through drill it at the spot drilled
positions with 4,85 mm (0.191 in.) drill.

(e) Deburr the holes and clean the bracket and the pre-cooler duct, (Refer to OP
TASK 70-00-00-100-101, Subtask 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-272-A01
(4) Drill the replacement shims (44-167, 44-168 and 44-172 or 44-177, 44-178 and
44-182)
(Refer to Fig. 6001 Sheet 2)

NOTE: This operation is required if the initially installed shims are damaged and
cannot be installed.

(a) Put the replacement shims against the related bracket and mark the position of
the four holes in the bracket onto the shims.

(b) Drill the required holes in the shims with a 4,85 mm (0.191 in) drill.

FRSX107
Page 6005
78-30-20 Mar 10/05
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(c) Deburr the holes, (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, Subtask

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-273-A01
(5) Install the replacement bracket
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Clean the mating faces of the shims, replacement bracket and pre-cooler duct,
(Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, Subtask 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

(b) Put a thin layer of OMat 8/177 sealing compound on the cleaned mating faces
and on the pins (44-165).

(c) Install the bracket with the pins and collars 44-165, (Refer to SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-001).

(d) Remove the unwanted sealant, (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, Subtask

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

(e) Put a bead of OMat 8/173 sealant around the edges of the brackets and shims.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-274-A01
(6) Connect the support rod to the pre-cooler duct
(Refer to Fig. 6001 Sheet 2)

(a) Connect the support rod to its related bracket with the bolt 38-303, bush 38-301,
sleeve bushing 38-302 and the self locking nut 38-300.

(b) TORQUE the self locking nut 38-300 to 11,3 Nm (100 lbf. in.), (Refer to SPM
TASK 70-51-00-400-000).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-226-A01
(7) Examine the repair

(a) Examine the repair to make sure that the referenced procedures have been
completed satisfactorily.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-035-A01
(8) Identify the repair

(a) Use an OMat 262 temporary marker to write 'FRSX 107' on the replacement
bracket.

FRSX107
Page 6006
78-30-20 Mar 10/05
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Pre-Cooler Duct Support Rods Brackets (Sheet 1 of 3)

Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6008-001
FRSX107
Page 6007
78-30-20 Jan 31/06
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Pre-Cooler Duct Support Rods Brackets (Sheet 2 of 3)

Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6008-001
FRSX107
Page 6008
78-30-20 Jan 31/06
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Pre-Cooler Duct Support Rods Brackets (Sheet 3 of 3)

Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6008-001
FRSX107
Page 6009
78-30-20 Jan 31/06
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-855-A01
53. FRSX043 - Thrust Reverser C-Duct - Replacement of the brackets on the Front Frame

A. General

(1) This TASK gives the procedure to replace damaged brackets on the front frame
of the C-Duct.

(2) TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Refer
to TSD594-J).

(3) TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Refer to
RR-CAEL-SPM).

(4) For the repair procedures, refer to the Illustrated Parts List to identify the parts: the
number in brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FRSX043
Page 6001
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

B. Effectivity

ENGINE FIG/ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION SERVICE BULLETIN

TRENT 700/ALL 01-120 HDTR3410L LH thrust
HDTR3411L reverser C-Duct

HDTR3412L
HDTR3413L
HDTR3414L
HDTR3415L
HDTR3416L
HDTR3417L
TRENT 700/ALL 01-130 HDTR3411R RH thrust
HDTR3412R reverser C-Duct

HDTR3413R
HDTR3414R
HDTR3415R
HDTR3416R
HDTR3417R
HDTR3418R
HDTR3419R
HDTR3420R

C. Reason for job

(1) Self-explanatory.

D. Job set-up information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Refer to Chapter SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENTS for full
data of the special tools in this list.

(b) Standard tools

FRSX043
Page 6002
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

Pneumatic riveter
Hot air blower
Drill machine
Drill bit 2,00 mm (0.079 in) diameter
Drill bit 4,80 mm (0.189 in) diameter
Spatula
Scraper

(c) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

(2) Consumables

(a) Refer to the Overhaul Materials Manual (Refer to OMat) for the full data of the
consumable materials referred to in this TASK.

REFERENCE NAME
OMat 872A RTV106, silicone compound
OMat 8/107A PR-1436-GB2, sealant polysulphide
OMat 2/114 Lint free gloves
OMat 2/101 Lint free cloth

OMat 262 Temporary Marker

OMat 8/106 PR-1436-GA, sealant

(3) Expendable parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

None

FRSX043
Page 6003
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(4) Repair parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” (refer to Page Block 10001) to
identify the parts: the number in brackets after the part description is the IPL
figure and the item number.

(b) LH Front Frame

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

47-500 91C793-00 bracket (item 1) 1
47-502 91C711-00 support junction box (item 2) 1
47-504 91C760-00 support PCM (item 3) 1
bracket, tube support (item
47-506 91C762-00 1
4)
91C784-00 bracket (item 5) 1
47-510 91C778-00 support plate (item 6) 1
bracket, manifold support
47-518 91C705-00 1
(item 7)
bracket, tube support (item
47-514 91C769-00 1
8)
47-530 91C766-00 bracket (item 19) 2
47-532 91C596-00 spacer (item 20) 75
bracket, tube support (item
47-534 91C764-00 2
21)
47-536 91C767-00 bracket (item 22) 4
47-538 91C772-00 support plate (item 23) 2
47-540 NAS1919M06S03 rivet (item 24) 20
47-542 NAS1919M06S09 rivet (item 26) 22
47-544 NAS1919M06S10 rivet (item 27) 32
47-546 NAS1919M06S11 rivet (item 28) 2
47-548 NAS1919M06S12 rivet (item 29) 19
47-320 NAS1921M06S05AU rivet (item 32) 14
47-323 NAS1921M06S07AU rivet (item 33) 2

(c) RH Front Frame

FRSX043
Page 6004
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

48-500 91C719-01 support, connectors (item 9) 1
48-502 91C777-00 bracket, harness (item 10) 1
48-504 91C776-00 bracket, harness (item 11) 1
48-506 91C720-01 support connectors (item 12) 1
48-508 91W062-00 bracket, harness (item 13) 1
bracket, tube support (item
48-510 91C774-00 1
14)
48-512 91C784-50 bracket (item 15) 1
bracket, tube support (item
48-514 91C769-00 1
16)
bracket, pipe support (item
48-516 91C796-00 1
17)
bracket, manifold support
48-518 91C705-50 1
(item 18)
48-520 91W079-00 bracket (item 30) 1
48-522 91W077-00 bracket (item 31) 1
48-530 91C766-00 bracket (item 19) 2
48-532 91C596-00 spacer (item 20) 75
bracket, tube support (item
48-534 91C764-00 2
21)
48-536 91C767-00 bracket (item 22) 4
48-538 91C772-00 support plate (item 23) 2
48-540 NAS1919M06S03 rivet (item 24) 20
48-542 NAS1919M06S09 rivet (item 26) 22
48-544 NAS1919M06S10 rivet (item 27) 32
48-546 NAS1919M06S11 rivet (item 28) 2
48-548 NAS1919M06S12 rivet (item 29) 19
48-320 NAS1921M06S05AU rivet (item 32) 14
48-323 NAS1921M06S07AU rivet (item 33) 2

(5) Material of components

FRSX043
Page 6005
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

PART/IDENT SYMBOL MATERIAL

Thrust Reverser C-Duct Assembly -

E. Health and Safety Notices

WARNING: WHEN YOU DO THIS REPAIR YOU MUST WEAR PROTECTIVE

CLOTHING, GLOVES, DUST MASK AND SAFETY GOGGLES TO
PROTECT YOU AGAINST DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES WHICH CAN
BE DANGEROUS TO YOUR HEALTH.

WARNING: WHEN YOU USE CLEANING MATERIALS, COATINGS AND SEALANTS,

REFER TO, AND OBEY, THE MANUFACTURER'S CONTROL AND
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS AND HEALTH AND SAFETY NOTICES.

F. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-179-A01
(1) Remove Brackets on Fire Shield Panels:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)
(Refer to Fig. 6002)
(Refer to Fig. 6003)

CAUTION: DO NOT DRILL MORE THAN THE FIRE SHIELD PANELS TO

AVOID DAMAGE TO THE FRONT FRAME.

(a) Drill out the rivets and remove the brackets (Refer to SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055, Repair 006 (Remove and Install Blind (Huck)
rivets)).Use a drill machine with relevant drill bit.

(b) Remove all pieces of rivets.

(c) Remove 16 rivets on upper cut corner (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006,
FRS7055, Repair 006 (Remove and Install Blind (Huck) rivets)).

(d) Lift the upper cut corner without rivets.

(e) Remove all pieces of rivets, use a vacuum cleaner.

FRSX043
Page 6006
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(f) Apply sealant between the front frame mating surface and the cut corner panel.
Use OMat 8/107A sealant polysulphide and a spatula or equivalent.

(g) Wet install rivets with OMat 8/106 sealant (Refer to SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055, Repair 006 (Remove and Install Blind (Huck)
rivets)). Use a pneumatic riveter and rivets (item 32 and 33) as necessary.

(h) Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Use a non-metallic scraper to remove the unwanted sealing compound.

2 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

3 Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

4 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint-free cloth.

(i) Remove the piston housing (pintle) of the front hold open Rod from
the front frame, for LH C-duct or for RH C-duct, (Refer to SUBTASK
78-30-20-040-014-A01). And (Refer to SUBTASK 78-30-20-040-034-A01).

(j) Remove all pieces of rivets. Use a vacuum cleaner through the hole at the
location of the piston housing (pintle).

(k) Install the piston housing (pintle) on the front frame, for LH C-duct and RH
C-duct, (Refer to SUBTASK 78-30-20-440-008-A01). And (Refer to SUBTASK
78-30-20-440-029-A01).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-174-A01
(2) Install the Replacement Brackets on Fire Shield Panels:
(Refer to Fig. 6002)
(Refer to Fig. 6003)

(a) Install brackets on position. Put spacers with brackets.

(b) Apply silicone compound. Use OMat 872A silicone compound all around
spacers.

(c) Wet install the rivets with OMat 872A silicone compound (Refer to SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055, Repair 006 (Remove and Install Blind (Huck)
rivets)). Use a pneumatic riveter.

FRSX043
Page 6007
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(d) Apply silicone compound for brackets fastened directly onto the front frame.
Use OMat 872A silicone compound all around fire shield brackets.

(e) Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Remove the unwanted silicon compound.

2 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

3 Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

4 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint-free cloth.

(f) Cure the sealant as per the manufacturer’s instruction.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-205-A01
(3) Inspection of the repair areas:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)
(Refer to Fig. 6002)
(Refer to Fig. 6003)

(a) Do a visual examination to make sure that the repair is satisfactory.

(b) If the repair is not satisfactory, reject the repair.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-036-A01
(4) Identify the Repair

(a) Mark FRSX043 adjacent to the identification plate of the thrust reverser. Use
OMat 262 temporary markerof contrasting color.

FRSX043
Page 6008
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Pick up the Rivets

Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6009-001
FRSX043
Page 6009
78-30-20 Apr 10/04
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

LH C-Duct - Brackets Location (Sheet 1 of 2)

Figure 6002/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6010-001
FRSX043
Page 6010
78-30-20 Apr 10/04
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

LH C-Duct - Brackets Location (Sheet 2 of 2)

Figure 6002/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6010-001
FRSX043
Page 6011
78-30-20 Apr 10/04
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

RH C-Duct - Brackets Location (Sheet 1 of 2)

Figure 6003/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6011-001
FRSX043
Page 6012
78-30-20 Apr 10/04
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

RH C-Duct - Brackets Location (Sheet 2 of 2)

Figure 6003/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6011-001
FRSX043
Page 6013
78-30-20 Apr 10/04
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-856-A01
54. FRSX024 - Thrust Reverser C-Duct - Replace the Fire Shields on the Front Frame

A. General

NOTE: When you apply this Repair to Pre SB 78-E210 standard of C-Ducts, they will be
reworked to SB 78-E210. You must do the procedures given in SB 78-E210 to
identify, install and record the replacement fire shields.

(1) This TASK gives the procedure to replace damaged fire shields on the front frame
of the C-Duct.

(2) It is not necessary to install the fire shields as a set, individual fire shields can be
installed, as required.

(3) There are two types of replacement fire shields: for Units 13 thru 76 - undrilled and
for Units 77 onwards - drilled. The undrilled shields have to be ‘through drilled’ from
their related position on the front frame. They also need spacers that have to be
bonded in position during the procedures. The spacers are part of the drilled shields
and do not need to be installed. Unless otherwise identified, the procedures that
follow are applicable to both types of fire shield.

(4) TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Refer
to T.S.D.594-J).

(5) TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Refer to
RR-CAEL-SPM).

(6) For the repair procedures, refer to the Illustrated Parts List to identify the parts: the
number in brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

(7) For Price and Availability of tools, refer to Aircelle.

B. Effectivity

ENGINE FIG/ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION SERVICE BULLETIN

TRENT 700/ALL 13-001 HDTR3410L LH thrust
reverser C-Duct
HDTR3411L
HDTR3412L
HDTR3413L

FRSX024
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

ENGINE FIG/ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION SERVICE BULLETIN

HDTR3414L
HDTR3415L
HDTR3416L
HDTR3417L
TRENT 700/ALL 14-001 HDTR3411R RH thrust
reverser C-Duct
HDTR3412R
HDTR3413R
HDTR3414R
HDTR3415R
HDTR3416R
HDTR3417R
HDTR3418R
HDTR3419R
HDTR3420R

C. Reason for job

(1) .

D. Job set-up information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Refer to Chapter SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENTS for full
data of the special tools in this list.

(b) Standard tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- Standard workshop tools
- Pneumatic rivet gun
- Drill machine
- Gripper pins
- Heat lamp

FRSX024
Page 6002
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- Vacuum cleaner
- Drills

(c) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

(2) Consumables

(a) Refer to the Overhaul Materials Manual (Refer to OMat) for the full data of the
consumable materials referred in this TASK.

REFERENCE NAME
OMat 262 Temporary marker felt/fibre tip
OMat 872A Cold curing silicone compound
OMat 8/106 Sealant
OMat 8/107A Sealant

(3) Expendable parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

None

(4) Repair parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

(b) Kit, LH upper fire shield unit No 77 onwards

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

47-010A 91C015-01 Kit, LH upper fire shield 1
47-015A 91C246-01 LH upper fire shield 1

FRSX024
Page 6003
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

47-020 NAS1919M05S06AU Rivet 2
47-023 NAS1919M05S06AU Rivet 7
47-026 NAS1919M05S07AU Rivet 4
47-032 NAS1919M05S08AU Rivet 1
47-041 NAS1919M06S03AU Rivet 4
47-044 NAS1919M06S09AU Rivet 10
47-047 NAS1919M06S12AU Rivet 7
47-050 ASNA0113-40CA Washer 14

(c) Kit, LH upper fire shield unit No 13 thru 76

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

47-010 91C009-01 Kit, LH upper fire shield 1
47-015 91C001-01 LH upper fire shield 1
47-020 NAS1919M05S06AU Rivet 2
47-029 NAS1919M05S07AU Rivet 7
47-035 NAS1919M05S08AU Rivet 4
47-038 NAS1919M05S09AU Rivet 1
47-041 NAS1919M06S03AU Rivet 4
47-044 NAS1919M06S09AU Rivet 10
47-047 NAS1919M06S12AU Rivet 7
47-050 ASNA0113-40CA Washer 14
47-053 91C021-00 Spacer 17
47-056 91C022-00 Spacer 9
47-059 91C023-00 Spacer 12

(d) Kit, LH central fire shield unit No 77 onwards

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

47-100A 91C017-02 Kit, LH central fire shield 1
47-105A 91C242-01 LH central fire shield 1
47-108 NAS1919M05S06AU Rivet 3

FRSX024
Page 6004
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

47-111 NAS1919M05S06AU Rivet 3
47-114 NAS1919M05S07AU Rivet 1
47-120 NAS1919M05S07AU Rivet 5
47-129 NAS1919M06S09AU Rivet 1
47-132 NAS1919M06S10AU Rivet 11
47-138 NAS1919M06S11AU Rivet 1
47-141 NAS1919M06S11AU Rivet 1
47-144 NAS1919M06S12AU Rivet 1
47-147 ASNA0113-40CA Washer 12
47-150 91C596-00 Spacer 1

(e) Kit, LH central fire shield unit No 13 thru 76

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

47-100 91C011-01 Kit, LH central fire shield 1
47-105 91C003-01 LH central fire shield 1
47-108 NAS1919M05S06AU Rivet 3
47-114 NAS1919M05S07AU Rivet 1
47-117 NAS1919M05S07AU Rivet 3
47-123 NAS1919M05S08AU Rivet 5
47-126 NAS1919M06S09AU Rivet 1
47-132 NAS1919M06S10AU Rivet 11
47-135 NAS1919M06S10AU Rivet 1
47-138 NAS1919M06S11AU Rivet 1
47-144 NAS1919M06S12AU Rivet 1
47-147 ASNA0113-40CA Washer 12
47-150 91C596-00 Spacer 1
47-153 91C021-00 Spacer 17
47-156 91C022-00 Spacer 14
47-159 91C023-00 Spacer 8

(f) Kit, LH lower fire shield unit No 77 onwards

FRSX024
Page 6005
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

47-200A 91C019-01 Kit, LH lower fire shield 1
47-205A 91C244-01 LH lower fire shield 1
47-210 NAS1919M05S06AU Rivet 2
47-213 NAS1919M05S06AU Rivet 8
47-216 NAS1919M05S07AU Rivet 1
47-222 NAS1919M05S07AU Rivet 5
47-228 NAS1919M05S08AU Rivet 2
47-234 NAS1919M06S05AU Rivet 2
47-237 NAS1919M06S06AU Rivet 6
47-240 NAS1919M06S10AU Rivet 1
47-243 NAS1919M06S11AU Rivet 1
47-246 NAS1919M06S12AU Rivet 2
47-249 ASNA0113-40CA Washer 18
47-264 HST10BJ6-10 Hi-lite pin 2
47-267 KFN579-3DL Collar 2
47-267A HST97DUWU6 Collar (alternative) 2

(g) Kit, LH lower fire shield unit No 13 thru 76

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

47-200 91C013-01 Kit, LH lower fire shield 1
47-205 91C005-01 LH lower fire shield 1
47-210 NAS1919M05S06AU Rivet 2
47-216 NAS1919M05S07AU Rivet 1
47-219 NAS1919M05S07AU Rivet 8
47-225 NAS1919M05S08AU Rivet 5
47-231 NAS1919M05S09AU Rivet 2
47-234 NAS1919M06SO5AU Rivet 2
47-237 NAS1919M06S06AU Rivet 6
47-240 NAS1919M06S10AU Rivet 1
47-243 NAS1919M06S11AU Rivet 1

FRSX024
Page 6006
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

47-246 NAS1919M06S12AU Rivet 2
47-249 ASNA0113-40CA Washer 18
47-252 91C021-00 Spacer 7
47-255 91C022-00 Spacer 2
47-258 91C023-00 Spacer 15
47-261 91C024-00 Spacer 8
47-264 HST10BJ6-10 Hi-lite pin 2
47-267 KFN579-3DL Collar 2
47-267A HST97DUWU6 Collar (alternative) 2

(h) Kit, RH upper fire shield unit No 77 onwards

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

48-010B 91C249-00 Kit, RH upper fire shield 1
48-015A 91C247-01 RH upper fire shield 1
48-023 NAS1919M05S07AU Rivet 1
48-026 NAS1919M05S06AU Rivet 11
48-032 NAS1919M05S08AU Rivet 2
48-038 NAS1919M06S03AU Rivet 5
48-044 NAS1919M06S09AU Rivet 10
48-048 NAS1919M06S10AU Rivet 2
48-050 NAS1919M06S12AU Rivet 6
48-053 ASNA0113-40CA Washer 14

(j) Kit, RH upper fire shield unit No 13 thru 76

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

48-010 91C010-01 Kit, RH upper fire shield 1
48-015 91C002-01 RH upper fire shield 1
48-020 NAS1919M05S07AU Rivet 10
48-029 NAS1919M05S08AU Rivet 2
48-035 NAS1919M05S09AU Rivet 2

FRSX024
Page 6007
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

48-038 NAS1919M06S03AU Rivet 5
48-044 NAS1919M06S09AU Rivet 10
48-050 NAS1919M06S12AU Rivet 6
48-053 ASNA0113-40CA Washer 14
48-056 91C021-00 Spacer 17
48-059 91C022-00 Spacer 10
48-062 91C023-00 Spacer 14

(k) Kit, RH central fire shield unit No 77 onwards

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

48-100A 91C018-02 Kit, RH centre fire shield 1
48-105A 91C243-01 RH centre fire shield 1
48-111 NAS1919M05S07AU Rivet 6
48-114 NAS1919M05S06AU Rivet 4
48-123 NAS1919M06S09AU Rivet 1
48-129 NAS1919M06S10AU Rivet 1
48-132 NAS1919M06S10AU Rivet 10
48-135 NAS1919M06S11AU Rivet 1
48-138 NAS1919M06S11AU Rivet 1
48-141 NAS1919M06S12AU Rivet 1
48-144 ASNA0113-40CA Washer 10
48-147 91C596-00 Spacer 1

(l) Kit, RH central fire shield unit No 13 thru 76

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

48-100 91C012-01 Kit, RH central fire shield 1
48-105 91C004-01 RH central fire shield 1
48-108 NAS1919M05S07AU Rivet 4
48-117 NAS1919M05S08AU Rivet 6
48-120 NAS1919M06S09U Rivet 1

FRSX024
Page 6008
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

48-126 NAS1919M06S10AU Rivet 2
48-132 NAS1919M06S10AU Rivet 10
48-135 NAS1919M06S11AU Rivet 1
48-141 NAS1919M06S12AU Rivet 1
48-144 ASNA0113-40CA Washer 10
48-147 91C596-00 Spacer 1
48-150 91C021-00 Spacer 17
48-153 91C022-00 Spacer 11
48-156 91C023-00 Spacer 10

(m) Kit, RH lower fire shield unit No 77 onwards

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

48-200A 91C025-01 Kit, RH lower fire shield 1
48-205A 91C245-01 RH lower fire shield 1
48-208 NAS1919M05S06AU Rivet 2
48-211 NAS1919M05S06AU Rivet 8
48-214 NAS1919M05S07AU Rivet 1
48-220 NAS1919M05S07AU Rivet 5
48-226 NAS1919M05S08AU Rivet 2
48-232 NAS1919M06S06AU Rivet 8
48-235 NAS1919M06S10AU Rivet 1
48-238 NAS1919M06S11AU Rivet 1
48-241 NAS1919M06S12AU Rivet 2
48-244 HST10BJ6-10 Hi-lite pin 2
48-247 KFN 579-3DL Collar 2
48-247A HST97DUAU6 Collar (alternative) 2
48-250 ASNA0113-40CA Washer 18

(n) Kit, RH lower fire shield unit No 13 thru 76

FRSX024
Page 6009
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

48-200 91C014-01 Kit, RH lower fire shield 1
48-205 91C006-01 RH lower fire shield 1
48-208 NAS1919M05S06AU Rivet 2
48-214 NAS1919M05S07AU Rivet 1
48-217 NAS1919M05S07AU Rivet 8
48-223 NAS1919M05S08AU Rivet 5
48-229 NAS1919M05S09AU Rivet 2
48-232 NAS1919M06S06AU Rivet 8
48-235 NAS1919M06S10AU Rivet 1
48-238 NAS1919M06S11AU Rivet 1
48-241 NAS1919M06S12AU Rivet 2
48-244 HST10BJ6-10 Hi-lite pin 2
48-247 KFN579-3DL Collar 2
48-247A HST97DUWU6 Collar (alternative) 2
48-250 ASNA0113-40CA Washer 18
48-253 91C021-00 Spacer 7
48-256 91C022-00 Spacer 2
48-259 91C023-00 Spacer 15
48-262 91C024-00 Spacer 8

(p) Kit, LH fire shield plate

NOTE: This repair kit is only required for an upper LH fire shield replacement
and the related C-Duct is to Pre SB 78-C740 or Pre 78-C899 standard

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

47-300 91C122-00 Kit, LH fire shield plate 1
47-305 91C007-00 LH fire shield plate 1
47-308 NAS1919M06S05AU Rivet 2

FRSX024
Page 6010
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(q) Kit, RH fire shield plate

NOTE: This repair kit is only required for an upper LH fire shield replacement
and the related C-Duct is to Pre SB 78-C740 or Pre 78-C899 standard

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

48-300 91C123-00 Kit, RH fire shield plate 1
48-305 91C008-00 RH fire shield plate 1
48-308 MS21141U0610P Rivet 2

(r) Repair parts for upper LH or RH fire shield replacement

NOTE: These repair parts are not part of the repair kits. They are only required
when you replace an upper LH or RH fire shield

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

47-320 NAS1921M06SO5AU Rivet 14
47-323 NAS1921M06SO7AU Rivet 2
48-320 NAS1921M06SO5AU Rivet 14
48-323 NAS1921M06SO7AU Rivet 2

(s) Repair parts for labels replacement on the fire shield

NOTE: These repair parts are not part of the repair kits. They are given if
the labels, that are part of the fire shields, are damaged and need to
be replaced

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

47-330 NAS1919M04S02AU Rivet 12
47-333 HDSM5064A Label (open) 1
47-336 HDSM5064B Label (closed) 1
47-339 HDSM5064C Label (reset) 1
47-342 NAS1919M06S05AU Rivet 4
47-345 LJ 41984 Label 1
48-342 NAS1919M06S05AU Rivet 4
48-345 LJ 41984 Label 1

FRSX024
Page 6011
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(5) Material of components

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

PART/IDENT SYMBOL MATERIAL

Fire shield plate 47-305, 48-305 - Stainless steel.
Fire Shield 47-015, 47-015A, 47-105, - Carbon fabric epoxy MIO - 48%-G803
47-105A, 47-205, 47-205A, 48-015, / glass fabric epoxy E vicotex 1458-
48-015A, 48-105, 48-105A, 48-205, 50% -120 / light flex MIN-K EP4, 8m 10
48-205A pcl / tedlar 100 BS 30 WH with FM 73
adhesive.

E. Health and Safety Notices

WARNING: WHEN YOU DO THIS REPAIR YOU MUST WEAR PROTECTIVE

CLOTHING, GLOVES, DUST MASK AND SAFETY GOGGLES TO
PROTECT YOU AGAINST DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES WHICH CAN
BE DANGEROUS TO YOUR HEALTH.

WARNING: WHEN YOU USE CLEANING MATERIALS, COATINGS AND SEALANTS,

REFER TO, AND OBEY, THE MANUFACTURER'S CONTROL AND
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS AND HEALTH AND SAFETY NOTICES.

F. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-040-063-A01
(1) Disassemble the Damaged Fire Shield(s)

(a) Remove all the front frame installed brackets, for LH and for RH .

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-175-A01
(2) Remove the Damaged Fire Shield(s)
(Refer to Fig. 6001)
(Refer to Fig. 6013)

(a) Cut the beads of sealant around the edges of the fire shield with a sharp knife.

(b) Remove the fasteners (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

(c) Remove the fire shield(s) from the front frame.

FRSX024
Page 6012
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(d) Remove the unwanted sealant from the front frame, use a scraper and clean the
area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-176-A01
(3) Remove the Unwanted Fasteners From the Upper Cut Corner
(Refer to Fig. 6016)

NOTE: This Subtask is only applicable if the LH or RH upper fire shields are to
be replaced.

(a) Remove the 16 rivets on the upper cut corner (Refer to SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-004).

(b) Carefully lift up the cut corner.

(c) Use a vacuum cleaner to remove the unwanted pieces of fasteners.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-177-A01
(4) Remove the Unwanted Fasteners
(Refer to Fig. 6016)

NOTE: This Subtask is only applicable if the LH or RH lower fire shields are to
be replaced.

(a) Use a vacuum cleaner through the opening (where the front HOR pintle was
installed) to remove the unwanted pieces of fasteners.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-178-A01
(5) Install the Replacement Fire Shield (Units 77 onwards)
(Refer to Fig. 6001)
(Refer to Fig. 6007)

(a) Make a selection for the applicable fire shield, refer to Repair Parts.

(b) Make sure that the front frame is clean. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,
Subtask 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

(c) Put the shield on the frame, make sure that the fastener holes in the frame
and shield are aligned and carefully clamp it (or use gripper pins) to keep it in
position.

(d) Use OMat 8/106 sealant to wet install the fasteners, washers and spacer (Refer
to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

FRSX024
Page 6013
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

CAUTION: YOU MUST MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE EDGES ARE
CORRECTLY SEALED. IF THEY ARE NOT CORRECTLY SEALED,
LIQUIDS CAN INGRESS, DAMAGE THE FIRE SHIELD AND
DECREASE ITS FIRE RESISTANCE.

(e) Put a bead of OMat 872A silicone compound around the edges of labels and
their ‘cut-outs’ in the shield. And around the edges of the frame and shields.
(Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707, Subtask 70-00-00-360-707-010).

(f) Remove the unwanted sealant and silicone compound, (Refer to OP TASK
70-00-00-100-101, Subtask 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

(g) Let the silicone compound cure for 48 hours at 25 deg. C. (Refer to OP TASK
70-00-00-300-707, Subtask 70-00-00-360-707-010).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-008-A01
(6) Install the Replacement Fire Shield (Units 77 onwards)
(Refer to Fig. 6008)
(Refer to Fig. 6009)
(Refer to Fig. 6010)
(Refer to Fig. 6011)
(Refer to Fig. 6012)
(Refer to Fig. 6013)

(a) Make a selection for the applicable fire shield, refer to Repair Parts.

(b) Make sure that the front frame is clean, (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,
Subtask 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

(c) Put the fire shield in position on the front frame. Make sure that the shield
to frame edge distances are equal. Carefully clamp the shield to the frame
to keep it in position.

(d) Use the fastener holes in the frame to ‘through drill’ the shield.

NOTE: When you cannot get access to the rear of the frame to ‘through drill’,
make a template of the holes after the shield has been removed.

(e) Remove the shield.

(f) Use the template to drill the remaining fastener holes. Drill holes for the
installation of the spacers, use a 12,0 mm (0.4375 in.) drill.

FRSX024
Page 6014
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(g) Deburr the holes and then clean the shield and frame. (Refer to OP TASK
70-00-00-100-101, Subtask 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

(h) Apply a layer of OMat 872A silicone compond to the spacers and install them in
their applicable positions in the shield.

(j) Put the shield on the frame, make sure that the fastener holes in the frame,
spacers and shield are aligned and carefully clamp it (or use gripper pins) to
keep it in position.

(k) Use OMat 8/106 sealant to wet install the fasteners. (Refer to SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-004).

(l) Use light hand pressure to make sure that the spacers touch the frame, if
necessary, use temporary fasteners to keep the positions.

CAUTION: YOU MUST MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE EDGES ARE
CORRECTLY SEALED. IF THEY ARE NOT CORRECTLY SEALED,
LIQUIDS CAN INGRESS, DAMAGE THE FIRE SHIELD AND
DECREASE ITS FIRE RESISTANCE.

(m) Put a smooth bead of OMat 872A silicone compound around the edges of
labels (if installed) and their ‘cut-outs’ in the shield. And around the edges
of the frame and shields. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707, Subtask
70-00-00-360-707-010).

(n) Remove the unwanted sealant and silicone compound. (Refer to OP

TASK70-00-00-100-101, Subtask 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

(p) Let the silicone compound cure for 48 hours at 25 deg. C. (Refer to OP TASK
70-00-00-300-707, Subtask 70-00-00-360-707-010).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-440-058-A01
(7) Install the Brackets

(a) Install all the front frame installed brackets, for LH and for RH .

SUBTASK 78-30-20-440-059-A01
(8) Units 13 thru 76: Install the RH upper fire-shield-plate
(Refer to Fig. 6015)

(a) Put the plate 48-305 on the front frame ‘cut-out’, in the position that gives the
correct position for the harness bracket to be installed. Use the position of the

FRSX024
Page 6015
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

adjacent brackets to give the alignment.

(b) Clamp the plate in position and ‘through drill’ the two holes in plate through the
front frame. Use a 5,0 mm (0.198 in.) dia drill.

(c) Remove the plate and deburr the holes.

(d) Carefully lift the upper cut corner and use a vacuum cleaner to remove the
unwanted material.

(e) Put the plate, SB 78-C740 and SB 78-C899: two spacers and bracket in position
on the front frame. Wet install the rivets 48-308, use OMat 8/106 sealant. (Refer
to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-440-060-A01
(9) Units 13 thru 76: Install the LH upper fire-shield-plate
(Refer to Fig. 6014)

(a) Put the plate 47-305 in position in the front frame ‘cut-out’.

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT YOU POSITION THE PLATE SO THAT THE
TWO HOLES ARE EACH SIDE OF THE ADJACENT FRONT
FRAME WEB. THE WEB IS ON THE REAR FACE OF THE FRONT
FRAME. IF NECESSARY, CAREFULLY LIFT THE UPPER CUT
CORNER TO FIND THE POSITION OF THE WEB.

(b) Clamp the plate in position and ‘through drill’ the two holes in plate through the
front frame. Use a 4,8 mm (0.190 in.) dia drill.

(c) Remove the plate and deburr the holes.

(d) Carefully lift the upper cut corner and use a vacuum cleaner to remove the
unwanted material.

(e) Put the plate in position on the front frame. Wet install the rivets 47-308, use
OMat 8/106 sealant, (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-440-061-A01
(10) Install the Upper Cut Corner
(Refer to Fig. 6016)

(a) Put a layer of OMat 8/107 sealant on the mating surfaces.

FRSX024
Page 6016
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(b) Wet install the rivets 47-320 and 47-323 for LH, 48-320 and 48-323 for RH with
OMat 8/106 sealant, (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

(c) Remove the unwanted sealant. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, Subtask

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-209-A01
(11) Examine the repair

(a) Do a visual examination of the repair.

1 Make sure that the repair is satisfactory.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-037-A01
(12) Identify the Repair

(a) If the damaged fireshield(s) that you replaced was Pre 78-E210 standard,
(Refer to SB 78-E210). for the identification procedure.

(b) If the damaged fireshield(s) that you replaced was 78-E210 standard, mark
‘FRSX024’ adjacent to the part/serial number on the replacement fire shield.
Use an OMat 262 temporary marker of a contrasting colour. (Refer to OP TASK
70-00-00-300-363, Subtask 70-00-00-180-363-029).

FRSX024
Page 6017
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

C-Ducts Front Frames - Fireshield Locations

Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6012-001
FRSX024
Page 6018
78-30-20 Apr 10/04
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Units 77 onwards - LH Upper Fire Shield- Fastener Locations

Figure 6002/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6013-001
FRSX024
Page 6019
78-30-20 Apr 10/04
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Units 77 onwards - LH Central Fire Shield- Fastener Locations

Figure 6003/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6014-001
FRSX024
Page 6020
78-30-20 Apr 10/04
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Units 77 onwards - LH Lower Fire Shield- Fastener Locations

Figure 6004/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6015-001
FRSX024
Page 6021
78-30-20 Apr 10/04
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Units 77 onwards - RH Upper Fire Shield- Fastener Locations

Figure 6005/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6016-001
FRSX024
Page 6022
78-30-20 Apr 10/04
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Units 77 onwards - RH Central Fire Shield- Fastener Locations

Figure 6006/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6017-001
FRSX024
Page 6023
78-30-20 Apr 10/04
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Units 77 onwards - RH Lower Fire Shield- Fastener Locations

Figure 6007/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6018-001
FRSX024
Page 6024
78-30-20 Apr 10/04
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Units 13 thru 76 - LH Upper Fire Shield- Fastener Locations

Figure 6008/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6019-001
FRSX024
Page 6025
78-30-20 Apr 10/04
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Units 13 thru 76 onwards - LH Central Fire Shield- Fastener Locations

Figure 6009/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6020-001
FRSX024
Page 6026
78-30-20 Apr 10/04
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Units 13 thru 76 onwards - LH Lower Fire Shield- Fastener Locations

Figure 6010/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6021-001
FRSX024
Page 6027
78-30-20 Apr 10/04
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Units 13 thru 76 onwards - RH Upper Fire Shield- Fastener Locations

Figure 6011/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6022-001
FRSX024
Page 6028
78-30-20 Apr 10/04
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Units 13 thru 76 onwards - RH Central Fire Shield- Fastener Locations

Figure 6012/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6023-001
FRSX024
Page 6029
78-30-20 Apr 10/04
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Units 13 thru 76 - RH Lower Fire Shield- Fastener Locations

Figure 6013/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6024-001
FRSX024
Page 6030
78-30-20 Apr 10/04
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Units 13 thru 76 - LH Fire Shield Plate - Fastener Locations

Figure 6014/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6025-001
FRSX024
Page 6031
78-30-20 Apr 10/04
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Units 13 thru 76 - RH Fire Shield Plate - Fastener Locations

Figure 6015/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6026-001
FRSX024
Page 6032
78-30-20 Apr 10/04
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

ULH/RH Upper Cut Corner - Fastener Locations and HOR Pintle Location
Figure 6016/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6027-001
FRSX024
Page 6033
78-30-20 Apr 10/04
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-857-A01
55. FRSX052 - DELETED

Please refer to SRM 54-30-00, Repair No. 16.

REPAIR
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-858-A01
56. FRSX070 - REINFORCEMENT AND REPLACEMENT OF THE CORNER POST ON THE
LOWER PIVOT DOOR

A. General

(1) This procedure gives the instructions for:

(a) PART A: Reinforce the corner post on the lower pivot door:

1 stop the crack with a hole,

2 reinforce the corner post.

(b) PART B: Replace and reinforce the corner post on the lower pivot door.

(2) TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Refer
to T.S.D.594-J).

(3) TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Refer to
RR-CAEL-SPM).

(4) For the repair procedures, refer to the Illustrated Parts List to identify the parts: the
number in brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

(5) For Price and Availability of tools, refer to Aircelle.

B. Effectivity

ENGINE FIG/ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION SERVICE BULLETIN

TRENT 700/ALL 31-975 91E880-04 Lower Pivot
Door LH
33-975 91E900-04 Lower Pivot
Door RH

C. Reason for job

(1) Self-explanatory.

D. Job set-up information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

FRSX070
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(a) Refer to Chapter SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENTS for full
data of the special tools in this list.

(b) Use approved equivalent alternatives, if necessary.

(c) Standard tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

Standard workshop tools
Vacuum cleaner
Mechanical clamps

(d) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

(2) Consumables

(a) Refer to the Overhaul Materials Manual (Refer to OMat) for the full data of the
consumable materials referred in this TASK.

(b) Use approved equivalent alternatives, if necessary.

REFERENCE NAME
OMat 175D Chromate conversion coating for aluminium (brushing type)
OMat 230 Adhesive tape (masking)
OMat 262 Temporary marker felt/fibre tip
OMat 5/28 800 grit waterproof silicon
OMat 5/35 240 grit waterproof silicon
OMat 7/201 Touch-up coating, two part
OMat 8/106 Sealant, two part polysulphide
OMat 8/107A Sealant, two part polysulphide

NOTE: Other necessary consumable materials are referred to in OP TASKS in

this TASK.

(3) Expendable parts

FRSX070
Page 6002
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

None

(4) Repair parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

(b) Reinforcement corner post

1 Reinforcement kit number 91E056-00 31-008 for LH lower pivot door.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

31-010 MS21141-06-06 Fastener, blind 4
31-011 MBF2121-6-350 Fastener, blind 2
31-012 91E039-01 Doubler fitting 1
31-013 MBF2121-6-250 Fastener, blind 2
31-014 HST10BJ6-4 Pin, Hi-lite 6
31-017 HST97DUWU6 Collar, Hi-lite 6

2 Reinforcement kit number 91E056-50 33-008 for RH lower pivot door.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

33-010 MS21141-06-06 Fastener, blind 4
33-011 MBF2121-6-350 Fastener, blind 2
33-012 91E039-51 Doubler fitting 1
33-013 MBF2121-6-250 Fastener, blind 2
33-014 HST10BJ6-4 Pin, Hi-lite 6
33-017 HST97DUWU6 Collar, Hi-lite 6

(c) Replacement and reinforcement of the corner post

1 Replacement and reinforcement kit number 91E057-00 31-009 for LH

lower pivot door.

FRSX070
Page 6003
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

31-010 MS21141-06-06 Fastener, blind 4
31-011 MBF2121-6-350 Fastener, blind 2
31-012 91E039-01 Doubler fitting 1
31-013 MBF2121-6-250 Fastener, blind 2
31-014 HST10BJ6-4 Pin, Hi-lite 6
31-015 MBF2121-6-200 Fastener, blind 8
31-016 91E833-03 Bracket, stop 1
31-017 HST97DUWU6 Collar, Hi-lite 6

2 Replacement and reinforcement kit number 91E057-50 33-009 for RH

lower pivot door.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

33-010 MS21141-06-06 Fastener, blind 4
33-011 MBF2121-6-350 Fastener, blind 2
33-012 91E039-51 Doubler fitting 1
33-013 MBF2121-6-250 Fastener, blind 2
33-014 HST10BJ6-4 Pin, Hi-lite 6
33-015 MBF2121-6-200 Fastener, blind 8
33-016 91E833-53 Bracket, stop 1
33-017 HST97DUWU6 Collar, Hi-lite 6

(5) Material of components

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

PART/IDENT SYMBOL MATERIAL

Thrust reverser - Carbon composite

FRSX070
Page 6004
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

E. Health and Safety Notices

WARNING: WHEN YOU DO THIS REPAIR YOU MUST WEAR PROTECTIVE

CLOTHING, GLOVES, DUST MASK AND SAFETY GOGGLES TO
PROTECT YOU AGAINST DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES WHICH CAN
BE DANGEROUS TO YOUR HEALTH.

WARNING: WHEN YOU USE CLEANING MATERIALS, COATINGS AND SEALANTS,

REFER TO, AND OBEY, THE MANUFACTURER'S CONTROL AND
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS AND HEALTH AND SAFETY NOTICES.

F. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-330-A01
(1) PART A: Reinforce the corner post

NOTE: For RH parts refer to item number in brackets.

(a) Prepare the corner post and (Refer to Fig. 6002).

1 Prepare the corner post.

a Use hand tools and OMat 5/35 240 grit silicon carbide to make a 3,5
mm (0.14 in.) x 45 deg. chamfer on the corner post angle and make
the sharp edge "B" to 5 mm (0.2 in.) radius.

b Use OMat 5/28 800 grit silicon carbide to get a smooth finish.

2 Use a 1,59 mm (0.062 in.) diameter drill bit to drill the crack stop hole and
deburr. (Refer to SPM 70-42-26-300-001).

3 Drill out rivets 31-010 (33-010), 31-011 (33-011), and 31-013 (33-013) from
the corner post. (Refer to SPM 70-42-28-300-004).

4 Remove the unwanted fastener pieces.

a Remove the latch keeper support, .

b Use a vacuum cleaner through the support aperture, to remove the

unwanted fastener pieces.

c Install the latch keeper support, .

FRSX070
Page 6005
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

5 Clean the corner post. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, Subtask

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

6 Protect and paint.

a Protect, use OMat 175D chromate conversion coating. (Refer to OP

TASK 70-00-00-300-330, Subtask 70-00-00-860-330-053).

b Paint, use OMat 7/201 paint. Mix two volume of base with one
volume of hardener, as given in the manufacturer's instructions.

c Apply the paint with a brush.

d Cure for 2 hours at 20 deg.C (68 deg.F).

(b) Drill the doubler fitting 31-012 (33-012) (Refer to Fig. 6002).

1 Apply sealant on the doubler fitting mating surface 31-012 (33-012).

a Use OMat 8/107A sealant.

2 Install the doubler fitting 31-012 (33-012).

a Wet install fasteners 31-010 (33-010), 31-011 (33-011), 31-013

(33-013), 31-014 (33-014) and 31-017 (33-017) with OMat 8/106
sealant to attach the doubler fitting 31-012 (33-012). (Refer to SPM
70-42-28-300-004).

3 Make a bead of sealant around the doubler fitting 31-012 (33-012).

a Use OMat 8/107A sealant.

4 Remove all unwanted sealant.

5 Clean the stiffener area. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, Subtask

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-210-019-A01
(2) PART A: Examine the Completed Repair

NOTE: For RH parts refer to item number in bracket.

FRSX070
Page 6006
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(a) Examine the repair to make sure that it is completed satisfactorily. The doubler
fitting 31-012 (33-012) must be completely sealed and tightly riveted against
the corner post.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-039-A01
(3) PART A: Identify the Repair

(a) Mark FRSX 070/A adjacent to the assembly number using OMat 262 permanent
marker of a colour that can be seen. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-363,
Subtask 70-00-00-180-363-029).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-331-A01
(4) PART B: Replacement and reinforcement of the corner post

NOTE: For RH parts refer to item number in brackets.

(a) Prepare the damaged area

1 Protect the seal of the pivot door with OMat 230 adhesive tape.

(b) Remove the damaged corner post (Refer to Fig. 6003).

CAUTION: DO NOT ENLARGE THE RIVET HOLES WHEN YOU DRILL

OUT THE RIVETS.

1 Drill out the rivets 31-010 (33-010), 31-011 (33-011), 31-013 (33-013),
31-015 (33-015). (Refer to SPM 70-42-28-300-004).

2 Remove the unwanted fastener pieces.

a Remove the latch keeper support.

b Use a vacuum cleaner through the support aperture, to remove the

unwanted fastener pieces.

c Install the latch keeper support, .

3 Clean the corner post. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, Subtask

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

4 Mark a line at a distance of 11,0 mm (0.43 in.) from the first rivet line on
the corner post.

FRSX070
Page 6007
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

CAUTION: TO AVOID DAMAGE THE SKIN OF THE CARBON

STRUCTURE when you do THE CUT-OUT OPERATION, put
A THIN METALLIC BLADE BETWEEN THE CORNER POST
AND THE CARBON STRUCTURE.

5 Cut the corner post along the line using hand tools.

CAUTION: TO AVOID DELAMINATION OF THE CARBON STRUCTURE

when you do THE REMOVAL OPERATION, insert A THIN
SOFT BLADE BETWEEN THE CORNER POST AND THE
CARBON STRUCTURE TO cut THE SEALANT.

6 Remove the corner post.

7 Deburr the remaining part of the corner post use OMat 5/35 silicon carbide.

(c) Protect and paint corner post edges

1 Protect the edge of the corner post use OMat 175D chromate coating.
(Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-330, Subtask 70-00-00-180-330-002).

2 Paint the edge of the corner post.

a Use OMat 7/201 paint. Mix two volume of base with one volume of
hardener, in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.

b Apply the paint with a brush.

c Cure the paint for 2 hours at 20 deg.C (68 deg.F).

(d) Drill the corner post repair fitting 31-016 (33-016) and the doubler fitting 31-012
(33-012) and (Refer to Fig. 6005).

1 Install the corner post repair fitting 31-016 (33-016) to the pivot door
structure. Use clips to attach the corner post fitting 31-016 (33-016).

a The gap between the remaining part of the cut corner post and the
repair fitting 31-016 (33-016) must be between 1,0 and 2,0 mm (0.04
and 0.08 in.).

2 Pre-drill holes for fasteners 31-010 (33-010), 31-011 (33-011), 31-013

(33-013), 31-015 (33-015) in the corner post fitting 31-016 (33-016) from
the pivot door structure.

FRSX070
Page 6008
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

a Use a 3,2 mm (0.126 in.) diameter drill bit and a drill guide.

3 Remove the corner post fitting 31-016 (33-016).

4 Drill final diameter holes for fasteners 31-010 (33-010), 31-011 (33-011),
31-013 (33-013), 31-015 (33-015) in the corner post fitting 31-016 (33-016).

a Use a drill bit between 5,05 and 5,14 mm (0.199 and 0.202 in) in
diameter and a drill guide.

5 Temporarily position doubler fitting 31-012 (33-012) on the corner post.

a Install the doubler fitting 31-012 (33-012) on the corner post.

b Use clips to attach the doubler fitting 31-012 (33-012).

6 Pre-drill holes for fasteners 31-010 (33-010), 31-011 (33-011), 31-013

(33-013), in the doubler fitting 31-012 (33-012) from the corner post.

a Use a 3,2 mm (0.126 in.) diameter drill bit and a drill guide.

7 Remove the doubler fitting 31-012 (33-012).

8 Drill final diameter holes for fasteners 31-010 (33-010), 31-011 (33-011),
31-013 (33-013), in the doubler fitting 31-012 (33-012).

a Use relevant drill bit to drill holes to the final diameter to between 5,05
and 5,14 mm (0.199 and 0.202 in.) and a drill guide.

b Deburr the holes.

9 Temporarily position doubler fitting 31-012 (33-012) on the corner post.

a Use the previously drilled holes for fasteners 31-010 (33-010), 31-011
(33-011), 31-013 (33-013).

10 Mark the location of rivet 31-014 (33-014) holes.

11 Pre-drill holes for fastener 31-014 (33-014), in the doubler fitting 31-012
(33-012) and the corner post.

a Use a 3,2 mm (0.126 in.) diameter drill bit and a drill guide.

FRSX070
Page 6009
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

12 Drill final diameter holes for fastener 31-014 (33-014), in the doubler fitting
31-012 (33-012).

a Use relevant drill bit and a drill guide to drill holes to the final diameter
to between 4,83 and 4,90 mm (0.190 and 0.193 in.).

b Deburr the holes.

13 Clean the corner post fitting 31-016 (33-016), doubler fitting 31-012
(33-012) and the door mating area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,
Subtask 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

(e) Install the corner post repair fitting 31-016 (33-016) and the doubler fitting
31-012 (33-012) and (Refer to Fig. 6005).

1 Apply sealant on the corner post fitting 31-016 (33-016) mating surface
using OMat 8/107A sealant.

2 Install the corner post fitting 31-016 (33-016).

a Wet or install fastener 31-015 (33-015) with OMat 8/106 sealant.

(Refer to SPM 70-42-28-300-004).

3 Apply sealant on the doubler fitting 31-012 (33-012) mating surface using
OMat 8/107A sealant.

4 Install the doubler fitting 31-012 (33-012) on the corner post fitting 31-016
(33-016).

a Wet install the fasteners 31-010 (33-010), 31-011 (33-011), 31-013

(33-013), 31-014 (33-014) and 31-017 (33-017) with OMat 8/106
sealant. (Refer to SPM 70-42-28-300-004).

5 Apply a bead of sealant around the corner post fitting 31-016 (33-016) on
the carbon structure using OMat 8/107A sealant.

6 Remove all unwanted sealant. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,

Subtask 70-00-00-110-101-A03 to clean the corner post fitting area).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-210-020-A01
(5) PART B: Examine the Completed Repair

NOTE: For RH parts refer to item number in bracket.

FRSX070
Page 6010
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(a) Examine the repair to make sure that it is completed satisfactorily. The doubler
fitting 31-012 (33-012) must be completely sealed and tightly riveted against
the corner post.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-040-A01
(6) PART A: Identify the Repair

(a) Mark FRSX 070/B adjacent to the assembly number using OMat 262 permanent
marker of a colour that can be seen. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-363,
Subtask 70-00-00-180-363-029).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-043-A01
(7) Identify the Repair

(a) Use OMat 262 marker to write SRM 54-30-00, Repair No. 16 adjacent to
assembly part number.

FRSX070
Page 6011
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Lower Pivot Door - Reinforcement of the Corner Post

Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6031-001
FRSX070
Page 6012
78-30-20 Jul 10/04
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Lower Pivot Door - Reinforcement of the Corner Post

Figure 6002/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6032-001
FRSX070
Page 6013
78-30-20 Jul 10/04
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Lower Pivot Door - Replacement and Reinforcement of the Corner Post

Figure 6003/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6033-001
FRSX070
Page 6014
78-30-20 Jul 10/04
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Lower Pivot Door - Replacement and Reinforcement of the Corner Post

Figure 6004/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6034-001
FRSX070
Page 6015
78-30-20 Jul 10/04
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Lower Pivot Door - Replacement and Reinforcement Corner Post Fitting

Figure 6005/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6035-001
FRSX070
Page 6016
78-30-20 Jul 10/04
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-859-A01
57. FRSX087 - DELETED

Please refer to SRM 54-30-02, Repair No. 07.

REPAIR
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-860-A01
58. FRSX097 - Repair of the Cracked Turbine Case Cooling (TCC) Duct by Argon Arc Welding

A. General

(1) This TASK gives the procedure to repair a cracked TCC Duct by argon arc welding.

(2) This repair is recommended to be done in an argon gas purged, welding chamber
then heat treated in an oven. However, as an alternative, the repair can be done
without the use of a welding chamber, if the duct is covered on both the internal
and external surfaces with argon gas.

(3) TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Refer
to TSD594-J).

(4) TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Refer to
RR-CAEL-SPM).

(5) For the repair procedures, refer to the Illustrated Parts List to identify the parts: the
number in brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

B. Effectivity

ENGINE FIG/ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION SERVICE BULLETIN

TRENT 700/ALL 01-130 HDTR3411R RH Thrust
HDTR3412R Reverser C-Duct

HDTR3413R
HDTR3414R
HDTR3415R
HDTR3416R
HDTR3417R
HDTR3418R
HDTR3419R
HDTR3420R

C. Reason for job

(1) Self-explanatory.

FRSX097
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

D. Job set-up information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Refer to Chapter SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENTS for full
data of the special tools in this list.

(b) Use approved equivalent alternatives, if necessary.

(c) Standard tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- Standard workshop tools and equipment
- Hand rivet gun
- Spatula
- Scraper
- Argon arc welding equipment
- Temperature recorder equipment
- Oven
- Argon gas purged welding chamber (preference for welding)
- Locally manufactured blanks (alternative to OMat 2/40 for
gas purging)
- Drilling machine
- Drill bit: 4,83 mm (0.190 in.) diameter

NOTE: Other necessary standard tools may be necessary due to OP & SPM
tasks referenced in the present task.

(d) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

(2) Consumables

(a) Refer to the Overhaul Materials Manual (Refer to OMat) for the full data of the
consumable materials referred in this TASK.

FRSX097
Page 6002
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(b) Use approved equivalent alternatives, if necessary.

REFERENCE NAME
OMat 2/40 High temperature masking tape
OMat 2/101 Lint free cloth
OMat 3/55 Welding wire titanium/copper
OMat 3/145A Welding wire titanium
OMat 301B Gas - Argon high purity
OMat 5/31 Waterproof silicon carbide 400 grit
OMat 5/36 Waterproof silicon carbide 220 grit
OMat 8/173 Adhesive/sealant
OMat 8/177 Sealing compound
N/A Permanent electrolytic marking

NOTE: Other necessary consumables may be necessary due to OP & SPM

tasks referenced in the present task.

(3) Expendable parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

None

(4) Repair parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

39-730 NAS1921M04S02 Rivet 56

(b) The following items are not repair parts but listed for reference only

FRSX097
Page 6003
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

TCC Duct (includes Joggle
39-705 91B782-00 1
Plate) Pre SB 78-G064
TCC Duct (includes Joggle
39-705A 91B782-01 Plate) Post SB 78-G064 1
Pre SB 78-H559
TCC Duct (includes Joggle
39-705B 91B782-02 1
Plate) Post SB 78-H559
39-715 91B276-00 Seal REF

(5) Material of components

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

PART/IDENT SYMBOL MATERIAL

91B782-00 TA52 Titanium
91B782-01 TA6V Titanium
91B782-02 TA6V Titanium

FRSX097
Page 6004
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

E. Health and Safety Notices

WARNING: WHEN YOU DO THIS REPAIR YOU MUST WEAR PROTECTIVE

CLOTHING, GLOVES, DUST MASK AND SAFETY GOGGLES TO
PROTECT YOU AGAINST DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES WHICH CAN
BE DANGEROUS TO YOUR HEALTH.

WARNING: WHEN YOU USE CLEANING MATERIALS, COATINGS AND SEALANTS,

REFER TO, AND OBEY, THE MANUFACTURER'S CONTROL AND
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS AND HEALTH AND SAFETY NOTICES.

F. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-311-A01
(1) Inspection of the TCC Duct:

(a) Inspect the TCC Duct 39-705 to make sure SRM 54-30-30, Repair No. 12
is not embodied.

NOTE: If SRM 54-30-30, Repair No. 12 is embodied on the TCC Duct, please
contact Aircelle.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-188-A01
(2) Removal of the Duct and Seal:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Remove the seal 39-715 (Refer to FRSX095, TASK 78-30-20-300-838-A01).

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO NOT ENLARGE HOLE WHEN YOU
DRILL OUT RIVETS.

(b) Use relevant drill bit to drill out the rivets 39-730 that attach the TCC Duct
39-705 to the joggle plate (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055,
Repair 006 (Remove and Install Blind (Huck) Rivets)).

(c) Remove the TCC Duct 39-705.

(d) Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-100-101-A03).

1 Use a vacuum cleaner to remove excess of material.

2 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

FRSX097
Page 6005
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

3 Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

4 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-189-A01
(3) Preparation for Welding:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

CAUTION: YOU MUST MAKE SURE THAT YOU REMOVE ALL THE SEALANT.
IF YOU DO NOT REMOVE ALL THE SEALANT IT CAN CAUSE
CONTAMINATION OF THE MATERIAL WHEN WELDED AND HEAT
TREATED.

(a) Clean the duct (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-100-101-A03).

1 Remove all the sealant from the duct with a scraper.

2 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

3 Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

4 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

(b) Do a Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection on the inner and outer surfaces of

the TCC Duct 39-705 and mark the limits of the crack (Refer to OP TASK
70-00-00-200-210). Make sure that the dimension of the crack is not more
than that given in (Refer to INSPECTION / CHECK SECTION SUBTASK
78-30-20-220-005-A01).

(c) Measure and record the thickness of the attachment flange.

NOTE: This is only necessary when the flange is cracked.

(d) Make a record of the position of the rivet holes in the flange.

NOTE: This is only necessary when the holes will be filled when the crack is
welded.

FRSX097
Page 6006
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

CAUTION: TITANIUM COMPONENT. ALL WHEELS, STONES AND ABRASIVE

PAPERS USED FOR DRESSING, BLENDING OR POLISHING
MUST BE OF SILICON CARBIDE OR DIAMOND. IF MECHANICAL
CUTTERS ARE USED, MAKE LIGHT CUTS ONLY TO STOP THE
MATERIAL BEING OVERHEATED. IF THE MATERIAL BECOMES
DARKER THAN LIGHT STRAW COLOUR THE DUCT MUST BE
REJECTED.

(e) Dress out and around the crack, then clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK
70-00-00-300-409-S12, SUBTASK 70-00-00-310-409-049).

CAUTION: YOU MUST MAKE SURE THAT ALL OF THE CRACK IS REMOVED.
IF THE CRACK IS NOT REMOVED IT WILL BECOME BIGGER
WHEN THE DUCT IS WELDED.

(f) Do a Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection of the repair area (Refer to OP TASK

70-00-00-200-210). If it is cracked do step F. (3) (e) again.

(g) Clean the duct (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-100-101-A03).

1 Clean all traces of penetrant from the duct.

2 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

3 Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

4 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

CAUTION: YOU MUST MAKE SURE THAT ALL OF THE CRACK IS REMOVED.
IF THE CRACK IS NOT REMOVED IT WILL BECOME BIGGER
WHEN THE DUCT IS WELDED.

(h) Use a locally manufactured blank or OMat 2/40 high temperature masking tape
to seal the opposite end (to the weld) of the TCC Duct 39-705. Attach a supply
of OMat 301B high purity argon gas to purge the inside of the TCC Duct 39-705.

NOTE: Supply the OMat 301B high purity argon gas from the top end of the
duct.

NOTE: This step is not necessary if an argon gas purged welding chamber
is used.

FRSX097
Page 6007
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-310-002-A01
(4) Weld the Crack:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

CAUTION: THE DUCT MUST BE COVERED, ON BOTH THE INTERNAL AND

EXTERNAL SURFACES, WITH OMAT 301B HIGH PURITY ARGON
GAS ALL THE TIME IT IS WELDED.

(a) Weld the crack (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-409). This is a Group 2 weld
(Refer to SUBTASK 70-00-00-310-409-001).

- PRE SB 78-G064: Use OMat 3/55 welding wire titanium/copper.

- POST SB 78-G064: Use OMat 3/145A welding wire titanium.

(b) Do a visual examination on both sides of the weld (Refer to OP TASK

70-00-00-300-409, SUBTASK 70-00-00-220-409-001 and SUBTASK
70-00-00-220-409-002).

(c) Do a Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection on both sides of the weld. If the weld is
cracked, reject the duct (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-210).

(d) Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Clean all traces of penetrant from the duct.

2 Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

3 Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

4 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-190-A01
(5) Repair of the Flange:

NOTE: These steps are only necessary when the flange and/or the rivet holes have
been welded.

FRSX097
Page 6008
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

CAUTION: TITANIUM COMPONENT. ALL WHEELS, STONES AND ABRASIVE

PAPERS USED FOR DRESSING, BLENDING OR POLISHING
MUST BE OF SILICON CARBIDE OR DIAMOND. IF MECHANICAL
CUTTERS ARE USED, MAKE LIGHT CUTS ONLY TO STOP THE
MATERIAL BEING OVERHEATED. IF THE MATERIAL BECOMES
DARKER THAN LIGHT STRAW COLOUR THE DUCT MUST BE
REJECTED.

(a) Use hand tools to make the flange to the same dimensions as recorded in
SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-189-A01. Use smooth files, OMat 5/36 waterproof
silicon carbide 220 grit and OMat 5/31 waterproof silicon carbide 400 grit to
make the same finish as the adjacent material. Remove the sharp edges
0,25 mm (0.010 in.).

(b) Use the template you made in SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-189-A01 to find the
position of any weld filled holes. Use the drill machine and a 4,83 mm (0.190
in.) diameter drill to repair these holes.

(c) Break the sharp edges.

(d) Make sure that the flange is level and the surface finish is the same as the
adjacent area. Use hand tools to remove any distortion.

(e) Do a Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection of the repaired flange (Refer to OP

TASK 70-00-00-200-210). Reject the duct, if cracked.

(f) Clean the duct (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Clean all traces of penetrant from the duct.

2 Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

3 Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

4 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-370-001-A01
(6) Heat Treatment of the Repaired Duct:

(a) Stress relieve (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-711).

FRSX097
Page 6009
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

1 PRE SB 78-G064: at 470 and 480 deg. C (878 and 896 deg. F) for 8
hours. Use an oven.

2 POST SB 78-G064: at between 520 and 530 deg. C (968 and 986 deg. F)
for 2 hours. Use an oven.

(b) Visually examine the duct (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-409, SUBTASK

70-00-00-220-409-001 and SUBTASK 70-00-00-220-409-002).

(c) Remove excess of acceptable discoloration (Refer to OP TASK

70-00-00-100-136).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-230-016-A01
(7) Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection of the Weld:

(a) Do a Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection on both sides of the weld. If the weld is
cracked, reject the duct (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-210).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-191-A01
(8) Installation of the Duct and Seal:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Put a layer of OMat 8/177 sealing compound on the mating surfaces of the
TCC Duct 39-705 and the joggle plate. Put the TCC Duct 39-705 on the joggle
plate and attach it with the wet installed rivets 39-730, use OMat 8/177 sealing
compound (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055, Repair 006
(Remove and Install Blind (Huck) Rivets)).

(b) Apply beads of OMat 8/173 sealant around the edges of the TCC Duct 39-705
and the edges of the joggle plate.

(c) Install the seal 39-715 (Refer to FRSX095, TASK 78-30-20-300-838-A01).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-210-022-A01
(9) Inspection of the Repair Area:

(a) Do a visual examination to make sure that the repair is satisfactory.

(b) If the repair is not satisfactory, reject the repair.

FRSX097
Page 6010
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-042-A01
(10) Identification of the Repair:

(a) Mark FRSX097 adjacent to the TCC-Duct P/N (Refer to OP TASK

70-00-00-300-363). Use Permanent Electrolytic Marking. Mark at depth lower
than 0,013 mm (0.0005 in.).

FRSX097
Page 6011
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Repair Details
Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6039-001
FRSX097
Page 6012
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-862-A01
59. FRSX078 - PRE 78-E003 - REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT OF THE DEFLECTOR PLATES
ON THE UPPER DOOR AND THE VANE CUT CORNER DEFLECTOR PLATE ON THE
LOWER DOOR

A. General

(1) This repair instructs the removal and installation of the pivot door deflector plates.
The removal and installation procedures are in two parts:

(a) Part A: Removes and installs the same deflector plate (removed for access
only).

(b) Part B: Replaces a damaged deflector plate with a new undrilled part.

NOTE: The removal and installation of the deflector plates can be done
independently of each other.

(2) Removal and installation of the Cut Corner Deflector Plate (Upper pivot doors).

(3) Removal and installation of the Front Deflector Plate (Upper pivot doors).

(4) Removal and installation of the Side Deflector Plate (Upper pivot doors).

(5) Removal and installation of the Vane Cut Corner Deflector Plate (Lower pivot doors).

(6) TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Refer
to T.S.D.594-J).

(7) TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Refer to
RR-CAEL-SPM).

(8) For the repair procedures, refer to the Illustrated Parts List to identify the parts: the
number in brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

(9) For Price and Availability of tools, refer to Aircelle.

FRSX078
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

B. Effectivity

ENGINE FIG/ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION SERVICE BULLETIN

TRENT 700/ALL 30-975 91E590-04 Upper LH pivot Pre SB 78-E003
door
31-975 91E880-04 Lower LH pivot Pre SB 78-E003
door
32-975 91E676-04 Upper RH pivot Pre SB 78-E003
door
33-975 91E900-04 Lower RH pivot Pre SB 78-E003
door

C. Reason for job

(1) Self-explanatory.

D. Job set-up information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Refer to Chapter SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENTS for full
data of the special tools in this list.

(b) Use approved equivalent alternatives, if necessary.

(c) Standard tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

Standard workshop tools and equipment
Pneumatic riveter
Inspection equipment (X7 magnification)
Mechanical clamp
Drill Bushes (locally manufactured)
Drills - 2.5 mm (0.098 in.), 5.0 mm (0.197 in.), 6.35 mm
(0.250 in.) and 6.74 mm (0.265 in.).

(d) Special tools

FRSX078
Page 6002
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

(2) Consumables

(a) Refer to the Overhaul Materials Manual (Refer to OMat) for the full data of the
consumable materials referred in this TASK.

(b) Use approved equivalent alternatives, if necessary.

REFERENCE NAME
OMat 262 Temporary marker
OMat 8/106 Two part polysulphide sealant
OMat 8/107 Two part polysulphide sealant

NOTE: Other necessary consumable materials are referred to in OP TASKS in

this TASK.

(3) Expendable parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

None

(4) Repair parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

(b) L/H Cut Corner Deflector Plate - upper pivot doors (Refer to Fig. 6001)

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

Cut Corner Deflector Plate
05-250 91J402-04 Ref.
L/H (item 1)
Cut Corner Deflector Plate
05-240 RP3525-00 L/H undrilled repair part (item 1
1)

FRSX078
Page 6003
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

05-252 HST10-8-6 Pin (item 2) 9
05-253 HST10BJ8-7 Pin (item 3) 10
05-254 HST10BJ8-9 Pin (item 4) 2
05-255 NAS6404A11 Screw (item 5) 1
05-256 NAS6404A6 Screw (item 6) 1
05-257 HST10BJ8-14 Pin (item 7) 1
05-258 HST10BJ8-13 Pin (item 8) 1
05-261 NAS1587-4C Washer (item 9) 26
05-262 ASNA2397C416L Cup Washer (item 10) 10
05-263 HST755CE8-5 Pin countersink (item 11) 1
05-264 NSA5050-4 Nut (item 12) 2
05-265 NAS1169C416L Cup Washer (item 13) 1
05-266 HST97DU8 Collar (item 14) 10
05-268A HST97DUWK8 Collar (item 15) 14

NOTE: (*) Undrilled repair part of Side Deflector Plate (91J401).91J403-02/52

can be delivered for spares purposes.

(c) R/H Cut Corner Deflector Plate - upper pivot doors (Refer to Fig. 6001)

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

Cut Corner Deflector Plate
07-250 91J402-54 Ref.
R/H (item 1)
Cut Corner Deflector Plate
07-240 RP3525-50 R/H undrilled repair part 1
(item 1)
07-252 HST10-8-6 Pin (item 2) 9
07-253 HST10BJ8-7 Pin (item 3) 10
07-254 HST10BJ8-9 Pin (item 4) 2
07-255 NAS6404A11 Screw (item 5) 1
07-256 NAS6404A6 Screw (item 6) 1
07-257 HST10BJ8-14 Pin (item 7) 1
07-258 HST10BJ8-13 Pin (item 8) 1

FRSX078
Page 6004
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

07-261 NAS1587-4C Washer (item 9) 26
07-262 ASNA2397C416L Cup Washer (item 10) 10
07-263 HST755CE8-5 Pin countersink (item 11) 1
07-264 NSA5050-4 Nut (item 12) 2
07-265 NAS1169C416L Cup Washer (item 13) 1
07-266 HST97DU8 Collar (item 14) 10
07-268A HST97DUWK8 Collar (item 15) 14

NOTE: (*) Undrilled repair part of Side Deflector Plate (91J401).91J403-02/52

can be delivered for spares purposes.

(d) L/H Front Deflector Plate - upper pivot doors (Refer to Fig. 6002)

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

Front Deflector Plate L/H
05-350 91J400-04 Ref
(item 1)
Front Deflector Plate L/H
05-348 RP3526-00 1
undrilled repair part
05-352 HST10BJ8-5 Pin (item 2) 10
05-353 HST10BJ8-6 Pin (item 3) 6
05-354A HST10BJ8-7 Pin (item 4) 2
05-355 HST10BJ8-8 Pin (item 5) 5
05-361 NAS1587-4C Washer (item 6) 23
05-364D HST97DUWK8 Collar (item 7) 23

NOTE: (*)Undrilled repair part of Front Deflector Plate (91J400-04/54).

(e) L/H and R/H Front Deflector Plate - upper pivot doors (Refer to Fig. 6002)

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

Front Deflector Plate R/H
91J400-54 Ref
(item 1)
Front Deflector Plate R/H
07-348 RP3526-50 1
undrilled repair part
07-352 HST10BJ8-5 Pin (item 2) 10

FRSX078
Page 6005
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

07-353 HST10BJ8-6 Pin (item 3) 6
07-354A HST10BJ8-7 Pin (item 4) 2
07-355 HST10BJ8-8 Pin (item 5) 5
07-361 NAS1587-4C Washer (item 6) 23
07-364D HST97DUWK8 Collar (item 7) 23

NOTE: (*)Undrilled repair part of Front Deflector Plate (91J400-04/54).

(f) L/H Side Deflector Plate - upper pivot doors (Refer to Fig. 6003)

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

Side Deflector Plate L/H
05-450 91J401-05 Ref
(item 1)
Side Deflector Plate L/H
05-451 91J403-03 1
undrilled repair part (item 1)
05-452 HST10-8-6 Pin (item 12) 3
05-453 NAS6404A6 Screw (item 11) 1
05-455B HST10BJ8-8 Pin (item 5) 3
05-455C HST10BJ8-9 Pin, length oversize (item 6) 1
05-456 HST10BJ8-5 Pin (item 2) 2
05-457 HST10BJ8-6 Pin (item 3) 2
05-458 HST10BJ8-7 Pin (item 4) 5
05-461 NAS1587-4C Washer (item 14) 9
05-462 ASNA2397C416L Washer cup (item 16) 5
05-464 NSA5050-4 Nut (item 20) 5
05-466E HST97DUWK8 Collar (item 17) 7
05-468 HST97DU8 Collar (item 18) 3
05-470 NAS7204-6 Bolt (item 9) 1
05-472 NAS7204-4 Screw (item 7) 1
05-474 NAS7204-5 Screw (item 8) 2
05-480 NAS1169C416 Washer (item 13) 4
05-484 NAS7203-6 Screw (item 10) 4
05-486 NAS1169C10 Washer (item 15) 4

FRSX078
Page 6006
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

05-488A NSA5050-3 Nut (item 19) 4
05-542 HST110BL8-5 Pin, oversize (item 2) 1
05-542A HST110BJ8-5 Pin, oversize (item 2) 1
05-543 HST110BL8-6 Pin, oversize (item 3) 1
05-543A HST110BJ8-6 Pin, oversize (item 3) 1
05-544 HST110BL8-7 Pin, oversize (item 4) 1
05-544A HST110BJ8-7 Pin, oversize (item 4) 1
05-545 HST110BJ8-8 Pin, oversize (item 5) 1
05-546 HST110BL8-8 Pin, oversize (item 5) 1

NOTE: (*)Undrilled repair part of Side Deflector Plate (91J401).91J403-02/52

can be delivered for spares purposes.

(g) R/H Side Deflector Plate - upper pivot doors (Refer to Fig. 6003)

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

Side Deflector Plate R/H
07-450 91J401-55 Ref
(item 1)
Side Deflector Plate R/H
07-451 91J403-52 1
undrilled repair part (item 1)
07-452 HST10-8-6 Pin (item 12) 3
07-453 NAS6404A6 Screw (item 11) 1
07-455B HST10BJ8-8 Pin (item 5) 3
07-455C HST10BJ8-9 Pin, length oversize (item 6) 1
07-456 HST10BJ8-5 Pin (item 2) 2
07-457 HST10BJ8-6 Pin (item 3) 2
07-458 HST10BJ8-7 Pin (item 4) 5
07-461 NAS1587-4C Washer (item 14) 9
07-462 ASNA2397C416L Washer cup (item 16) 5
07-464 NSA5050-4 Nut (item 20) 5
07-466E HST97DUWK8 Collar (item 17) 7
07-468 HST97DU8 Collar (item 18) 3
07-470 NAS7204-6 Bolt (item 9) 1

FRSX078
Page 6007
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

07-472 NAS7204-4 Screw (item 7) 1
07-474 NAS7204-5 Screw (item 8) 2
07-480 NAS1169C416 Washer (item 13) 4
07-484 NAS7203-6 Screw (item 10) 4
07-486 NAS1169C10 Washer (item 15) 4
07-488A NSA5050-3 Nut (item 19) 4
07-542 HST110BL8-5 Pin, oversize (item 2) 1
07-542A HST110BJ8-5 Pin, oversize (item 2) 1
07-543 HST110BL8-6 Pin, oversize (item 3) 1
07-543A HST110BJ8-6 Pin, oversize (item 3) 1
07-544 HST110BL8-7 Pin, oversize (item 4) 1
07-544A HST110BJ8-7 Pin, oversize (item 4) 1
07-545 HST110BJ8-8 Pin, oversize (item 5) 1
07-546 HST110BL8-8 Pin, oversize (item 5) 1

NOTE: (*)Undrilled repair part of Side Deflector Plate (91J401).91J403-02/52

can be delivered for spares purposes.

(h) L/H andVane Corner Deflector Plate - lower pivot doors (Refer to Fig. 6004)

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

Vane Corner Deflector Plate
06-250 91E990-00 1
L/H (item 1)
06-224 91E507-00 Shims (item 2) 1
06-235 91E508-00 Shims (item 3) 78-C248 1
06-226 91E509-00 Shims (item 4) Pre 78-C248 1
06-238 91E510-00 Shims (item 5) 78-C248 1
06-228 91E511-00 Shims (item 6) Pre 78-C248 1
06-241 91E512-00 Shims (item 7) 78-C248 1
06-230 91E513-00 Shims (item 8) Pre 78-C248 1
06-232 91E514-00 Shims (item 9) Pre 78-C248 1
Shim, peelable (item 10)
06-244 91E727-00 1
78-C248

FRSX078
Page 6008
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

06-254 HST10BJ5-5 Pin (item 11) 1
06-256 HST10BJ6-5 Pin (item 12) 4
06-258 HST10BJ5-7 Pin (item 13) 1
06-259 HST10BJ6-7 Pin (item 14) 7
06-262 HST10BJ8-7 Pin (item 15) 3
06-265 NAS7203-6 Screw (item 16) 3
06-267 NAS7203-6 Screw (item 17) 2
06-267A NAS7203-7 Screw, (item 17) alternative 2
06-267B NAS7203-5 Screw (item 17), alternative 2
06-268B HST97DUWK6 Nut (item 18) 3
06-270D HST97DUWK5 Collar (item 19) 2
06-270E KFN579-08DL Nut (item 20) 2
06-272A HST97DUWK6 Collar (item 21 8
06-274A HST97DUWK8 Collar (item 22) 3
06-276 NSA5050-3 Nut (item 23) 5
06-276A NAS1726-4 Nut (item 23) 5
06-278 NAS1587-3 Washer (item 24) 3
06-222 NAS1921M04S05U Rivet (item 25) 5

(j) R/H Vane Corner Deflector Plate - lower pivot doors (Refer to Fig. 6004)

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

Vane Corner Deflector Plate
08-250 91E990-50 1
R/H (item 1)
08-224 91E507-00 Shims (item 2) 1
08-235 91E508-00 Shims (item 3) 78-C248 1
08-226 91E509-00 Shims (item 4) Pre 78-C248 1
08-238 91E510-00 Shims (item 5) 78-C248 1
08-228 91E511-00 Shims (item 6) Pre 78-C248 1
08-241 91E512-00 Shims (item 7) 78-C248 1
08-230 91E513-00 Shims (item 8) Pre 78-C248 1
08-232 91E514-00 Shims (item 9) Pre 78-C248 1

FRSX078
Page 6009
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

Shim, peelable (item 10)
08-244 91E727-00 1
78-C248
08-254 HST10BJ5-5 Pin (item 11) 1
08-256 HST10BJ6-5 Pin (item 12) 4
08-258 HST10BJ5-7 Pin (item 13) 1
08-259 HST10BJ6-7 Pin (item 14) 7
08-262 HST10BJ8-7 Pin (item 15) 3
08-265 NAS7203-6 Screw (item 16) 3
08-267 NAS7203-6 Screw (item 17) 2
08-267A NAS7203-7 Screw, (item 17) alternative 2
08-267B NAS7203-5 Screw (item 17), alternative 2
08-268B HST97DUWK6 Nut (item 18) 3
08-270D HST97DUWK5 Collar (item 19) 2
08-270E KFN579-08DL Nut (item 20) 2
08-272A HST97DUWK6 Collar (item 21 8
08-274A HST97DUWK8 Collar (item 22) 3
08-276 NSA5050-3 Nut (item 23) 5
08-276A NAS1726-4 Nut (item 23) 5
08-278 NAS1587-3 Washer (item 24) 3
08-222 NAS1921M04S05U Rivet (item 25) 5

(5) Material of components

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

PART/IDENT SYMBOL MATERIAL

Front Deflector Plate (91J400) Carbon
Side Deflector Plate (91J401) Carbon
Cut Corner Deflector Plate (91J402) Carbon
Vane Corner Deflector Plate Carbon
(91E990)

FRSX078
Page 6010
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

E. Health and Safety Notices

WARNING: WHEN YOU DO THIS REPAIR YOU MUST WEAR PROTECTIVE

CLOTHING, GLOVES, DUST MASK AND SAFETY GOGGLES TO
PROTECT YOU AGAINST DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES WHICH CAN
BE DANGEROUS TO YOUR HEALTH.

WARNING: WHEN YOU USE CLEANING MATERIALS, COATINGS AND SEALANTS,

REFER TO, AND OBEY, THE MANUFACTURER'S CONTROL AND
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS AND HEALTH AND SAFETY NOTICES.

F. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-215-A01
(1) PART A: Remove and install the same Cut Corner Deflector Plate (removed for
access only).
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Remove the cut corner deflector plate:

1 Remove the fasteners that attach the deflector plate to the door structure.
(Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-007).

2 Keep the pin fasteners for the re-installation, if serviceable.

3 Record the location of each fastener.

4 Carefully remove the deflector plate.

5 Remove the unwanted sealant. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

6 Examine the deflector plate for cracks around the holes. Use X7
magnification inspection equipment. If cracks are found, replace the
deflector plate with a new one, refer to PART B

(b) Install the cut corner deflector plate on the door:

1 Clean the repair area. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

2 Apply OMat 8/107 sealant to the mating surfaces of the cut corner deflector
plate and the door structure.

FRSX078
Page 6011
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

3 Position the cut corner deflector plate on the door structure and hold with
gripper pins.

4 Install the pins that you removed in step b (2) with new collars (item 14),
and OMat 8/106 sealant. (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-007).

NOTE: If necessary, use an additional washer (item 9) with the fasteners.

It should be placed under the pin only.

5 Remove the gripper pins and install the remaining fasteners. (Refer to
SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-007).

6 Put a bead of OMat 8/107 sealant around the edges of the same cut corner
deflector plate and the door structure.

7 Remove the unwanted sealant. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-216-A01
(2) PART B: Replace a damaged cut corner deflector plate.
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Remove the fasteners that attach the cut corner deflector plate to the door
structure. (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-007).

(b) Keep the pin fasteners for the installation of the new deflector, if serviceable.

(c) Record the location of each fastener.

(d) Discard the damaged cut corner deflector plate.

(e) Clean the repair area. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

(f) Position the new cut corner deflector plate on the door structure to transfer
the holes.

(g) Install gripper pins through the two pre-drilled holes of the cut corner deflector
plate and the door structure.

NOTE: The holes referenced "a" and "b" are pre-drilled to 2.5 mm (0.098 in.)
diameter.

FRSX078
Page 6012
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(h) Use mechanical clamps to make sure that the cut corner deflector plate is in
contact against the door structure all around its mating surface.

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE DEFLECTOR PLATE IS HARD AGAINST

THE DOOR STRUCTURE, WHEN YOU DRILL THE HOLES. THIS
WILL PREVENT DELAMINATION OF THE CARBON STRUCTURE
AROUND THE HOLE.

(j) Pilot drill all the holes with a 2.5 mm (0.098 in.) diameter drill bit. Use the door
structure as a guide and a locally manufactured drill bush for accuracy of the
hole centre.

(k) Remove the new cut corner deflector plate from the door structure.

CAUTION: HOLD THE DEFLECTOR PLATE AGAINST A SOLID SUPPORT

WHEN YOU DRILL THE HOLES. IF YOU DO NOT, YOU MAY
DELAMINATE THE DEFLECTOR PLATE MATERIAL AND THE
COMPONENT WILL BE UNSERVICEABLE.

(l) Drill the holes:

1 Drill the holes (items 2, 3, 4, 7, 8 and 11) to a diameter between 6.50 mm

(0.255 in.) and 6.60 mm (0.259 in.). Countersink the holes to an angle of
100 deg. degrees and to a depth of 2.1 mm (0.083 in.).

2 Drill the remaining fasteners holes (items 5 and 6) to a diameter between

6.35 mm (0.250 in.) and 6.5 mm (0.256 in.)

(m) Deburr the holes.

(n) Clean the repair area. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

(p) Apply OMat 8/107 sealant to the mating surfaces of the new cut corner deflector
plate and the door structure.

(q) Position and clamp the new cut corner deflector plate with sufficient gripper pins.

(r) Measure the depth of each hole and select the fasteners of appropriate length.
Use an additional washer (items 9 and 13), if necessary.

NOTE: The additional washers (items 9 and 13) are to adjust the grip length
in accordance with the available fasteners. It should be placed under

FRSX078
Page 6013
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

the pin only.

(s) Wet-install the fasteners with OMat 8/106 sealant. (Refer to SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-007).

(t) Remove the gripper pins and wet-install the remaining fasteners at the gripper
pin positions with OMat 8/106 sealant. (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-007).

(u) Put a bead of OMat 8/107 sealant around the edges of the new cut corner
deflector plate and the door structure.

(v) Remove the unwanted sealant. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-210-030-A01
(3) Inspection

(a) Examine the repair to make sure that the referenced procedures have been
done correctly.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-044-A01
(4) Identify the Repair

(a) Mark "FRSX078/A" adjacent to the part/serial number of the door, for Part A .
Use an OMat 262 temporary marker of a contrasting colour. (Refer to OP TASK
70-00-00-300-363, Subtask 70-00-00-180-363-029 (TSD 594-J)).

(b) Mark " FRSX078/B " adjacent to the part/serial number of the door, for Part B.
Refer to 78 - E260 for marking of "78-E260/Part 2 for LH and Part 7 for RH".
Use an OMat 262 temporary marker of a contrasting colour. (Refer to OP TASK
70-00-00-300-363, Subtask 70-00-00-180-363-029 (TSD 594-J)).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-217-A01
(5) PART A: Remove and install the same Front Deflector Plate (removed for access
only)
(Refer to Fig. 6002)

(a) Remove the front deflector plate:

1 Remove the fasteners that attach the deflector plate to the door structure.
(Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-007).

2 Keep the pin fasteners for the re-installation, if serviceable.

FRSX078
Page 6014
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

3 Record the location of each fastener.

4 Carefully remove the deflector plate.

5 Remove the unwanted sealant. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

6 Examine the deflector plate for cracks around the holes. Use X7
magnification inspection equipment. If cracks are found, replace the
deflector plate with a new one, refer to PART B .

(b) Install the front deflector plate on the door:

1 Clean the repair area. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

2 Apply OMat 8/107 sealant to the mating surfaces of the front deflector
plate and the door structure.

3 Position the front deflector plate on the door structure and hold with
gripper pins.

4 Install the pins that you removed in step b (2) with new collars (item 7),
and OMat 8/106 sealant. (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-007).

NOTE: If necessary, use an additional washer (item 6) with the fasteners.

It should be placed under the pin only.

5 Remove the gripper pins and install the remaining fasteners, (Refer to
SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-007).

6 Put a bead of OMat 8/107 sealant around the edges of the same front
deflector plate and the door structure.

7 Remove the unwanted sealant, (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-218-A01
(6) PART B: Replace a damaged front deflector plate
(Refer to Fig. 6002)

(a) Remove the fasteners that attach the front deflector plate to the door structure,
(Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-007).

FRSX078
Page 6015
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(b) Keep the pin fasteners for the installation of the new deflector plate, if
serviceable.

(c) Record the location of each fastener.

(d) Discard the damaged front deflector plate.

(e) Clean the repair area, (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

(f) Position the new front deflector on the door structure.

(g) Install gripper pins through the two pre-drilled holes in the front deflector plate
and the door structure.

NOTE: The holes referenced "a" and "b" are pre-drilled to 2.5 mm (0.098 in.)
diameter.

(h) Use mechanical clamps to make sure that the deflector plate is in contact
against the door structure all around its mating surface.

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE DEFLECTOR PLATE IS HARD AGAINST

THE DOOR STRUCTURE, WHEN YOU DRILL THE HOLES. THIS
WILL PREVENT DELAMINATION OF THE CARBON STRUCTURE
AROUND THE HOLE.

(j) Pilot drill all the holes with a 2.5 mm (0.098 in.) diameter drill bit. Use the
door structure as a guide and locally manufactured drill bush for accuracy of
the hole centre.

(k) Remove the new front deflector plate from the door structure.

CAUTION: HOLD THE DEFLECTOR PLATE AGAINST A SOLID SUPPORT

WHEN YOU DRILL THE HOLES. IF YOU DO NOT, YOU MAY
DELAMINATE THE DEFLECTOR PLATE MATERIAL AND THE
COMPONENT WILL BE UNSERVICEABLE.

(l) Drill the holes (items 2, 3, 4 and 5) to a diameter between 6.50 to 6.60 mm
(0.255 to 0.259 in.).

(m) Deburr the holes.

FRSX078
Page 6016
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(n) Clean the repair area. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

(p) Apply OMat 8/107 sealant on the mating surfaces of the new front deflector
plate and of the door structure.

(q) Position and clamp the new front deflector plate on the door structure with
gripper pins.

(r) Measure the depth of each holes and select the fasteners of appropriate length.
Use an additional washer (item 6), if necessary.

NOTE: The additional washer (item 6) is to adjust the grip length in accordance
with the available fasteners. It should be placed under the pin only.

(s) Wet-install the pin fasteners with OMat 8/106 sealant. (Refer to SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-007).

(t) Remove the gripper pins and wet-install the remaining fasteners at the gripper
pin positions with OMat 8/106 sealant. (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-007).

(u) Put a bead of OMat 8/107 sealant around the edges of the new front deflector
plate and the door structure.

(v) Remove the unwanted sealant. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-210-031-A01
(7) Inspection

(a) Examine the repair to make sure that the referenced procedures have been
done correctly.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-045-A01
(8) Identify the Repair

(a) Mark " FRSX078/A " adjacent to the part/serial number of the door, for Part A .
Use an OMat 262 temporary marker of a contrasting colour. (Refer to OP TASK
70-00-00-300-363, Subtask 70-00-00-180-363-029 (TSD 594-J)).

(b) Mark " FRSX078/B " adjacent to the part/serial number of the door, for Part B.
Use an OMat 262 temporary marker of a contrasting colour. (Refer to OP TASK
70-00-00-300-363, Subtask 70-00-00-180-363-029 (TSD 594-J)).

FRSX078
Page 6017
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-219-A01
(9) PART A: Remove and install the same Side Deflector Plate (removed for access only)
(Refer to Fig. 6003)

(a) Remove the side deflector plate:

1 Remove the fasteners that attach the side deflector plate to the door
structure. (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-007).

2 Keep the pin fasteners for the re-installation, if serviceable.

3 Record the location of each fastener.

4 Carefully remove the deflector plate.

5 Remove the unwanted sealant. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

6 Examine the deflector plate for cracks around the holes. Use X7
magnification inspection equipment. If cracks are found, replace the
deflector plate with a new one, refer to PART B .

(b) Install the side deflector plate on the door:

1 Clean the repair area. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

2 Apply OMat 8/107 sealant to the mating surfaces of the side deflector
plate and the door structure.

3 Position the side deflector plate on the door structure and hold with gripper
pins.

4 Install the pins that you removed in step b (2) with new collars (item 17 and
18), and OMat 8/106 sealant. (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-007).

NOTE: If necessary, use an additional washer (item 16) with the

fasteners. It should be placed under the collar only.

5 Remove the gripper pins and install the remaining fasteners. (Refer to
SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-007).

FRSX078
Page 6018
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

6 Put a bead of OMat 8/107 sealant around the edges of the same front
deflector plate and the door structure.

7 Remove the unwanted sealant. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-220-A01
(10) Replace a damaged side deflector plate
(Refer to Fig. 6003)

(a) Remove the fasteners that attach the side deflector plate to the door structure,
(Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-007).

(b) Record the location of each fastener.

(c) Discard the damaged side deflector plate.

(d) Clean the repair area. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

(e) Position the new side deflector on the door structure.

(f) Install gripper pins through the two pre-drilled holes of the side deflector plate
and the door structure.

NOTE: The hole referenced "a" is pre-drilled to 6.5 mm (0.256 in.) diameter.
The hole referenced "b" is pre-drilled to 2.5 mm (0.098 in.) diameter.

(g) Use mechanical clamps to make sure that the deflector plate is in contact
against the door structure all around its mating surface.

CAUTION: HOLD THE DEFLECTOR PLATE AGAINST A SOLID SUPPORT

WHEN YOU DRILL THE HOLES. IF YOU DO NOT, YOU MAY
DELAMINATE THE DEFLECTOR PLATE MATERIAL AND THE
COMPONENT WILL BE UNSERVICEABLE.

(h) Pilot drill all the holes with a 2.5 mm (0.098 in.) diameter drill bit. Use the
door structure as a guide and locally manufactured drill bush for accuracy of
the hole centre.

(j) Remove the new side deflector plate from the door structure.

FRSX078
Page 6019
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

CAUTION: HOLD THE DEFLECTOR PLATE AGAINST A SOLID SUPPORT

WHEN YOU DRILL THE HOLES. IF YOU DO NOT, YOU MAY
DELAMINATE THE DEFLECTOR PLATE MATERIAL AND THE
COMPONENT WILL BE UNSERVICEABLE.

(k) Drill the holes:

1 Drill the four holes (item 10) to a diameter between 5.0 mm (0.197 in.) and
5.1 mm (0.201 in.). Countersink the holes to an angle of 100 deg. degrees
and to a depth of 2.1 mm (0.083 in.).

2 Drill the remaining fasteners holes to a diameter between 6.35 mm (0.250

in.) and 6.5 mm (0.256 in.).

3 Drill the oversize fasteners holes to a diameter between 6.74 mm (0.265

in.) and 6.85 mm (0.270 in.).

4 Countersink the holes for items (7, 8 and 9) to an angle of 100 deg.
degrees and to a depth of 2.8 mm (0.111 in.).

(l) Deburr the holes.

(m) Chamfer the two holes on the stiffener bracket at an angle of 45 degrees and to
a depth between 0.7 mm (0.027 in.) and 0.9 mm (0.035 in.) or to an external
diameter between 8.0 mm (0.315 in.) and 8.2 mm (0.323 in.). Refer to figure
6003 (sheet 2 to 2).

(n) Put a pin in the chamfered hole of the new side deflector plate. Make sure that
there is no clearance between the pin head and the bracket.

(p) Clean the repair area. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

(q) Apply OMat 8/107 sealant on the mating surfaces of the new side deflector
plate and of the door structure.

(r) Position and clamp the new side deflector plate on the door structure with
gripper pins.

FRSX078
Page 6020
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(s) Measure the depth of each holes and select the fasteners of appropriate length.
Use an additional washer (item 16), if necessary.

NOTE: The additional washer (item 16) are to adjust the grip length in
accordance with the available fasteners. It should be placed under
the collar only.

(t) Wet-install the fasteners and washers where applicable with OMat 8/106
sealant. TORQUE the bolts to 1.13 m.daN (100 lbf.in.). (Refer to SPM TASK
70-51-00-400-000).

(u) Remove the gripper pins and wet-install the remaining fasteners with OMat
8/106 sealant .

(v) Put a bead of OMat 8/107 sealant around the edges of the new vane cut corner
deflector plate and the door structure.

(w) Remove the unwanted sealant. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-210-032-A01
(11) Inspection

(a) Examine the repair to make sure that the referenced procedures have been
done correctly.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-0046-A01
(12) Identify the Repair

(a) Mark " FRSX078/A " adjacent to the part/serial number of the door, for Part A .
Use an OMat 262 temporary marker of a contrasting colour. (Refer to OP TASK
70-00-00-300-363, Subtask 70-00-00-180-363-029 (TSD 594-J)).

(b) Mark " FRSX078/B " adjacent to the part/serial number of the door, for Part
B. Use an OMat 262 temporary marker of a contrasting colour. (Refer to OP
TASK 70-00-00-300-363, Subtask 70-00-00-180-363-029 (TSD 594-J)). For Pre
78-D513 pivot doors, the incorporation of 78-D513 will be done automatically
on the accomplishment of this repair. Refer to 78-D513 for the identification of
the modification plate.

FRSX078
Page 6021
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-221-A01
(13) PART A: Remove and install the same Vane Cut Corner Deflector Plate (removed for
access only)
(Refer to Fig. 6004)

(a) Remove the vane cut corner deflector plate:

1 Remove the fasteners that attach the deflector plate to the door structure.
(Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

2 Keep the pin fasteners for the re-installation, if serviceable.

3 Record the location of each fastener.

4 Carefully remove the deflector plate.

5 Remove the unwanted sealant. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

6 Examine the deflector plate for cracks around the holes. Use X7
magnification inspection equipment. If cracks are found, replace the
deflector plate with a new one, refer to PART B .

(b) Install the vane cut corner deflector plate:

1 Clean the repair area. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

2 Apply OMat 8/107 sealant to the mating surfaces of the deflector plate
and the door structure.

3 Position the deflector plate on the door structure and hold with gripper pins.

4 Install the pins that you removed in step b (2) with new collars (item 19, 20
and 21), and OMat 8/106 sealant. (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

NOTE: If necessary, use an additional washer (item 24) with the

fasteners. It should be placed under the collar only.

5 Remove the gripper pins and install the remaining fasteners. (Refer to
SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-007).

FRSX078
Page 6022
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

6 Put a bead of OMat 8/107 sealant around the edges of the same front
deflector plate and the door structure.

7 Remove the unwanted sealant. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-222-A01
(14) PART B: Replace a damaged vane cut corner deflector plate
(Refer to Fig. 6004)

(a) Make location marks at the ends of the damaged cut corner deflector plate and
each end support bracket, use OMat 262 temporary marker. These marks will
be used to help you position the new plate when you install it.

(b) Measure and record the thickness of the shims (2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9) on
the deflector plate (item 1).

(c) Drill out the fasteners that attach the deflector plate to its support brackets.
(Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

(d) Carefully remove and discard the deflector plate but keep the shims if they are
serviceable. If the shims are unserviceable keep them to transfer mark their
hole positions on the new replacement shims.

(e) Clean the repair area. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

(f) Position the new deflector plate (item 1) on its support brackets, use the marks
you made in step (b).

(g) Use mechanical clamps to make sure that the new plate is in good contact with
its support brackets at each mating position.

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE DEFLECTOR PLATE IS HARD AGAINST

THE DOOR STRUCTURE WHILE YOU DRILL. THIS WILL
PREVENT ANY DELAMINATION OF THE CARBON STRUCTURE
AROUND THE HOLE.

(h) Pilot drill all the holes with a 2.5 mm (0.098 in.) diameter drill bit. Use the holes
in the mounting brackets as a guide and locally manufactured drill bush for
accuracy of the hole centres.

(j) Remove the new plate.

FRSX078
Page 6023
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

CAUTION: HOLD THE DEFLECTOR PLATE AGAINST A SOLID SUPPORT

WHEN YOU DRILL THE HOLES. IF YOU DO NOT, YOU MAY
DELAMINATE THE DEFLECTOR PLATE MATERIAL AND THE
COMPONENT WILL BE UNSERVICEABLE.

(k) If the shims were unserviceable select new replacements with the same
thickness as the unserviceable shims that you removed.

(l) Use the old shims to transfer drill the holes in the new replacement shims,
use the applicable drill bush.

(m) Drill the holes:

1 Drill the hole (item 11) to a diameter between 4.15 to 4.23 mm (0.164
to 0.166 in.).

2 Drill the hole (item 12) to a diameter between 4.81 to 4.89 mm (0.190
to 0.192 in.).

3 Drill the hole (item 26) to a diameter between 3.28 to 3.32 mm (0.129
to 0.131 in.).

4 Drill the hole (item 13) to a diameter between 4.14 to 4.15 mm (0.1630 to
0.1635 in.).

5 Drill the hole (item 14) to a diameter between 4.80 to 4.81 mm (0.1890 to
0.1895 in.).

6 Drill the hole (item 15) to a diameter between 6.32 to 6.33 mm (0.2490 to
0.2495 in.).

(n) Deburr the holes.

(p) Clean the repair area. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

(q) Apply OMat 8/107 sealant on the mating surfaces of the deflector plate and
the door structure.

(r) Position and clamp the new deflector plate and shims with sufficient gripper pins.

(s) Wet-install the fasteners (items 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 and 25) with OMat 8/106
sealant. (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

FRSX078
Page 6024
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(t) Remove the gripper pins and wet-install the remaining fasteners at the gripper
pins position with OMat 8/106 sealant. (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-007).

(u) Put a bead of OMat 8/107 sealant around the edges of the new vane cut corner
deflector plate and the door structure.

(v) Remove the unwanted sealant. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-210-033-A01
(15) Inspection

(a) Examine the repair to make sure that the referenced procedures have been
done correctly.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-0047-A01
(16) Identify the Repair

(a) Mark " FRSX078/A " adjacent to the part/serial number of the door, for Part A.
Use an OMat 262 temporary marker of a contrasting colour. (Refer to OP TASK
70-00-00-300-363, Subtask 70-00-00-180-363-029 (TSD 594-J)).

(b) Mark " FRSX078/B " adjacent to the part/serial number of the door, for Part B.
Use an OMat 262 temporary marker of a contrasting colour. (Refer to OP TASK
70-00-00-300-363, Subtask 70-00-00-180-363-029 (TSD 594-J)).

FRSX078
Page 6025
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Cut Corner Deflector Plate, (RH/LH upper)

Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6153-001
FRSX078
Page 6026
78-30-20 Mar 10/05
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Front Deflector Plate, (RH/LH upper)

Figure 6002/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6154-001
FRSX078
Page 6027
78-30-20 Mar 10/05
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Side Deflector Plate, (RH/LH upper) (Sheet 1 of 2)

Figure 6003/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6155-001
FRSX078
Page 6028
78-30-20 Mar 10/05
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Side Deflector Plate, (RH/LH upper) (Sheet 2 of 2)

Figure 6003/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6155-001
FRSX078
Page 6029
78-30-20 Mar 10/05
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Van Cut Corner Deflector Plate, (RH/LH upper) (Sheet 1 of 4)

Figure 6004/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6156-001
FRSX078
Page 6030
78-30-20 Mar 10/05
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Van Cut Corner Deflector Plate, (RH/LH upper) (Sheet 2 of 4)

Figure 6004/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6156-001
FRSX078
Page 6031
78-30-20 Mar 10/05
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Van Cut Corner Deflector Plate, (RH/LH upper) (Sheet 3 of 4)

Figure 6004/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6156-001
FRSX078
Page 6032
78-30-20 Mar 10/05
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Van Cut Corner Deflector Plate, (RH/LH upper) (Sheet 4 of 4)

Figure 6004/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6156-001
FRSX078
Page 6033
78-30-20 Mar 10/05
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-863-A01
60. FRSX108 - Thrust Reverser Pivoting Doors - Removal and Installation of Outer Panel

A. General

(1) This TASK gives the procedures to remove and re-install the initial outer panel of a
pivoting door. It is not to be used to install a replacement or new outer panel.

(2) Fig/item numbers in the procedure agree with those used in the Illustrated Parts List
(IPL). Only the primary Fig/item numbers are used. For different Service Bulletin
standards, refer to the IPL.

(3) TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Refer
to TSD594-J).

(4) TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Refer to
RR-CAEL-SPM).

B. Effectivity

ENGINE FIG/ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION SERVICE BULLETIN

TRENT 700/ALL 30-975 91E590-04 Upper LH Pre SB 78-E003
pivoting door
31-975 91E880-04 Lower LH Pre SB 78-E003
pivoting door
32-975 91E676-04 Upper RH Pre SB 78-E003
pivoting door
33-975 91E900-04 Lower RH Pre SB 78-E003
pivoting door

C. Reason for job

(1) Self-explanatory.

D. Job set-up information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Refer to Chapter SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENTS for full
data of the special tools in this list.

FRSX108
Page 6001
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(b) Use approved equivalent alternatives, if necessary.

(c) Standard tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

Standard workshop tools and equipment
Plug gauges or verier (Refer to Table 1)
Gripper pins

(d) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

Locally Manufactured AR PTFE wedges of - 100,00 mm (3.937 in) length by 10,00
mm (0.394 in) width
HU87506-1 AR Fixture
HU87509 AR Workstand

(2) Consumables

(a) Refer to the Overhaul Materials Manual for the full data of the consumable
materials referred to in this TASK.

(b) Use approved equivalent alternatives, if necessary.

REFERENCE NAME
OMat 2/101 Lint-free Cloth
OMat 262 Temporary marker
OMat 584 Scoth Brite, fine to medium
OMat 8/106 Two part polysulphide sealant
OMat 8/107 Two part polysulphide sealant

(3) Expendable parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

None

FRSX108
Page 6002
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(4) Repair parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

NOTE: If you order two or more kits you will get some attachment parts that
are the same. These should be kept for future use.

(b) Each Outer panel kit number contains a pivoting door seal and the applicable
Fasteners kit number.

(c) LH Upper Pivoting Door Outer Panel Installation Kit Number 91BRK0009
(pivoting door seal and fasteners).

NOTE: LH Upper Pivoting Door Outer Panel Fasteners Kit Number is

91BRK0013.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

30-388 91E574-01 Seal, pivoting door, LH upper 1
30-303 NAS1921M05S04U Rivet 152
30-306 NAS1921M06S04AU Rivet 6
30-307 NAS1921M06S04AU Rivet 29
30-308 NAS1921M06S05AU Rivet 24
30-309 NAS1921M06S05AU Rivet 5
30-310 NAS1921M06S06AU Rivet 4
30-311 NAS1921M05S04AU Rivet 124
30-314 CSR922-5-3 Rivet 5
30-315 UB100EU08-05D Rivet 6
30-316 HDSM5037CC041 Tailing Washer 46
30-317 NAS1169C10L Dimple Washer 5
30-303A OSMLS100M05-04 Rivet, oversize AR
30-303B NAS1921M06S04U Rivet, oversize AR
30-306A UB100EU06-04D Rivet, oversize AR
30-307A UB100EU06-04D Rivet, oversize AR
30-307B OSMLS100M06-04AU Rivet, oversize AR
30-307C OSB100EU06-04D Rivet, oversize AR

FRSX108
Page 6003
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

30-308A UB100EU06-05D Rivet, oversize AR
30-308B OSMLS100M06-05AU Rivet, oversize AR
30-308C OSB100EU06-05D Rivet, oversize AR
30-309A UB100EU06-05D Rivet, oversize AR
30-310A UB100EU06-06D Rivet, oversize AR
30-310B OSMLS100M06-06AU Rivet, oversize AR
30-310C OSB100EU06-06D Rivet, oversize AR
30-311A OSMLS100M05-04AU Rivet, oversize AR
30-311B NAS1921M06S04AU Rivet, oversize AR
30-314A CSR922-6-4 Rivet, oversize AR
30-315A OUB100EU08-05D Rivet, oversize AR
30-316A HDSM5037CC045 Tailing Washer, oversize AR
30-316B HDSM5037CC048 Tailing Washer, oversize AR

(d) LH Lower Pivoting Door Outer Panel Installation Kit Number 91BRK0011
(pivoting door seal and fasteners).

NOTE: LH Lower Pivoting Door Outer Panel Fasteners Kit Number is

91BRK0015.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

31-388 91E858-01 Seal, pivoting door, LH lower 1
31-303 NAS1921M05S04U Rivet 155
31-304 NAS1921M05S06AU Rivet 1
31-305 NAS1921M05S07AU Rivet 1
31-306 NAS1921M06S04AU Rivet 5
31-307 NAS1921M06S04AU Rivet 32
31-308 NAS1921M06S05AU Rivet 24
31-309 NAS1921M06S05AU Rivet 4
31-310 NAS1921M06S06AU Rivet 4
31-311 NAS1921M05S04AU Rivet 120
31-313 NAS1921M06S08AU Rivet 2
31-314 CSR922-5-3 Rivet 5

FRSX108
Page 6004
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

31-315 UB100EU08-05D Rivet 6
31-316 HDSM5037CC041 Tailing Washer 103
31-317 NAS1169C10L Dimple Washer 5
31-303A OSMLS100M05-04 Rivet, oversize AR
31-303B NAS1921M06S04U Rivet, oversize AR
31-304A OSMLS100M05-06AU Rivet, oversize AR
31-304B NAS1921M06S06AU Rivet, oversize AR
31-305A OSMLS100M05-07AU Rivet, oversize AR
31-305B NAS1921M06S07AU Rivet, oversize AR
31-306A UB100EU06-04D Rivet, oversize AR
31-307A UB100EU06-04D Rivet, oversize AR
31-307B OSMLS100M06-04AU Rivet, oversize AR
31-307C OSB100EU06-04D Rivet, oversize AR
31-308A UB100EU06-05D Rivet, oversize AR
31-308B OSMLS100M06-05AU Rivet, oversize AR
31-308C OSB100EU06-05D Rivet, oversize AR
31-309A UB100EU06-05D Rivet, oversize AR
31-310A UB100EU06-06D Rivet, oversize AR
31-310B OSMLS100M06-06AU Rivet, oversize AR
31-310C OSB100EU06-06D Rivet, oversize AR
31-311A OSMLS100M05-04AU Rivet, oversize AR
31-311B NAS1921M06S04AU Rivet, oversize AR
31-313A UB100EU06-08D Rivet, oversize AR
31-314A CSR922-6-4 Rivet, oversize AR
31-315A OUB100EU08-05D Rivet, oversize AR
31-316A HDSM5037CC045 Tailing Washer, oversize AR
31-316B HDSM5037CC048 Tailing Washer, oversize AR

FRSX108
Page 6005
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(e) RH Upper Pivoting Door Outer Panel Installation Kit Number 91BRK0010
(pivoting door seal and fasteners).

NOTE: RH Upper Pivoting Door Outer Panel Fasteners Kit Number is

91BRK0014.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

32-388 91E574-51 Seal, pivoting door, RH upper 1
32-303 NAS1921M05S04U Rivet 152
32-306 NAS1921M06S04AU Rivet 6
32-307 NAS1921M06S04AU Rivet 29
32-308 NAS1921M06S05AU Rivet 24
32-309 NAS1921M06S05AU Rivet 5
32-310 NAS1921M06S06AU Rivet 4
32-311 NAS1921M05S04AU Rivet 124
32-314 CSR922-5-3 Rivet 5
32-315 UB100EU08-05D Rivet 6
32-316 HDSM5037CC041 Tailing Washer 46
32-317 NAS1169C10L Dimple Washer 5
32-303A OSMLS100M05-04 Rivet, oversize AR
32-303B NAS1921M06S04U Rivet, oversize AR
32-306A UB100-EU06-04D Rivet, oversize AR
32-307A UB100-EU06-04D Rivet, oversize AR
32-307B OSMLS100M06-04AU Rivet, oversize AR
32-307C OSB100EU06-04D Rivet, oversize AR
32-308A UB100EU06-05D Rivet, oversize AR
32-308B OSMLS100M06-05AU Rivet, oversize AR
32-308C OSB100EU06-05D Rivet, oversize AR
32-309A UB100EU06-05D Rivet, oversize AR
32-310A UB100EU06-06D Rivet, oversize AR
32-310B OSMLS100M06-06AU Rivet, oversize AR
32-310C OSB100EU06-06D Rivet, oversize AR
32-311A OSMLS100M05-04AU Rivet, oversize AR
32-311B NAS1921M06S04AU Rivet, oversize AR

FRSX108
Page 6006
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

32-314A CSR922-6-4 Rivet, oversize AR
32-315A OUB100EU08-05D Rivet, oversize AR
32-316A HDSM5037CC045 Tailing Washer, oversize AR
32-316B HDSM5037CC048 Tailing Washer, oversize AR

(f) RH Lower Pivoting Door Outer Panel Installation Kit Number 91BRK0012
(pivoting door seal and fasteners).

NOTE: RH Lower Pivoting Door Outer Panel fasteners kit number is

91BRK0016.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

33-388 91E858-51 Seal, pivoting door, RH lower 1
33-303 NAS1921M05S04U Rivet 155
33-304 NAS1921M05S06AU Rivet 1
33-305 NAS1921M05S07AU Rivet 1
33-306 NAS1921M06S04AU Rivet 5
33-307 NAS1921M06S04AU Rivet 32
33-308 NAS1921M06S05AU Rivet 24
33-309 NAS1921M06S05AU Rivet 4
33-310 NAS1921M06S06AU Rivet 4
33-311 NAS1921M05S04AU Rivet 120
33-313 NAS1921M06S08AU Rivet 2
33-314 CSR922-5-3 Rivet 5
33-315 UB100EU08-05D Rivet 6
33-316 HDSM5037CC041 Tailing Washer 103
33-317 NAS1169C10L Dimple Washer 5
33-303A OSMLS100M05-04 Rivet, oversize AR
33-303B NAS1921M06S04U Rivet, oversize AR
33-304A OSMLS100M05-06AU Rivet, oversize AR
33-304B NAS1921M06S06AU Rivet, oversize AR
33-305A OSMLS100M05-07AU Rivet, oversize AR
33-305B NAS1921M06S07AU Rivet, oversize AR

FRSX108
Page 6007
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

33-306A UB100EU06-04D Rivet, oversize AR
33-307A UB100EU06-04D Rivet, oversize AR
33-307B OSMLS100M06-04AU Rivet, oversize AR
33-307C OSB100EU06-04D Rivet, oversize AR
33-308A UB100EU06-05D Rivet, oversize AR
33-308B OSMLS100M06-05AU Rivet, oversize AR
33-308C OSB100EU06-05D Rivet, oversize AR
33-309A UB100EU06-05D Rivet, oversize AR
33-310A UB100EU06-06D Rivet, oversize AR
33-310B OSMLS100M06-06AU Rivet, oversize AR
33-310C OSB100EU06-06D Rivet, oversize AR
33-311A OSMLS100M05-04AU Rivet, oversize AR
33-311B NAS1921M06S04AU Rivet, oversize AR
33-313A UB100EU06-08D Rivet, oversize AR
33-314A CSR922-6-4 Rivet, oversize AR
33-315A OUB100EU08-05D Rivet, oversize AR
33-316A HDSM5037CC045 Tailing Washer, oversize AR
33-316B HDSM5037CC048 Tailing Washer, oversize AR

FRSX108
Page 6008
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

E. Health and Safety Notices

WARNING: WHEN YOU DO THIS REPAIR YOU MUST WEAR PROTECTIVE

CLOTHING, GLOVES, DUST MASK AND SAFETY GOGGLES TO
PROTECT YOU AGAINST DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES WHICH CAN
BE DANGEROUS TO YOUR HEALTH.

WARNING: WHEN YOU USE CLEANING MATERIALS, COATINGS AND SEALANTS,

REFER TO, AND OBEY, THE MANUFACTURER'S CONTROL AND
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS AND HEALTH AND SAFETY NOTICES.

F. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-440-099-A01
(1) Put the pivoting door on the Workstand

(a) Carefully put the pivoting door on the HU87509 Workstand.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-223-A01
(2) Removal of the pivoting door seal

(a) Remove and discard the pivoting door seal (30/31/32/33-388). (Refer to
FRSX019, TASK 78-30-20-300-803-001).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-440-100-A01
(3) Installation of the pivoting door on the fixture

(a) Install the pivoting door on the HU87506-1 fixture (Refer to TASK
78-30-20-400-808-A01).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-224-A01
(4) Removal of the Outer Panel:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)
(Refer to Fig. 6002)

CAUTION: DO NOT INCREASE THE SIZE OF THE COUNTERSINKS WHEN

YOU DRILL THE RIVETS.

(a) Remove all the rivets from the outer panel. Refer to the following table for the
applicable SPM TASK references.

FRSX108
Page 6009
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TYPE OF RIVET PART IDENT SPM TASK

Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055,
NAS1921 Rivet Repair 006 (Remove and Install Blind (Huck)
Rivets)
CSR922
UB100E

OSB100EU Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005, FRS7054,

Rivet
Repair 005 (Remove and Install Solid Rivets)
OUB100EU

OSMLS100

(b) Carefully cut the bead of sealant between the outer panel and the edge of the
pivoting door frame.

CAUTION: YOU MUST TAKE CARE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE OUTER
PANEL. YOU MUST CUT THE OLD SEALANT GRADUALLY
AND USE LOCALLY MANUFACTURED PTFE WEDGES AS
YOU REMOVE THE PANEL. IF YOU USE FORCE TO REMOVE
THE PANEL IT CAN CAUSE DELAMINATION AND MAKE IT
UNSERVICEABLE.

(c) Remove the outer panel.

(d) Clean the repair area, (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-100-101-A03).

1 Remove the unwanted sealant.

2 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

3 Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

4 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

FRSX108
Page 6010
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-217-A01
(5) Inspection of the Hole Diameters in the Outer Panel and Related Pivoting Door
Structure:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)
(Refer to Fig. 6002)

(a) Do an inspection of the holes to find if oversize rivets are necessary. Use plug
gauges and make a record of the positions.

(b) Select the applicable rivets for the holes in the Outer Panel composite parts.

LOCATION ORIGINAL RIVETS HOLE DIAMETER REPAIR RIVETS TO

MEASURED USE
Rear frame 30/31/32/33-303 4.06 to 4.17 mm 30/31/32/33-303
pivoting frame 31/33-304 31/33-304 31/33-305

Mid frame 31/33-305

Lateral frame
4.18 to 4.57 mm 30/31/32/33-303A
31/33-304A
31/33-305A
4.58 to 4.98 mm 30/31/32/33-303B
31/33-304B
31/33-305B
≥ 4.99 mm Contact Aircelle
Front frame Cut-corner 30/31/32/33-311 + 4.06 to 4.17 mm 30/31/32/33-311 +
frame Lateral frame 30/31/32/33-316 30/31/32/33-316
4.18 to 4.57 mm 30/31/32/33-311A +
30/31/32/33-316A
4.58 to 4.98 mm 30/31/32/33-311B
+30/31/32/33-316B
≥ 4.99 mm Contact Aircelle
Lateral frame + seal 30/31/32/33-314 4.06 to 4.17 mm 30/31/32/33-314
support
4.18 to 4.98 mm 30/31/32/33-314A +
30/31/32/33-317
≥ 4.99 mm Contact Aircelle

(c) Select the applicable rivets for the holes in the Outer Panel metallic parts.

FRSX108
Page 6011
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

LOCATION ORIGINAL RIVETS HOLE DIAMETER REPAIR RIVETS TO

MEASURED USE
Primary lock fitting 30/31/32/33-306 4.88 to 4.98 mm 30/31/32/33-306
30/31/32/33-309 30/31/32/33-309
31/33-313 31/33-313
4.99 to 5.13 mm 30/31/32/33-306A
30/31/32/33-309A
31/33-313A
≥ 5.14 mm Contact Aircelle
Actuator beam, Tertiary 30/31/32/33-307 4.88 to 4.98 mm 30/31/32/33-307
lock frame 30/31/32/33-308 30/31/32/33-308
30/31/32/33-310 30/31/32/33-310
4.99 to 5.13 mm 30/31/32/33-307A
30/31/32/33-308A
30/31/32/33-310A
5.14 to 5.31 mm 30/31/32/33-307B
30/31/32/33-308B
30/31/32/33-310B
5.32 to 5.53 mm 30/31/32/33-307C
30/31/32/33-308C
30/31/32/33-310C
≥ 5.54 mm Contact Aircelle
Tertiary lock fitting 30/31/32/33-315 6.60 to 6.68 mm 30/31/32/33-315
6.69 to 7.08 mm 30/31/32/33-315A
≥ 7.09 mm Contact Aircelle

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-225-A01
(6) Preparation of the Outer Panel and the Pivoting Door Structure for Oversize Rivets
Installation:

(a) Put the outer panel on the pivoting door structure.

(b) Make sure that the holes on the outer panel and the pivoting door structure
are aligned and install sufficient gripper pins to hold the panel in position on
the pivoting door.

(c) Set the position tightly.

FRSX108
Page 6012
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(d) Use the record made in SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-217 to find the positions of
the oversize holes.

(e) Drill the outer panel and the pivoting door structure together at each necessary
oversize rivet hole. Refer to the following table for the applicable diameters.

REPAIR RIVETS HOLE DIAMETER TO DRILL

OSMLS100M05 4.47 to 4.57 mm

NAS1921M06 4.88 to 4.98 mm

UB100EU06 5.05 to 5.13 mm

OSMLS100M06 5.21 to 5.31 mm
OSB100EU06 5.46 to 5.54 mm
OUB100EU08 7.00 to 7.08 mm
CSR922-6+ dimple washer NAS1169C10L 4.88 to 4.98 mm

(f) Countersink the holes in the outer panel at an angle of 100 deg. Refer to
following table for the applicable diameters.

Fig/item Countersink external diameter

30/31/32/33-303A 7,26 mm (0.286 in.)
30/31/32/33-303B 8,96 mm (0.353 in.)
31/33-304A 7,26 mm (0.286 in.)
31/33-304B 8,96 mm (0.353 in.)
31/33-305A 7,26 mm (0.286 in.)
31/33-305B 8,96 mm (0.353 in.)
30/31/32/33-306A 9,83 mm (0.387 in.)
30/31/32/33-307A 9,83 mm (0.387 in.)
30/31/32/33-307B 8,96 mm (0.353 in.)

FRSX108
Page 6013
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Fig/item Countersink external diameter

30/31/32/33-307C 9,80 mm (0.386 in.)
30/31/32/33-308A 9,83 mm (0.387 in.)
30/31/32/33-308B 8,96 mm (0.353 in.)
30/31/32/33-308C 9,80 mm (0.386 in.)
30/31/32/33-309A 9,83 mm (0.387 in.)
30/31/32/33-310A 9,83 mm (0.387 in.)
30/31/32/33-310B 8,96 mm (0.353 in.)
30/31/32/33-310C 9,80 mm (0.386 in.)
30/31/32/33-311A 7,26 mm (0.286 in.)
30/31/32/33-311B 8,96 mm (0.353 in.)
31/33-313A 9,83 mm (0.387 in.)
30/31/32/33-314A 8,96 mm (0.353 in.)
30/31/32/33-315A 12,88 mm (0.507 in.)

(g) Remove the gripper pins.

(h) Remove the outer panel.

(j) Deburr the holes.

(k) Clean the countersink areas (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-100-101-A03).

1 Remove the unwanted material with a vacuum cleaner.

2 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

3 Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

4 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

FRSX108
Page 6014
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-226-A01
(7) Preparation of the Seal Support and Lateral Frame at the Oversize Hole Positions for
the Dimple Washers Installation:
(Refer to Fig. 6003)

NOTE: The dimple washers 30-317, 31-317, (32-317), (33-317) must be installed
with oversize rivets.

(a) Use the record made in SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-217 to find the positions of
the oversize holes.

(b) Clean the countersink areas. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-100-101-A03).

1 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

2 Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

3 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-227-A01
(8) Installation of the Outer Panel on the Pivoting Door:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Put a thin layer of OMat 8/107 sealant on the panel of the pivoting door
installation surfaces.

(b) Put in position the outer panel on the pivoting door structure.

(c) Make sure that the holes on the outer panel and the pivoting door structure
are aligned correctly.

(d) Set the position tightly.

(e) Install sufficient gripper pins to hold the outer panel in position on the pivoting
door structure.

FRSX108
Page 6015
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT YOU INSTALL A DIMPLE WASHER AT EACH

POSITION ON THE SEAL SUPPORT AND LATERAL FRAME
WHERE THERE IS AN OVERSIZE HOLE. IF YOU DO NOT DO THIS
THE DOOR CAN BE DAMAGED WHEN THE RIVET IS INSTALLED.

(f) Wet install all rivets with OMat 8/106 sealant. Refer to following table for the
applicable SPM TASK references.

TYPE OF RIVET PART IDENT SPM TASK

Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055,
NAS1921 Rivet Repair 006 (Remove and Install Blind (Huck)
Rivets)
CSR922
UB100EU

OSB100EU Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005, FRS7054,

Rivet
Repair 005 (Remove and Install Solid Rivets)
OUB100EU

OSMLS100

(g) Use the record made in SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-217 for the positions of the
oversize holes in the seal support and lateral frame.

(h) Put a layer of OMat 8/107 sealant on the dimple washers (30/31/32/33-317) and
install them at the same time as the oversize rivets, If applicable.

(j) Remove the gripper pins.

(k) Install the remaining rivets at the gripper pin positions. Refer to following table
for the applicable SPM TASK reference.

FRSX108
Page 6016
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TYPE OF RIVET PART IDENT SPM TASK

Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055,
NAS1921 Rivet Repair 006 (Remove and Install Blind (Huck)
Rivets)
CSR922
UB100EU

OSB100EU Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005, FRS7054,

Rivet
Repair 005 (Remove and Install Solid Rivets)
OUB100EU

OSMLS100

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-013-A01
(9) Cleaning of the Repair Area:

(a) Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-100-101-A03).

1 Remove the unwanted sealant.

2 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

3 Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

4 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-210-034-A01
(10) Inspection of the repair areas:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)
(Refer to Fig. 6002)

(a) Do a visual examination to make sure that the repair is satisfactory.

(b) If the repair is not satisfactory, reject the repair.

FRSX108
Page 6017
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-440-101-A01
(11) Removal of the Pivoting Door from the HU87506-1 fixture

(a) Remove the pivoting door from the fixture (Refer to TASK 78-30-20-000-807-
A01).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-228-A01
(12) Installation of a New Pivoting Door Seal

(a) Install a new pivoting door seal. (Refer to FRSX 019, SUBTASK
78-30-20-220-217).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-049-A01
(13) Identification of the Repair

(a) Mark FRSX108 adjacent to the pivoting door identification plate. Use OMat 262
temporary marker of a contrasting color.

FRSX108
Page 6018
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Original Riveting of Outer Panel (Upper Right Pivoting Door is shown, Upper Left Pivoting Door is
the same but opposite)
Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6157-001 FRSX108
Page 6019
78-30-20
Mar 10/05
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Original Riveting of Outer Panel (Lower Right Pivoting Door is shown, Lower Left Pivoting Door is
the same but opposite)
Figure 6002/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6158-001 FRSX108
Page 6020
78-30-20
Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Oversize Fastener Installation at Lateral Frame

Figure 6003/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6159-001
FRSX108
Page 6021
78-30-20 Mar 10/05
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-864-A01
61. FRSX112 - REPLACEMENT OF MOVEABLE PANELS (M/P) LEVER ARM FITTINGS

A. General

(1) This TASK gives the procedure to replace the triangular and rectangular M/P lever
arm fittings. It is written in four parts:

(a) Part A: Replacement of the triangular M/P lever arm fitting on upper door.

(b) Part B: Replacement of the triangular M/P lever arm fitting on lower door.

(c) Part C: Replacement of the rectangular M/P lever arm fitting on upper door.

(d) Part D: Replacement of the rectangular M/P lever arm fitting on lower door.

NOTE: These parts can be done independently.

(2) Fig/item numbers in the procedure agree with those used in the Illustrated Parts List
(IPL). Only the primary Fig/item numbers are used. For different Service Bulletin
standards, refer to the IPL.

(3) TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Refer
to T.S.D.594-J).

(4) TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Refer to
RR-CAEL-SPM).

(5) For the repair procedures, refer to the Illustrated Parts List to identify the parts: the
number in brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

(6) For Price and Availability of tools, refer to Aircelle.

B. Effectivity

ENGINE FIG/ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION SERVICE BULLETIN

TRENT 700/ALL 30-975 91E590-04 Upper LH pivot Pre SB 78-E003
door
31-975 91E880-04 Lower LH pivot Pre SB 78-E003
door
32-975 91E676-04 Upper RH pivot Pre SB 78-E003
door

FRSX112
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

ENGINE FIG/ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION SERVICE BULLETIN

33-975 91E900-04 Lower RH pivot Pre SB 78-E003
door

C. Reason for job

(1) Self-explanatory.

D. Job set-up information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Refer to Chapter SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENTS for full
data of the special tools in this list.

(b) Use approved equivalent alternatives, if necessary.

(c) Standard tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

Standard workshop tools and equipment
Inspection equipment (7x magnification)
Clamps

(d) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

(2) Consumables

(a) Refer to the Overhaul Materials Manual (Refer to OMat) for the full data of the
consumable materials referred in this TASK.

(b) Use approved equivalent alternatives, if necessary.

REFERENCE NAME
OMat 262 Temporary marker
OMat 8/106 Two part polysulphide sealant

FRSX112
Page 6002
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

REFERENCE NAME
OMat 8/107 Two part polysulphide sealant

NOTE: Other necessary consumable materials are referred to in OP TASKS in

this TASK.

(3) Expendable parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

None

(4) Repair parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

(b) Repair parts A: Triangular M/P lever arm fitting for upper pivot doors

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

30-600 RP3092-01 Fitting, triangular M/P lever
1
32-600 RP3092-51 arm
30-605
hst10bj6-5 Pin, Hi-lite 7
32-605
30-610
hst97du6 Collar, Hi-lite 7
32-610
30-615
NAS1587-3 Washer 7
32-615
30-620
HST10BJ5-2 Pin, Hi-lite 3
32-620
30-625
HST97DUWU5 Collar, Hi-lite 3
32-625
30-630
nas1919m06s04au Rivet 7
32-630

FRSX112
Page 6003
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

30-635
nas1919m06s05aU Rivet 6
32-635
30-640
NAS1919M06S07AU Rivet 1
32-640

(c) Repair parts B: Triangular M/P lever arm fitting for lower pivot doors

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

06-268
HST97DU6 Collar, Hi-lite 3
08-268
31-600 RP3083-01 Fitting, triangular M/P lever
1
33-600 RP3083-51 arm
31-605
HST10BJ6-5 Pin, Hi-lite 7
33-605
31-610
HST97DU6 Collar, Hi-lite 7
33-610
31-615
NAS1587-3 Washer 7
33-615
31-620
HST10BJ5-2 Pin, Hi-lite 3
33-620
31-625
HST97DUWU5 Collar, Hi-lite 3
33-625
31-630
NAS1919M06S04AU Rivet 1
33-630
31-635
NAS1919M06S06AU Rivet 2
33-635
31-640
NAS1919M06S07AU Rivet 3
33-640

(d) Repair parts C: Rectangular M/P lever arm fitting for upper pivot doors

FRSX112
Page 6004
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

05-364
NSA5050-4 Nut 7
07-364
05-364B
HST97DUWU8 Collar, Hi-Lite 7
07-364B
30-700 Fitting, rectangular M/P lever
RP3082-02 1
32-700 arm
30-705
NAS1919M05S06AU Rivet 1
32-705
30-710
HST10BJ6-5 Pin, Hi-lite 2
32-710
30-715
HST10BJ6-6 Pin, Hi-lite 3
32-715
30-720
HST10BJ6-7 Pin, Hi-lite 2
32-720
30-725
HST97DUWU6 Collar, Hi-lite 5
32-725
30-730
HST97DU6 Collar, Hi-lite 2
32-730
30-735
ASNA2397C10L Washer 2
32-735
30-750
NAS1919M04S04AU Rivet 2
32-750

(e) Repair parts D: Rectangular M/P lever arm fitting for lower pivot doors

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

31-700 Fitting, rectangular M/P lever
RP3082-02 1
33-700 arm
31-705
NAS1919M05S06AU Rivet 1
33-705
31-710
HST10BJ6-5 Pin, Hi-lite 2
33-710

FRSX112
Page 6005
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

31-715
HST10BJ6-6 Pin, Hi-lite 3
33-715
31-720
HST10BJ6-7 Pin, Hi-lite 2
33-720
31-725
HST97DUWU6 Collar, Hi-lite 5
33-725
31-730
HST97DU6 Collar, Hi-lite 2
33-730
31-735
ASNA2397C10L Washer 2
33-735
31-740
NAS1919M06S05AU Rivet 2
33-740

(f) The following items are not repair parts. They are listed for reference only:

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

05-350 91J400-03
Plate assy, deflector, front REF
91J400-53
05-352
HST10BJ8-5 Pin, Hi-Lite REF
07-352
05-353
HST10BJ8-6 Pin, Hi-Lite REF
07-353
05-355
HST10BJ8-8 Pin, Hi-Lite REF
07-355
05-361
NAS1587-4C Washer REF
07-361
06-250 91E990-00 Plate assy, deflector, vane
REF
08-250 91E990-50 cut corner
06-256
HST10BJ6-5 Pin, Hi-lite REF
08-256
06-265A
NAS7203-6 Bolt REF
08-265A

FRSX112
Page 6006
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

06-276
NAS1726-4 Nut REF
08-276
06-278
ASNA2397C10L Washer REF
08-278
30-620A
MS20470AD4-4 Rivet 3
32-620A
30-645
NAS1919M04S03AU Rivet 5
32-645
30-650
91E690-00 Bracket 1
33-650
30-650A
RP3036-01 Bracket 1
33-650A
30-750A
MS20470AD4-4 Rivet 2
32-750A
30-755
MS20470AD4-4 Rivet 2
32-755
30-760 91E736-00
Angle 1
32-760 91E736-50
31-620A
MS20470AD4-4 Rivet 3
33-620A
31-645
NAS1919M04S03AU Rivet 5
33-645
31-650
91E690-50 Bracket 1
32-650
31-650A
RP3036-51 Bracket 1
32-650A

(5) Material of components

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FRSX112
Page 6007
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

PART/IDENT SYMBOL MATERIAL

Lever Arm Fitting TAU Titanium

E. Health and Safety Notices

WARNING: WHEN YOU DO THIS REPAIR YOU MUST WEAR PROTECTIVE

CLOTHING, GLOVES, DUST MASK AND SAFETY GOGGLES TO
PROTECT YOU AGAINST DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES WHICH CAN
BE DANGEROUS TO YOUR HEALTH.

WARNING: WHEN YOU USE CLEANING MATERIALS, COATINGS AND SEALANTS,

REFER TO, AND OBEY, THE MANUFACTURER'S CONTROL AND
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS AND HEALTH AND SAFETY NOTICES.

F. Procedure

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO NOT DAMAGE THE COMPOSITE

MATERIAL WHEN YOU DRILL OUT THE FASTENERS.

SUBTASK 78-20-30-350-229-A01
(1) Remove the outer panel

(a) Refer to FRSX108 .

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-230-A01
(2) PART A - Remove the Triangular M/P Lever Arm Fitting 30-600 (32-600) on the
Upper Doors
(Refer to Fig. 6001 Sheet 1)
(Refer to Fig. 6001 Sheet 2)

NOTE: For right hand door parts, refer to the item numbers in brackets.

(a) Use the OMat 262 marker to mark the lever arm fitting position.

(b) Remove the fitting.

1 Remove and discard the collars 30-610 (32-610), the washers

30-615 (32-615) and the pins 30-605 (32-605). (Refer to SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-004).

2 Remove and discard the rivets 30-630 (32-630), 30-635 (32-635) and
30-640 (32-640). (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

FRSX112
Page 6008
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

3 Remove and discard the fasteners 30-620 (32-620). (Refer to SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-004).

4 Remove and discard the fitting.

(c) Clean the area.

1 Use a non-metallic scraper to remove the unwanted sealing compound

from around the rivet holes and repair area.

2 Clean the surfaces. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-218-A01
(3) PART A - Examine the actuator channel bracket 30-650 (32-650).

(a) Examine the bracket for cracks. Use X7 magnification inspection equipment.

1 If cracks are found, remove the bracket from the actuator channel, .

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-231-A01
(4) PART A - Remove the Bracket 30-650 (32-650) from the Actuator Channel.
(Refer to Fig. 6001 Sheet 2)

NOTE: This Subtask is only applicable if the bracket must be replaced.

NOTE: For right hand door parts, refer to the item numbers in brackets.

(a) Use OMat 262 marker to mark the bracket location.

(b) Remove the bracket.

1 Remove and discard the rivets 30-645 (32-645). (Refer to SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-004).

2 Remove and retain the bracket.

(c) Clean the area.

1 Use a non-metallic scraper to remove the unwanted sealing compound

around the rivet holes and repair area.

FRSX112
Page 6009
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

2 Clean the surfaces. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-232-A01
(5) PART A - Drill the Replacement Fitting 30-600 (32-600) and the replacement bracket
30-650A (32-650A).
(Refer to Fig. 6001 Sheet 2)

NOTE: For right hand door parts, refer to the item numbers in brackets.

(a) Drill the replacement bracket, if applicable.

NOTE: This operation is applicable only if the bracket must be replaced.

1 Use the removed bracket to mark the hole positions for rivets 30-620A
(32-620A).

2 Use a bench drill to drill the holes for rivets 30-620A (32-620A) to a final
diameter of between 3,28 and 3,35 mm (0.129 and 0.132 in.) in the
replacement bracket.

(b) Drill the bracket 30-650 (32-650), if applicable.

CAUTION: This operation is applicable only if you do not replace the

actuator channel bracket.

1 Drill the holes for pins 30-620 (32-620) in the bracket to a final diameter of
between 4,16 and 4,24 mm (0.164 and 0.167 in.).

(c) Temporarily install the replacement bracket, if applicable.

1 Use clamps to hold the bracket on the location marked in Subtask

78-30-20-350-231.

(d) Temporarily install the replacement lever arm fitting.

1 Use clamps to hold the fitting on the location marked in Subtask

78-30-20-350-230.

2 Use OMat 262 marker to mark the bracket location on the replacement
fitting.

(e) Mark the hole positions for the replacement bracket, if applicable.

FRSX112
Page 6010
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

1 Mark the hole positions for rivets 30-645 (32-645) from the actuator
channel.

(f) Mark the hole positions in the replacement fitting.

1 Mark the hole positions from the bracket, the door inner panel and the
door front frame.

(g) Remove the fitting.

(h) Remove the bracket, if applicable.

(j) Use a bench drill to drill the marked holes.

1 Drill the holes for pins 30-605 (32-605) to a final diameter of between 4,83
and 4,90 mm (0.190 and 0.193 in.).

2 Drill holes for rivets 30-630 (32-630), 30-635 (32-635) and 30-640 (32-640)
to a final diameter of between 4,88 and 4,98 mm (0.192 and 0.196 in.).

3 Drill the holes for fasteners 30-620 (32-620) in the fitting.

a Drill the holes for rivets 30-620A (32-620A) in the fitting to a final
diameter of between 3,28 and 3,35 mm (0.129 and 0.132 in.).

NOTE: This operation is applicable only if the bracket must be

replaced.

b Drill the holes for pins 30-620 (32-620) in the fitting to a final diameter
of between 4,16 and 4,24 mm (0.164 and 0.167 in.).

NOTE: This operation is applicable if the bracket is not removed

from the actuator channel.

(k) Deburr the holes.

(l) Clean the fitting. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

FRSX112
Page 6011
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-233-A01
(6) PART A - Install the Replacement Fitting 30-600 (32-600) and the Replacement
Bracket 30-650A (32-650A), if applicable.
(Refer to Fig. 6001 Sheet 2)

NOTE: This Subtask is applicable only if the bracket must be replaced.

NOTE: For right hand door parts, refer to the item numbers in brackets.

(a) Attach the replacement bracket to the fitting.

1 Put a layer of OMat 8/107 sealant on the mating surface of the bracket.

2 Clamp the bracket on the fitting.

3 Use OMat 8/106 sealant to wet install the rivets 30-620A (32-620A). (Refer
to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

4 Use OMat 8/107 sealant to make a bead of sealant around the edges of
the bracket.

(b) Put a layer of OMat 8/107 sealant on the mating surfaces of the assembly.

(c) Clamp the assembly at the locations marked in Subtask 78-30-20-350-230 and
Subtask 78-30-20-350-231.

(d) Use OMat 8/106 sealant to wet install the pins 30-605 (32-605), the washers
30-615 (32-615) and the collars 30-610 (32-610). (Refer to SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-004).

(e) Use OMat 8/106 sealant to wet install the rivets 30-630 (32-630), 30-635
(32-635) and 30-640 (32-640). (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

(f) Use OMat 8/106 sealant to wet install the rivets 30-645 (32-645). (Refer to
SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

(g) Use OMat 8/107 sealant to make a bead of sealant around the edges of the
bracket and fitting.

(h) Remove unwanted sealant. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

FRSX112
Page 6012
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-20-30-350-234-B01
(6) PART A - Install the Replacement Fitting 30-600 (32-600).
(Refer to Fig. 6001 Sheet 2)

NOTE: This Subtask is applicable if the bracket 30-650 (32-650) is not removed.

NOTE: For right hand door parts, refer to the item numbers in brackets.

(a) Put a layer of OMat 8/107 sealant on the mating surface of the bracket.

(b) Put a layer of OMat 8/107 sealant on the mating surfaces of the fitting.

(c) Clamp the fitting at the location marked in Subtask 78-20-30-350-230.

(d) Use OMat 8/106 sealant to wet install the pins 30-620 (32-620) and the collars
30-625 (32-625). (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

(e) Use OMat 8/106 sealant to wet install the pins 30-605 (32-605), the washers
30-615 (32-615) and the collars 30-610 (32-610). (Refer to SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-004).

(f) Use OMat 8/106 sealant to wet install the rivets 30-630 (32-630), 30-635
(32-635) and 30-640 (32-640). (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

(g) Use OMat 8/107 sealant to make a bead of sealant around the edges of the
bracket and fitting.

(h) Remove unwanted sealant. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

SUBTASK 78-20-30-220-219-A01
(7) PART A - Examine the Completed Repair

(a) Examine the repair to make sure that the referenced procedures have been
done correctly.

SUBTASK 78-20-30-850-050-A01
(8) PART A - Identification of the Repair

(a) Mark FRSX112/A adjacent to the identification plate. Use OMat 262 marker of a
contrasting colour. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-310-363).

FRSX112
Page 6013
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-235-A01
(9) PART B - Remove the Triangular M/P Lever Fitting 31-600 (33-600) on the Lower
Doors.
(Refer to Fig. 6002 Sheet 1 and 2)

NOTE: For right hand door parts, refer to the item numbers in brackets.

(a) Use the OMat 262 marker to mark the lever arm fitting location.

(b) Remove the fitting.

1 Remove the collars 06-268 (08-268), the washers 06-278 (08-278) and the
pins 06-256 (08-256). (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

2 Discard the collars 06-268 (08-268) and retain the washers 06-278
(08-278) and the pins 06-256 (08-256).

3 Remove and retain the nuts 06-276 (08-276) and the bolts 06-265A
(08-265A).

4 Remove and discard the collars 31-610 (33-610), the washers

31-615 (33-615) and the pins 31-605 (33-605). (Refer to SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-004).

5 Remove and discard the rivets 31-630 (33-630), 31-635 (33-635) and
31-640 (33-640). (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

6 Remove and discard the fasteners 31-620 (33-620). (Refer to SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-004).

7 Remove and discard the fitting.

(c) Clean the area.

1 Use a non-metallic scraper to remove the unwanted sealing compound

from around the rivet holes and repair area.

2 Clean the surfaces and the retained parts. (Refer to OP TASK

70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

NOTE: Make sure that the retained parts are serviceable. (Refer to SPM
70-31-00-200-000).

FRSX112
Page 6014
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-220-A01
(10) PART B - Examine the Actuator Channel Bracket 31-650 (33-650).

(a) Examine the bracket for cracks. Use X7 magnification inspection equipment.

1 If cracks are found, remove the bracket from the actuator channel, .

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-236-A01
(11) PART B - Remove the Bracket 31-650 (33-650) from the Actuator Channel.
(Refer to Fig. 6002 Sheet 2)

NOTE: This Subtask is only applicable if the bracket must be replaced.

NOTE: For right hand door parts, refer to the item numbers in brackets.

(a) Use OMat 262 marker to mark the bracket location.

(b) Remove the bracket.

1 Remove and discard the rivets 31-645 (33-645). (Refer to SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-004).

2 Remove and discard the bracket.

(c) Clean the area.

1 Use a non-metallic scraper to remove the unwanted sealing compound

around the rivet holes and repair area.

2 Clean the surfaces. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-237-A01
(12) PART B - Drill the Replacement Fitting 31-600 (33-600) and the replacement bracket
31-650A (33-650A).
(Refer to Fig. 6002 Sheet 2)

NOTE: For right hand door parts, refer to the item numbers in brackets.

(a) Drill the replacement bracket, if applicable.

NOTE: This operation is applicable only if the bracket must be replaced.

FRSX112
Page 6015
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

1 Use the removed bracket to mark the hole positions for rivets 31-620A
(33-620A).

2 Drill the holes for rivets 31-620A (33-620A) in the replacement bracket to a
final diameter of between 3,28 and 3,35 mm (0.129 and 0.132 in.).

(b) Drill the bracket 31-650 (33-650), if applicable.

CAUTION: This operation is applicable only if you do not replace the

actuator channel bracket.

1 Drill the holes for pins 31-620 (33-620)in the bracket to a final diameter of
between 4,16 and 4,24 mm (0.164 and 0.167 in.).

(c) Temporarily install the replacement bracket, if applicable.

1 Use clamps to hold the bracket on the location marked in Subtask

78-30-20-350-236.

(d) Temporarily install the replacement lever arm fitting.

1 Use clamps to install the fitting on the location marked in Subtask

78-30-20-350-235.

2 Use OMat 262 marker to mark the bracket location on the replacement
fitting.

(e) Mark the hole positions in the replacement bracket, if applicable.

1 Mark the hole positions for rivets 31-645 (33-645) from the actuator
channel.

(f) Mark hole positions in the fitting.

1 Mark the hole positions from the bracket, the door inner panel and the
door front frame.

2 Mark the applicable hole locations from the deflector 06-250 (08-250).

(g) Remove the fitting.

(h) Remove the bracket, if applicable.

FRSX112
Page 6016
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(j) Use a bench drill to drill the marked holes.

1 Drill the holes for pins 31-605 (33-605) to a final diameter of between 4,83
and 4,90 mm (0.190 and 0.193 in.).

2 Drill the holes for rivets 31-630 (33-630), 31-635 (33-635) and 31-640
(33-640) to a final diameter of between 4,88 and 4,98 mm (0.192 and
0.196 in.).

3 Drill the holes for fasteners 06-256 (08-256) and 06-265A (08-265A) to
a final diameter of between 4,83 and 4,90 mm (0.190 and 0.193 in.), if
applicable.

4 Drill the holes for fasteners 31-620 (33-620) in the fitting.

a Drill the holes for rivets 31-620A (33-620A) in the fitting to a final
diameter of between 3,28 and 3,35 mm (0.129 and 0.132 in.).

NOTE: This operation is applicable only if the bracket must be

replaced.

5 Drill the holes for pins 31-620 (33-620) in the fitting to a final diameter of
between 4,16 and 4,24 mm (0.164 and 0.167 in.)

NOTE: This operation is applicable if the bracket is not removed from the
actuator channel.

(k) Deburr the holes.

(l) Clean the fitting. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-238-A01
(13) PART B - Install the Replacement Fitting 31-600 (33-600) and the Replacement
Bracket 31-650A (33-650A), if applicable.
(Refer to Fig. 6002 Sheet 2)

NOTE: This Subtask is applicable only if the bracket must be replaced.

NOTE: For right hand door parts, refer to the item numbers in brackets.

(a) Attach the replacement bracket to the fitting.

FRSX112
Page 6017
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

1 Put a layer of OMat 8/107 sealant on the mating surface of the bracket.

2 Clamp the bracket on the fitting.

3 Use OMat 8/106 sealant to wet install the rivets 31-620A (33-620A). (Refer
to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

4 Use OMat 8/107 sealant to make a bead of sealant around the edges of
the bracket.

(b) Put a layer of OMat 8/107 sealant on the mating surfaces of the assembly.

(c) Clamp the assembly at the location marked in Subtask 78-30-20-350-235 and
Subtask 78-30-20-350-236.

(d) Use OMat 8/106 sealant to wet install the pins 31-605 (33-605), the washers
31-615 (33-615) and the collars 31-610 (33-610). (Refer to SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-004).

(e) Use OMat 8/106 sealant to wet install the rivets 31-630 (33-630), 31-635
(33-635) and 31-640 (33-640). (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

(f) Use OMat 8/106 sealant to wet install the rivets 31-645 (33-645). (Refer to
SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

(g) Use OMat 8/106 sealant to wet install the bolts 06-265A (08-265A) and the
nuts 06-276 (08-276).

1 TORQUE the nuts to 11,3 Nm (100 lbf.in.).

(h) Use OMat 8/106 sealant to wet install the pins 06-256 (08-256), the washers
06-278 (08-278) and the collars 06-268 (08-268). (Refer to SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-004).

(j) Use OMat 8/107 sealant to make a bead of sealant around the edges of the
bracket and fitting.

(k) Remove unwanted sealant. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

FRSX112
Page 6018
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-20-30-350-239-B01
(13) PART B - Install the Replacement Fitting 31-600 (33-600).
(Refer to Fig. 6002 Sheet 2)

NOTE: This Subtask is applicable if the bracket 31-650 (33-650) is not removed.

NOTE: For right hand door parts, refer to the item numbers in brackets.

(a) Put a layer of OMat 8/107 sealant on the mating surfaces of the fitting.

(b) Clamp the fitting at the location marked in Subtask 78-20-30-350-235.

(c) Use OMat 8/106 sealant to wet install the pins 31-620 (33-620) and the collars
31-625 (33-625). (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

(d) Use OMat 8/106 sealant to wet install the pins 31-605 (32-605), the washers
31-615 (32-615) and the collars 31-610 (32-610). (Refer to SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-004).

(e) Use OMat 8/106 sealant to wet install the rivets 31-630 (33-630), 31-635
(33-635) and 31-640 (33-640). (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

(f) Use OMat 8/106 sealant to wet install the bolts 06-265A 08-265A and the nuts
06-276 (08-276).

(g) TORQUE the nut to 11,3 Nm (100 lbf.in.).

(h) Use OMat 8/106 sealant to wet install the pins 06-256 (08-256), the washers
06-278 (08-278) and the collars 06-268 (08-268). (Refer to SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-004).

(j) Use OMat 8/107 sealant to make a bead of sealant around the edges of the
bracket and fitting.

(k) Remove unwanted sealant. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

SUBTASK 78-20-30-220-221-A01
(14) PART B - Examine the Completed Repair

(a) Examine the repair to make sure that the referenced procedures have been
done correctly.

FRSX112
Page 6019
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-20-30-850-051-A01
(15) PART B - Identification of the Repair

(a) Mark FRSX112/B adjacent to the identification plate. Use OMat 262 marker of a
contrasting colour. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-310-363).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-240-A01
(16) PART C - Remove the Rectangular M/P Lever Fitting 30-700 (32-700) on the Upper
Doors.
(Refer to Fig. 6001 Sheet 1 and 3)

NOTE: For right hand door parts, refer to the item numbers in brackets.

(a) Use OMat 262 marker to mark the fitting location.

(b) Remove the fitting.

1 Remove the collars 05-364 (07-364), the washers 05-361 (07-361) and
the pins 05-352 (07-352), 05-353 (07-353) and 05-355 (07-355). (Refer
to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

2 Discard the collars 05-364 (07-364) and retain the washers 05-361
(07-361) and the pins 05-352 (07-352), 05-353 (07-353) and 05-355
(07-355).

3 Remove and discard the collars 30-725 (32-725) and 30-730 (32-730), the
washer 30-735 (32-735) and the pins 30-710 (32-710), 30-715 (32-715)
and 30-720 (32-720), (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

4 Remove and discard the rivet 30-705 (32-705). (Refer to SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-004).

5 Remove and discard the rivets 30-750 (32-750). (Refer to SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-004).

6 Remove and discard the fitting.

(c) Clean the area.

1 Use a non-metallic scraper to remove the unwanted sealing compound

around the rivet holes and repair area.

FRSX112
Page 6020
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

2 Clean the surfaces and the retained parts. (Refer to OP TASK

70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

NOTE: Make sure that the retained parts are serviceable. (Refer to SPM
70-31-00-200-000).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-223-A01
(17) PART C - Examine the Angle 30-760 (32-760).

(a) Examine the angle for cracks. Use X7 magnification inspection equipment.

1 If cracks are found, remove the bracket from the seal support. (Refer to
Subtask 78-30-20-350-241).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-241-A01
(18) PART C - Remove the Angle 30-760 (32-760) from the Seal Support.
(Refer to Fig. 6001 Sheet 3)

NOTE: This Subtask is only applicable if the angle must be replaced.

NOTE: For right hand door parts, refer to the item numbers in brackets.

(a) Use OMat 262 marker to mark the angle location.

(b) Remove the angle.

1 Remove and discard the rivets 30-755 (32-755). (Refer to SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-004).

2 Remove and discard the angle.

(c) Clean the area.

1 Use a non-metallic scraper to remove the unwanted sealing compound

around the rivet holes and repair area.

2 Clean the surfaces. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

FRSX112
Page 6021
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-242-A01
(19) PART C - Drill the Replacement Fitting 30-700 (32-700) and the replacement angle
30-760 (32-760).
(Refer to Fig. 6001 Sheet 3)

NOTE: For right hand door parts, refer to the item numbers in brackets.

(a) Temporarily install the angle 30-760 (32-760), if applicable.

1 Use clamps to hold the angle at the location marked in Subtask

78-30-20-350-241.

(b) Temporarily install the lever arm fitting 30-700 (32-700).

1 Use clamps to hold the fitting on the location marked in Subtask

78-30-20-350-240.

(c) Mark the holes positions in the angle, if applicable.

1 Mark the holes positions for rivets 30-755 (32-755) from the seal support.

(d) Mark the hole positions in the fitting.

1 Mark the hole positions from the door inner panel and the door front frame.

2 Mark the hole positions from the angle.

3 Mark the applicable holes from the front deflector plate 05-350 (07-350A).

(e) Remove the fitting.

(f) Remove the angle, if applicable.

(g) Use a bench drill to drill the marked holes.

1 Drill the holes for rivet 30-705 (32-705) to a final diameter of between 4,06
and 4,17 mm (0.160 and 0.164 in.).

2 Drill the holes for pins 30-710 (32-710), 30-715 (32-715) and 30-720
(32-720) to a final diameter of between 4,83 and 4,90 mm (0.190 and
0.193 in.).

FRSX112
Page 6022
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

3 Drill the holes for rivets 30-750 (32-750) to a final diameter of between
3,28 and 3,35 mm (0.129 and 0.132 in.).

4 Drill the holes for fasteners 05-352 (07-352), 05-353 (07-353) and 05-355
(07-355) to a final diameter of between 6,35 and 6,43 mm (0.250 and
0.253 in.).

5 Drill the holes for rivets 30-755 (32-755) to a final diameter of between
3,28 and 3,35 mm (0.129 and 0.132 in.).

(h) Deburr the holes.

(j) Clean the repair area. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

SUBTASK 78-20-30-350-243-A01
(20) PART C - Install the Replacement Fitting 30-700 (32-700) and the Replacement
Angle 30-760 (32-760), if applicable.
(Refer to Fig. 6001 Sheet 3)

NOTE: This Subtask is only applicable if the angle must be replaced.

NOTE: For right hand door parts, refer to the item numbers in brackets.

(a) Attach the replacement angle to the fitting.

1 Put a layer of OMat 8/107 sealant on the mating surface of the angle.

2 Clamp the angle on the fitting.

3 Use OMat 8/106 sealant to wet install the rivets 30-750A (32-750A). (Refer
to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

4 Use OMat 8/107 sealant to make a bead of sealant around the edges
of the angle.

(b) Put a layer of OMat 8/107 sealant on the mating surfaces of the assembly.

(c) Clamp the assembly at the locations marked in Subtask 78-20-30-350-240 and
Subtask 78-20-30-350-241.

(d) Use OMat 8/106 sealant to wet install the rivets 30-755 (32-755). (Refer to
SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

FRSX112
Page 6023
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(e) Use OMat 8/106 sealant to wet install the pins 30-710 (32-710), 30-715 (32-715)
and 30-720 (32-720), the washer 30-735 (32-735) and the collars 30-725
(32-725) and 30-730 (32-730). (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

(f) Use OMat 8/106 sealant to wet install the rivets 30-705 (32-705). (Refer to
SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

(g) Use OMat 8/106 sealant to wet install the pins 05-352 (07-352), 05-353 (07-353)
and 05-355 (07-355), the washers 05-361 (07-361) and the collars 05-364
(07-364). (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

(h) Use OMat 8/107 sealant to make a bead of sealant around the edges of the
assembly.

(j) Remove unwanted sealant. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

SUBTASK 78-20-30-350-243-B01
(20) PART C - Install the Replacement Fitting 30-700 (32-700).
(Refer to Fig. 6001 Sheet 3)

NOTE: This Subtask is applicable if the angle 30-760 (32-760) is not removed.

NOTE: For right hand door parts, refer to the item numbers in brackets.

(a) Put a layer of OMat 8/107 sealant on the mating surface of the angle.

(b) Put a layer of OMat 8/107 sealant on the mating surfaces of the fitting.

(c) Put the fitting at the location marked in Subtask 78-20-30-350-240.

(d) Use OMat 8/106 sealant to wet install the rivets 30-750 (32-750). (Refer to
SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

(e) Use OMat 8/106 sealant to wet install the pins 30-710 (32-710), 30-715 (32-715)
and 30-720 (32-720), the washer 30-735 (32-735) and the collars 30-725
(32-725) and 30-730 (32-730). (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

(f) Use OMat 8/106 sealant to wet install the rivets 30-705 (32-705). (Refer to
SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

(g) Use OMat 8/106 sealant to wet install the pins 05-352 (07-352), 05-353 (07-353)
and 05-355 (07-355), the washers 05-361 (07-361) and the collars 05-364

FRSX112
Page 6024
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(07-364). (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

(h) Use OMat 8/107 sealant to make a bead of sealant around the edges of the
fitting.

(j) Remove unwanted sealant. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

SUBTASK 78-20-30-220-222-A01
(21) PART C - Examine the Completed Repair

(a) Examine the repair to make sure that the referenced procedures have been
done correctly.

SUBTASK 78-20-30-850-052-A01
(22) PART C - Identification of the Repair

(a) Mark FRSX112/C adjacent to the identification plate. Use OMat 262 marker of a
contrasting colour. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-310-363).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-245-A01
(23) PART D - Remove the Rectangular M/P Lever Fitting 31-700 (33-700) on the Lower
Doors.
(Refer to Fig. 6002 Sheet 1 and 3)

NOTE: For right hand door parts, refer to the item numbers in brackets.

(a) Use OMat 262 marker to mark the fitting location.

(b) Remove the fitting.

1 Remove and discard the collars 31-725 (33-725) and 31-730 (33-730), the
washer 31-735 (33-735) and the pins 31-710 (33-710), 31-715 (33-715)
and 31-720 (33-720). (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

2 Remove and discard the rivets 31-705 (33-705) and 31-740 (33-740).
(Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

3 Remove and discard the fitting.

(c) Clean the area.

FRSX112
Page 6025
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

1 Use a non-metallic scraper to remove the unwanted sealing compound

around the rivet holes and repair area.

2 Clean the surfaces. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-246-A01
(24) PART D - Drill the Replacement Fitting 31-700 (33-700).
(Refer to Fig. 6002 Sheet 3)

NOTE: For right hand door parts, refer to the item numbers in brackets.

(a) Temporarily install the lever arm fitting 31-700 (33-700).

1 Use clamps to hold the fitting on the location marked in Subtask

78-30-20-350-245.

(b) Mark the hole locations in the fitting.

1 Mark the hole positions from the door inner panel and the door front frame.

(c) Remove the fitting.

(d) Use a bench drill to drill the marked holes.

1 Drill the holes for rivet 31-705 (33-705) to a final diameter of between 4,06
and 4,17 mm (0.160 and 0.164 in.).

2 Drill the holes for rivets 31-740 (33-740) to a final diameter of between
4,88 and 4,98 mm (0.192 and 0.196 in.).

3 Drill the holes for pins 31-710 (33-710), 31-715 (33-715) and 31-720
(33-720) to a final diameter of between 4,83 and 4,90 mm (0.190 and
0.193 in.).

(e) Deburr the holes.

(f) Clean the repair area. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

FRSX112
Page 6026
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-20-30-350-247-A01
(25) PART D - Install the Replacement Fitting 31-700 (33-700).
(Refer to Fig. 6002 Sheet 3)

NOTE: For right hand door parts, refer to the item numbers in brackets.

(a) Put a layer of OMat 8/107 sealant on the mating surfaces of the fitting.

(b) Put the fitting at the location marked.

(c) Use OMat 8/106 sealant to wet install the pins 31-710 (33-710), 31-715 (33-715)
and 31-720 (33-720), the washer 31-735 (33-735) and the collars 31-725
(33-725) and 31-730 (33-730). (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

(d) Use OMat 8/106 sealant to wet install the rivets 31-705 (33-705) and 31-740
(33-740). (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

(e) Use OMat 8/107 sealant to make a bead of sealant around the edges of the
fitting.

(f) Remove unwanted sealant. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

SUBTASK 78-20-30-220-224-A01
(26) PART D - Examine the Completed Repair

(a) Examine the repair to make sure that the referenced procedures have been
done correctly.

SUBTASK 78-20-30-850-053-A01
(27) PART D - Identification of the Repair

(a) Mark FRSX112/D adjacent to the identification plate. Use OMat 262 marker of a
contrasting colour. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-310-363).

SUBTASK 78-20-30-350-248-A01
(28) Install the Outer Panel, refer to TASK 78-30-20-300-863 (FRSX108).

FRSX112
Page 6027
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Upper Door Lever Arm Fittings (Sheet 1 of 3)

Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6160-001
FRSX112
Page 6028
78-30-20 Mar 10/05
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Upper Door Lever Arm Fittings (Sheet 2 of 3)

Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6160-001
FRSX112
Page 6029
78-30-20 Mar 10/05
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Upper Foor Lever Arm Fittings (Sheet 3 of 3)

Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6160-001
FRSX112
Page 6030
78-30-20 Mar 10/05
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Lower Door Lever Arm Fittings (Sheet 1 of 3)

Figure 6002/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6161-001
FRSX112
Page 6031
78-30-20 Mar 10/05
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Lower Door Lever Arm Fittings (Sheet 2 of 3)

Figure 6002/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6161-001
FRSX112
Page 6032
78-30-20 Mar 10/05
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Lower Door Lever Arm Fittings (Sheet 3 of 3)

Figure 6002/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6161-001
FRSX112
Page 6033
78-30-20 Mar 10/05
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-865-A01
62. FRSX126 - SB 78-B818: REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF THE TERTIARY-LOCK-LATCH
LOCKING-BOLT

A. General

(1) This TASK gives the procedures to remove and install the tertiary-lock-latch
locking-bolt (SB 78-B818 standard) from the tertiary lock solenoid. It is necessary to
remove the bolt to allow the solenoid to be removed for replacement or rework, or
to replace the bolt.

(2) Fig/item numbers in the procedure agree with those used in the Illustrated Parts List
(IPL). Only the primary Fig/item numbers are used. For different Service Bulletin
standards, refer to the IPL.

(3) TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Refer
to T.S.D.594-J).

(4) TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Refer to
RR-CAEL-SPM).

(5) For the repair procedures, refer to the Illustrated Parts List to identify the parts: the
number in brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

(6) For Price and Availability of tools, refer to Aircelle.

B. Effectivity

ENGINE FIG/ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION SERVICE BULLETIN

TRENT 700/ALL 20-100 91F235-00 Tertiary lock 78-B818, Pre 78-C609
21-100 91F235-01 solenoid 78-B818, 78-C609, Pre
78-E164
22-100 91F235-02 78-E164, Part 2
23-100 91F235-03 78-E164, Part 1

C. Reason for job

(1) Self-explanatory.

FRSX126
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

D. Job set-up information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Refer to Chapter SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENTS for full
data of the special tools in this list.

(b) Use approved equivalent alternatives, if necessary.

(c) Standard tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

Standard workshop tools and equipment
Inspection equipment (7x magnification)
1 Drilling machine and equipment
1 3,2 mm (0.125 in.) drill

(d) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

HU87516 1 Locking fixture
Bosch PHG 600 LE 1 Heat gun range 100 - 600 deg C (212 - 1112 deg. F)
2000W or equivalent

(2) Consumables

(a) Refer to the Overhaul Materials Manual (Refer to OMat) for the full data of the
consumable materials referred in this TASK.

(b) Use approved equivalent alternatives, if necessary.

REFERENCE NAME
OMat 262 Temporary marker
OMat 4/67 Dry film lubricant PTFE base
OMat 8/176 Sealing compound

FRSX126
Page 6002
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

REFERENCE NAME
Local procurement
Heat shrink sleeve
AMS-DTL-23053/5-114-C

NOTE: Other necessary consumable materials are referred to in OP TASKS in

this TASK.

(3) Expendable parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

20-125 91F234-00 Retaining sleeve 1
21-125 91F234-00 Retaining sleeve 1
22-125 91F234-00 Retaining sleeve 1
23-125 91F234-00 Retaining sleeve 1

(4) Repair parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

20-090B
21-090B
91F232-03 Latch locking bolt A/R
22-090B
23-090B
20-125
21-125
91F234-00 Retaining sleeve 1
22-125
23-125

(5) Material of components

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FRSX126
Page 6003
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

PART/IDENT SYMBOL MATERIAL

Retaining sleeve (20-125, 21-125, 18/11 Stainless steel
22-125, 23-125)

E. Health and Safety Notices

WARNING: WHEN YOU DO THIS REPAIR YOU MUST WEAR PROTECTIVE

CLOTHING, GLOVES, DUST MASK AND SAFETY GOGGLES TO
PROTECT YOU AGAINST DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES WHICH CAN
BE DANGEROUS TO YOUR HEALTH.

WARNING: WHEN YOU USE CLEANING MATERIALS, COATINGS AND SEALANTS,

REFER TO, AND OBEY, THE MANUFACTURER'S CONTROL AND
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS AND HEALTH AND SAFETY NOTICES.

F. Procedure

CAUTION: DO NOT USE THE ELECTRICAL HARNESS TO LIFT OR MOVE THE

TERTIARY LOCK SOLENOID.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-249-A01
(1) Install the Solenoid in the Locking fixture HU87516 and Remove the Locking Bolt
(Refer to Fig. 6001)
(Refer to Fig. 6002)
(Refer to Fig. 6003)

(a) Remove the two cap screws (1) from each hand wheel support (2). Remove the
supports, with the hand wheels (3) still installed, from the fixture.

(b) Remove the two dimpling tools (4) from the body (5). Install the drill bushes (6)
in the same locations.

(c) Remove the fork (7) from the fixture.

(d) Remove the pin (8) and remove the spigot (9).

(e) Turn the adjuster hand wheel (11) to its fully retracted position.

(f) Remove the four cap screws (12) from the fixture.

(g) Install the solenoid 20-100, 21-100, 22-100, 23-100, with its harness to the top,
in the fixture with the cap screws (12). Make sure the flange of the solenoid is

FRSX126
Page 6004
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

fully against the face of the fixture, then tighten the cap screws.

(h) Turn the adjuster hand wheel (11) to put a light load on the latch locking
bolt/solenoid push rod assembly.

(j) Put the spigot (9) in the slot of the retaining sleeve 20-125, 21-125, 22-125,
23-125 then install the pin (8) to keep the spigot in position.

CAUTION: WHEN YOU DRILL THE SLEEVE TO REMOVE THE DIMPLES,

YOU MUST NOT DRILL INTO THE PUSHROD OF THE SOLENOID.

(k) Use the drilling machine and 3,2 mm (0.125 in.) drill, (located in the one of the
drill bushes) to drill out the dimple in the sleeve.

(l) Do step before again (at the second drill bush position) to remove the remaining
dimple.

(m) Remove the drilling machine.

(n) Turn the adjuster hand wheel (11) to its fully retracted position.

(p) Remove the pin (8), disengage the spigot (9) from the sleeve and remove the
spigot from the fixture. Do not re-install the spigot at this step.

(q) Remove the cap screws (12) and the solenoid from the fixture. Do not re-install
the cap screws at this step.

(r) Remove the retaining sleeve and latch locking bolt. Discard the sleeve.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-250-A01
(2) Examine the Locking Bolt (20-090B, 21-090B, 22-090B and 23-090B)
(Refer to Fig. 6002)

(a) Clean the bolt. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

(b) Use x 7 magnification to examine the engagement faces (that were below the
sleeve) for cracks. If the faces are cracked, reject the bolt. (Refer to PM TASK
70-31-00-200-000).

(c) Repair the bolt if it has burrs and scores not more than 0,27 mm (0.010 in.) in
depth. (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-11-300-001 (FRSX3253, Standard Practices
Manual)).

FRSX126
Page 6005
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(d) Reject the bolt if it has burrs or scores, more than 0,27 mm (0.010 in.) in depth.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-251-A01
(3) Prepare the Fixture for the Assembly of the Locking Bolt to the Tertiary Lock Solenoid

(a) Remove the two drill bushes (6), (Refer to Fig. 6003).

(b) Install the two dimpling tools (4), in their retracted position.

(c) Turn the hand wheels (3), of the supports (2) counter clockwise, to their fully
retracted position, (Refer to Fig. 6001).

(d) Install the two hand wheel supports (2) with the cap screws (1). Tighten the
cap screws.

(e) Turn the adjuster hand wheel (11) counter clockwise, to fully retract the adjuster
(10).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-252-A01
(4) Assemble the Latch Locking Bolt to the Tertiary Lock Solenoid
(Refer to Fig. 6001 Sheet 2 to 4)

(a) Put a thin layer of OMat 8/176 sealing compound on the end of the pushrod (13).

(b) Put a new retaining sleeve 20-125, 21-125, 22-125, 23-125, with its slot
adjacent to the solenoid, on the pushrod.

(c) Connect the latch locking bolt 20-090B, 21-090B, 22-090B, 23-090B to the
pushrod

(d) Put OMat 8/176 sealing compound on the joint.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-253-A01
(5) Install the Tertiary Lock Solenoid in the Fixture
(Refer to Fig. 6001)
(Refer to Fig. 6002)
(Refer to Fig. 6003)

(a) Make sure that the handwheels (3), dimpling tools (4) and the adjuster
handwheel (11) are retracted.

(b) Make sure that the slots in the sleeve and locking bolt are in their top position.

FRSX126
Page 6006
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(c) Install the solenoid in the fixture. Make sure that the faces of the solenoid and
fixture are fully together.

(d) Make sure that the slots in the sleeve and locking bolt continue to be aligned
and at the top.

(e) Install the four capscrews (12) and tighten them.

(f) Turn the adjuster hand wheel (11) to make the adjuster touch the locking bolt.

(g) Continue to turn slowly, to compress the spring-loaded pushrod (13).

(h) When all the slots are aligned, install the spigot (9) in the slots and install the
pin (8).

(j) Install the fork (7).

NOTE: The installation of the fork makes sure the two holes in the sleeve and
two countersinks in the locking bolt are aligned.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-054-A01
(6) Attach the Locking Bolt to the Solenoid
(Refer to Fig. 6001)
(Refer to Fig. 6003)

(a) Evenly turn both handwheels (3) to engage the dimpling tools with the collar.
Make sure that the dimpling tools are aligned with the two holes in the sleeve.

(b) Continue to turn, for not more than 90 degrees, to make the dimples in the
sleeve.

(c) Fully retract the two hand wheels (3) and the adjuster hand wheel (11).

(d) Retract the two dimpling tools (4).

(e) Remove the fork (7), the pin (8) then the spigot (9).

(f) Remove the capscrews (12).

(g) Remove the solenoid.

FRSX126
Page 6007
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-210-035-A01
(7) Examine the Repair

(a) Make sure that the two dimples are satisfactory, between 0,33 and 0,48 mm
(0.013 and 0.019 in.) in depth and concentric with the holes in the sleeve.

(b) If the dimples are not satisfactory, do the procedures again.

CAUTION: IT IS IMPORTANT THAT THE LOCKING BOLT MOVES FREELY.

(c) Make sure that the locking bolt can move freely.

(d) If the locking bolt does not move freely, do the procedures again to remove
and re-install it.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-243-A01
(8) Apply Dry film Lubricant to the Locking Bolt

(a) Apply a layer of OMat 4/67 dry film lubricant to the surfaces of the locking bolt.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-055-A01
(9) Identify the Repair
(Refer to Fig. 6004)

(a) If the tertiary lock solenoid was not replaced, use an OMat 262 marker to write
'FRSX126' on a flange that has no marks.

(b) If the tertiary lock solenoid was replaced, use an OMat 262 marker to write on
the top ('Aircelle') part of the data plate:

1 TERTIARY LOCK ASSY. P/NO. - if the Goodrich P/NO. is TY2044-51B,

then write 91F235-02 for the Aircelle P/NO.

2 If it is TY2044-52A, write 91F235-03

3 DATE: - Mark the date you did the Repair.

4 SER. NO. - The same serial number as the Goodrich serial number,
example ' G2495'.

5 INSP. - The reference identity of the inspector who validated the Repair.

FRSX126
Page 6008
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(c) Put a piece of AMS-DTL-23053/5-114-C heat shrink over the data plate and
around the circumference of the solenoid.

CAUTION: YOU MUST NOT USE THE HEAT GUN FOR MORE THAN FIVE
SECONDS. IF YOU USE IT FOR MORE THAN FIVE SECONDS YOU
CAN DAMAGE THE ELECTRICAL HARNESS OF THE SOLENOID.

(d) Use the heat gun at between 400 and 600 deg.C (752 and 1112 deg.F) for
five seconds to shrink the film.

FRSX126
Page 6009
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Details of Locking Fixture HU87516

Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6162-001 FRSX126
Page 6010
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Details of Tertiary Lock Solenoid, Latch Locking Bolt and Retaining Sleeve
Figure 6002/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6163-001 FRSX126
Page 6011
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Details of the Locking Fixture HU87516

Figure 6003/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6164-001
FRSX126
Page 6012
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Details of Tertiary Lock Solenoid Data Plate

Figure 6004/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6165-001
FRSX126
Page 6013
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-866-A01
63. FRSX125: REPAIR OF INNER FIXED STRUCTURE (IFS) BOND TEST AREAS

A. General

(1) This TASK gives the procedures to repair the IFS after test samples of its inner skin
have been removed to check for satisfactory bondment.

(2) There are two methods instructed: Part 1 uses a pre-formed carbon fabric patch.
Part 2 uses a wet lay up patch of two plies of carbon fabric. The use of Part 1 or Part
2 is a customer option.

(3) Fig/item numbers in the procedure agree with those used in the Illustrated Parts List
(IPL). Only the primary Fig/item numbers are used. For different Service Bulletin
standards, refer to the IPL.

(4) TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Refer
to T.S.D.594-J).

(5) TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Refer to
RR-CAEL-SPM).

(6) For Price and Availability of tools, refer to Aircelle.

FRSX125
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 10/07
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

B. Effectivity

ENGINE FIG/ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION SERVICE BULLETIN

TRENT 700/ALL 13-001 HDTR3410L LH thrust
HDTR3411L reverser C-Duct

HDTR3412L
HDTR3413L
HDTR3414L
HDTR3415L
HDTR3416L
HDTR3417L
14-001 HDTR3410R RH thrust
HDTR3411R reverser C-Duct

HDTR3412R
HDTR3413R
HDTR3414R
HDTR3415R
HDTR3416R
HDTR3417R
HDTR3418R
HDTR3419R
HDTR3420R

C. Reason for job

(1) Self-explanatory.

D. Job set-up information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Refer to Chapter SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENTS for full
data of the special tools in this list.

(b) Use approved equivalent alternatives, if necessary.

FRSX125
Page 6002
78-30-20 Jun 10/07
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(c) Standard tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

Standard workshop tools and equipment
Heat lamp or blanket (minimum of 200,0mm (8.0 in.) square)
0 to 150deg C (32 to 300deg F)
1 Vacuum pump
1 Non metallic spatula
1 Thermocouple 0 to 150deg C (32 to 302deg F)
1 Vacuum cleaner

(d) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

none

(2) Consumables

(a) Refer to the Overhaul Materials Manual (Refer to OMat) for the full data of the
consumable materials referred in this TASK.

(b) Use approved equivalent alternatives, if necessary.

REFERENCE NAME
OMat 262 Temporary marker
OMat 272 Adhesive masking tape
OMat 2/94 Adhesive tape
OMat 2/110 Adhesive tape
OMat 2/126 Vacuum bag
OMat 2/129 Breather cloth
OMat 2/130 Porous parting film
OMat 2/131 Non porous parting film
OMat 584 Scotch Brite
OMat 5/93 Garnet paper 180 grit
OMat 5/98 Garnet paper 60 grit

FRSX125
Page 6003
78-30-20 Jun 10/07
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

REFERENCE NAME
OMat 8/160 Epoxy paste adhesive
OMat 8/183 Dry carbon epoxy fabric
OMat 8/192 Epoxy paste adhesive

NOTE: Other necessary consumable materials are referred to in OP TASKS in

this TASK.

(3) Expendable parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

None

(4) Repair parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

none

(5) Material of components

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

PART/IDENT SYMBOL MATERIAL

IFS inner skin Carbon/bismaleimide/composite

FRSX125
Page 6004
78-30-20 Jun 10/07
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

E. Health and Safety Notices

WARNING: WHEN YOU DO THIS REPAIR YOU MUST WEAR PROTECTIVE

CLOTHING, GLOVES, DUST MASK AND SAFETY GOGGLES TO
PROTECT YOU AGAINST DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES WHICH CAN
BE DANGEROUS TO YOUR HEALTH.

WARNING: WHEN YOU USE CLEANING MATERIALS, COATINGS AND SEALANTS,

REFER TO, AND OBEY, THE MANUFACTURER'S CONTROL AND
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS AND HEALTH AND SAFETY NOTICES.

F. Part 1 - Repair with a Pre-formed Patch

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-244-A01
(1) Make the Repair Patch
(Refer to Fig. 6001)
(Refer to Fig. 6002)

(a) Cut two pieces, 100,0 mm (3.95 in.) square, of OMat 8/183 carbon fabric.

(b) Cut one piece, 200,0 mm (7.90 in.) square, of OMat 2/130 porous parting film.

(c) Cut three pieces, 200,0 mm (7.90 in.) square, of OMat 2/131 non porous parting
film. Put one piece on a clean and flat work surface.

(d) Put a piece of the carbon fabric on top of the film with an equal distance all
round its sides. Mark around its edges with an OMat 262 temporary marker,
then remove it.

(e) Mix 14,0 grams ( 0.5 ounces ) of OMat 8/160 adhesive .

(f) Use a non metallic spatula to put half the adhesive on the marked area of the
non porous parting film.

(g) Put a piece of the carbon fabric on the adhesive covered non porous parting
film, then put the remaining adhesive on it.

(h) Put the second piece of carbon fabric on top, then a second piece of the non
porous parting film on it.

FRSX125
Page 6005
78-30-20 Jun 10/07
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(j) Apply a roller to the non porous parting film, this will remove trapped air and
equally apply the adhesive.

NOTE: Do not use too much force on the roller, it can cause the layer of
adhesive to be decreased.

(k) Remove the top piece of non porous parting film.

(l) Put the, 200,0 mm (7.90 in.) square, porous film, with an equal distance all
round its sides, on the prepared pieces of carbon fabric.

(m) Put a 200,0 mm (7.90 in.) square piece of non porous film on top.

(n) Install a thermocouple to measure the temperatures when you cure the patch.

(p) If available, install a 200,0 mm (7.90 in.) square heat blanket.

(q) Cut one piece, 200,0 mm (7.90 in.) square, of OMat 2/129 breather fabric .
Put it on the heater blanket.

(r) Put pieces, 250,0 mm (9.85 in.) long of OMat 2/110 adhesive tape around the
sides of the lay up materials on the work surface.

(s) Cut a piece of OMat 2/126 vacuum bag to the same dimensions as the adhesive
tape.

(t) Install the vacuum bag and connect the vacuum equipment so it is in contact
with the breather cloth.

(u) Make a vacuum of -0.7 bar (-10.0 psi) inside the bag, make sure the vacuum is
kept while the patch is cured.

(v) Cure (with a heat lamp, if a heat blanket was not available) the patch in two
steps:

1 for between 60 and 70 mins at between 55 and 65 deg. C (131 and 149
deg F).

FRSX125
Page 6006
78-30-20 Jun 10/07
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

2 for between 150 and 160 mins at between 115 and 125 deg. C (239 and
257 deg F).

NOTE: Start to measure the time when the temperature reaches 55 deg
C (131 deg. F).

NOTE: The increase and decrease of the temperature is to be not more

than 3 deg. C (5.4 deg. F) each minute.

(w) When the patch has cured, remove the layup equipment and materials and
cut to 75,0 mm (2.95 in.) square. Put a radius of 10,0 mm (0.40 in.) on each
corner. Deburr the edges.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-254-A01
(2) Prepare the IFS
(Refer to Fig. 6002)

(a) Use hand tools to carefully remove any unwanted pieces of the test piece that
have stayed bonded to the honeycomb. Do not damage the honeycomb.

(b) Use OMat 584 scotch brite to lightly abrade over 30,0 mm (1.2 in) distance
around the sides of the hole.

(c) Use a vacuum cleaner to remove all unwanted material from the honeycomb.

(d) Clean the repair area. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

(e) Put pieces, 100,0 mm (3.95 in.) long, of OMat 2/94 waterproof tape on the other
skin (acoustic) of the IFS, opposite the repair area. This is to stop the loss of
the adhesive through the IFS.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-255-A01
(3) Repair the IFS
(Refer to Fig. 6002)
(Refer to Fig. 6003)

(a) Mix sufficient quantity of OMat 8/192 adhesive, use a syringe to overfill the
honeycomb.

(b) Put a layer of the adhesive, between 1,0 and 2,0 mm (0.040 and 0.080 in.)
thick, on one side of the pre formed patch.

FRSX125
Page 6007
78-30-20 Jun 10/07
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(c) Put the patch equally over the test sample hole.

(d) Apply light pressure with your hand to make the overfilled adhesive move to
the edges of the patch.

(e) Cut one 200,0 mm (7.90 in.) square piece each of OMat 2/130 porous parting
film and OMat 2/131 non porous parting film.

(f) Put the porous film, with an equal distance all round its sides, over the patch.
Put the non porous film on top.

(g) Install a thermocouple and, if available, put a 200,0 mm (7.90 in) square, heat
blanket, on top.

(h) Put pieces, 250,0 mm (9.85 in.) long, of OMat 2/110 adhesive tape around the
sides of the lay up materials on the IFS.

(j) Cut a piece of OMat 2/126 vacuum bag to the same dimensions as the adhesive
tape.

(k) Install the vacuum bag and connect the vacuum equipment.

(l) Make a vacuum of -0,7 bar (-10.0 psi) inside the bag, make sure the vacuum is
kept while the patch is cured.

(m) Cure (with a heat lamp, if a heat blanket is not available) the patch for 24 hours
at ambient temperature. And then for 60 minutes at between 80 and 100 deg. C
(176 and 212 deg. F).

NOTE: Start to measure the time when the temperature reaches 80 deg C
(176 deg. F).

NOTE: The increase and decrease of the temperature is to be not more than
3 deg. C (5.4 deg. F) each minute.

(n) When the patch has cured, remove the repair materials from both skins of the
IFS.

(p) Remove unwanted adhesive and smooth the bead of adhesive around the
patch, use OMat 5/93 garnet paper and OMat 5/98 garnet paper.

(q) Clean the repair area. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03 (TSD594-J, OP 101)).

FRSX125
Page 6008
78-30-20 Jun 10/07
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-280-001-A01
(4) Examine the Repair

(a) Do a tap test on the patch to make sure that it is bonded correctly.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-056-A01
(5) Identify the Repair

(a) Use an OMat 262 temporary marker, of contrasting colour, to mark FRSX125/1,
adjacent to the C-Duct data plate.

G. Part 2 - Repair with Wet Lay Up of Two Plies

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-256-A01
(1) Prepare the IFS
(Refer to Fig. 6002)

(a) Use hand tools to carefully remove any unwanted pieces of the test piece that
have stayed bonded to the honeycomb. Do not damage the honeycomb.

(b) Use OMat 584 scotch brite to lightly abrade over 30,0 mm (1.2 in.) distance
around the sides of the hole.

(c) Use a vacuum cleaner to remove all unwanted material from the honeycomb.

(d) Clean the repair area. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

(e) Put pieces, 100,0 mm (3.95 in.) long, of OMat 2/94 waterproof tape on the outer
skin (acoustic) of the IFS, opposite the repair area. This is to stop the loss of the
adhesive through the acoustic holes.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-257-A01
(2) Fill and Pre-cure the Honeycomb
(Refer to Fig. 6002)
(Refer to Fig. 6004)

(a) Mix sufficient quantity of OMat 8/192 adhesive, use a syringe to fill the
honeycomb level with the adjacent skin.

(b) Cut one 90,0 mm (3.50 in.) square, piece each of OMat 2/130 porous parting
film and OMat 2/131 non-porous parting film.

FRSX125
Page 6009
78-30-20 Jun 10/07
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(c) Put the porous film, with an equal distance all round its sides, over the filled
hole. Put the non porous film on top.

(d) Install a thermocouple and, if available, put a 90,0 mm (3.50 in) square heat
blanket on top.

(e) Put pieces, 140,0 mm (5.50 in.) long, of OMat 2/110 adhesive tape around the
edges of the lay up materials and on the IFS .

(f) Cut a piece of OMat 2/126 vacuum bag to the same dimensions as the adhesive
tape.

(g) Install the vacuum bag and connect the vacuum equipment.

(h) Make a vacuum of -0.7 bar (-10.0 psi) bar inside the bag, make sure that the
vacuum is kept while the adhesive is cured.

(j) Cure (with a heat lamp, if a heat blanket is not available) the patch for 24 hours
at ambient temperature. And then for 60 minutes at between 80 and 100 deg.C
(176 and 212 deg.F).

NOTE: Start to measure the time when the temperature reaches 80 deg.C
(176 deg.F).

NOTE: Increase and decrease of the temperature is to be not more than 3

deg.C (5.4 deg.F) each minute.

(k) Remove the repair materials from the inner (repaired) skin of the IFS, leave
the tape on the outer (acoustic) skin.

(l) Remove any unwanted material and clean the repair, use a vacuum cleaner and
(Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-258-A01
(3) Repair the IFS
(Refer to Fig. 6002)
(Refer to Fig. 6004)

(a) Cut two pieces of OMat 8/183 carbon fabric, one piece 75,0 mm (2.95 in.)
square, and the other piece 106,0 mm (4,20 in.) square.

(b) Cut four, 175, 0 mm (6.90 in.) square, pieces of OMat 2/131 non porous parting
film.

FRSX125
Page 6010
78-30-20 Jun 10/07
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(c) Cut one piece, 175, 0 mm (6.90 in.) square, of OMat 2/130 porous parting film.

(d) Cut one piece, 175, 0 mm (6.90 in.) square, of OMat 2/129 breather cloth .

(e) Put one piece of the non porous parting film on a clean, flat work surface.

(f) Put the 75,0 mm (2.95 in.) piece of the carbon fabric on the film and mark around
its edges with an OMat 262 temporary marker. Remove the carbon fabric.

(g) Mix 14,0 grams (0.5 ounces) of OMat 8/160 epoxy paste adhesive.

(h) Use a non-metallic spatula to put half of the mixed adhesive in a layer, between
1,0 and 2,0 mm ( 0.040 and 0.080 in.) thick, on the marked area of the non
porous parting film.

(j) Put the 75,0 mm (2.95 in.) square piece of carbon fabric on the adhesive
covered area on the non porous parting film.

(k) Put a, 175, 0 mm (6.90 in.) square, piece of non porous parting film on the
carbon fabric.

(l) Apply a roller to the non porous parting film to remove trapped air and equally
apply the adhesive.

NOTE: Do not use too much force on the roller, it can cause the layer of
adhesive to be decreased.

(m) Remove one piece of the non porous parting film.

(n) Put the prepared carbon fabric, with the non porous parting film to the top,
equally positioned, over the bond test area.

(p) Apply the roller to the non porous parting film. This will remove trapped air and
make sure that the carbon fabric is in good contact with the IFS.

NOTE: Do not use too much force on the roller, it can cause the layer of
adhesive to be decreased.

(q) Put another piece of non porous parting film on a clean, flat work surface.

(r) Put the 106,0 mm (4,20 in.) square piece of the carbon fabric on the non porous
parting film and mark around its edges with an OMat 262 temporary marker
. Remove the carbon fabric.

FRSX125
Page 6011
78-30-20 Jun 10/07
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(s) Use a non metallic spatula to put the remaining half of the OMat 8/160 adhesive,
between 1,0 and 2,0 mm ( 0.040 and 0.080 in.) thick, on the marked area.

(t) Put the 106,0 mm (4,20 in.) square piece of carbon fabric on the adhesive
covered area on the non porous parting film.

(u) Put the second piece of non porous parting film on the 106,0 mm (4,20 in.)
square piece of carbon fabric.

(v) Apply the roller to the non porous parting film, to remove trapped air and equally
apply the adhesive.

NOTE: Do not use too much force on the roller, it can cause the layer of
adhesive to be decreased.

(w) Remove one piece of the non porous parting film.

(x) Put the prepared 106,0 mm (4,20 in.) square carbon fabric (with the remaining
piece of non porous parting film to the top) on the first piece of carbon fabric.

(y) Apply the roller to the non porous parting film. This will make sure that both
pieces of carbon fabric are in good contact, remove trapped air and equally
apply the adhesive.

NOTE: Do not use too much force on the roller, it can cause the layer of
adhesive to be decreased.

(z) Remove the remaining piece of non porous parting film.

(aa) Put the porous film, with an equal distance all round its sides, over the pieces of
carbon fabric. Put a piece of the non porous film on top.

(ab) Install a thermocouple.

(ac) If available, put a 200, 0 mm (7.90 in.) square heat blanket on the porous
parting film.

(ad) Put the piece of breather cloth on top of the heater blanket,

(ae) Put pieces, 225,0 mm (9.0 in.) long, of OMat 2/110 adhesive tape around the
sides of the lay up materials on the IFS .

FRSX125
Page 6012
78-30-20 Jun 10/07
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(af) Cut a piece of OMat 2/126 vacuum bag to the same dimensions as the adhesive
tape.

(ag) Install the vacuum bag and connect the vacuum equipment so it is in contact
with the breather cloth.

(ah) Make a vacuum of -0,7 bar (-10.0 psi) inside the bag, make sure the vacuum is
kept while the carbon fabric is cured.

(ai) Cure (with a heat lamp if a heat blanket was not available) in two steps:

1 for between 60 and 70 mins at between 55 and 65 deg.C (131 and 149
deg.F).

2 for between 150 and 160 mins at between 115 and 125 deg.C (239 and
257 deg.F).

NOTE: Start to measure the time when the temperature reaches 55

deg.C (131 deg.F) for the first step and 115 deg. C 239 deg. F
for the second.

NOTE: The increase and decrease of the temperature is to be not more

than 3 deg.C (5.4 deg.F) each minute.

(aj) When the repair has cured, remove the repair materials from both skins of
the IFS.

(ak) Remove unwanted adhesive and smooth the bead of adhesive around the
edges of the repair use OMat 5/93 garnet paper and OMat 5/98 garnet paper.

(al) Clean the repair area. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03 (TSD594-J, OP 101)).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-280-002-A01
(4) Examine the Repair

(a) Do a tap test on the repair to make sure that it is bonded correctly.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-057-A01
(5) Identify the Repair

(a) Use an OMat 262 temporary marker, of contrasting colour, to mark FRSX125/2,
adjacent to the C-Duct data plate.

FRSX125
Page 6013
78-30-20 Jun 10/07
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Part 1 - Details to Make the Pre-Formed Patch

Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6167-001
FRSX125
Page 6014
78-30-20 Jul 10/05
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Part 1 - Details of Patch Installation and Filled Honeycomb / Part 2 - Details of Wet Lay up and
Filled Honeycomb
Figure 6002/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6168-001 FRSX125
Page 6015
78-30-20
Jul 10/05
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Part 1 - Install the Pre-Formed Patch and Cure Cycle Details / Part 2 Cure Details for Filled
Honeycomb
Figure 6003/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6169-001 FRSX125
Page 6016
78-30-20
Jul 10/05
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Part 2 - Details of Repair by Wet Lay up with Filled and Pre-Cured Honeycomb
Figure 6004/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6170-001
FRSX125
Page 6017
78-30-20 Jul 10/05
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-867-A01
64. FRSX109 - DELETED

Please refer to SRM 54-30-30, Repair No. 15.

REPAIR
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-868-A01
65. FRSX079 - DELETED

Please refer to SRM 54-30-70, Repair No. 01.

REPAIR
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-870-A01
67. FRSX114 - Thrust Reverser C-Duct - Repair of Cracked Front Frame

A. General

(1) This repair gives the instructions to repair a cracked rib in the C-Duct front frame.
The cracked rib, located at the lower part of the front frame, is removed and replaced
with repair sections.

(2) Fig/item numbers in the procedure agree with those used in the Illustrated Parts List
(IPL). Only the primary Fig/item numbers are used. For different Service Bulletin
standards, refer to the IPL.

(3) TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Refer
to TSD594-J).

(4) TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Refer to
RR-CAEL-SPM).

(5) This repair is limited to Design Service Goal (DSG).

B. Effectivity

ENGINE FIG/ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION SERVICE BULLETIN

TRENT 700/ALL 01-120 HDTR3411L LH thrust Pre 78-C899
HDTR3414L reverser C-Duct

01-130 HDTR3412R RH thrust Pre 78-C899

HDTR3413R reverser C-Duct

HDTR3416R
HDTR3417R

C. Reason for job

(1) Self explanatory.

D. Job set-up information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Refer to chapter "SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT AND

CONSUMABLES" for full data of the special tools in this list.

FRSX114
Page 6001
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(b) Standard tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- Alloy shim (locally manufactured)
- Drill Bushes (locally manufactured)
- Electric or pneumatic hand drill
- Gripper pins
- Hand riveter gun
- Rotary cutter
- Spot facing tools:10,00 mm (0.394 in), 12,00 mm (0.472 in),
13,00 mm (0.512 in) Spigot: 4,75 mm (0.187 in)
- Standard workshop tools and equipment
- Vacuum cleaner
- Vernier caliper or plug gauges
- Non-metallic scraper

(c) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

(2) Consumables

(a) Refer to the Overhaul Materials Manual (Refer to OMat) for the full data of the
consumable materials referred in this TASK.

REFERENCE NAME
OMat 261 Temporary marker
OMat 262 Temporary marker
OMat 5/94 Garnet paper
OMat 5/98 Garnet paper
OMat 653 Fluorescent penetrant
OMat 8/106 Sealant, two part
OMat 8/107 Sealant, two part polysulphide
OMat 8/154 Epoxy adhesive paste

FRSX114
Page 6002
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

REFERENCE NAME
OMat 8/176 Sealing Compound
OMat 8/202 Release agent
OMat 872A * Cold curing silicone compound
OMat 2/101 Lint-free cotton cloth
OMat 508 Polishing bob
*alternatives are not
permitted

(3) Expendable parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

None

(4) Repair parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts.

(b) For 6 O'Clock Cut Corner Panel LH:

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

47-598 91G142-02 6 O'Clock Cut corner instl LH RF
47-606 NAS1921M06S05AU Rivet 64
47-608 NAS1921M06S05 Rivet 41
47-610 31604CC041 Washer 41
47-612 NAS1921M06S07AU Rivet 6
47-614 NAS1921M06S03AU Rivet 12
47-614A NAS1921M06S04AU Rivet 12
47-616 NAS1921M05S03AU Rivet 4
47-618 NAS1921M06S08AU Rivet 5
47-620 NAS1921M06S06AU Rivet 38
47-622 NAS1921M06S09AU Rivet 6

FRSX114
Page 6003
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

47-624 HST97DUWK6 Collar 3
47-624A KFN579-3 Collar 3
47-626 HST315CE6-3 Pin, hi-lite 1
47-628 NAS1921M05S04AU Rivet 2
47-630 NAS1921M05S04AU Rivet 4
47-632 HST315CE6-4 Pin, hi-lite 2

(c) For 6 O'Clock Side Wall LH:

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

6 O'Clock Cut corner side
47-634 91G161-02 RF
wall
47-636 91G185-00 Seal plate 6 O'Clock RF
47-638 91G208-00 Sealing sheet RF
47-638A 91G208-01 Sealing sheet RF
47-640 HST10BJ6-4 Pin, hi-lite 11
47-642 HST10BJ6-5 Pin, hi-lite 12
47-646 MS20470AD4-6 Rivet 1
47-648 MS20470AD4-7 Rivet 1
47-650 HST97DUWK6 Collar 21
47-650A KFN579-3 Collar 21
47-652 HST97DUWU6 Collar 2
47-652A KFN579-3DL Collar 2
47-654 NAS1919M05S03AU Rivet 1
47-656 HST315-6-4 Pin, hi-lite 20
47-658 HST97DUWU6 Collar 20
47-658A KFN579-3DL Collar 20

(d) For the Fitting Installation LH side:

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

47-518 91C705-00 Bracket, manifold support RF
47-560 91C212-00 Repair fitting 1

FRSX114
Page 6004
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

47-562 91C213-00 Splice 1
47-564 91C214-00 Shim 1
47-566 91C215-00 Shim 1
47-568 91C216-00 Seal depressor 1
47-570 91C217-00 Seal depressor 1
47-572 HST11BJ6-4 Pin, hi-lite 15
47-574 HST11BJ6-9 Pin, hi-lite 3
47-576 HST11BJ6-7 Pin, hi-lite 4
47-578 HST97DUWU6 Collar 34
47-578A KFN579-3DL Collar 34
47-580 HST10BJ6-5 Pin, hi-lite 3
47-544A HST10BJ6-11 Pin, hi-lite 2
47-545 HST97DUWU6 Collar 2
47-584 HST10BJ6-7 Pin, hi-lite 3
47-586 HST10BJ6-8 Pin, hi-lite 5
47-588 MS21140-06-05 Rivet 2
47-590 MS20470AD4-5 Rivet 1
47-590A MS20470AD4-6 Rivet 1
47-590B MS20470AD4-7 Rivet 1
47-590C MS20470AD4-8 Rivet 1
47-596 HST10BJ6-5 Pin, hi-lite 1
47-210A CSR902B5E3 Rivet 1

(e) Kit P/N 91BRK0017 (47-600) Lower Fireshields - re-install kit LH:

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

47-205 91C005-01 LH lower fireshield RF
47-205A 91C244-01 LH lower fireshield RF
NAS1919M05S09AU (item
47-205A Rivet 7
11)
NAS1919M05S10AU (item
Rivet 5
12)

FRSX114
Page 6005
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

NAS1919M06S11AU (item
Rivet 2
13)

NOTE: The kit 91BRK0017 (47-600) includes the fasteners item 11, 12, 13.

(f) For 6 O'Clock Cut Corner Panel RH:

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

6 O'Clock Cut Corner Instl.
48-598 91G144-02 RF
RH
48-606 NAS1921M06S05AU Rivet 63
48-608 NAS1921M06S05 Rivet 41
48-610 31604CC041 Washer 41
48-612 NAS1921M06S07AU Rivet 6
48-614 NAS1921M06S03AU Rivet 12
48-614A NAS1921M06S04AU Rivet 12
48-616 NAS1921M05S03AU Rivet 4
48-618 NAS1921M06S08AU Rivet 5
48-620 NAS1921M06S06AU Rivet 38
48-622 NAS1921M06S09AU Rivet 6
48-624 HST97DUWK6 Collar 3
48-624A KFN579-3 Collar 3
48-626 HST315CE6-3 Pin, hi-lite 1
48-628 NAS1921M05S04AU Rivet 2
48-630 NAS1921M05S04AU Rivet 4
48-632 HST315CE6-4 Pin, hi-lite 2

(g) For 6 O'Clock Side Wall RH:

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

6 O'Clock cut corner side
48-634 91G161-52 RF
wall
48-636 91G185-50 Seal plate 6H RF

FRSX114
Page 6006
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

48-638 91G208-50 Sealing sheet RF
48-638A 91G208-51 Sealing sheet RF
48-640 HST10BJ6-4 Pin, hi-lite 11
48-642 HST10BJ6-5 Pin, hi-lite 12
48-646 MS20470AD4-6 Rivet 1
48-648 MS20470AD4-7 Rivet 1
48-650 HST97DUWK6 Collar 21
48-650A KFN579-3 Collar 21
48-652 HST97DUWU6 Collar 2
48-652A KFN579-3DL Collar 2
48-654 NAS1919M05S03AU Rivet 1
48-656 HST315-6-4 Pin, hi-lite 20
48-658 HST97DUWU6 Collar 20
48-658A KFN579-3DL Collar 20

(h) For the Fitting Installation RH side:

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

48-518 91C705-50 Bracket, manifold support RF
48-560 91C212-50 Repair fitting 1
48-562 91C213-50 Splice 1
48-564 91C214-00 Shim 1
48-566 91C215-00 Shim 1
48-568 91C216-50 Seal depressor 1
48-570 91C217-50 Seal depressor 1
48-572 HST11BJ6-4 Pin, hi-lite 15
48-574 HST11BJ6-9 Pin, hi-lite 3
48-576 HST11BJ6-7 Pin, hi-lite 4
48-578 HST97DUWU6 Collar 34
48-578A KFN579-3DL Collar 34
48-580 HST10BJ6-5 Pin, hi-lite 3

FRSX114
Page 6007
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

48-544A HST10BJ6-11 Pin, hi-lite 2
48-545 HST97DUWU6 Collar 2
48-584 HST10BJ6-7 Pin, hi-lite 3
48-586 HST10BJ6-8 Pin, hi-lite 5
48-588 MS21140-06-05 Rivet 2
48-590 MS20470AD4-5 Rivet 4
48-590A MS20470AD4-6 Rivet 4
48-590B MS20470AD4-7 Rivet 4
48-590C MS20470AD4-8 Rivet 4
48-596 HST10BJ6-5 Pin, hi-lite 1
48-210A CSR902B5E3 Rivet 1

(j) Kit P/N 91BRK0018 (48-600) Lower Fireshields - re-install kit RH:

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

48-205 91C006-01 RH lower fireshield RF
48-205A 91C245-01 RH lower fireshield RF
NAS1919M05S09AU (item
Rivet 7
11)
NAS1919M05S10AU (item
Rivet 5
12)
NAS1919M06S11AU (item
Rivet 2
13)

NOTE: The kit 91BRK0018 (48-600) includes the fasteners item 11, 12, 13.

(5) Material of components

FRSX114
Page 6008
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM SYMBOL MATERIAL

Repair fitting 47-560,
(48-560).
Shims 47-564, 47-566,
(48-564), (48-566).
Aluminium Alloy
Splice 47-562, (48-562).
Seal depressors 47-568,
47-570, (48-568) and
(48-570).

E. Health and Safety Notices

WARNING: WHEN YOU DO THIS REPAIR YOU MUST WEAR PROTECTIVE

CLOTHING, GLOVES, DUST MASK AND SAFETY GOGGLES TO
PROTECT YOU AGAINST DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES WHICH CAN
BE DANGEROUS TO YOUR HEALTH.

WARNING: WHEN YOU USE CLEANING MATERIALS, COATINGS AND SEALANTS,

REFER TO, AND OBEY, THE MANUFACTURER'S CONTROL AND
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS AND HEALTH AND SAFETY NOTICES.

F. Procedure

CAUTION: YOU MUST NOT DAMAGE THE HOLES WHEN YOU REMOVE
FASTENERS

NOTE: For RH parts, refer to the Fig/Item number in brackets.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-297-A01
(1) Removal of the 6 O'Clock Cut Corner Panel for access:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Remove the fasteners. Refer to the following table for the applicable SPM
TASK references.

TYPE OF RIVET PART IDENT SPM TASK

NAS1919 Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055,
NAS1921 Rivet Repair 006 (Remove and Install Blind (Huck)
MS211 Rivets)

FRSX114
Page 6009
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TYPE OF RIVET PART IDENT SPM TASK

CSR902
Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005, FRS7054,
Rivet
MS204 Repair 005 (Remove and Install Solid Rivets)

CAUTION: YOU MUST NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU REMOVE
THE CUT CORNER. IF YOU USE TOO MUCH FORCE YOU CAN
DELAMINATE IT.

(b) Carefully remove the cut corner and keep it for subsequent installation.

(c) Clean the area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Use a non-metallic scraper to remove unwanted sealant from the cut

corner and the C-Duct.

2 Cold liquid degrease the damaged area by swab application.

3 Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

4 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-298-A01
(2) Removal of the Lower Fireshield for access:
(Refer to Fig. 6003)

(a) Remove the applicable brackets (Refer to TASK 78-30-20-300-855, SUBTASK

78-30-20-350-173, FRSX043).

(b) Cut the beads of sealant around the edges of the lower fireshield and its
apertures with a sharp knife.

(c) Remove the fasteners. Refer to the following table for the applicable SPM
TASK references.

TYPE OF RIVET PART IDENT SPM TASK

NAS1919 Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055,
NAS1921 Rivet Repair 006 (Remove and Install Blind (Huck)
MS211 Rivets)

FRSX114
Page 6010
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TYPE OF RIVET PART IDENT SPM TASK

CSR902
Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005, FRS7054,
Rivet
MS204 Repair 005 (Remove and Install Solid Rivets)

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT TO SUPPORT THE FIRESHIELD ON EACH

END WHEN YOU REMOVE IT

(d) Carefully remove the lower fireshield and keep it for subsequent installation.

CAUTION: YOU MUST NOT DAMAGE THE FIRESHIELD WHEN YOU

REMOVE THE UNWANTED SEALANT.

(e) Clean the sealant from the front frame and lower fireshield (Refer to OP TASK
70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03)

1 Use a non-metallic scraper to remove the unwanted sealant.

2 Cold liquid degrease the damaged area by swab application.

3 Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

4 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

(f) Use a vacuum cleaner to remove the unwanted piece of fasteners from the
rear of the front frame.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-299-A01
(3) Removal of parts of Seal Depressor for access:
(Refer to Fig. 6006)

(a) Put the replacement seal depressors 47-568 (48-568) and 47-570 (48-570)
on the installed seal depressor. Mark the dimension of the parts on the seal
depressor with an OMat 261 temporary marker.

(b) Remove the fasteners that attach the unwanted parts of the seal depressor to its
support. Refer to the following table for the applicable SPM TASK references.

FRSX114
Page 6011
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TYPE OF RIVET PART IDENT SPM TASK

NAS1919 Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055,
NAS1921 Rivet Repair 006 (Remove and Install Blind (Huck)
MS211 Rivets)

CSR902
Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005, FRS7054,
Rivet
MS204 Repair 005 (Remove and Install Solid Rivets)

(c) Put a thin metal sheet under the cut line to prevent damage when you cut the
seal depressor.

(d) Use hand tools to cut through the unwanted parts of the seal depressor.

NOTE: The maximum permitted distance between the ends of the new and the
remaining seal depressor is 10,00 mm (0.400 in).

(e) Remove and discard the unwanted parts of the seal depressor.

(f) Deburr and remove the sharp edges from the cut ends of the remaining seal
depressor.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-300-A01
(4) Removal of the Side Wall of the Cut Corner for access:
(Refer to Fig. 6002)

(a) Remove the fasteners. Refer to the following table for the applicable SPM
TASK references.

NOTE: Do not remove the seal depressor from the side wall of the cut corner.

TYPE OF RIVET PART IDENT SPM TASK

NAS1919 Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055,
NAS1921 Rivet Repair 006 (Remove and Install Blind (Huck)
MS211 Rivets)

CSR902
Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005, FRS7054,
Rivet
MS204 Repair 005 (Remove and Install Solid Rivets)

FRSX114
Page 6012
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

CAUTION: YOU MUST NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU REMOVE
THE SIDE WALL. IF YOU USE TOO MUCH FORCE YOU CAN
DELAMINATE IT.

(b) Remove the side wall and keep it for subsequent installation.

(c) Clean the area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Use a non-metallic scraper to remove unwanted sealant from the side

wall and the C-Duct.

2 Cold liquid degrease the damaged area by swab application.

3 Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

4 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-301-A01
(5) Removal of the Cracked Rib:
(Refer to Fig. 6004)
(Refer to Fig. 6005)

CAUTION: YOU MUST MAKE THE DIMENSIONS OF THE CUT-OUT THE

SAME AS THE REPAIR FITTING.

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT YOU KEEP A MINIMUM RADIUS OF 6,00 MM

(0.236 IN) IN THE LOWER CORNERS OF THE CUT-OUT.

CAUTION: WHEN YOU REMOVE THE DAMAGED RIB MAKE SURE

THAT YOU DO NOT DAMAGE ITS RELATED WEBS AND THE
ADJACENT SURFACES OF THE FRONT FRAME.

(a) Use hand tools to remove the cracked rib until it is almost level with the surface
of the front frame. Keep the ends of the cut out square with the surface of the
front frame. Use the repair fitting 47-564 (48-564) as a template.

(b) Use a rotary cutter to complete the removal of the rib until it is level with the
surface of the front frame.

(c) Remove all sharp edges and burrs.

FRSX114
Page 6013
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(d) Polish the surface with a OMat 508 polishing bob and finish with OMat 5/94
garnet paper.

(e) Clean the area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Use a vacuum cleaner to remove unwanted material.

2 Cold liquid degrease the damaged area by swab application.

3 Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

4 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-302-A01
(6) Preparation of the area:
(Refer to Fig. 6007)

(a) Do a fluorescent penetrant inspection to make sure that there are no cracks.
Use OMat 653 Fluorescent penetrant (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-210,
SUBTASK 70-00-00-230-210-002).

(b) If you find cracks, contact Aircelle.

(c) Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Clean all traces of penetrant.

2 Cold liquid degrease the damaged area by swab application.

3 Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

4 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

(d) Countersink the hole 'Y', on the rear face of the front frame, at 100
degrees and a depth of between 1,15 and 1,19 mm (0.045 and 0.047 in)
(Refer to Fig. 6007 Sheet 4).

(e) Apply chromate conversion coating to the repair areas (Refer to OP TASK
70-00-00-300-330, SUBTASK 70-00-00-180-330-002).

FRSX114
Page 6014
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(f) Install the rivet 47-210A (48-210A) in hole Y on the front frame (Refer to SPM
TASK 70-42-28-300-005, FRS7054, Repair 005 (Remove and Install Solid
Rivets)).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-355-A01
(7) Installation of the Fitting:
(Refer to Fig. 6005)
(Refer to Fig. 6006)
(Refer to Fig. 6007 Sheet 1 to 7)

(a) Put the fitting in position.

1 Put the fitting 47-560 (48-560), the splice 47-562 (48-562) and the
shims 47-564 (48-564) and 47-566 (48-566) in position to align with
the rib axis and mark their position. Use OMat 261 temporary marker
(Refer to Fig. 6007 Sheet 4).

2 Clamp the assembly in position.

3 Mark the position of the holes 47-544A (48-544A) from the forward side
of the front frame. Use OMat 261 temporary marker to mark the correct
position.

NOTE: Make sure to keep the minimum pitch.

4 Remove the assembly.

5 Mark the correct position of all necessary holes in the fitting

(Refer to Fig. 6007).

NOTE: Make sure that you keep the minimum pitch between the holes
and between holes and edges.

6 Pilot drill holes in the fitting to 3,20 mm (0.126 in) dia. (Refer to Fig. 6007).

NOTE: Make sure that you keep the minimum pitch between the holes
and between holes and edges.

(b) Put the fitting 47-560 (48-560), splice 47-562 (48-562) and shims 47-564
(48-564) and 47-566 (48-566) in position. Examine them to make sure that
they have a correct position.

FRSX114
Page 6015
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(c) If necessary, use hand tools to change the shape of the shims so they can be
satisfactorily installed to each other.

(d) Clean the parts (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Cold liquid degrease the damaged area by swab application.

2 Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

3 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

(e) Put a chromate conversion layer on the reworked areas (Refer to OP TASK
70-00-00-300-330, SUBTASK 70-00-00-180-330-002).

(f) Install the parts and clamp them in position.

(g) Drill the shims and front frame from the pilot holes of the fitting to between 4,81
and 4,89 mm (0.190 and 0.192 in) diameter for fasteners 47-572 (48-572),
47-584 (48-584), 47-576 (48-576), 47-574 (48-574) and 47-580 (48-580)
installation.

(h) Spot face the applicable holes (Refer to Fig. 6007).

(j) Countersink the holes, in the front face of the front frame, at 100 degrees and
depth of between 1,15 and 1,19 mm (0.045 and 0.047 in).

(k) Release the clamps and remove the parts.

(l) Deburr the holes.

(m) Clean the area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Cold liquid degrease the damaged area by swab application.

2 Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

3 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

(n) Put a chromate conversion layer in the drilled holes (Refer to OP TASK
70-00-00-300-330, SUBTASK 70-00-00-180-330-002).

FRSX114
Page 6016
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(p) Install the parts on the repair area.

(q) Clean the outer mating surfaces of fitting, splice and shims (Refer to OP TASK
70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

(r) Use a brush to apply three layers OMat 8/202 release agent on the outer mating
surfaces of the fitting, splice and shims. Apply again every 15 minutes and
polish after each application.

(s) Put a layer of OMat 8/202 release agent on the pins 47-572 (48-572), 47-584
(48-584), 47-576 (48-576), 47-574 (48-574), 47-578 (48-578) and 47-580
(48-580).

(t) Apply OMat 8/154 adhesive in gaps.

(u) Clamp the fitting, the splice and the shims on the front frame. Use gripper pins.

(v) Clean the area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Remove the unwanted adhesive.

2 Cold liquid degrease the damaged area by swab application.

3 Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

4 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

(w) Cure OMat 8/154 adhesive as per the manufacturer’s instruction.

(x) Apply OMat 8/107 sealant on the mating surface of the fitting, the splice and the
shims and install them.

(y) Wet install the fasteners 47-572 (48-572), 47-584 (48-584), 47-576 (48-576),
47-574 (48-574), 47-578 (48-578) and 47-580 (48-580) with OMat 8/106 sealant
(Refer to Fig. 6004). Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-007, FRS7056, Repair
007 (Remove and Install Pin (Threaded) Fastener (Hi-lok and Hi-lite)).

FRSX114
Page 6017
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-303-A01
(8) Installation of the Side Wall of the Cut Corner:
(Refer to Fig. 6002)
(Refer to Fig. 6006)
(Refer to Fig. 6007)

(a) Put the side wall in position.

(b) Clamp the side wall. Use the gripper pins.

(c) Drill the fitting

1 If necessary, wet install a light alloy shim to decrease the clearance

between the fitting and the side wall of the cut corner.

2 Use the holes on the side wall to pilot drill the side wall to 3,20 mm (0.126
in). Use a drill bush.

3 Drill holes in the fitting to the final diameter between 4,06 and 4,16 mm
(0.155 and 0.159 in) for the fastener 47-654 (48-654) installation.

4 Drill holes in the fitting to the final diameter between 3,28 and 3,35 mm
(0.129 and 0.132 in) for the fastener 47-646 (48-646) and 47-648 (48-648)
installation.

5 Drill holes in the fitting to the final diameter between 4,81 and 4,89 mm
(0.190 and 0.192 in) for the fasteners 47-640 (48-640), 47-642 (48-642)
and 47-656 (48-656) installation.

6 Clean the area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Cold liquid degrease the damaged area by swab application.

b Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

c Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

7 Apply protection on the bores (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-330,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-180-330-002).

(d) Wet install the fasteners 47-640 (48-640), 47-642 (48-642), 47-646 (48-646),
47-648 (48-648), 47-650 (48-650), 47-652 (48-652), 47-654 (48-654), 47-656

FRSX114
Page 6018
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(48-656) and 47-658 (48-658) with OMat 8/176 sealing compound. Refer to
following table for the applicable SPM TASK references.

TYPE OF RIVET PART IDENT SPM TASK

NAS1919 Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055,
NAS1921 Rivet Repair 006 (Remove and Install Blind (Huck)
MS211 Rivets)

CSR902
Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005, FRS7054,
Rivet
MS204 Repair 005 (Remove and Install Solid Rivets)

Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-007, FRS7056,

HST Pin, hi-lite Repair 007 (Remove and Install Pin (Threaded)
Fasteners (Hi-Lok and Hi Lite))

(e) Clean the area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Remove the unwanted sealant.

2 Cold liquid degrease the damaged area by swab application.

3 Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

4 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-304-A01
(9) Installation of the Seal Depressor:
(Refer to Fig. 6006)
(Refer to Fig. 6007)

(a) Put the seal depressor in position on the support.

1 Use a straight edge to make sure that the seal depressor is aligned with
the original seal depressor, with a maximum step of 0,30 mm (0.012 in).

(b) Hold the seal depressor in position with clamps.

(c) Pilot drill the seal depressor though the support to 2,50 mm (0.098 in) diameter.

(d) Remove the clamps and the seal depressor from the support.

FRSX114
Page 6019
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(e) Drill the holes in the seal depressor to the final diameter between 3,28 and 3,35
mm (0.129 and 0.132 in) for the fastener 47-590 (48-590) installation.

(f) Drill the holes in the seal depressor to the final diameter between 4,81 and
4,89 mm (0.190 and 0.192 in) for the fasteners 47-586 (48-586) and 47-596
(48-596) installation.

(g) Drill the holes in the seal depressor to the final diameter between 5,06 and 5,13
mm (0.199 and 0.202 in) for the fastener 47-588 (48-588) installation.

(h) Deburr and remove the sharp edges from the holes.

(j) Clean the area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Use a vacuum cleaner to remove unwanted material.

2 Cold liquid degrease the damaged area by swab application.

3 Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

4 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

(k) Apply a thin layer of OMat 8/107 sealant to the mating surface of the repair seal.

(l) Put the seal depressor in position on its support. Make sure that the holes
are correctly aligned.

(m) Wet-install the fasteners 47-586 (48-586), 47-588 (48-588), 47-590 (48-590),
47-578 (48-578) and 47-596 (48-596) with OMat 8/106 sealant. Refer to
following table for the applicable SPM TASK references.

TYPE OF RIVET PART IDENT SPM TASK

NAS1919 Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055,
NAS1921 Rivet Repair 006 (Remove and Install Blind (Huck)
MS211 Rivets)

CSR902 Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005, FRS7054,

Rivet
MS204 Repair 005 (Remove and Install Solid Rivets)
Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-007, FRS7056,
HST Pin and Collar Repair 007 (Remove and Install Pin (Threaded)
Fastener (Hi-lok and Hi-lite))

FRSX114
Page 6020
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(n) Fill the space between the original and the new seal depressor with OMat 8/107
sealant.

NOTE: Make sure that the joint is smooth and fully filled.

(p) Clean the area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Remove the unwanted sealant.

2 Cold liquid degrease the damaged area by swab application.

3 Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

4 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

(q) Cure the OMat 8/107 sealant as per the manufacturer’s instruction.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-305-A01
(10) Installation of the 6 O'Clock Lower Fire Shield:
(Refer to Fig. 6003)

(a) Clean the front frame area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK
70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Cold liquid degrease the damaged area by swab application.

2 Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

3 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

(b) Put the fire shield 47-205 (48-205) in position on the front frame, make sure that
the fastener holes in the front frame and fire shield are aligned and carefully
clamp it (or use gripper pins) to keep it in position.

(c) Wet-install the fasteners (11), (12) and (13) with OMat 8/106 sealant
(Refer to Fig. 6003). Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055, Repair
006 (Remove and Install Blind (Huck) Rivets).

FRSX114
Page 6021
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

CAUTION: YOU MUST MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE EDGES ARE
CORRECTLY SEALED. IF THEY ARE NOT CORRECTLY SEALED,
LIQUIDS CAN INGRESS, DAMAGE THE FIRE SHIELD AND
DECREASE ITS FIRE RESISTANCE.

(d) Put a bead of OMat 872A silicone compound around the edges of labels and
their ‘cut-outs’ in the shield and around the edges of the frame and shields
(Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-010 for the
control and application of the silicone compound).

(e) Fill up the hole “Y” in the fireshield with OMat 872A Cold curing silicone
compound (Refer to Fig. 6007 Sheet 4 and 7- Section K-K).

(f) Clean the area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Remove the unwanted sealant and silicone compound.

2 Cold liquid degrease the damaged area by swab application.

3 Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

4 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

(g) Install brackets on fireshield panels (Refer to TASK 78-30-20-350-173,

FRSX043).

(h) Wet-install the fasteners 47-544A (48-544A) and 47-545 (48-545) on the
bracket 47-518 (48-518) with OMat 8/106 sealant (Refer to Fig. 6006). Refer to
SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-007, FRS7056, Repair 007 (Remove and Install Pin
(Threaded) Fastener (Hi-lok and Hi-lite)).

(j) Cure the silicone compound as per the manufacturer's instructions.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-306-A01
(11) Installation of the 6 O'Clock Cut Corner Panel:
(Refer to Fig. 6001 Sheet 1 and 2)

(a) Wet-install the cut corner panel with OMat 8/107 sealant.

(b) Wet-install the fasteners with OMat 8/106 sealant

(Refer to Fig. 6001 Sheet 1 and 2). Refer to following table for the applicable
SPM TASK references.

FRSX114
Page 6022
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TYPE OF RIVET PART IDENT SPM TASK

NAS1919 Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055,
NAS1921 Rivet Repair 006 (Remove and Install Blind (Huck)
MS211 Rivets)

CSR902
Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005, FRS7054,
Rivet
MS204 Repair 005 (Remove and Install Solid Rivets)

(c) Clean the area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Remove the unwanted sealant.

2 Cold liquid degrease the damaged area by swab application.

3 Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

4 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

(d) Cure the sealant as per the manufacturer's instructions.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-210-042-A01
(12) Inspection of the repair areas:

(a) Do a visual examination to make sure that the repair is satisfactory.

(b) If the repair is not satisfactory, reject the repair.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-061-A01
(13) Identification of the Repair:

(a) Mark FRSX114 adjacent to the identification plate of the thrust reverser. Use
OMat 262 temporary marker of contrasting color.

FRSX114
Page 6023
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Cut Corner Assembly- Fasteners Locations (Sheet 1 of 2)

Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6177-A01
FRSX114
Page 6024
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Cut Corner Assembly- Fasteners Locations (Sheet 2 of 2)

Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6177-A01
FRSX114
Page 6025
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Side Wall of the Cut Corner Assembly- Fasteners Locations (Sheet 1 of 2)

Figure 6002/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6178-A01
FRSX114
Page 6026
78-30-20 Dec 10/06
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Side Wall of the Cut Corner Assembly- Fasteners Locations (Sheet 2 of 2)

Figure 6002/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6178-A01
FRSX114
Page 6027
78-30-20 Dec 10/06
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Fireshield Installation
Figure 6003/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6179-A01
FRSX114
Page 6028
78-30-20 Dec 10/06
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Typical Damage Location

Figure 6004/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6180-A01
FRSX114
Page 6029
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Repair Parts
Figure 6005/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6181-A01
FRSX114
Page 6030
78-30-20 Dec 10/06
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Repair Assembly
Figure 6006/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6182-A01
FRSX114
Page 6031
78-30-20 Dec 10/06
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Fitting - Fastener Locations (Sheet 1 of 7)

Figure 6007/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6183-A01
FRSX114
Page 6032
78-30-20 Dec 10/06
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Fitting - Fastener Locations (Sheet 2 of 7)

Figure 6007/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6183-A01
FRSX114
Page 6033
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Fitting - Fastener Locations (Sheet 3 of 7)

Figure 6007/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6183-A01
FRSX114
Page 6034
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Fitting - Fastener Locations (Sheet 4 of 7)

Figure 6007/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6183-A01
FRSX114
Page 6035
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Fitting - Fastener Locations (Sheet 5 of 7)

Figure 6007/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6183-A01
FRSX114
Page 6036
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Fitting - Fastener Locations (Sheet 6 of 7)

Figure 6007/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6183-A01
FRSX114
Page 6037
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Fitting - Fastener Locations (Sheet 7 of 7)

Figure 6007/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6183-A01
FRSX114
Page 6038
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-872-A01
69. FRSX124 - PRE 78-E003 - PIVOT DOOR ASSEMBLY - REPAIR OF DAMAGED SEAL
SUPPORTS

A. General

(1) This TASK gives the procedure to replace damaged seal supports installed on the
upper and lower pivot doors.

(2) TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Refer
to TSD594-J).

(3) TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Refer to
RR-CAEL-SPM).

(4) For the repair procedures, refer to the Illustrated Parts List to identify the parts: the
number in brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

B. Effectivity

ENGINE FIG/ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION SERVICE BULLETIN

TRENT 700/ALL 30-975 91E590-04 Pivot door, upper Pre 78-E003
LH
31-975 91E880-04 Pivot door, lower Pre 78-E003
LH
32-975 91E676-04 Pivot door, upper Pre 78-E003
RH
33-975 91E900-04 Pivot door, lower Pre 78-E003
RH

C. Reason for job

(1) Self explanatory.

D. Job set-up information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Refer to Chapter SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENTS for full
data of the special tools in this list.

FRSX124
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(b) Standard tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- Standard workshop tools
- Inspection equipment
- Sharp knife
- Non-metallic scraper
- Gripper pins

(c) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

(2) Consumables

(a) Refer to the Overhaul Materials Manual (Refer to OMat) for the full data of the
consumable materials referred in this TASK.

REFERENCE NAME
OMat 262 Temporary marker
OMat 8/106 Sealant
OMat 8/107 Sealant

(3) Expendable parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

None

(4) Repair parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FRSX124
Page 6002
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

Upper LH pivot door 30-975

30-770 91E291-00 Support, seal 1
30-772 91E293-00 Support, seal 1
30-774 91E300-00 Support, seal 1
30-776 91E301-00 Support, seal 1
30-778 91E302-00 Support, seal 1
30-780 91E303-00 Support, seal 1
30-782 91E304-00 Support, seal 1
30-784 91E554-03 Support, seal 1
30-786 91E659-01 Support, seal 1
30-788 MS20470AD4-4 Rivet AR
30-790 MS20470AD4-5 Rivet AR
30-792 MS20470AD4-6 Rivet AR

Lower LH pivot door 31-975

31-770 91E291-50 Support, seal 1
31-772 91E293-50 Support, seal 1
31-774 91E300-00 Support, seal 1
31-776 91E301-00 Support, seal 1
31-788 MS20470AD4-4 Rivet AR
31-790 MS20470AD4-5 Rivet AR
31-792 MS20470AD4-6 Rivet AR

Upper RH pivot door 32-975

32-770 91E291-50 Support, seal 1
32-772 91E293-50 Support, seal 1
32-774 91E300-00 Support, seal 1
32-776 91E301-00 Support, seal 1
32-778 91E302-50 Support, seal 1

FRSX124
Page 6003
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

32-780 91E303-50 Support, seal 1
32-782 91E304-51 Support, seal 1
32-784 91E554-53 Support, seal 1
32-786 91E659-01 Support, seal 1
32-788 MS20470AD4-4 Rivet AR
32-790 MS20470AD4-5 Rivet AR
32-792 MS20470AD4-6 Rivet AR

Lower RH pivot door 33-975

33-770 91E291-00 Support, seal 1
33-772 91E293-00 Support, seal 1
33-774 91E300-00 Support, seal 1
33-776 91E301-00 Support, seal 1
33-788 MS20470AD4-4 Rivet AR
33-790 MS20470AD4-5 Rivet AR
33-792 MS20470AD4-6 Rivet AR

(5) Material of components

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

PART/IDENT SYMBOL MATERIAL

Seal supports Aluminium alloy

FRSX124
Page 6004
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

E. Health and Safety Notices

WARNING: WHEN YOU DO THIS REPAIR YOU MUST WEAR PROTECTIVE

CLOTHING, GLOVES, DUST MASK AND SAFETY GOGGLES TO
PROTECT YOU AGAINST DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES WHICH CAN
BE DANGEROUS TO YOUR HEALTH.

WARNING: WHEN YOU USE CLEANING MATERIALS, COATINGS AND SEALANTS,

REFER TO, AND OBEY, THE MANUFACTURER'S CONTROL AND
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS AND HEALTH AND SAFETY NOTICES.

F. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-315-A01
(1) Replace the Damaged Seal Support on the Upper and Lower Pivot Door
(Refer to Fig. 6001)
(Refer to Fig. 6002)

CAUTION: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU DRILL OUT THE RIVETS. DO NOT

INCREASE THE SIZE OF THE HOLES IN THE SEAL SUPPORT
ATTACHMENT BRACKETS.

NOTE: The replacement procedure is the same for all seal supports. They can be
replaced independently of each other.

(a) Remove the applicable seal from the damaged seal support, FRSX020 (Refer
to TASK 78-30-20-300-801-A01). .

(b) Use a sharp knife to cut the sealant around the seal support.

(c) Drill out the rivets from the seal support, (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

(d) Carefully remove the seal support.

(e) Use a non-metallic scraper to remove the unwanted sealant.

(f) Clean the repair area, (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

(g) Examine the seal support attachment brackets for cracks. Use the X7
magnification inspection equipment. If you find cracks, contact Aircelle.

(h) Select the correct seal support (Refer to (4) Repair parts).

FRSX124
Page 6005
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(j) Put a thin layer of OMat 8/107 sealant on the mating faces of the new seal
support.

(k) Put the new seal support in position and hold with sufficient gripper pins.

(l) Wet install the rivets with OMat 8/106 sealant. (Refer to SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-004).

(m) Remove the gripper pins and install the remaining rivets at the gripper pin
positions with OMat 8/106 sealant. (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

(n) Put a bead of OMat 8/107 sealant on the edges of the new seal support.

(p) Remove the unwanted sealant before it cure (Refer to OP TASK

70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

(q) Install the applicable seal on the new seal support, FRSX020 (Refer to TASK
78-30-20-300-801-A01).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-210-049-A01
(2) Inspection

(a) Examine the repair to make sure that the referenced procedures have been
done correctly.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-063-A01
(3) Identify the Repair

(a) Mark " FRSX124 " adjacent to the replaced seal support. Use an OMat 262
temporary marker of a contrasting colour. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-363,
Subtask 70-00-00-180-363-029 (TSD 594-J)).

FRSX124
Page 6006
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Upper Door Repair Details (Sheet 1 of 5)

Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-924-001
FRSX124
Page 6007
78-30-20 Sep 10/08
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Upper Door Repair Details (Sheet 2 of 5)

Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-924-001
FRSX124
Page 6008
78-30-20 Sep 10/08
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Upper Door Repair Details (Sheet 3 of 5)

Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-924-001
FRSX124
Page 6009
78-30-20 Sep 10/08
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Upper Door Repair Details (Sheet 4 of 5)

Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-924-001
FRSX124
Page 6010
78-30-20 Sep 10/08
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Upper Door Repair Details (Sheet 5 of 5)

Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-924-001
FRSX124
Page 6011
78-30-20 Sep 10/08
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Lower Door Repair Details (Sheet 1 of 3)

Figure 6002/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-925-001
FRSX124
Page 6012
78-30-20 Sep 10/08
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Lower Door Repair Details (Sheet 2 of 3)

Figure 6002/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-925-001
FRSX124
Page 6013
78-30-20 Sep 10/08
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Lower Door Repair Details (Sheet 3 of 3)

Figure 6002/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-925-001
FRSX124
Page 6014
78-30-20 Sep 10/08
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-874-A01
70. FRSX142 - THRUST REVERSER ASSEMBLY - REPLACEMENT OF THE ANGLE

A. General

(1) This task gives the instructions for the replacement of the damage angle P/N
91P035-00. This angle is installed on each side of the 9 o'clock (LH Thrust Reverser)
and 3 o'clock beam (RH Thrust Reverser).

(2) The repair instructs removal of the damaged part and replaces it using original
production parts.

(3) TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Refer
to TSD594-J).

(4) TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Refer to
RR-CAEL-SPM).

(5) Fig/item numbers in the procedure agree with those used in the Illustrated Parts List
(IPL). Only the primary fig/item numbers are used. For different Service Bulletin
standards refer to the IPL.

B. Effectivity

ENGINE FIG/ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION SERVICE BULLETIN

TRENT 700/ALL 01-120 HDTR3410L LH Thrust
Reverser C-Duct
HDTR3411L
HDTR3412L
HDTR3413L
HDTR3414L
HDTR3415L
HDTR3416L
HDTR3417L
TRENT 700/ALL 01-130 HDTR3410R RH Thrust
Reverser C-Duct
HDTR3411R
HDTR3412R
HDTR3413R

FRSX142
Page 6001
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

ENGINE FIG/ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION SERVICE BULLETIN

HDTR3414R
HDTR3415R
HDTR3416R
HDTR3417R
HDTR3418R
HDTR3419R
HDTR3420R

C. Reason for job

(1) Self explanatory.

D. Job set-up information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Refer to Chapter SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENTS for full
data of the special tools in this list.

(b) Standard tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- Standard workshop tools
- Pneumatic Riveter
- Clamps
- Drill Machines
- Vacuum Cleaner

(c) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

(2) Consumables

FRSX142
Page 6002
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(a) Refer to the Overhaul Materials Manual (Refer to OMat) for the full data of the
consumable materials referred in this TASK.

REFERENCE NAME
OMat 2/101 Lint-free Cotton Cloth
OMat 262 Temporary Marker
OMat 653 Fluorescent Penetrant
OMat 5/38 Abrasive Paper
OMat 175D or 175E Chromate Conversion Coating
OMat 7/205 Polyurethane Primer
OMat 7/206 Polyurethane Finish Coat (grey)
OMat 8/106 Two part Polysulphide sealant
OMat 8/107 Two part Polysulphide sealant

(3) Expendable parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts. The number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

None

(4) Repair parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

40-240
91P035-00 Angle 1
41-240
40-242
MS20470D6-7 Rivet 2
41-242
40-244
HST315CE6-3 Pin 2
41-244
40-246
HST97DUW6 Collar 2
41-246

FRSX142
Page 6003
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(5) Material of components

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

PART/IDENT SYMBOL MATERIAL

Angle Aluminium Alloy

E. Health and Safety Notices

WARNING: WHEN YOU DO THIS REPAIR YOU MUST WEAR PROTECTIVE

CLOTHING, GLOVES, DUST MASK AND SAFETY GOGGLES TO
PROTECT YOU AGAINST DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES WHICH CAN
BE DANGEROUS TO YOUR HEALTH.

WARNING: WHEN YOU USE CLEANING MATERIALS, COATINGS AND SEALANTS,

REFER TO, AND OBEY, THE MANUFACTURER'S CONTROL AND
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS AND HEALTH AND SAFETY NOTICES.

F. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-323-A01
(1) Removal of the damaged angle:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Mark the angle position on the adjacent parts. Mark the damaged area of the
damaged angle with an OMat 262 temporary marker.

(b) Remove the collars 40-246 (41-246) and the pins 40-244 (41-244) (Refer to
SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-007, FRS7056, Repair 007 (Remove and Install Pin
(Threaded) Fasteners (Hi-Lok and Hi Lite)).

CAUTION: DO NOT ENLARGE THE HOLES OR DAMAGE THE ADJACENT

STRUCTURE WHEN YOU DRILL THE RIVETS.

(c) Drill out the rivets 40-242 (41-242) (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005,
FRS7054, Repair 005 (Remove and Install Solid Rivets)).

(d) Remove and discard the damaged angle 40-240 (41-240).

(e) Remove all dust and debris from the repair using a vacuum cleaner.

FRSX142
Page 6004
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(f) Cold Iiquid degrease the repair area by swab application. Wipe the surface dry
before the solvent evaporates. Use an OMat 2/101 lint-free cloth or equivalent
(Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

NOTE: Make sure you do not remove the marks made in operation F (1) (a)
when you clean the repair area.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-324-A01
(2) Drill the fasteners holes in the replacement angle:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Use the marks made in operation F (1) (a) to put the replacement angle 40-240
(41-240) in the correct position on the Thrust Reverser structure. Make sure
that the replacement angle 40-240 (41-240) is correctly installed. Hold it in
position using clamps.

(b) Mark the 4 fastener holes positions through the existing holes in the Thrust
Reverser with an OMat 262 temporary marker.

(c) Remove the clamps and the replacement angle 40-240 (41-240).

(d) Pilot drill the fastener holes in the angle at the marked area in operation F (2)
(b). Use a 2,50 mm (0.098 in) drill bits.

(e) Deburr the drilled holes.

(f) Remove all dust and debris using a vacuum cleaner.

(g) Cold Iiquid degrease the repair area by swab application. Wipe the surface dry
before the solvent evaporates. Use an OMat 2/101 lint-free cloth or equivalent
(Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

(h) Temporary install the replacement angle 40-240 (41-240) in position on the
Thrust Reverser structure using clamps. Use the marks made in operation F (1)
(a) to position the replacement angle 40-240 (41-240) correctly.

(j) Check that the holes drilled in the replacement angle 40-240 (41-240) are
aligned with the existing holes in the adjacent parts. If not, reject and repeat
operations (a) to (j).

FRSX142
Page 6005
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

CAUTION: MAKE SURE YOU DO NOT ENLARGE OR DAMAGE THE

ADJACENT STRUCTURE WHEN YOU DRILL THE HOLE
FASTENERS.

(k) Final drill the fastener holes. Drill 4,86 mm (0.191 in.) to 4,90 mm (0.193 in)
diameter holes for the rivets 40-242 (41-242) . Drill 4,81 mm (0.189 in.) to 4,89
mm (0.192 in.) diameter holes for the pins 40-244 (41-244).

(l) Remove the clamps and the drilled angle from the repair area.

(m) Deburr the drilled holes.

(n) Remove all dust and debris using a vacuum cleaner.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-230-019-A01
(3) Do a fluorescent penetrant inspection of the replacement angle:

(a) Do a fluorescent inspection to make sure there are no cracks in the replacement
angle 40-240 (41-240) (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-210). (Fluorescent
penetrant inspection). Use OMat 653 fluorescent penetrant. If cracks are found,
reject the angle.

(b) Remove all the remaining penetrant. (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101

SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03). Wipe the surface dry before the solvent
evaporates. Use an OMat 2/101 lint-free cloth or equivalent.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-380-004-A01
(4) Protection of the replacement angle:

(a) Apply OMat 175D or OMat 175E chromate conversion coating to the
replacement angle using brush application method (Refer to OP TASK
70-00-00-300-330, SUBTASK 70-00-00-380-330-A01).

(b) Mix and apply OMat 7/205 polyurethane primer to the replacement angle 40-240
(41-240). Refer to the manufacturer's instructions.

1 Cure the OMat 7/205 polyurethane primer according to the manufacturer's

instructions.

(c) Mix and apply OMat 7/206 Polyurethane finish coat (grey) to the replacement
angle 40-240 (41-240). Refer to the manufacturer's instructions.

FRSX142
Page 6006
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

1 Cure the OMat 7/206 polyurethane finish coat (grey) according to the
manufacturer's instruction.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-325-A01
(5) Installation of the replacement angle:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Apply OMat 8/106 or OMat 8/107 sealant to the replacement angle 40-240
(41-240) mating surface and install it in position.

(b) Use OMat 8/106 or 8/107 sealant to wet install the rivets 40-242 (41-242)
(Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005, FRS7054, Repair 005 (Remove and
Install Solid Rivets)).

(c) Use OMat 8/106 or 8/107 sealant to wet install the pins 40-244 (41-244) and
the collars 40-246 (41-246) (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-007, FRS7056,
Repair 007 (Remove and Install Pin (Threaded) Fasteners (Hi-Lok and Hi Lite)).

(d) Apply a bead of OMat 8/107 sealant around the edges of the angle 40-240
(41-240).

(e) Remove any excess sealant from the repair area before it cures (Refer to OP
TASK 70-00-00-100-101 SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

(f) Cure the sealant as per the manufacturer's instruction.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-300-A01
(6) Inspection of the repair areas:

(a) Do a visual examination to make sure that the repair is satisfactory.

(b) If the repair is not satisfactory, reject the repair.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-069-A01
(7) Identify the Repair

(a) Mark FRSX142 adjacent to the identification plate of the thrust reverser. Use
OMat 262 temporary marker of contrasting color.

FRSX142
Page 6007
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Angle Replacement
Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-928-001
FRSX142
Page 6008
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-875-A01
71. FRSX156 - POST 78-E003: REPLACEMENT OF THE ACTUATOR CHANNEL FAIRING

A. General

(1) This task gives the instructions for the replacement of the actuator channel fairing of
the Pivoting Door post 78-E003.

(2) TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Refer
to TSD594-J).

(3) TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Refer to
RR-CAEL-SPM).

(4) For the repair procedure, refer to the Illustrated Parts List to identify the parts: the
number in bracket after the part description is the IPL figure and item number.

B. Effectivity

ENGINE FIG/ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION SERVICE BULLETIN

TRENT 700/ALL 30-975 91E590-04 Pivot Door
Upper LH
31-975 91E880-04 Pivot Door
Lower LH
32-975 91E676-04 Pivot Door
Upper RH
33-975 91E900-04 Pivot Door
Lower RH

C. Reason for job

(1) Self explanatory.

D. Job set-up information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Refer to Chapter SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENTS for full
data of the special tools in this list.

(b) Use approved equivalent alternatives, if necessary.

FRSX156
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(c) Standard tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- 1 Standard workshop tools and equipment
- 1 Drill Machine
- 1 Pneumatic Riveter
- 1 Vacuum Cleaner
- 1 2,50 mm (0.098 in) diameter drill
- 1 3,30 mm (0.130 in) diameter drill

(d) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

(2) Consumables

(a) Refer to the Overhaul Materials Manual (Refer to OMat) for the full data of the
consumable materials referred to in this TASK.

REFERENCE NAME
OMat 2/101 Lint-free Cotton Cloth
OMat 262 Temporary Marker
OMat 175D Chromate Conversion Coating
OMat 7/205 Polyurethane Primer
OMat 8/106 Two part Polysulphide Sealant
OMat 8/107 Two part Polysulphide Sealant
OMat 653 Fluorescent Penetrant

NOTE: Other necessary consumable materials are referred to in the OP

TASKS referred to in this TASK.

(3) Expendable parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FRSX156
Page 6002
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

None

(4) Repair parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

Actuator Channel Fairing (Pivot door,
30-100 91E688-01 1
Upper LH)
Actuator Channel Fairing (Pivot door,
31-100 91E688-51 1
Upper RH)
Actuator Channel Fairing (Pivot door,
32-100 91E688-51 1
Lower LH)
Actuator Channel Fairing (Pivot door,
33-100 91E688-01 1
Lower RH)
30-102
31-102
NAS1919M04S02AU Rivet 2
32-102
33-102
30-104
31-104
NAS1919M04S03AU Rivet 4
32-104
33-104
30-106
31-106
NAS1919M04S04AU Rivet 14
32-106
33-106
30-108
31-108
NAS1919M04S05AU Rivet 2
32-108
33-108

(5) Material of components

FRSX156
Page 6003
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

PART/IDENT SYMBOL MATERIAL

Actuator Channel Fairing Aluminium

E. Health and Safety Notices

WARNING: WHEN YOU DO THIS REPAIR YOU MUST WEAR PROTECTIVE

CLOTHING, GLOVES, DUST MASK AND SAFETY GOGGLES TO
PROTECT YOU AGAINST DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES WHICH CAN
BE DANGEROUS TO YOUR HEALTH.

WARNING: WHEN YOU USE CLEANING MATERIALS, COATINGS AND SEALANTS,

REFER TO, AND OBEY, THE MANUFACTURER'S CONTROL AND
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS AND HEALTH AND SAFETY NOTICES.

F. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-326-A01
(1) Removal of the actuator channel fairing from the Pivoting Door:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO NOT DAMAGE THE ADJACENT

MATERIAL WHEN YOU DRILL OUT THE FASTENERS.

(a) Drill out the rivets 30-102 31-102 (32-102) (33-102), 30-104 31-104 (32-104)
(33-104), 30-106 31-106 (32-106) (33-106) and 30-108 31-108 (32-108)
(33-108) that attach the actuator channel fairing 30-100 31-100 (32-100)
(33-100) to the pivoting door (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055,
Repair 006 (Remove and Install Blind (Huck) Rivets)).

(b) Remove the actuator channel fairing 30-100 31-100 (32-100) (33-100).

(c) Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Use a non-metallic scraper to remove the unwanted sealing compound.

2 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

3 Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

FRSX156
Page 6004
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

4 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-327-A01
(2) Preparation of the actuator channel fairing:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Temporarily install the new actuator channel fairing 30-100 31-100 (32-100)
(33-100) on the pivoting door.

(b) Hold the new actuator channel fairing 30-100 31-100 (32-100) (33-100) in its
position.

(c) Mark the hole positions for rivets 30-102 31-102 (32-102) (33-102), 30-104
31-104 (32-104) (33-104), 30-106 31-106 (32-106) (33-106) and 30-108 31-108
(32-108) (33-108) on the new actuator channel fairing 30-100 31-100 (32-100)
(33-100).

(d) Remove the new actuator channel fairing 30-100 31-100 (32-100) (33-100)
from its position.

(e) Pilot drill the marked holes with a 2,50 mm (0.098 in) diameter drill bit in the new
actuator channel fairing 30-100 31-100 (32-100) (33-100).

(f) Deburr the drilled holes.

(g) Clean the new actuator channel fairing 30-100 31-100 (32-100) (33-100) (Refer
to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

2 Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

3 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

(h) Temporarily install the new actuator channel fairing 30-100 31-100 (32-100)
(33-100) on the pivoting door.

(j) Make sure that the holes are correctly aligned.

(k) Set the position tightly.

(l) Hold the new actuator channel fairing 30-100 31-100 (32-100) (33-100) in its
position.

FRSX156
Page 6005
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(m) Final drill the holes for rivet 30-102 31-102 (32-102) (33-102), 30-104 31-104
(32-104) (33-104), 30-106 31-106 (32-106) (33-106) and 30-108 31-108
(32-108) (33-108) between 3,28 to 3,35 mm (0.129 to 0.132 in) in the new
actuator channel fairing 30-100 31-100 (32-100) (33-100).

(n) Remove the new actuator channel fairing 30-100 31-100 (32-100) (33-100).

(p) Deburr the drilled holes.

(q) Clean the repair areas and the new actuator channel fairing 30-100 31-100
(32-100) (33-100) (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK
70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

2 Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

3 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

(r) Dimensionally examine the new actuator channel fairing drilled holes. If the
dimension holes are not in limits, reject the actuator channel fairing 30-100
31-100 (32-100) (33-100).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-230-020-A01
(3) Fluorescent penetrant inspection of the actuator channel fairing:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Do a fluorescent inspection to make sure that there are no cracks in the
actuator channel fairing 30-100 31-100 (32-100) (33-100) (Refer to OP TASK
70-00-00-200-210). (Fluorescent penetrant inspection)). Use OMat 653
Fluorescent penetrant. If cracks are found, reject the actuator channel fairing.

(b) Clean the repair areas and the new actuator channel fairing 30-100 31-100
(32-100) (33-100) (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK
70-00-00-110-101-A01).

1 Clean all traces of penetrant from the actuator channel fairing 30-100
31-100 (32-100) (33-100).

2 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

3 Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

FRSX156
Page 6006
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

4 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-380-005-A01
(4) Protection of the replacement actuator channel fairing:

(a) Apply OMat 175D chromate conversion coating on the surfaces of the
new actuator channel fairing 30-100 31-100 (32-100) (33-100) using brush
application method (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-330, SUBTASK
70-00-00-380-330-A01).

(b) Mix and apply OMat 7/205 polyurethane primer on the new actuator channel
fairing 30-100 31-100 (32-100) (33-100) (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-352,
SUBTASK 70-00-00-180-350-A01).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-328-A01
(5) Installation of the actuator channel fairing:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Apply OMat 8/107 sealant on the new actuator channel fairing 30-100 31-100
(32-100) (33-100) mating surface and install it in position.

(b) Wet install the rivets 30-102 31-102 (32-102) (33-102), 30-104 31-104 (32-104)
(33-104), 30-106 31-106 (32-106) (33-106) and 30-108 31-108 (32-108)
(33-108) using OMat 8/106 sealant (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006,
FRS7055, Repair 006 (Remove and Install Blind (Huck) Rivets)).

(c) Apply a bead of OMat 8/107 around the edges of the actuator channel fairing.

(d) Clean the new actuator channel fairing 30-100 31-100 (32-100) (33-100) (Refer
to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Remove the unwanted sealant.

2 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

3 Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

4 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

(e) Cure the adhesive as per the manufacturer’s instruction.

FRSX156
Page 6007
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-301-A01
(6) Inspection of the repair areas:

(a) Do a visual examination to make sure that the repair is satisfactory.

(b) If the repair is not satisfactory, reject the repair.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-068-A01
(7) Identify the Repair:

(a) Mark FRSX156 adjacent to the identification plate of the pivoting door. Use
OMat 262 temporary marker of contrasting color.

FRSX156
Page 6008
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Actuator Channel Fairing Replacement

Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-929-001
FRSX156
Page 6009
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-876-A01
72. FRSX143 - POST SB78-B819: REPLACEMENT OF THE INLET SCOOP ANGLES ON THE
PRE-COOLER DUCT

A. General

(1) This task gives the instructions for the replacement of the inlet scoop angles on the
pre-cooler duct post SB78-B819.

(2) TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Refer
to TSD594-J).

(3) TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Refer to
RR-CAEL-SPM).

(4) For the repair procedure, refer to the Illustrated Parts List to identify the parts: the
number in brackets after the description is the IPL figure and item number.

B. Effectivity

ENGINE FIG/ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION SERVICE

BULLETIN
TRENT 700/ALL 01-120 HDTR3410L LH Thrust Reverser
C-Duct
HDTR3411L
HDTR3412L
HDTR3413L
HDTR3414L
HDTR3415L
HDTR3416L
HDTR3417L

C. Reason for job

(1) Self explanatory.

D. Job set-up information

(1) Tools, features and equipment

FRSX143
Page 6001
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(a) Refer to chapter "SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT AND

CONSUMABLES" for full data of the special tools in this list.

(b) Use approved equivalent alternatives, if necessary.

(c) Standard tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- 1 Standard workshop tools and equipment
- 1 Drill Machine
- 1 Pneumatic Riveter
- 1 Vacuum Cleaner
- 1 2,50 mm (0.098 in) diameter drill
- 1 3,30 mm (0.130 in) diameter drill
- 1 4,10 mm (0.161 in) diameter drill

(d) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

(2) Consumables

(a) Refer to the Overhaul Materials Manual (Refer to OMat) for the full data of the
consumable materials referred to in this TASK.

REFERENCE NAME
OMat 2/101 Lint-free Cotton Cloth
OMat 262 Temporary Marker
OMat 5/38 Silicon Carbide Abrasive Paper
OMat 8/106 Sealant
OMat 8/107 Sealant
OMat 653 Fluorescent Penetrant

NOTE: Other necessary consumable materials are referred to in the OP

TASKS referred to in this TASK.

FRSX143
Page 6002
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(3) Expendable parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

None

(4) Repair parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

38-314 91B818-01 Angle 1
38-315 91B819-01 Angle 1
38-316 MS20615-5M6 Rivet 5
38-317 NAS1919M04S02U Rivet 8

(5) Material of components

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

PART/IDENT SYMBOL MATERIAL

Angle INCONEL 625

FRSX143
Page 6003
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

E. Health and Safety Notices

WARNING: WHEN YOU DO THIS REPAIR YOU MUST WEAR PROTECTIVE

CLOTHING, GLOVES, DUST MASK AND SAFETY GOGGLES TO
PROTECT YOU AGAINST DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES WHICH CAN
BE DANGEROUS TO YOUR HEALTH.

WARNING: WHEN YOU USE CLEANING MATERIALS, COATINGS AND SEALANTS,

REFER TO, AND OBEY, THE MANUFACTURER'S CONTROL AND
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS AND HEALTH AND SAFETY NOTICES.

F. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-371-A01
(1) Removal of the angles from the pre-cooler duct:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Mark the position of the angles (38-314) and (38-315) on the pre-cooler duct
with an Omat 262 temporary marker.

CAUTION: BE CAREFUL NOT TO DAMAGE THE ADJACENT MATERIAL

WHEN YOU DRILL OUT THE FASTENERS.

(b) Drill out the rivets (38-316) that attach the angles (38-314) and (38-315) to the
pre-cooler duct (38-313) (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005, FRS7054,
Repair 005 (Remove and Install Solid Rivets)).

CAUTION: BE CAREFUL NOT TO DAMAGE THE ADJACENT MATERIAL

WHEN YOU DRILL OUT THE FASTENERS.

(c) Drill out the rivets (38-317) that attach the angles (38-314) and (38-315) to the
pre-cooler duct (38-313) (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055,
Repair 006 (Remove and Install Blind (Huck) Rivets)).

(d) Remove the angles (38-314) and (38-315) from the pre-cooler duct (38-313).

(e) Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Use a non-metallic scraper to remove the unwanted sealing compound.

2 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

FRSX143
Page 6004
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

3 Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

4 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint-free cloth.

(f) Make a template or use the removed angles (38-314) and (38-315) to transfer
the holes of the rivets (38-316) and (38-317) to the new angles (38-314) and
(38-315).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-372-A01
(2) Preparation of the angles:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Pilot drill the holes with the use of template to a diameter of 2,50 mm (0.098 in)
in the new angles (38-314) and (38-315).

(b) Deburr the holes.

(c) Clean the repair area (38-314) and (38-315) (Refer to OP TASK
70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

2 Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

3 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint-free cloth.

(d) Temporarily install the new angles (38-314) and (38-315) on the pre-cooler
duct (38-313).

(e) Make sure that the holes are correctly aligned.

(f) Set the position tightly.

(g) Drill the holes for the rivet (38-316) to a final diameter between 4,06 to 4,17 mm
(0.160 to 0.164 in) in the new angles (38-314) and (38-315).

(h) Drill the holes for the rivet (38-317) to a final diameter between 3,28 to 3,35 mm
(0.129 to 0.132 in) in the new angles (38-314) and (38-315).

(j) Remove the new angles (38-314) and (38-315).

(k) Deburr the holes.

FRSX143
Page 6005
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(l) Clean the repair area (38-314) and (38-315) (Refer to OP TASK
70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

2 Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

3 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint-free cloth.

(m) Do a dimensional inspection of the drilled holes on the new angles (38-314) and
(38-315). If the dimension holes are not in limits, reject the angles (38-314)
and (38-315).

(n) Do a fluorescent inspection to make sure that there are no cracks

in the replacement angle (38-314) and (38-315) ((Refer to OP TASK
70-00-00-200-201) (Fluorescent penetrant inspection)). Use OMat 653
fluorescent penetrant. If cracks are found, reject the angle.

(p) Clean the angles (38-314) and (38-315) (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,
SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Clean all traces of penetrant from the angles (38-314) and (38-315).

2 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

3 Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

4 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint-free cloth.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-373-A01
(3) Installation of the angles on the pre-cooler duct:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Apply OMat 8/107 sealant to the mating surfaces of the angles (38-314) and
(38-315) and install them on the pre-cooler duct (38-313).

(b) Wet install the rivets (38-316) with OMat 8/106 sealant (Refer to SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-005, FRS7054, Repair 005 (Remove and Install Solid Rivets)).

(c) Wet install the rivets (38-317) with OMat 8/106 sealant (Refer to SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055, Repair 006 (Remove and Install Blind (Huck)
Rivets)).

FRSX143
Page 6006
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(d) Apply a bead of OMat 8/107 around the edges of the angles (38-314) and
(38-315).

(e) Clean the angles (38-314) and (38-315) (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,
SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Remove excess sealant.

2 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

3 Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

4 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint-free cloth.

(f) Cure the sealant as per the manufacturer’s instruction.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-302-A01
(4) Inspection of the repair areas:

(a) Do a visual examination to make sure that the repair is satisfactory.

(b) If the repair is not satisfactory, reject the repair.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-079-A01
(5) Identification of the repair

(a) Mark FRSX143 adjacent to the identification plate of the thrust reverser. Use
OMat 262 temporary marker of contrasting color.

FRSX143
Page 6007
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Inlet Scoop Angles on the Pre-Cooler Duct - Removal/Installation

Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-948-001 FRSX143
Page 6008
78-30-20 Aug 31/11
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-877-A01
73. FRSX138 - Replacement of the C-Duct 6 O'Clock Fairings

A. General

(1) This TASK gives the procedures for the replacement of the C-Duct 6 O'Clock Fairings
pre and post SB 78-C588.

(2) TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Refer
to TSD594-J).

(3) TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Refer to
RR-CAEL-SPM).

(4) For the repair procedure, refer to the Illustrated Parts List to identify the parts: the
number in brackets after the description is the IPL figure and item number.

B. Effectivity

ENGINE FIG/ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION

TRENT 700/ALL 13-001 HDTR3410L LH Thrust Reverser
HDTR3411L C-Duct

HDTR3412L Pre SB 78-C588

HDTR3413L SB 78-C588

HDTR3414L
HDTR3415L
HDTR3416L
HDTR3417L
14-001 HDTR3410R RH Thrust Reverser
HDTR3411R C-Duct

HDTR3412R Pre SB 78-C588

HDTR3413R SB 78-C588

HDTR3414R
HDTR3415R
HDTR3416R
HDTR3417R
HDTR3418R

FRSX138
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

ENGINE FIG/ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION

HDTR3419R
HDTR3420R

C. Reason for job

(1) Self explanatory.

D. Job set-up information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Refer to Chapter SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENTS for full
data of the special tools in this list.

(b) Standard tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- Standard workshop tools and
equipment
- Drill machine
- Drill bits:
2,50 mm (0.098 in.) diameter
3,30 mm (0.130 in.) diameter
4,10 mm (0.161 in.) diameter
4,80 mm (0.189 in.) diameter
- 20 Kg (44.09 lb) sandbag
- Heater blanket
- Pneumatic sander

NOTE: Other necessary standard tools may be necessary due to OP & SPM
tasks referenced in the present task.

(c) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

FRSX138
Page 6002
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(2) Consumables

(a) Refer to the Overhaul Materials Manual (Refer to OMat) for full data of the
consumable materials referred to in this TASK.

REFERENCE NAME
OMat 2/101 Lint free cloth
OMat 8/106 Two part polysulphide sealant (brushable)
OMat 8/107 Two part polysulphide sealant
OMat 8/117 Adhesive
OMat 8/154 Adhesive EA9394
N/A CV 116 clear polyurethane gloss coat
N/A Edding 8404 permanent marker
N/A Pilot silver permanent marker

NOTE: Other necessary consumables may be necessary due to OP & SPM

tasks referenced in the present task.

(3) Expendable parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the parts description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

None

(4) Repair parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

1 Forward Fairing - For LH Units 013 to 018 and PRE SB 78-C588

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

44A-010 91A069-01 Forward Fairing 1
44A-020 NAS1921M04S02 Blind rivet 19
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S02U)

FRSX138
Page 6003
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

44A-030 NAS1921M04S03 Blind rivet 2
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S03U)

2 Intermediate Fairing - For LH Units 013 to 018 and PRE SB 78-C588

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

44A-040 91A067-01 Intermediate Fairing 1
44A-050 NAS1921M04S02AU Blind rivet 4
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S02A)
44A-060 NAS1921M04S03 Blind rivet 13
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S03U)
44A-070 NAS1921M04S06AU Blind rivet 7
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S06A)
44A-080 CR3524-4-8 Blind rivet 1
(ALT. HR3524-4-8)
44A-090 HST10BJ6-5 Hi-lite pin 1
(ALT. HST10BL6-5
VL10BJ6-5
VL10BL6-5)
44A-100 HST97DUWU6 Collar 1
(ALT. VLC97DUWU6)

3 Rear Fairing - For LH Units 013 to 018 and PRE SB 78-C588

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

44A-110 91D140-01 Rear Fairing 1
44A-120 NAS1921M04S02 Blind rivet 27
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S02U)

FRSX138
Page 6004
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

44A-130 NAS1921M04S03 Blind rivet 3
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S03U)
44A-140 NAS1921M04S06 Blind rivet 2
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S06U)
44A-150 CR3524-4-8 Blind rivet 5
(ALT. HR3524-4-8)
44A-160 CR3524-5-8 Blind rivet 1
(ALT. HR3524-5-8)

4 Forward Fairing - For LH Units 019 to 070 and PRE SB 78-C588

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

91A069-02 Forward Fairing 1
NAS1921M04S02 Blind rivet 21
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S02U)
NAS1921M04S03 Blind rivet 1
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S03U)

5 Intermediate Fairing - For LH Units 019 to 070 and PRE SB 78-C588

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

91A067-02 Intermediate Fairing 1
NAS1921M04S02AU Blind rivet 4
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S02A)
NAS1921M04S03 Blind rivet 10
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S03U)

FRSX138
Page 6005
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

44A-065 NAS1921M04S02 Blind rivet 3
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S02U)
NAS1921M04S06AU Blind rivet 7
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S06A)
CR3524-4-09 Blind rivet 1
(ALT. HR3524-4-09)
NAS1919M06S07AU Blind rivet 1
(ALT.
NAS1919M06S07A)

6 Rear Fairing - For LH Units 019 to 070 and PRE SB 78-C588

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

91D140-02 Rear Fairing 1
NAS1921M04S02 Blind rivet 30
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S02U)
CSR922-5T6 Blind rivet 1
CR3524-4-09 Blind rivet 6
(ALT. HR3524-4-09)
CR3524-5-8 Blind rivet 1
(ALT. HR3524-5-8)

7 Forward Fairing - For LH Units 071 and onwards or POST SB 78-C588

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

91A069-01 Forward Fairing 1
NAS1921M04S02 Blind rivet 10
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S02U)

FRSX138
Page 6006
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

NAS1921M04S03 Blind rivet 2
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S03U)

8 Intermediate Fairing - 071 and onwards or POST SB 78-C588

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

91A067-03 Intermediate Fairing 1
NAS1921M04S02AU Blind rivet 2
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S02A)
NAS1921M04S03 Blind rivet 10
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S03U)
NAS1921M04S06AU Blind rivet 4
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S06A)
NAS1921M05S10AU Blind rivet 1
(ALT.
NAS1921M05S10A)

9 Rear Fairing - For LH Units 071 and onwards or POST SB 78-C588

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

91D140-04 Rear Fairing 1
NAS1921M04S02 Blind rivet 14
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S02U)
NAS1921M04S03 Blind rivet 2
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S03U)
CSR922-5T6 Blind rivet 1
CSR922-5T4 Blind rivet 1

FRSX138
Page 6007
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

NAS1921M04S06 Blind rivet 1
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S06U)
CR3524-5-8 Blind rivet 1
(ALT. HR3524-5-8)
NAS1921M05S10AU Blind rivet 1
(ALT.
NAS1921M05S10A)

10 Forward Fairing - For RH Units 013 to 018 and PRE SB 78-C588

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

45A-010 91A069-51 Forward Fairing 1
45A-020 NAS1921M04S02 Blind rivet 19
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S02U)
45A-030 NAS1921M04S03 Blind rivet 2
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S03U)

11 Intermediate Fairing - For RH Units 013 to 018 and PRE SB 78-C588

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

45A-040 91A067-51 Intermediate Fairing 1
45A-050 NAS1921M04S02AU Blind rivet 4
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S02A)
45A-060 NAS1921M04S03 Blind rivet 13
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S03U)
45A-070 NAS1921M04S06AU Blind rivet 7
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S06A)

FRSX138
Page 6008
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

45A-080 CR3524-4-8 Blind rivet 1
(ALT. HR3524-4-8)
45A-090 HST10BJ6-5 Hi-lite pin 1
(ALT. HST10BL6-5
VL10BJ6-5
VL10BL6-5)
45A-100 HST97DUWU6 Collar 1
(ALT. VLC97DUWU6)

12 Rear Fairing - For RH Units 013 to 018 and PRE SB 78-C588

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

45A-110 91D141-01 Rear Fairing 1
45A-120 NAS1921M04S02 Blind rivet 28
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S02U)
45A-130 NAS1921M04S03 Blind rivet 3
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S03U)
45A-140 NAS1921M04S06 Blind rivet 2
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S06U)
45A-150 CR3524-4-8 Blind rivet 6
(ALT. HR3524-4-8)
45A-160 CR3524-5-8 Blind rivet 1
(ALT. HR3524-5-8)

13 Forward Fairing - For RH Units 019 to 070 and PRE SB 78-C588

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

91A069-52 Forward Fairing 1
NAS1921M04S02 Blind rivet 21
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S02U)

FRSX138
Page 6009
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

NAS1921M04S03 Blind rivet 1
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S03U)

14 Intermediate Fairing - For RH Units 019 to 070 and PRE SB 78-C588

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

91A067-52 Intermediate Fairing 1
NAS1921M04S02AU Blind rivet 4
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S02A)
NAS1921M04S03 Blind rivet 10
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S03U)
45A-065 NAS1921M04S02 Blind rivet 3
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S02U)
NAS1921M04S06AU Blind rivet 7
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S06A)
CR3524-4-09 Blind rivet 1
(ALT. HR3524-4-09)
NAS1919M06S07AU Blind rivet 1
(ALT.
NAS1919M06S07A)

15 Rear Fairing - For RH Units 019 to 070 and PRE SB 78-C588

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

91D141-02 Rear Fairing 1
NAS1921M04S02 Blind rivet 31
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S02U)
CSR922-5T6 Blind rivet 1

FRSX138
Page 6010
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

CR3524-4-09 Blind rivet 6
(ALT. HR3524-4-09)
CR3524-5-8 Blind rivet 1
(ALT. HR3524-5-8)

16 Forward Fairing - For RH Units 071 and onwards or POST SB 78-C588

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

91A069-51 Forward Fairing 1
NAS1921M04S02 Blind rivet 10
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S02U)
NAS1921M04S03 Blind rivet 2
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S03U)

17 Intermediate Fairing - For RH Units 071 and onwards or POST SB 78-C588

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

91A067-53 Intermediate Fairing 1
NAS1921M04S02AU Blind rivet 2
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S02A)
NAS1921M04S03 Blind rivet 10
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S03U)
NAS1921M04S06AU Blind rivet 4
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S06A)
NAS1921M05S10AU Blind rivet 1
(ALT.
NAS1921M05S10A)

18 Rear Fairing - For RH Units 071 and onwards or POST SB 78-C588

FRSX138
Page 6011
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

91D141-04 Rear Fairing 1
NAS1921M04S02 Blind rivet 14
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S02U)
NAS1921M04S03 Blind rivet 2
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S03U)
CSR922-5T6 Blind rivet 1
NAS1921M04S06 Blind rivet 1
(ALT.
NAS1921M04S06U)
CSR922-5T4 Blind rivet 1
CR3524-5-8 Blind rivet 1
(ALT. HR3524-5-8)
NAS1921M05S10AU Blind rivet 1
(ALT.
NAS1921M05S10A)

NOTE: Fastener length is given as information. Measure the thickness to

fasten before installing fasteners.

(b) The following items are not repair parts. They are listed for reference only. If
one of these items is damaged, please contact Aircelle.

1 For LH Units 013 to 100 and PRE SB 78-C588.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

44A-170 91D202-00 Spacer, 6 o’clock REF
fairing

2 For LH Units 101 and onwards or POST SB 78-C588.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

91D202-01 Spacer, 6 o’clock REF
fairing

FRSX138
Page 6012
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

3 For RH Units 013 to 100 and PRE SB 78-C588.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

45A-170 91D202-00 Spacer, 6 o’clock REF
fairing

4 For RH Units 101 and onwards or POST SB 78-C588.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

91D202-01 Spacer, 6 o’clock REF
fairing

(5) Material of Components

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

PART/IDENT SYMBOL MATERIAL

Forward Fairing Carbon composite
Intermediate Fairing Carbon composite
Rear Fairing Carbon composite

FRSX138
Page 6013
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

E. Health and Safety Notices

WARNING: WHEN YOU DO THIS REPAIR YOU MUST WEAR PROTECTIVE

CLOTHING, GLOVES, DUST MASK AND SAFETY GOGGLES TO
PROTECT YOU AGAINST DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES WHICH CAN
BE DANGEROUS TO YOUR HEALTH.

WARNING: WHEN YOU USE CLEANING MATERIALS, COATINGS AND SEALANTS,

REFER TO, AND OBEY, THE MANUFACTURER'S CONTROL AND
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS AND HEALTH AND SAFETY NOTICES.

F. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-040-069-A01
(1) Removal of the Fairings for Units 013 to 018 and PRE SB 78-C588:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)
(Refer to Fig. 6002)
(Refer to Fig. 6003)
(Refer to Fig. 6004)
(Refer to Fig. 6005)

(a) Remove the Forward Fairing 44A-010 (45A-010) (Refer to Fig. 6002).

NOTE: This procedure is given for the left side, but is equally applicable to
the right side.

1 Drill out the blind rivets 44A-030 (45A-030) and 44A-020 (45A-020) that
attach the Forward Fairing 44A-010 (45A-010) (Refer to SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055, Repair 006 (Removal and installation of
blind (huck) rivets)).

FRSX138
Page 6014
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

2 Make a 1 ply depth score along the Forward Fairing 44A-010 (45A-010).

NOTE: This score aims to weaken the fairing in order to control the break
location.

WARNING: MAKE SURE YOU DO NOT DAMAGE THE SURROUNDING

PARTS WHILE YOU BREAK THE FAIRING.

3 Fold the Forward Fairing until it breaks.

WARNING: MAKE SURE YOU DO NOT DAMAGE THE IFS COMPOSITE

PLIES WHILE SANDING THE ADHESIVE.

4 Use a pneumatic sander to remove the remaining part of the Forward

Fairing and adhesive bonded to the IFS.

5 Clean the work area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a vacuum cleaner to remove unwanted material.

b Cold liquid degrease the work area by swab application.

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

6 Use tap test (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-229). or ultrasonic

inspection equipment (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-228). to make
sure the repair area is free from damage.

NOTE: If damage is found, please contact Aircelle.

(b) Remove the Intermediate Fairing 44A-040 (45A-040) (Refer to Fig. 6003).

NOTE: This procedure is given for the left side, but is equally applicable to
the right side.

1 Drill out the blind rivets 44A-050 (45A-050), 44A-060 (45A-060), 44A-070
(45A-070) and 44A-080 (45A-080) that attach the Intermediate Fairing
44A-040 (45A-040) (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055,
Repair 006 (Removal and installation of blind (huck) rivets)).

FRSX138
Page 6015
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

2 Make a 1 ply depth score along the Intermediate Fairing 44A-040

(45A-040).

NOTE: This score aims to weaken the fairing in order to control the break
location.

3 Remove the collar 44A-100 (45A-100) and hi-lite pin 44A-090 (45A-090)
(Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-007, FRS7056, Repair 007 (Removal
and installation of pin (threaded) fastener (hi-lok and hi lite))).

WARNING: MAKE SURE YOU DO NOT DAMAGE THE SURROUNDING

PARTS WHILE YOU BREAK THE FAIRING.

4 Fold the Intermediate Fairing until it breaks.

WARNING: MAKE SURE YOU DO NOT DAMAGE THE IFS COMPOSITE

PLIES WHILE SANDING THE ADHESIVE.

5 Use a pneumatic sander to remove the remaining part of the Intermediate

Fairing and adhesive bonded to the IFS.

6 Clean the work area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a vacuum cleaner to remove unwanted material.

b Cold liquid degrease the work area by swab application.

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

7 Use tap test (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-229). or ultrasonic

inspection equipment (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-228). to make
sure the repair area is free from damage.

NOTE: If damage is found, please contact Aircelle.

(c) Remove the Rear Fairing 44A-110 (Refer to Fig. 6004).

NOTE: This procedure is given for the left side only.

FRSX138
Page 6016
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

1 Drill out the blind rivets 44A-120, 44A-130, 44A-140, 44A-150 and
44A-160 that attach the Rear Fairing 44A-110 (Refer to SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055, Repair 006 (Remove and Install Blind
(Huck) Rivets)).

2 Make a 1 ply depth score along the Rear Fairing 44A-110.

NOTE: This score aims to weaken the fairing in order to control the break
location.

3 Remove the 6 o'clock fairing spacer 44A-170.

WARNING: MAKE SURE YOU DO NOT DAMAGE THE SURROUNDING

PARTS WHILE YOU BREAK THE FAIRING.

4 Fold the Rear Fairing until it breaks.

WARNING: MAKE SURE YOU DO NOT DAMAGE THE IFS COMPOSITE

PLIES WHILE SANDING THE ADHESIVE.

5 Use a pneumatic sander to remove the remaining part of the Rear Fairing
and adhesive bonded to the IFS.

6 Clean the work area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a vacuum cleaner to remove unwanted material.

b Cold liquid degrease the work area by swab application.

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

7 Use tap test (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-229). or ultrasonic

inspection equipment (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-228). to make
sure the repair area is free from damage.

NOTE: If damage is found, please contact Aircelle.

(d) Remove the Rear Fairing 45A-110 (Refer to Fig. 6005).

NOTE: This procedure is given for the right side only.

FRSX138
Page 6017
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

1 Drill out the blind rivets (45A-120), (45A-130), (45A-140), (45A-150) and
(45A-160) that attach the Rear Fairing (45A-110) (Refer to SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055, Repair 006 (Removal and installation of
blind (huck) rivets)).

2 Make a 1 ply depth score along the Rear Fairing (45A-110).

NOTE: This score aims to weaken the fairing in order to control the break
location.

3 Remove the 6 o'clock fairing spacer (45A-170).

WARNING: MAKE SURE YOU DO NOT DAMAGE THE SURROUNDING

PARTS WHILE YOU BREAK THE FAIRING.

4 Fold the Rear Fairing until it breaks.

WARNING: MAKE SURE YOU DO NOT DAMAGE THE IFS COMPOSITE

PLIES WHILE SANDING THE ADHESIVE.

5 Use a pneumatic sander to remove the remaining part of the Rear Fairing
and adhesive bonded to the IFS.

6 Clean the work area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a vacuum cleaner to remove unwanted material.

b Cold liquid degrease the work area by swab application.

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

7 Use tap test (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-229). or ultrasonic

inspection equipment (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-228). to make
sure the repair area is free from damage.

NOTE: If damage is found, please contact Aircelle.

FRSX138
Page 6018
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-040-070-A01
(2) Removal of the Fairings for Units 019 to 070 and PRE SB 78-C588:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)
(Refer to Fig. 6006)
(Refer to Fig. 6007)
(Refer to Fig. 6008)
(Refer to Fig. 6009)

(a) Remove the Forward Fairing 44A-010B (45A-010B) (Refer to Fig. 6006).

NOTE: This procedure is given for the left side, but is equally applicable to
the right side.

1 Drill out the blind rivets 44A-020B (45A-020B) and 44A-030B (45A-030B)
that attach the Forward Fairing 44A-010B (45A-010B) (Refer to SPM
TASK 70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055, Repair 006 (Removal and installation
of blind (huck) rivets)).

2 Make a 1 ply depth score along the Forward Fairing 44A-010B (45A-010B).

NOTE: This score aims to weaken the fairing in order to control the break
location.

WARNING: MAKE SURE YOU DO NOT DAMAGE THE SURROUNDING

PARTS WHILE YOU BREAK THE FAIRING.

3 Fold the Forward Fairing until it breaks.

WARNING: MAKE SURE YOU DO NOT DAMAGE THE IFS COMPOSITE

PLIES WHILE SANDING THE ADHESIVE.

4 Use a pneumatic sander to remove the remaining part of the Forward

Fairing and adhesive bonded to the IFS.

5 Clean the work area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a vacuum cleaner to remove unwanted material.

b Cold liquid degrease the work area by swab application.

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

FRSX138
Page 6019
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

6 Use tap test (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-229). or ultrasonic

inspection equipment (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-228). to make
sure the repair area is free from damage.

NOTE: If damage is found, please contact Aircelle.

(b) Remove the Intermediate Fairing 44A-040A (45A-040A) (Refer to Fig. 6007).

NOTE: This procedure is given for the left side, but is equally applicable to
the right side.

1 Drill out the blind rivets 44A-050A (45A-050A), 44A-070A (45A-070A),

44A-065 (45A-065), 44A-060A (45A-060A), 44A-80A (45A-080A) and
44A-090A (45A-090A) that attach the Intermediate Fairing 44A-040A
(45A-040A) (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055, Repair 006
(Removal and installation of blind (huck) rivets)).

2 Make a 1 ply depth score along the Intermediate Fairing 44A-040A

(45A-040A).

NOTE: This score aims to weaken the fairing in order to control the break
location.

WARNING: MAKE SURE YOU DO NOT DAMAGE THE SURROUNDING

PARTS WHILE YOU BREAK THE FAIRING.

3 Fold the Intermediate Fairing until it breaks.

WARNING: MAKE SURE YOU DO NOT DAMAGE THE IFS COMPOSITE

PLIES WHILE SANDING THE ADHESIVE.

4 Use a pneumatic sander to remove the remaining part of the Intermediate

Fairing and adhesive bonded to the IFS.

5 Clean the work area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a vacuum cleaner to remove unwanted material.

b Cold liquid degrease the work area by swab application.

FRSX138
Page 6020
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

6 Use tap test (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-229). or ultrasonic

inspection equipment (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-228). to make
sure the repair area is free from damage.

NOTE: If damage is found, please contact Aircelle.

(c) Remove the Rear Fairing 44A-110A (Refer to Fig. 6008).

NOTE: This procedure is given for the left side only.

1 Drill out the blind rivets 44A-120A, 44A-150A, 44A-160A and 44A-135A that
attach the Rear Fairing 44A-110A (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006,
FRS7055, Repair 006 (Removal and installation of blind (huck) rivets)).

2 Make a 1 ply depth score along the Rear Fairing 44A-110A.

NOTE: This score aims to weaken the fairing in order to control the break
location.

WARNING: MAKE SURE YOU DO NOT DAMAGE THE SURROUNDING

PARTS WHILE YOU BREAK THE FAIRING.

3 Fold the Rear Fairing until it breaks.

WARNING: MAKE SURE YOU DO NOT DAMAGE THE IFS COMPOSITE

PLIES WHILE SANDING THE ADHESIVE.

4 Use a pneumatic sander to remove the remaining part of the Rear Fairing
and adhesive bonded to the IFS.

5 Clean the work area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a vacuum cleaner to remove unwanted material.

b Cold liquid degrease the work area by swab application.

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

FRSX138
Page 6021
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

6 Use tap test (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-229). or ultrasonic

inspection equipment (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-228). to make
sure the repair area is free from damage.

NOTE: If damage is found, please contact Aircelle.

(d) Remove the Rear Fairing (45A-110B) (Refer to Fig. 6009).

NOTE: This procedure is given for the right side only.

1 Drill out the blind rivets (45A-120B), (45A-150A), (45A-160B) and

(45A-135B) that attach the Rear Fairing (45A-110B) (Refer to SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055, Repair 006 (Removal and installation of
blind (huck) rivets)).

2 Make a 1 ply depth score along the Rear Fairing (45A-110B).

NOTE: This score aims to weaken the fairing in order to control the break
location.

WARNING: MAKE SURE YOU DO NOT DAMAGE THE SURROUNDING

PARTS WHILE YOU BREAK THE FAIRING.

3 Fold the Rear Fairing until it breaks.

WARNING: MAKE SURE YOU DO NOT DAMAGE THE IFS COMPOSITE

PLIES WHILE SANDING THE ADHESIVE.

4 Use a pneumatic sander to remove the remaining part of the Rear Fairing
and adhesive bonded to the IFS.

5 Clean the work area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a vacuum cleaner to remove unwanted material.

b Cold liquid degrease the work area by swab application.

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

FRSX138
Page 6022
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

6 Use tap test (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-229). or ultrasonic

inspection equipment (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-228). to make
sure the repair area is free from damage.

NOTE: If damage is found, please contact Aircelle.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-040-071-A01
(3) Removal of the Fairings for Units 071 and onwards or POST SB 78-C588:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)
(Refer to Fig. 6010)
(Refer to Fig. 6011)
(Refer to Fig. 6012)

(a) Remove the Forward Fairing 44A-010B (45A-010B) (Refer to Fig. 6010).

NOTE: This procedure is given for the left side, but is equally applicable to
the right side.

1 Drill out the blind rivets 44A-020B (45A-020B) and 44A-030B (45A-030B)
that attach the Forward Fairing 44A-010B (45A-010B) (Refer to SPM
TASK 70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055, Repair 006 (Removal and installation
of blind (huck) rivets)).

2 Make a 1 ply depth score along the Forward Fairing 44A-010B (45A-010B).

NOTE: This score aims to weaken the fairing in order to control the break
location.

WARNING: MAKE SURE YOU DO NOT DAMAGE THE SURROUNDING

PARTS WHILE YOU BREAK THE FAIRING.

3 Fold the Forward Fairing until it breaks.

WARNING: MAKE SURE YOU DO NOT DAMAGE THE IFS COMPOSITE

PLIES WHILE SANDING THE ADHESIVE.

4 Use a pneumatic sander to remove the remaining part of the Forward

Fairing and adhesive bonded to the IFS.

5 Clean the work area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a vacuum cleaner to remove unwanted material.

FRSX138
Page 6023
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

b Cold liquid degrease the work area by swab application.

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

6 Use tap test (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-229). or ultrasonic

inspection equipment (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-228). to make
sure the repair area is free from damage.

NOTE: If damage is found, please contact Aircelle.

(b) Remove the Intermediate Fairing 44A-040B (45A-040B) (Refer to Fig. 6011).

NOTE: This procedure is given for the left side, but is equally applicable to
the right side.

1 Drill out the blind rivets 44A-080 (45A-080), 44A-050 (45A-050), 44A-070
(45A-070) and 44A-060B (45A-060B) that attach the Intermediate Fairing
44A-040B (45A-040B) (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055,
Repair 006 (Removal and installation of blind (huck) rivets)).

2 Make a 1 ply depth score along the Intermediate Fairing 44A-040B

(45A-040B).

NOTE: This score aims to weaken the fairing in order to control the break
location.

WARNING: MAKE SURE YOU DO NOT DAMAGE THE SURROUNDING

PARTS WHILE YOU BREAK THE FAIRING.

3 Fold the Intermediate Fairing until it breaks.

WARNING: MAKE SURE YOU DO NOT DAMAGE THE IFS COMPOSITE

PLIES WHILE SANDING THE ADHESIVE.

4 Use a pneumatic sander to remove the remaining part of the Intermediate

Fairing and adhesive bonded to the IFS.

5 Clean the work area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a vacuum cleaner to remove unwanted material.

FRSX138
Page 6024
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

b Cold liquid degrease the work area by swab application.

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

6 Use tap test (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-229). or ultrasonic

inspection equipment (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-228). to make
sure the repair area is free from damage.

NOTE: If damage is found, please contact Aircelle.

(c) Remove the Rear Fairing 44A-110B (45A-110B) (Refer to Fig. 6012).

NOTE: This procedure is given for the left side, but is equally applicable to
the right side.

1 Drill out the blind rivets 44A-180B (45A-180B), 44A-140B (45A-140B),

44A-120B (45A-120B), 44A-130B (45A-130B), 44A-160B (45A-160B),
44A-135B (45A-135B) and 44A-145B (45A-145B) that attach the Rear
Fairing 44A-110B (45A-110B) (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006,
FRS7055, Repair 006 (Removal and installation of blind (huck) rivets)).

2 Make a 1 ply depth score along the Rear Fairing 44A-110B (45A-110B).

NOTE: This score aims to weaken the fairing in order to control the break
location.

3 Remove the 6 o'clock fairing spacer 44A-170B (45A-170B).

WARNING: MAKE SURE YOU DO NOT DAMAGE THE SURROUNDING

PARTS WHILE YOU BREAK THE FAIRING.

4 Fold the Rear Fairing until it breaks.

WARNING: MAKE SURE YOU DO NOT DAMAGE THE IFS COMPOSITE

PLIES WHILE SANDING THE ADHESIVE.

5 Use a pneumatic sander to remove the remaining part of the Rear Fairing
and adhesive bonded to the IFS.

6 Clean the work area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

FRSX138
Page 6025
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

a Use a vacuum cleaner to remove unwanted material.

b Cold liquid degrease the work area by swab application.

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

7 Use tap test (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-229). or ultrasonic

inspection equipment (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-228). to make
sure the repair area is free from damage.

NOTE: If damage is found, please contact Aircelle.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-419-A01
(4) Preparation of the Fairings for Units 013 to 018 and PRE SB 78-C588:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)
(Refer to Fig. 6002)
(Refer to Fig. 6003)
(Refer to Fig. 6004)
(Refer to Fig. 6005)

(a) Prepare the Forward Fairing 44A-010 (45A-010) (Refer to Fig. 6002).

NOTE: This procedure is given for the left side, but is equally applicable to
the right side.

1 Make a template to record the positions of the holes for blind rivets
44A-020 (45A-020) and 44A-030 (45A-030) on the new Forward Fairing
44A-010 (45A-010).

2 Install the template on the new Forward Fairing 44A-010 (45A-010).

3 Pilot drill the holes with a 2,50 mm (0.098 in.) diameter drill bit in the new
Forward Fairing 44A-010 (45A-010).

4 Remove the template.

5 Deburr the holes.

6 Clean the new Forward Fairing 44A-010 (45A-010) (Refer to OP TASK

70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

FRSX138
Page 6026
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

a Use a vacuum cleaner to remove the unwanted material.

b Cold liquid degrease the Forward Fairing 44A-010 (45A-010) by

swab application.

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

7 Final drill the holes for the blind rivets 44A-020 (45A-020) and 44A-030
(45A-030) to between 3,28 to 3,35 mm (0.129 to 0.132 in.) in the new
Forward Fairing 44A-010 (45A-010).

8 Deburr the holes and remove all sharp edges.

9 Clean the Forward Fairing 44A-010 (45A-010) (Refer to OP TASK

70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a vacuum cleaner to remove unwanted material.

b Cold liquid degrease the Forward Fairing 44A-010 (45A-010) by

swab application.

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

10 Use tap test (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-229). or ultrasonic

inspection equipment (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-228). to inspect
the drilled areas of the Forward Fairing 44A-010 (45A-010). If cracks or
delamination are found, reject the Forward Fairing 44A-010(45A-010).

(b) Prepare the Intermediate Fairing 44A-040 (45A-040) (Refer to Fig. 6003).

NOTE: This procedure is given for the left side, but is equally applicable to
the right side.

1 Make a template to record the positions of the holes for blind rivets
44A-050 (45A-050), 44A-060 (45A-060), 44A-070 (45A-070) and 44A-080
(45A-080) and the hi-lite pin 44A-090 (45A-090) on the new Intermediate
Fairing 44A-040 (45A-040).

2 Install the template on the new Intermediate Fairing 44A-040 (45A-040).

FRSX138
Page 6027
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

3 Pilot drill the holes with a 2,50 mm (0.098 in.) diameter drill bit in the new
Intermediate Fairing 44A-040 (45A-040).

4 Remove the template.

5 Deburr the holes.

6 Clean the Intermediate Fairing 44A-040 (45A-040) (Refer to OP TASK

70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a vacuum cleaner to remove unwanted material.

b Cold liquid degrease the Intermediate Fairing 44A-040 (45A-040)

by swab application.

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

7 Final drill the holes for the blind rivet 44A-050 (45A-050), 44A-060
(45A-060), 44A-070 (45A-070) and 44A-080 (45A-080) to between 3,28
to 3,35 mm (0.129 to 0.132 in.) in the new Intermediate Fairing 44A-040
(45A-040).

8 Deburr the holes and remove all sharp edges.

9 Final drill the hole for the hi-lite pin 44A-090 (45A-090) to between 4,82
to 4,90 mm (0.190 to 0.193 in.) in the new Intermediate Fairing 44A-040
(45A-040).

10 Deburr the holes and remove all sharp edges.

11 Clean the new Intermediate Fairing 44A-040 (45A-040) (Refer to OP TASK

70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a vacuum cleaner to remove unwanted material.

b Cold liquid degrease the Intermediate Fairing 44A-040 (45A-040)

by swab application.

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

FRSX138
Page 6028
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

12 Use tap test (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-229). or ultrasonic

inspection equipment (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-228). to inspect
the drilled areas of the Intermediate Fairing 44A-040 (45A-040). If cracks or
delamination are found, reject the Intermediate Fairing 44A-040 (45A-040).

(c) Prepare the Rear Fairing 44A-110 (Refer to Fig. 6004).

NOTE: This procedure is given for the left side only.

1 Make a template to record the positions of the holes for blind rivets
44A-120, 44A-130, 44A-140, 44A-150 and 44A-160 on the new Rear
Fairing 44A-110.

2 Install the template on the new Rear Fairing 44A-110.

3 Pilot drill the holes with a 2,50 mm (0.098 in.) diameter drill bit in the new
Rear Fairing 44A-110.

4 Remove the template.

5 Deburr the holes.

6 Clean the Rear Fairing 44A-110 (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a vacuum cleaner to remove unwanted material.

b Cold liquid degrease the Rear Fairing 44A-110 by swab application.

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

7 Final drill the holes for the blind rivet 44A-120, 44A-130, 44A-140 and
44A-150 to between 3,28 to 3,35 mm (0.129 to 0.132 in.) in the new Rear
Fairing 44A-110.

8 Deburr the holes and remove all sharp edges.

9 Final drill the hole for the blind rivet 44A-160 to between 4,06 to 4,17 mm
(0.160 to 0.164 in.) in the new Rear Fairing 44A-110.

10 Deburr the holes and remove all sharp edges.

FRSX138
Page 6029
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

11 Clean the Rear Fairing 44A-110 (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a vacuum cleaner to remove unwanted material.

b Cold liquid degrease the Rear Fairing 44A-110 by swab application.

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

12 Use tap test (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-229). or ultrasonic

inspection equipment (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-228). to inspect
the drilled areas of the Rear Fairing 44A-110. If cracks or delamination are
found, reject the Rear Fairing 44A-110.

(d) Prepare the Rear Fairing (45A-110) (Refer to Fig. 6005).

NOTE: This procedure is given for the right side only.

1 Make a template to record the positions of the holes for blind rivets
(45A-120), (45A-130), (45A-140), (45A-150) and (45A-160) on the new
Rear Fairing (45A-110).

2 Install the template on the new Rear Fairing (45A-110).

3 Pilot drill the holes with a 2,50 mm (0.098 in.) diameter drill bit in the new
Rear Fairing (45A-110).

4 Remove the template.

5 Deburr the holes.

6 Clean the Rear Fairing (45A-110) (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a vacuum cleaner to remove unwanted material.

b Cold liquid degrease the Rear Fairing (45A-110) by swab application.

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

FRSX138
Page 6030
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

7 Final drill the holes for the blind rivet (45A-120), (45A-130), (45A-140)
and (45A-150) to between 3,28 to 3,35 mm (0.129 to 0.132 in.) in the
new Rear Fairing (45A-110).

8 Deburr the holes and remove all sharp edges.

9 Final drill the hole for the blind rivet (45A-160) to between 4,06 to 4,17 mm
(0.160 to 0.164 in.) in the new Rear Fairing (45A-110).

10 Deburr the holes and remove all sharp edges.

11 Clean the Rear Fairing (45A-110) (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a vacuum cleaner to remove unwanted material.

b Cold liquid degrease the Rear Fairing (45A-110 by swab application.

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

12 Use tap test (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-229). or ultrasonic

inspection equipment (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-228). to inspect
the drilled areas of the Rear Fairing (45A-110). If cracks or delamination
are found, reject the Rear Fairing (45A-110).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-420-A01
(5) Preparation of the Fairings for Units 019 to 070 and PRE SB 78-C588:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)
(Refer to Fig. 6006)
(Refer to Fig. 6007)
(Refer to Fig. 6008)
(Refer to Fig. 6009)

(a) Prepare the Forward Fairing 44A-010A (45A-010A) (Refer to Fig. 6006).

NOTE: This procedure is given for the left side, but is equally applicable to
the right side.

1 Make a template to record the positions of the holes for blind rivets
44A-020A (45A-020A) and 44A-030A (45A-030A) on the new Forward
Fairing 44A-010A (45A-010A).

FRSX138
Page 6031
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

2 Install the template on the new Forward Fairing 44A-010A (45A-010A).

3 Pilot drill the holes with a 2,50 mm (0.098 in.) diameter drill bit in the new
Forward Fairing 44A-010A (45A-010A).

4 Remove the template.

5 Deburr the holes.

6 Clean the Forward Fairing 44A-010A (45A-010A) (Refer to OP TASK

70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a vacuum cleaner to remove unwanted material.

b Cold liquid degrease the Forward Fairing 44A-010A (45A-010A) by

swab application.

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

7 Final drill the holes for the blind rivet 44A-020A (45A-020A) and 44A-030A
(45A-030A) to between 3,28 to 3,35 mm (0.129 to 0.132 in.) in the new
Forward Fairing 44A-010A (45A-010A).

8 Deburr the holes and remove all sharp edges.

9 Clean the Forward Fairing 44A-010A (45A-010A) (Refer to OP TASK

70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a vacuum cleaner to remove unwanted material.

b Cold liquid degrease the Forward Fairing 44A-010A (45A-010A) by

swab application.

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

10 Use tap test (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-229). or ultrasonic

inspection equipment (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-228). to inspect
the drilled areas of the Forward Fairing 44A-010A (45A-010A). If cracks or
delamination are found, reject the Forward Fairing 44A-010A (45A-010A).

FRSX138
Page 6032
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(b) Prepare the Intermediate Fairing 44A-040A (45A-040A) (Refer to Fig. 6007).

NOTE: This procedure is given for the left side, but is equally applicable to
the right side.

1 Make a template to record the positions of the holes for blind rivets
44A-050A (45A-050A), 44A-070A (45A-070A), 44A-065 (45A-065),
44A-060A (45A-060A), 44A-080A (45A-080A), 44A-090A (45A-090A) on
the new Intermediate Fairing 44A-040A (45A-040A).

2 Install the template on the new Intermediate Fairing 44A-040A (45A-040A).

3 Pilot drill the holes with a 2,50 mm (0.098 in.) diameter drill bit in the new
Intermediate Fairing 44A-040A (45A-040A).

4 Remove the template.

5 Deburr the holes.

6 Clean the Intermediate Fairing 44A-040A (45A-040A) (Refer to OP TASK

70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a vacuum cleaner to remove unwanted material.

b Cold liquid degrease the Intermediate Fairing 44A-040A (45A-040A)

by swab application.

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

7 Final drill the holes for the blind rivet 44A-050A (45A-050A), 44A-070A
(45A-070A), 44A-065 (45A-065), 44A-060A (45A-060A) and 44A-080A
(45A-080A) to between 3,28 to 3,35 mm (0.129 to 0.132 in.) in the new
Intermediate Fairing 44A-040A (45A-040A).

8 Deburr the holes and remove all sharp edges.

9 Final drill the hole for the blind rivet 44A-090A (45A-090A) to between 4,88
to 4,98 mm (0.192 to 0.196 in.) in the new Intermediate Fairing 44A-040A
(45A-040A).

10 Deburr the holes and remove all sharp edges.

FRSX138
Page 6033
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

11 Clean the Intermediate Fairing 44A-040A (45A-040A) (Refer to OP TASK

70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a vacuum cleaner to remove unwanted material.

b Cold liquid degrease the Intermediate Fairing 44A-040A (45A-040A)

by swab application.

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

12 Use tap test (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-229). or ultrasonic

inspection equipment (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-228). to inspect
the drilled areas of the Intermediate Fairing 44A-040A (45A-040A). If
cracks or delamination are found, reject the Intermediate Fairing 44A-040A
(45A-040A).

(c) Prepare the Rear Fairing 44A-110A (Refer to Fig. 6008).

NOTE: This procedure is given for the left side only.

1 Make a template to record the positions of the holes for blind rivets
44A-120A, 44A-150A, 44A-160A, 44A-135A on the new Rear Fairing
44A-110A.

2 Install the template on the new Rear Fairing 44A-110A.

3 Pilot drill the holes with a 2,50 mm (0.098 in.) diameter drill bit in the new
Rear Fairing 44A-110A.

4 Remove the template.

5 Deburr the holes.

6 Clean the Rear Fairing 44A-110A (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a vacuum cleaner to remove unwanted material.

b Cold liquid degrease the Rear Fairing 44A-110A by swab application.

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

FRSX138
Page 6034
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

7 Final drill the holes for the blind rivet 44A-120A and 44A-150A to between
3,28 to 3,35 mm (0.129 to 0.132 in.) in the new Rear Fairing 44A-110A.

8 Deburr the holes and remove all sharp edges.

9 Final drill the holes for the blind rivet 44A-160A and 44A-135A to between
4,06 to 4,17 mm (0.160 to 0.164 in.) in the new Rear Fairing 44A-110A.

10 Deburr the holes and remove all sharp edges.

11 Clean the Rear Fairing 44A-110A (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a vacuum cleaner to remove unwanted material.

b Cold liquid degrease the Rear Fairing 44A-110A by swab application.

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

12 Use tap test (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-229). or ultrasonic

inspection equipment (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-228). to inspect
the drilled areas of the Rear Fairing 44A-110A. If cracks or delamination
are found, reject the Rear Fairing (44A-110A).

(d) Prepare the Rear Fairing (45A-110A) (Refer to Fig. 6009).

NOTE: This procedure is given for the right side only.

1 Make a template to record the positions of the holes for blind rivets
(45A-120A), (45A-150A), (45A-160A), (45A-135A) on the new Rear Fairing
(45A-110A).

2 Install the template on the new Rear Fairing (45A-110A).

3 Pilot drill the holes with a 2,50 mm (0.098 in.) diameter drill bit in the new
Rear Fairing (45A-110A).

4 Remove the template.

FRSX138
Page 6035
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

5 Deburr the holes.

6 Clean the Rear Fairing (45A-110A) (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a vacuum cleaner to remove unwanted material.

b Cold liquid degrease the Rear Fairing (45A-110A) by swab

application.

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

7 Final drill the holes for the blind rivet (45A-120A) and (45A-150A) to
between 3,28 to 3,35 mm (0.129 to 0.132 in.) in the new Rear Fairing
(45A-110A).

8 Deburr the holes and remove all sharp edges.

9 Final drill the hole for the blind rivet (45A-160A) and (45A-135A) to between
4,06 to 4,17 mm (0.160 to 0.164 in.) in the new Rear Fairing (45A-110A).

10 Deburr the holes and remove all sharp edges.

11 Clean the Rear Fairing (45A-110A) (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a vacuum cleaner to remove unwanted material.

b Cold liquid degrease the Rear Fairing (45A-110A) by swab

application.

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

12 Use tap test (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-229). or ultrasonic

inspection equipment (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-228). to inspect
the drilled areas of the Rear Fairing (45A-110A). If cracks or delamination
are found, reject the Rear Fairing (45A-110A).

FRSX138
Page 6036
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-421-A01
(6) Preparation of the Fairings for Units 071 and onwards or POST SB 78-C588:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)
(Refer to Fig. 6010)
(Refer to Fig. 6011)
(Refer to Fig. 6012)

(a) Prepare the Forward Fairing 44A-010B (45A-010B) (Refer to Fig. 6010).

NOTE: This procedure is given for the left side, but is equally applicable to
the right side.

1 Make a template to record the positions of the holes for blind rivets
44A-020B (45A-020B) and 44A-030B (45A-030B) on the new Forward
Fairing 44A-010B (45A-010B).

2 Install the template on the new Forward Fairing 44A-010B (45A-010B).

3 Pilot drill the holes with a 2,50 mm (0.098 in.) diameter drill bit in the new
Forward Fairing 44A-010B (45A-010B).

4 Remove the template.

5 Deburr the holes.

6 Clean the Forward Fairing 44A-010B (45A-010B) (Refer to OP TASK

70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a vacuum cleaner to remove unwanted material.

b Cold liquid degrease the Forward Fairing 44A-010B (45A-010B) by

swab application.

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

7 Final drill the holes for the blind rivets 44A-020B (45A-020B) and 44A-030B
(45A-030B) to between 3,28 to 3,35 mm (0.129 to 0.132 in.) in the new
Forward Fairing 44A-010B (45A-010B).

8 Deburr the holes and remove all sharp edges.

FRSX138
Page 6037
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

9 Clean the Forward Fairing 44A-010B (45A-010B) (Refer to OP TASK

70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a vacuum cleaner to remove unwanted material.

b Cold liquid degrease the Forward Fairing 44A-010B (45A-010B) by

swab application.

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

10 Use tap test (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-229). or ultrasonic

inspection equipment (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-228). to inspect
the drilled areas of the Forward Fairing 44A-010B (45A-010B). If cracks or
delamination are found, reject the Forward Fairing 44A-010B (45A-010B).

(b) Prepare the Intermediate Fairing 44A-040B (45A-040B) (Refer to Fig. 6011).

NOTE: This procedure is given for the left side, but is equally applicable to
the right side.

1 Make a template to record the positions of the holes for blind rivets
44A-080B (45A-080B), 44A-050B (45A-050B), 44A-070B (45A-070B)
and 44A-060B (45A-060B) on the new Intermediate Fairing 44A-040B
(45A-040B).

2 Install the template on the new Intermediate Fairing 44A-040B (45A-040B).

3 Pilot drill the holes with a 2,50 mm (0.098 in.) diameter drill bit in the new
Intermediate Fairing 44A-040B(45A-040B).

4 Remove the template.

5 Deburr the holes.

6 Clean the new Intermediate Fairing 44A-040B (45A-040B) (Refer to OP

TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a vacuum cleaner to remove unwanted material.

b Cold liquid degrease the Intermediate Fairing 44A-040B (45A-040B)

by swab application.

FRSX138
Page 6038
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

7 Final drill the holes for the blind rivet 44A-050B (45A-050B), 44A-070B
(45A-070B) and 44A-060B (45A-060B) to between 3,28 to 3,35 mm (0.129
to 0.132 in.) in the new Intermediate Fairing 44A-040B (45A-040B).

8 Deburr the holes and remove all sharp edges.

9 Final drill the hole for the blind rivet 44A-080B (45A-080B) to between 4,06
to 4,17 mm (0.160 to 0.164 in.) in the new Intermediate Fairing 44A-040B
(45A-040B).

10 Deburr the holes and remove all sharp edges.

11 Clean the Intermediate Fairing 44A-040B (45A-040B) (Refer to OP TASK

70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a vacuum cleaner to remove unwanted material.

b Cold liquid degrease the Intermediate Fairing 44A-040B (45A-040B)

by swab application.

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

12 Use tap test (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-229). or ultrasonic

inspection equipment (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-228). to inspect
the drilled areas of the Intermediate Fairing 44A-040B (45A-040B). If
cracks or delamination are found, reject the Intermediate Fairing 44A-040B
(45A-040B).

(c) Prepare the Rear Fairing 44A-110B (45A-110B) (Refer to Fig. 6012).

NOTE: This procedure is given for the left side, but is equally applicable to
the right side.

1 Make a template to record the positions of the holes for blind rivets
44A-180B (45A-180B), 44A-140B (45A-140B), 44A-120B (45A-120B),
44A-130B (45A-130B), 44A-160B (45A-160B), 44A-135B (45A-135B) and
44A-145B (45A-145B) on the new Rear Fairing 44A-110B (45A-110B).

FRSX138
Page 6039
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

2 Install the template on the new Rear Fairing 44A-110B (45A-110B).

3 Pilot drill the holes with a 2,50 mm (0.098 in.) diameter drill bit in the new
Rear Fairing 44A-110B (45A-110B).

4 Remove the template.

5 Deburr the holes.

6 Clean the Rear Fairing 44A-110B (45A-110B) (Refer to OP TASK

70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a vacuum cleaner to remove unwanted material.

b Cold liquid degrease the Rear Fairing 44A-110B (45A-110B) by swab

application.

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

7 Final drill the holes for the blind rivet 44A-140B (45A-140B), 44A-120B
(45A-120B) and 44A-130B (45A-130B) to between 3,28 to 3,35 mm (0.129
to 0.132 in.) in the new Rear Fairing 44A-110B (45A-110B).

8 Deburr the holes and remove all sharp edges.

9 Final drill the hole for the blind rivets 44A-180B (45A-180B), 44A-160B
(45A-160B), 44A-135B (45A-135B) and 44A-145B (45A-145B) to between
4,06 to 4,17 mm (0.160 to 0.164 in.) in the new Rear Fairing 44A-110B
(45A-110B).

10 Deburr the holes and remove all sharp edges.

11 Clean the Rear Fairing 44A-110B (45A-110B) (Refer to OP TASK

70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a vacuum cleaner to remove unwanted material.

b Cold liquid degrease the Rear Fairing 44A-110B (45A-110B) by swab

application.

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

FRSX138
Page 6040
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

12 Use tap test (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-229). or ultrasonic

inspection equipment (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-228). to inspect
the drilled areas of the Rear Fairing 44A-110B (45A-110B). If cracks or
delamination are found, reject the Rear Fairing 44A-110B (45A-110B).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-440-103-A01
(7) Installation of the Fairings for Units 013 to 018 and PRE SB 78-C588:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)
(Refer to Fig. 6002)
(Refer to Fig. 6003)
(Refer to Fig. 6004)
(Refer to Fig. 6005)

NOTE: All the fasteners must be installed with OMat 8/106 sealant.

(a) Install the Forward Fairing 44A-010 (45A-010) (Refer to Fig. 6002).

NOTE: This procedure is given for the left side, but is equally applicable to
the right side.

1 Prepare OMat 8/154 adhesive (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-023).

2 Apply the OMat 8/154 adhesive on the IFS contact surface of the Forward
Fairing 44A-010 (45A-010).

3 Apply the OMat 8/154 adhesive on the contact surface of the IFS.

4 Prepare OMat 8/107 sealant (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-040).

5 Apply the OMat 8/107 sealant on the OFS contact surfaces of the Forward
Fairing 44A-010 (45A-010).

6 Put the Forward Fairing 44A-010 (45A-010) in position.

7 Make sure that the holes are correctly aligned.

8 Secure the positions using clecos temporary fasteners.

FRSX138
Page 6041
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

9 Prepare OMat 8/106 sealant (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-036).

10 Wet install the blind rivets 44A-020 (45A-020) and 44A-030 (45A-030)
using OMat 8/106 sealant (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006,
FRS7055, Repair 006). (Removal and installation of blind (huck) rivets).

11 Apply a bead of OMat 8/107 two part polysulphide sealant around the
edges of the Forward Fairing 44A-010 (45A-010).

12 Remove the clamps.

13 Remove the excess of OMat 8/106 and 8/107 sealants and OMat 8/154
adhesive.

14 Install the heater blanket on the Forward Fairing 44A-010 (45A-010) where
OMat 8/154 has been applied to the IFS mating surface.

15 Use a 20 kg sandbag to apply a uniform load over all of the Forward

Fairing 44A-010 (45A-010) while curing the adhesive.

16 Make sure that there is no leakage of sand from the bag.

17 Cure the OMat 8/107 and 8/106 sealants (Refer to OP TASK

70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-040 and SUBTASK
70-00-00-360-707-036).

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THE OMAT 8/106 AND 8/107 SEALANTS ARE
FULLY CURED BEFORE STARTING OMAT 8/154 ADHESIVE
CURING CYCLE HEATING.

18 Cure the OMat 8/154 adhesive (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-023).

19 Clean the work area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03 ).

a Use a non-metallic scraper to remove the unwanted sealant.

b Cold liquid degrease the work area by swab application.

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

FRSX138
Page 6042
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

(b) Install the Intermediate Fairing 44A-040 (45A-040) (Refer to Fig. 6003).

NOTE: This procedure is given for the left side, but is equally applicable to
the right side.

1 Prepare OMat 8/154 adhesive (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-023).

2 Apply the OMat 8/154 adhesive on the IFS contact surface of the
Intermediate Fairing 44A-040 (45A-040).

3 Apply the OMat 8/154 adhesive on the contact surface of the IFS.

4 Prepare OMat 8/107 sealant (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-040).

5 Apply the OMat 8/107 sealant on the OFS contact surfaces of the
Intermediate Fairing 44A-040 (45A-040).

6 Put the Intermediate Fairing 44A-040 (45A-040) in position.

7 Make sure that the holes are correctly aligned.

8 Secure the positions using clecos temporary fasteners.

9 Prepare OMat 8/106 sealant (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-036).

10 Wet install the blind rivets 44A-050 (45A-050), 44A-060 (45A-060),

44A-070 (45A-070), 44A-080 (45A-080), hi-lite pin 44A-090 (45A-090) and
collar 44A-100 (45A-100) with OMat 8/106 sealant (Refer to SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055, Repair 006). (Removal and installation of
blind (huck) rivets) and (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-007, FRS7056,
Repair 007). (Removal and installation of pin (threaded) fastener (hi-lok
and hi lite)).

11 Apply a bead of OMat 8/107 two part polysulphide sealant around the
edges of the Intermediate Fairing 44A-040 (45A-040).

12 Remove the clamps.

FRSX138
Page 6043
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

13 Remove the excess of OMat 8/106 and 8/107 sealants and OMat 8/154
adhesive.

14 Install the heater blanket on the Intermediate Fairing 44A-040 (45A-040)

where OMat 8/154 has been applied to the IFS mating surface.

15 Use a 20 kg sandbag to apply a uniform load over all of the Intermediate

Fairing 44A-040 (45A-040) while curing the adhesive.

16 Make sure that there is no leakage of sand from the bag.

17 Cure the OMat 8/107 and 8/106 sealants (Refer to OP TASK

70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-040 and SUBTASK
70-00-00-360-707-036).

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THE OMAT 8/106 AND 8/107 SEALANTS ARE
FULLY CURED BEFORE STARTING OMAT 8/154 ADHESIVE
CURING CYCLE HEATING.

18 Cure the OMat 8/154 adhesive (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-023).

19 Clean the work area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a non-metallic scraper to remove the unwanted sealant.

b Cold liquid degrease the work area by swab application.

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

(c) Install the Rear Fairing 44A-110 (Refer to Fig. 6004).

NOTE: This procedure is given for the left side only.

1 Prepare OMat 8/107 sealant (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-040).

2 Apply the OMat 8/107 sealant on the contact surfaces of the 6 o’clock
fairing spacer 44A-170.

FRSX138
Page 6044
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

3 Put the 6 o’clock fairing spacer 44A-170 in position.

4 Prepare OMat 8/154 adhesive (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-023).

5 Apply the OMat 8/154 adhesive on the IFS contact surface of the Rear
Fairing 44A-110 .

6 Apply the OMat 8/154 adhesive on the contact surface of the IFS.

7 Apply the OMat 8/107 sealant on the OFS contact surfaces of the Rear
Fairing 44A-110 .

8 Put the Rear Fairing 44A-110 in position.

9 Make sure that the holes are correctly aligned.

10 Secure the positions using clecos temporary fasteners.

11 Prepare OMat 8/106 sealant (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-036).

12 Wet install the blind rivets 44A-120, 44A-130, 44A-140, 44A-150 and
44A-160 with OMat 8/106 sealant (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006,
FRS7055, Repair 006). (Removal and installation of blind (huck) rivets).

13 Apply a bead of OMat 8/107 two part polysulphide sealant around the
edges of the Rear Fairing 44A-110.

14 Remove the clamps.

15 Remove the excess of OMat 8/106 and 8/107 sealants and OMat 8/154
adhesive.

16 Install the heater blanket on the Rear Fairing 44A-110 where OMat 8/154
has been applied to the IFS mating surface.

17 Use a 20 kg sandbag to apply a uniform load over all of the Rear Fairing
44A-110 while curing the adhesive.

18 Make sure that there is no leakage of sand from the bag.

FRSX138
Page 6045
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

19 Cure the OMat 8/107 and 8/106 sealants (Refer to OP TASK

70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-040 and SUBTASK
70-00-00-360-707-036).

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THE OMAT 8/106 AND 8/107 SEALANTS ARE
FULLY CURED BEFORE STARTING OMAT 8/154 ADHESIVE
CURING CYCLE HEATING.

20 Cure the OMat 8/154 adhesive (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-023).

21 Clean the work area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a non-metallic scraper to remove the unwanted sealant.

b Cold liquid degrease the work area by swab application.

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

(d) Install the Rear Fairing (45A-110) (Refer to Fig. 6005).

NOTE: This procedure is given for the right side only.

1 Prepare OMat 8/107 sealant (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-040).

2 Apply the OMat 8/107 sealant on the contact surfaces of the 6 o'clock
fairing spacer (45A-170).

3 Put the 6 o'clock fairing spacer (45A-170) in position.

4 Prepare OMat 8/154 adhesive (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-023).

5 Apply the OMat 8/154 adhesive on the IFS contact surface of the Rear
Fairing (45A-110).

6 Apply the OMat 8/154 adhesive on the contact surface of the IFS.

FRSX138
Page 6046
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

7 Apply the OMat 8/107 sealant on the OFS contact surfaces of the Rear
Fairing (45A-110).

8 Put the Rear Fairing (45A-110) in position.

9 Make sure that the holes are correctly aligned.

10 Secure the positions using clecos temporary fasteners.

11 Prepare OMat 8/106 sealant (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-036).

12 Wet install the blind rivets (45A-120), (45A-130), (45A-140), (45A-150)

and (45A-160) with OMat 8/106 sealant (Refer to SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-005, FRS7055, Repair 005). (Removal and installation
of solid rivets)) and (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055,
Repair 006). (Removal and installation of blind (huck) rivets).

13 Apply a bead of OMat 8/107 two part polysulphide sealant around the
edges of the Rear Fairing (45A-110).

14 Remove the clamps.

15 Remove the excess of sealants OMat 8/106 and OMat 8/107 and adhesive
OMat 8/154.

16 Install the heater blanket on the Rear Fairing (45A-110) where OMat 8/154
has been applied to the IFS mating surface.

17 Use a 20 kg sandbag to apply a uniform load over all of the Rear Fairing
(45A-110) while curing the adhesive.

18 Make sure that there is no leakage of sand from the bag.

19 Cure the OMat 8/107 and 8/106 sealants (Refer to OP TASK

70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-040 and SUBTASK
70-00-00-360-707-036).

FRSX138
Page 6047
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THE OMAT 8/106 AND 8/107 SEALANTS ARE
FULLY CURED BEFORE STARTING OMAT 8/154 ADHESIVE
CURING CYCLE HEATING.

20 Cure the OMat 8/154 adhesive (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-023).

21 Clean the work area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a non-metallic scraper to remove the unwanted sealant.

b Cold liquid degrease the work area by swab application.

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-440-104-A01
(8) Installation of the Fairings for Units 019 to 070 and PRE SB 78-C588:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)
(Refer to Fig. 6006)
(Refer to Fig. 6007)
(Refer to Fig. 6008)
(Refer to Fig. 6009)

NOTE: All the fasteners must be installed with OMat 8/106 sealant.

(a) Install the Forward Fairing 44A-010A (45A-010A) (Refer to Fig. 6006).

NOTE: This procedure is given for the left side, but is equally applicable to
the right side.

1 Prepare OMat 8/154 adhesive (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-023).

2 Apply the OMat 8/154 adhesive on the IFS contact surface of the Forward
Fairing 44A-010A (45A-010A).

3 Apply the OMat 8/154 adhesive on the contact surface of the IFS.

4 Prepare OMat 8/107 sealant (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-040).

FRSX138
Page 6048
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

5 Apply the OMat 8/107 sealant on the OFS contact surfaces of the Forward
Fairing 44A-010A (45A-010A).

6 Put the Forward Fairing 44A-010A (45A-010A) in position.

7 Make sure that the holes are correctly aligned.

8 Secure the positions using clecos temporary fasteners.

9 Prepare OMat 8/106 sealant (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-036).

10 Wet install the blind rivets 44A-020A (45A-020A) and 44A-030A (45A-030A)
using OMat 8/106 sealant (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006,
FRS7055, Repair 006). (Removal and installation of blind (huck) rivets).

11 Apply a bead of OMat 8/107 two part polysulphide sealant around the
edges of the Forward Fairing 44A-010A (45A-010A).

12 Remove the clamps.

13 Remove the excess of OMat 8/106 and 8/107 sealants and OMat 8/154
adhesive.

14 Install the heater blanket on the Forward Fairing 44A-010A (45A-010A)

where OMat 8/154 has been applied to the IFS mating surface.

15 Use a 20 kg sandbag to apply a uniform load over all of the Forward

Fairing 44A-010A (45A-010A) while curing the adhesive.

16 Make sure that there is no leakage of sand from the bag.

17 Cure the OMat 8/107 and 8/106 sealants (Refer to OP TASK

70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-040 and SUBTASK
70-00-00-360-707-036).

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THE OMAT 8/106 AND 8/107 SEALANTS ARE
FULLY CURED BEFORE STARTING OMAT 8/154 ADHESIVE
CURING CYCLE HEATING.

18 Cure the OMat 8/154 adhesive (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-023).

FRSX138
Page 6049
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

19 Clean the work area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a non-metallic scraper to remove the unwanted sealant.

b Cold liquid degrease the work area by swab application.

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

(b) Install the Intermediate Fairing 44A-040A (45A-040A) (Refer to Fig. 6007).

NOTE: This procedure is given for the left side, but is equally applicable to
the right side.

1 Prepare OMat 8/154 adhesive (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-023).

2 Apply the OMat 8/154 adhesive on the IFS contact surface of the
Intermediate Fairing 44A-040A (45A-040A).

3 Apply the OMat 8/154 adhesive on the contact surface of the IFS.

4 Prepare OMat 8/107 sealant (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-040).

5 Apply the OMat 8/107 sealant on the OFS contact surfaces of the
Intermediate Fairing 44A-040A (45A-040A).

6 Put the Intermediate Fairing 44A-040A (45A-040A) in position.

7 Make sure that the holes are correctly aligned.

8 Secure the positions using clecos temporary fasteners.

9 Prepare OMat 8/106 sealant (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-036).

10 Wet install the blind rivets 44A-050A (45A-050A), 44A-070A (45A-070A),

44A-065 (45A-065), 44A-060A (45A-060A), 44A-080A (45A-080A) and
44A-090A (45A-090A) using OMat 8/106 sealant (Refer to SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055, Repair 006). (Removal and installation of

FRSX138
Page 6050
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

blind (huck) rivets).

11 Apply a bead of OMat 8/107 two part polysulphide sealant around the
edges of the Intermediate Fairing 44A-040A (45A-040A).

12 Remove the clamps.

13 Remove the excess of OMat 8/106 and 8/107 sealants and OMat 8/154
adhesive.

14 Install the heater blanket on the Intermediate Fairing 44A-040A (45A-040A)

where OMat 8/154 has been applied to the IFS mating surface.

15 Use a 20 kg sandbag to apply a uniform load over all of the Intermediate

Fairing 44A-040A (45A-040A) while curing the adhesive.

16 Make sure that there is no leakage of sand from the bag.

17 Cure the OMat 8/107 and 8/106 sealants (Refer to OP TASK

70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-040 and SUBTASK
70-00-00-360-707-036).

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THE OMAT 8/106 AND 8/107 SEALANTS ARE
FULLY CURED BEFORE STARTING OMAT 8/154 ADHESIVE
CURING CYCLE HEATING.

18 Cure the OMat 8/154 adhesive (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-023).

19 Clean the work area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a non-metallic scraper to remove the unwanted sealant.

b Cold liquid degrease the work area by swab application.

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

(c) Install the Rear Fairing 44A-110A (Refer to Fig. 6008).

NOTE: This procedure is given for the left side only.

FRSX138
Page 6051
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

1 Prepare OMat 8/154 adhesive (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-023).

2 Apply the OMat 8/154 adhesive on the IFS contact surface of the Rear
Fairing 44A-110A.

3 Apply the OMat 8/154 adhesive on the contact surface of the IFS.

4 Prepare OMat 8/107 sealant (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-040).

5 Apply the OMat 8/107 sealant on the OFS contact surfaces of the Rear
Fairing 44A-110A.

6 Put the Rear Fairing 44A-110A in position.

7 Make sure that the holes are correctly aligned.

8 Secure the positions using clecos temporary fasteners.

9 Prepare OMat 8/106 sealant (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-036).

10 Wet install the blind rivets 44A-120A, 44A-150A, 44A-160A and 44A-135A
with OMat 8/106 sealant (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006,
FRS7055, Repair 006). (Removal and installation of blind (huck) rivets).

11 Apply a bead of OMat 8/107 two part polysulphide sealant around the
edges of the Rear Fairing 44A-110A.

12 Remove the clamps.

13 Remove the excess of OMat 8/106 and 8/107 sealants and OMat 8/154
adhesive.

14 Install the heater blanket on the Rear Fairing 44A-110A where OMat 8/154
has been applied to the IFS mating surface.

15 Use a 20 kg sandbag to apply a uniform load over all of the Rear Fairing
44A-110A while curing the adhesive.

16 Make sure that there is no leakage of sand from the bag.

FRSX138
Page 6052
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

17 Cure the OMat 8/107 and 8/106 sealants (Refer to OP TASK

70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-040 and SUBTASK
70-00-00-360-707-036).

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THE OMAT 8/106 AND 8/107 SEALANTS ARE
FULLY CURED BEFORE STARTING OMAT 8/154 ADHESIVE
CURING CYCLE HEATING.

18 Cure the OMat 8/154 adhesive (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-023).

19 Clean the work area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a non-metallic scraper to remove the unwanted sealant.

b Cold liquid degrease the work area by swab application.

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

(d) Install the Rear Fairing (45A-110A) (Refer to Fig. 6009).

NOTE: This procedure is given for the right side only.

1 Prepare OMat 8/154 adhesive (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-023).

2 Apply the OMat 8/154 adhesive on the IFS contact surface of the Rear
Fairing (45A-110A).

3 Apply the OMat 8/154 adhesive on the contact surface of the IFS.

4 Prepare OMat 8/107 sealant (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-040).

5 Apply the OMat 8/107 sealant on the OFS contact surfaces of the Rear
Fairing (45A-110A).

6 Put the Rear Fairing (45A-110A) in position.

7 Make sure that the holes are correctly aligned.

FRSX138
Page 6053
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

8 Secure the positions using clecos temporary fasteners.

9 Prepare OMat 8/106 sealant (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-036).

10 Wet install the blind rivets (45A-120A), (45A-150A), (45A-160A)

and (45A-135A) with OMat 8/106 sealant (Refer to SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055, Repair 006). (Removal and installation of
blind (huck) rivets).

11 Apply a bead of OMat 8/107 two part polysulphide sealant around the
edges of the Rear Fairing (45A-110A).

12 Remove the clamps.

13 Remove the excess of OMat 8/106 and 8/107 sealants and OMat 8/154
adhesive.

14 Install the heater blanket on the Rear Fairing (45A-110A) where OMat
8/154 has been applied to the IFS mating surface.

15 Use a 20 kg sandbag to apply a uniform load over all of the Rear Fairing
(45A-110A) while curing the adhesive.

16 Make sure that there is no leakage of sand from the bag.

17 Cure the OMat 8/107 and 8/106 sealants (Refer to OP TASK

70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-040 and SUBTASK
70-00-00-360-707-036).

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THE OMAT 8/106 AND 8/107 SEALANTS ARE
FULLY CURED BEFORE STARTING OMAT 8/154 ADHESIVE
CURING CYCLE HEATING.

18 Cure the OMat 8/154 adhesive (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-023).

19 Clean the work area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a non-metallic scraper to remove the unwanted sealant.

b Cold liquid degrease the work area by swab application.

FRSX138
Page 6054
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-440-105-A01
(9) Installation of the Fairings for Units 071 and onwards or POST SB 78-C588:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)
(Refer to Fig. 6010)
(Refer to Fig. 6011)
(Refer to Fig. 6012)

NOTE: All the fasteners must be installed with OMat 8/106 sealant.

(a) Install the Forward Fairing 44A-010B (45A-010B) (Refer to Fig. 6010).

NOTE: This procedure is given for the left side, but is equally applicable to
the right side.

1 Prepare OMat 8/154 adhesive (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-023).

2 Apply the OMat 8/154 adhesive on the IFS contact surface of the Forward
Fairing 44A-010B (45A-010B).

3 Apply the OMat 8/154 adhesive on the OFS contact surface of the IFS.

4 Prepare OMat 8/107 sealant (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-040).

5 Apply the OMat 8/107 sealant on the contact surfaces of the Forward
Fairing 44A-010B (45A-010B).

6 Put the Forward Fairing 44A-010B (45A-010B) in position.

7 Make sure that the holes are correctly aligned.

8 Secure the positions using clecos temporary fasteners.

9 Prepare OMat 8/106 sealant (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-036).

10 Wet install the blind rivets 44A-020B (45A-020B) and 44A-030B (45A-030B)
with OMat 8/106 sealant (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006,

FRSX138
Page 6055
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FRS7055, Repair 006). (Removal and installation of blind (huck) rivets).

11 Apply a bead of OMat 8/107 two part polysulphide sealant around the
edges of the Forward Fairing 44A-010B (45A-010B).

12 Remove the clamps.

13 Remove the excess of OMat 8/106 and 8/107 sealants and OMat 8/154
adhesive.

14 Install the heater blanket on the Forward Fairing 44A-010B (45A-010B)

where OMat 8/154 has been applied to the IFS mating surface.

15 Use a 20 kg sandbag to apply a uniform load over all of the Forward

Fairing 44A-010B (45A-010B) while curing the adhesive.

16 Make sure that there is no leakage of sand from the bag.

17 Cure the OMat 8/107 and 8/106 sealants (Refer to OP TASK

70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-040 and SUBTASK
70-00-00-360-707-036).

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THE OMAT 8/106 AND 8/107 SEALANTS ARE
FULLY CURED BEFORE STARTING OMAT 8/154 ADHESIVE
CURING CYCLE HEATING.

18 Cure the OMat 8/154 adhesive (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-023).

19 Clean the work area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a non-metallic scraper to remove the unwanted sealant.

b Cold liquid degrease the work area by swab application.

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

FRSX138
Page 6056
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(b) Install the Intermediate Fairing 44A-040B (45A-040B) (Refer to Fig. 6011).

NOTE: This procedure is given for the left side, but is equally applicable to
the right side.

1 Prepare OMat 8/154 adhesive (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-023).

2 Apply the OMat 8/154 adhesive on the IFS contact surface of the
Intermediate Fairing 44A-040B (45A-040B).

3 Apply the OMat 8/154 adhesive on the contact surface of the IFS.

4 Prepare OMat 8/107 sealant (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-040).

5 Apply the OMat 8/107 sealant on the OFS contact surfaces of the
Intermediate Fairing 44A-040B (45A-040B).

6 Put the Intermediate Fairing 44A-040B (45A-040B) in position.

7 Make sure that the holes are correctly aligned.

8 Secure the positions using clecos temporary fasteners.

9 Prepare OMat 8/106 sealant (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-036).

10 Wet install the blind rivets 44A-080B (45A-080B), 44A-050B (45A-050B),

44A-070B (45A-070B) and 44A-060B (45A-060B) with OMat 8/106 sealant
(Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055, Repair 006). (Removal
and installation of blind (huck) rivets).

11 Apply a bead of OMat 8/107 two part polysulphide sealant around the
edges of the Intermediate Fairing 44A-040B (45A-040B).

12 Remove the clamps.

13 Remove the excess of OMat 8/106 and 8/107 sealants and OMat 8/154
adhesive.

14 Install the heater blanket on the Intermediate Fairing 44A-040B (45A-040B)

where OMat 8/154 has been applied to the IFS mating surface.

FRSX138
Page 6057
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

15 Use a 20 kg sandbag to apply a uniform load over all of the Intermediate

Fairing 44A-040B (45A-040B) while curing the adhesive.

16 Make sure that there is no leakage of sand from the bag.

17 Cure the OMat 8/107 and 8/106 sealants (Refer to OP TASK

70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-040 and SUBTASK
70-00-00-360-707-036).

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THE OMAT 8/106 AND 8/107 SEALANTS ARE
FULLY CURED BEFORE STARTING OMAT 8/154 ADHESIVE
CURING CYCLE HEATING.

18 Cure the OMat 8/154 adhesive (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-023).

19 Clean the work area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a non-metallic scraper to remove the unwanted sealant.

b Cold liquid degrease the work area by swab application.

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

(c) Install the Rear Fairing 44A-110B (45A-110B) (Refer to Fig. 6012).

NOTE: This procedure is given for the left side, but is equally applicable to
the right side.

1 Prepare OMat 8/107 sealant (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-040).

2 Apply the OMat 8/107 sealant on the contact surfaces of the 6 o’clock
fairing spacer 44A-170B (45A-170B).

3 Put the 6 o’clock fairing spacer 44A-170B (45A-170B) in position.

4 Prepare OMat 8/154 adhesive (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-023).

FRSX138
Page 6058
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

5 Apply the OMat 8/154 adhesive to the IFS contact surface of the Rear
Fairing 44A-110B (45A-110B).

6 Apply the OMat 8/154 adhesive to the contact surface of the IFS.

7 Apply the OMat 8/107 sealant on the OFS contact surfaces of the Rear
Fairing 44A-110B (45A-110B).

8 Put the Rear Fairing 44A-110B (45A-110B) in position.

9 Make sure that the holes are correctly aligned.

10 Secure the positions using clecos temporary fasteners.

11 Prepare OMat 8/106 sealant (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-036).

12 Wet install the blind rivets 44A-180B (45A-180B), 44A-140B (45A-140B),

44A-120B (45A-120B), 44A-130B (45A-130B), 44A-160B (45A-160B),
44A-135B (45A-135B) and 44A-145B) (45A-145B) with OMat 8/106
sealant (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055, Repair 006).
(Removal and installation of blind (huck) rivets).

13 Apply a bead of OMat 8/107 two part polysulphide sealant around the
edges of the Rear Fairing 44A-110B (45A-110B).

14 Remove the clamps.

15 Remove the excess of OMat 8/106 and 8/107 sealants and OMat 8/154
adhesive.

16 Install the heater blanket on the Rear Fairing 44A-110B (45A-110B) where
OMat 8/154 has been applied to the IFS mating surface.

17 Use a 20 kg sandbag to apply a uniform load over all of the Rear Fairing
44A-110B (45A-110B) while curing the adhesive.

18 Make sure that there is no leakage of sand from the bag.

19 Cure the OMat 8/107 and 8/106 sealants (Refer to OP TASK

70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-040 and SUBTASK
70-00-00-360-707-036).

FRSX138
Page 6059
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THE OMAT 8/106 AND 8/107 SEALANTS ARE
FULLY CURED BEFORE STARTING OMAT 8/154 ADHESIVE
CURING CYCLE HEATING.

20 Cure the OMat 8/154 adhesive (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-023).

21 Clean the work area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a non-metallic scraper to remove the unwanted sealant.

b Cold liquid degrease the work area by swab application.

c Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-303-A01
(10) Inspection of the Repair Area:

(a) Remove the sandbag.

(b) Remove the heater blanket.

(c) Do a visual examination to make sure that the repair is satisfactory.

(d) If the repair is not satisfactory, reject the repair.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-422-A01
(11) Identification of the Repair:

(a) Mark FRSX138 on the replaced 6 O’Clock C-Duct Fairing(s) (Refer to OP TASK
70-00-00-300-363). Use a Pilot Silver permanent marker coated with OMat
8/117 adhesive or an Edding 8404 permanent marker coated with CV 116 clear
polyurethane gloss coat.

NOTE: Prepare, apply and cure the OMat 8/117 adhesive or CV 116 gloss coat
as per manufacturer’s instructions.

FRSX138
Page 6060
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Location of the Repair Areas

Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6863-A01
FRSX138
Page 6061
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Forward Fairing 44A-010 (45A-010) - For Units 013 to 018 and PRE SB 78-C588
Figure 6002/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6864-A01
FRSX138
Page 6062
78-30-20
Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Intermediate Fairing 44A-040 (45A-040) - For Units 013 to 018 and PRE SB 78-C588 (Sheet 1 of 2)
Figure 6003/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6865-A01
FRSX138
Page 6063
78-30-20
Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Intermediate Fairing 44A-040 (45A-040) - For Units 013 to 018 and PRE SB 78-C588 (Sheet 2 of 2)
Figure 6003/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6865-A01
FRSX138
Page 6064
78-30-20
Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

LH Rear Fairing 44A-110 - For Units 013 to 018 and PRE SB 78-C588
Figure 6004/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6866-A01
FRSX138
Page 6065
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

RH Rear Fairing 45A-110 - For Units 013 to 018 and PRE SB 78-C588
Figure 6005/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6867-A01
FRSX138
Page 6066
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Forward Fairing 44A-010 (45A-010A) - For Units 019 to 070 and PRE SB 78-C588
Figure 6006/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6868-A01
FRSX138
Page 6067
78-30-20
Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Intermediate Fairing 44A-040A (45A-040A) - For Units 019 to 070 and PRE SB 78-C588 (Sheet 1 of 2)
Figure 6007/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6869-A01
FRSX138
Page 6068
78-30-20
Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Intermediate Fairing 44A-040A (45A-040A) - For Units 019 to 070 and PRE SB 78-C588 (Sheet 2 of 2)
Figure 6007/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6869-A01
FRSX138
Page 6069
78-30-20
Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

LH Rear Fairing 44A-110A - For Units 019 to 070 and PRE SB 78-C588
Figure 6008/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6870-A01
FRSX138
Page 6070
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

RH Rear Fairing 45A-110A - For Units 019 to 070 and PRE SB 78-C588
Figure 6009/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6871-A01
FRSX138
Page 6071
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Forward Fairing 44A-010B (45A-010B) - For Units 071 and onwards or POST SB 78-C588
Figure 6010/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6872-A01
FRSX138
Page 6072
78-30-20
Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Intermediate Fairing 44A-040B (45A-040B) - For Units 071 and onwards or POST SB 78-C588
(Sheet 1 of 2)
Figure 6011/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6873-A01 FRSX138
Page 6073
78-30-20
Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Intermediate Fairing 44A-040B (45A-040B) - For Units 071 and onwards or POST SB 78-C588
(Sheet 2 of 2)
Figure 6011/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6873-A01 FRSX138
Page 6074
78-30-20
Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Rear Fairing 44A-110B (45A-110B) - For Units 071 and onwards or POST SB 78-C588 (Sheet 1 of 2)
Figure 6012/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6874-A01
FRSX138
Page 6075
78-30-20
Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Rear Fairing 44A-110B (45A-110B) - For Units 071 and onwards or POST SB 78-C588 (Sheet 2 of 2)
Figure 6012/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6874-A01
FRSX138
Page 6076
78-30-20
Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-878-A01
74. FRSX159 - Replace the angle at the Deflector and Duct Fairing

A. General

(1) This TASK gives the procedures to replace the angle (91A431-00 / 91A431-50).
The angle attaches the deflector to the duct fairing, adjacent to the 12 O’Clock cut
corner panels.

(2) TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Refer
to TSD594-J).

(3) TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Refer to
RR-CAEL-SPM).

(4) For price and availability of spares and tools, contact Aircelle.

FRSX159
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

B. Effectivity

ENGINE FIG/ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION

TRENT 700/ALL 01-120 HDTR3410L LH Thrust Reverser
HDTR3411L C-Duct

HDTR3412L
HDTR3413L
HDTR3414L
HDTR3415L
HDTR3416L
HDTR3417L
01-130 HDTR3411R RH Thrust Reverser
HDTR3412R C-Duct

HDTR3413R
HDTR3414R
HDTR3415R
HDTR3416R
HDTR3417R
HDTR3418R
HDTR3419R
HDTR3420R

C. Reason for job

(1) Damage was found on the angle that attaches the deflector to the duct fairing and it
is necessary to replace the angle.

(2) This procedure is applicable to the brackets on the LH and RH C-Ducts.

D. Job set-up information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Refer to Chapter SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENTS for full
data of the special tools in this list.

FRSX159
Page 6002
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(b) Use approved equivalent alternatives, if necessary.

(c) Standard tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- AR Clamps

- 1 Drill machine

- 1 Drill, 2,50 mm (0.098 in.) dia.

- 1 Drill, 4,86 mm (0.191 in.) dia.

- AR Standard fluorescent penetrant equipment

- 1 Standard workshop tools and equipment

- 1 Vacuum cleaner

NOTE: Other necessary standard tools may be necessary due to OP & SPM
tasks referenced in the present task.

(d) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

HU87132 1 Sleeve
TM410 1 Socket, double square 3,36 mm (0.1325 in)

(2) Consumables

(a) Refer to the Overhaul Materials Manual (Refer to OMat) for the full data of the
consumable materials referred in this TASK.

REFERENCE NAME
OMat 1/257 Solvent
OMat 2/101 Lint-free cloth
OMat 8/106 Sealant
OMat 8/107 Sealant
OMat 175D or 175E or 175F Chromate conversion

FRSX159
Page 6003
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

REFERENCE NAME
OMat 653 Fluorescent penetrant

NOTE: Other necessary consumables may be necessary due to OP tasks

referenced in the present task.

(3) Expendable parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

- NAS1587-3C Washer 2

(4) Repair parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts:

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY ITEM No.

Angle, LH, blank,
replaces 1 1-1
40-248A RP3521-01
old part 91A431-00, - -
Angle, LH
Angle, RH, blank,
replaces 1 1-1A
41-248A RP3521-02
old part 91A431-50, - -
Angle, RH
40-250 ASNA2001V3-4 Screw 2 1-2
40-252 NSA5050-3C Nut 2 1-3
40-254 NAS6703-3 Bolt 2 1-4

(5) Referenced Parts

(a) Not applicable.

(6) Material of components

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts:

FRSX159
Page 6004
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

40-248A RP3521-01 Angle, LH, blank 2024 PL T42
41-248A RP3521-02 Angle, RH, blank 2024 PL T42

E. Health and Safety Notices

WARNING: WHEN YOU DO THIS REPAIR YOU MUST WEAR PROTECTIVE

CLOTHING, GLOVES, DUST MASK AND SAFETY GOGGLES TO
PROTECT YOU AGAINST DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES WHICH CAN
BE DANGEROUS TO YOUR HEALTH.

WARNING: WHEN YOU USE CLEANING MATERIALS, COATINGS AND SEALANTS,

REFER TO AND OBEY, THE MANUFACTURER'S CONTROL AND
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS AND HEALTH AND SAFETY NOTICES.

F. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-100-016-A01
(1) Open Access to the Angle
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Open the applicable thrust reverser pivot door

1 Use a double-square 3,36 mm (0.1325 in.) TM410 socket to release the

primary, secondary and tertiary locks.

2 To open the pivot door, push on the front and rear edges with your hand.

3 Install the HU87132 sleeve to the actuator.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-010-008-A01
(2) Remove the Damaged Angle from the Deflector and Duct Fairing
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

CAUTION: WHEN YOU REMOVE THE FASTENERS MAKE SURE THAT YOU
DO NOT DAMAGE THE ADJACENT MATERIAL.

(a) Use an applicable temporary marker (OMat 262) of a different colour to mark
the position of the angle (1-1/1-1A) on the deflector and the duct fairing.

(b) Remove the two nuts (1-3) and screws (1-2).

FRSX159
Page 6005
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(c) Remove the two bolts (1-4).

(d) Remove and discard the washers (NAS1587-3C), if installed.

(e) Remove and discard the angle (1-1/1-1A).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-018-A01
(3) Clean the Repair Area

(a) Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Use a non-metallic scraper to remove unwanted sealing compound.

2 Use an applicable swab to apply solvent to the damaged area.

3 Use an applicable OMat 2/101 lint free cloth to wipe the surface dry before
the solvent becomes dry.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-360-173-A01
(4) Drill the Pilot Holes in the New Angle
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Put the new angle (1-1/1-1A) in the correct position at the deflector and the
duct fairing.

(b) Use applicable clamps to hold the angle in position.

(c) Mark the hole positions for the screws (1-2) and bolts (1-4) on the new angle
(1-1/1-1A).

(d) Remove the new angle (1-1/1-1A).

(e) Use applicable drill equipment and a 2,5 mm (0.098 in.) diameter drill bit to
make the pilot holes at the marks on the new angle (1-1/1-1A).

(f) Deburr the holes.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-019-A01
(5) Clean the New Angle

(a) Clean the new angle (1-1/1-1A) (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

FRSX159
Page 6006
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

1 Use an applicable swab to apply solvent to the damaged area.

2 Use an applicable OMat 2/101 lint free cloth to wipe the surface dry before
the solvent becomes dry.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-360-174-A01
(6) Drill the Final Holes in the New Angle
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Put the new angle (1-1/1-1A) in the correct position at the deflector and the
duct fairing.

(b) Make sure that the holes align correctly.

(c) Use applicable clamps to hold the angle in position.

(d) Use applicable drill equipment with a 5,60 to 5,90 mm (0.220 to 0.232 in.) drill
bit to make the final holes for the screws (1-2) and bolts (1-4) on the new
angle (1-1/1-1A).

(e) Remove the new angle (1-1/1-1A).

(f) Deburr the holes.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-020-A01
(7) Clean the New Angle and the Repair Area
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Clean the new angle (1-1/1-1A) (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Use an applicable swab to apply solvent to the damaged area.

2 Use an applicable OMat 2/101 lint free cloth to wipe the surface dry before
the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-313-A01
(8) Inspect the New Angle
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Inspect the dimensions of drilled holes on the new angle (1-1/1-1A).

FRSX159
Page 6007
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

1 If the dimension of the holes are not between 5,60 to 5,90 mm (0.220
to 0.232 in.), get a new angle and do SUBTASK 78-30-20-360-174-A01
again.

(b) Use an applicable OMat 653 fluorescent penetrant to do a crack test on the
drilled areas of the angle (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-200-210).

1 If cracks are found, get a new angle and do SUBTASK

78-30-20-360-174-A01 again.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-021-A01
(9) Clean the New Angle
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Clean the new angle (1-1/1-1A) (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Use an applicable swab to apply solvent to the damaged area. Make sure
you remove all unwanted fluorescent penetrant.

2 Use an applicable OMat 2/101 lint free cloth to wipe the surface dry before
the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-468-A01
(10) Protect the Drilled Holes of the New Angle

(a) Apply applicable protective treatment (OMat 175D or 175E or 175F) to the
drilled holes of the new angle (1-1/1-1A) (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-330,
SUBTASK 70-00-00-380-330-A01).

(b) Make sure the protective treatment becomes dry.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-028-A01
(11) Install the New Angle
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Apply applicable OMat 8/107 sealant to the mating surface of the angle
(1-1/1-1A).

(b) Put the angle in position on the deflector and duct fairing.

(c) Use an applicable OMat 8/106 sealant to wet install the two bolts (1-4) or the
two nuts (1-3) and screws (1-2) (Refer to SPM TASK 70-51-00-400-000).

FRSX159
Page 6008
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(d) Torque the two nuts (1-3) to between 3,70 and 4,80 Nm (32.74 and 42.48 lbf.in.).

(e) Torque the two bolts (1-4) to between 2,80 and 3,70 Nm (24.78 and 32.74 lbf.in.).

(f) Apply a bead of OMat 8/107 around the edges of the angle (1-1/1-1A).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-022-A01
(12) Clean the Repair Area
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Clean the repair area (1-1/1-1A) (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,

SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Use an applicable swab to apply solvent to the damaged area. Make sure
you remove all unwanted sealant.

2 Use an applicable OMat 2/101 lint free cloth to wipe the surface dry before
the solvent becomes dry.

(b) Cure the sealant (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-314-A01
(13) Examine the Completed Repair

(a) Make sure the repair is satisfactory.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-079-A01
(14) Identification of the Repair

(a) Use an applicable paint (MSRR9064) of a different colour to mark FRSX159

adjacent to the part number of angle (1-1/1-1A) (Refer to OP TASK
70-00-00-300-363). and Overhaul Materials Manual, OMat.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-318-A01
(15) Close Access to the Angle
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Close the applicable thrust reverser pivot door.

1 Remove the HU87132 sleeve from the actuator.

2 To close pivot door push on the front and rear edges with your hand.

FRSX159
Page 6009
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

3 Use a double-square 336 mm (0,13 in.) TM410 socket to lock the primary,
secondary and tertiary locks.

FRSX159
Page 6010
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Replace the Angle (Sheet 1 of 2)

Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-954-001
FRSX159
Page 6011
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Replace the Angle (Sheet 2 of 2)

Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-954-001
FRSX159
Page 6012
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-879-A01
75. FRSX163 - Repair of Missing Teflon Film

A. General

(1) This TASK gives the procedures for the repair of missing Teflon Film.

(2) TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Refer
to TSD594-J).

(3) TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Refer to
RR-CAEL-SPM).

(4) For the repair procedure, refer to the Illustrated Parts List to identify the parts: the
number in brackets after the description is the IPL figure and item number.

FRSX163
Page 6001
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

B. Effectivity

ENGINE FIG/ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION SERVICE BULLETIN

TRENT 700/ALL 01-120 HDTR3410L LH Thrust
HDTR3411L Reverser C-Duct

HDTR3412L
HDTR3413L
HDTR3414L
HDTR3415L
HDTR3416L
HDTR3417L
01-130 HDTR3410R RH Thrust
HDTR3411R Reverser C-Duct

HDTR3412R
HDTR3413R
HDTR3414R
HDTR3415R
HDTR3416R
HDTR3417R
HDTR3418R
HDTR3419R
HDTR3420R

C. Reason for job

(1) This repair procedure gives instructions to repair disbond/loss of the Teflon Film.

(2) The repair consists of bonding a new Teflon Film using RTV106 adhesive.

D. Job set-up information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Refer to Chapter SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENTS for full
data of the special tools in this list.

FRSX163
Page 6002
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(b) Use approved equivalent alternatives, if necessary.

(c) Standard tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- Non-metallic scraper
- Vacuum cleaner

NOTE: Other necessary standard tools may be necessary due to OP & SPM
tasks referenced in the present task.

(d) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

(2) Consumables

(a) Refer to the Overhaul Materials Manual (Refer to OMat) for the full data of the
consumable materials referred in this TASK.

REFERENCE NAME
OMat 2/101 Lint-free cloth
OMat 262 Temporary marker
OMat 872A Cold curing silicone compound
N/A Permanent electrolytic marking

NOTE: Other necessary consumables may be necessary due to OP & SPM

tasks referenced in the present task.

(3) Expendable parts

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

None

FRSX163
Page 6003
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(4) Repair parts

(a) LH/RH Thrust Reverser C-Duct

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

None

(5) Material of components

(a) Refer to the “ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST” to identify the parts: the number in
brackets after the part description is the IPL figure and the item number.

FIG/ITEM PART NO PART IDENT QTY

None

E. Health and Safety Notices

WARNING: WHEN YOU DO THIS REPAIR YOU MUST WEAR PROTECTIVE

CLOTHING, GLOVES, DUST MASK AND SAFETY GOGGLES TO
PROTECT YOU AGAINST DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES WHICH CAN
BE DANGEROUS TO YOUR HEALTH.

WARNING: WHEN YOU USE CLEANING MATERIALS, COATINGS AND SEALANTS,

REFER TO AND OBEY, THE MANUFACTURER'S CONTROL AND
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS AND HEALTH AND SAFETY NOTICES.

F. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-469-A01
(1) Repair of Missing Teflon Film on the Thrust Reverser C-Duct:
(Refer to Fig. 6001)

(a) Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

2 Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

3 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint-free cloth.

FRSX163
Page 6004
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

(b) Measure and use an OMat 262 temporary marker to mark the dimensions given
for the application of the RTV106 pad.

(c) Apply a layer of OMat 872A cold curing silicone compound on the
Thermal Blanket (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK
70-00-00-360-707-010).

NOTE: Make sure that the layers of OMat 872A cold curing silicone compound
have a minimum thickness of 2,54 mm (0.100 in.).

NOTE: Make sure that there is a clearance of 1,00 mm (0.039 in.) between the
pipe and the OMat 872A cold curing silicone compound.

(d) Cure the sealant according to the manufacturers instructions (Refer to OP TASK
70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-010).

(e) Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Use a non-metallic scraper to remove excess of OMat 872A cold curing

silicone compound.

2 Use a vacuum cleaner to remove excess of material.

3 Cold liquid degrease the damage area by swab application.

4 Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

5 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint-free cloth.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-315-A01
(2) Inspection of the Repair Area:

(a) Do a visual examination to make sure that the repair is satisfactory.

(b) If the repair is not satisfactory, reject the repair.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-089-A01
(3) Identification of the Repair:

(a) Mark FRSX163 adjacent to the Upper Bifurcation Thermal Blanket P/N (Refer
to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-363). Use Permanent Electrolytic Marking. Mark at
depth lower than 0,013 mm (0.0005 in.).

FRSX163
Page 6005
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
91A250 SERIES

Application of OMat 872A Cold Curing Silicone Compound

Figure 6001/GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-955-001
FRSX163
Page 6006
78-30-20 Jun 30/16
The data and information contained here in are proprietary to Aircelle. Copy and distribution to a third party are strictly forbidden. Printed in France
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-881
1. FRSX007 – Pivot Door – Upper – Repair the Fitting (91E677)

A. General

This TASK provides instruction to repair the reinforcement fitting (91E677) of the upper pivot door. To
repair the fitting you must replace it. The fitting is located at the forward frame stiffener below the
triangular moveable flap. This procedure is applicable to the LH upper and RH upper pivot doors.

TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Refer to TSD594–J).

TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Refer to RR–CAEL–SPM).

For the repair procedure, refer to the Illustrated Parts List to identify the parts.

For price and availability of spares and tools, contact Aircelle.

B. Effectivity

ENGINE FIG. / ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION

TRENT 700 / ALL 30-975 91E590-04 Pivot Door, LH Upper

- 32-975 91E676-04 Pivot Door, RH Upper

C. Reason for Job

To repair damage to the fitting.

D. Job Set-Up Information

1. Tools, Fixtures and Equipment

For the full data for the special tools in this list, refer to the SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES, AND
EQUIPMENT section of this CMM.

Use approved equivalent alternatives, if necessary.

(a) Standard Tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

HU87132 1 Sleeve, actuator

- AR Standard workshop tools and equipment.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX007

Page 6001
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- AR Drill equipment

- 1 Drill bit, 2,50 mm (0.098 in.) dia.

- 1 Drill bit, 6,35 to 6,43 mm (0.250 to 0.253 in.) dia.

- 1 Drill bit, 5,05 to 5,13 mm (0.199 to 0.202 in.) dia.

- 1 Pneumatic riveter

- 1 Vacuum cleaner

- AR Standard fluorescent penetrant equipment.

- AR Paint brush

- 1 Pen Marker

- 1 Syringe

(b) Special Tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

TM410 1 Socket, 0.1325 in.

2. Consumable Materials

REFERENCE NAME

OMat 175D, E or F Chromate, conversion coating for aluminium

OMat 1/257 Solvent

OMat 2/101 Lint-free cloth

OMat 653 Fluorescent penetrant

MSRR9064 Identification paint

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX007

Page 6002
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

REFERENCE NAME

OMat 7/205 Polyurethane primer PAC33

OMat 872A Silicone compound

OMat 8/301 Adhesive sealant (Alt.: OMat 8/302)

NOTE: For the full details of consumable materials, refer to the Overhaul Materials Manual
(OMat).

NOTE: For other necessary consumable materials, refer to the applicable OP TASKS in this
TASK.

3. Parts

(a) Expendable Parts

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENT QTY ITEM No.

- Not applicable - - -

(b) Repair Parts

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY ITEM No.

- 91E677-01 ..Fitting, LH 1 6001-2

- 91E677-51 ..Fitting, RH 1 6001-2

- HST10BJ8-9 …Pin
6,35 to 6,43 mm 2 6002-3
(0.250 to 0.253 in.)

- NAS1587-4C …Washer 2 6002-4

- HST97DUW8 …Collar 2 6002-5

- MBF2111L6-350 …Blind Bolt 1 6002-6

Alt. MBF2120L6-350 5,05 to 5,13 mm
MBF2120LL6-350 (0.199 to 0.202 in.)
MBF2120BL6-350
FCBF2120L6-350
FCBF2120BL6-350

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX007

Page 6003
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY ITEM No.

- MBF2111L6-800 …Blind Bolt 3 6002-7

Alt. MBF2120L6-800 5,05 to 5,13 mm
MBF2120LL6-800 (0.199 to 0.202 in.)
MBF2120BL6-800
FCBF2120L6-800
FCBF2120BL6-800

NOTE: The grip lengths are given for reference only. Before you install each fastener you must
check that the grip length is correct.

NOTE: The FIG./ ITEM refers to items in the DETAILED PARTS LIST section of this CMM.

NOTE: The ITEM No. refers to the items in the Figures in this FRSX.

(c) Material of Components

PART NO. DESCRIPTION SYMBOL MATERIAL

91E677 Fitting - Aluminium alloy 2024 T42

E. Health and Safety Notices

WARNING: DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES CAN DAMAGE YOUR HEALTH. WHEN YOU DO
THIS REPAIR YOU MUST WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GLOVES, DUST MASK
AND SAFETY GOGGLES TO PROTECT YOU.

WARNING: CONSUMABLE MATERIALS CAN DAMAGE YOUR HEALTH. THEY CAN DAMAGE
YOUR EYES, NOSE, SKIN, THROAT AND LUNGS. HIGH CONCENTRATIONS CAN
CAUSE WEAKNESS, HEADACHE, NAUSEA, DIZZINESS AND INCORRECT
JUDGEMENT. BEFORE YOU USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS YOU MUST READ
AND OBEY THE APPLICABLE MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET AND THE
MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. WHEN YOU USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS
YOU MUST WEAR THE APPLICABLE SAFETY CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT. YOU
MUST ONLY USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS IN AN AREA OPEN TO THE AIR.

CAUTION: BE CAREFUL NOT TO DAMAGE THE ADJACENT SURFACES AND STRUCTURES.

DURING EACH OPERATION INSTALL TEMPORARY PROTECTION AROUND THE
WORK AREA.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX007

Page 6004
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

F. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-040-003
1. Open Access:
(1) If necessary, open the applicable pivot door:

(a) Use a double-square 0.1325 in. TM410 socket to release the primary, secondary and
tertiary locks.

(b) To open the pivot door push on the front and rear edges with your hand.

(c) Install the HU87132 sleeve on the actuator.

(2) Remove the applicable triangular moveable flap (1) (Ref. Fig. 6001 and TASK
78-30-20-000-803-A01, SUBTASK 78-30-20-040-044-A01).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-028
2. Clean the Fitting (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101) (Ref. Fig. 6001):

(1) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the fitting (2).

(2) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-010-009
3. Remove the Damaged Fitting (Ref. Fig. 6001):

(1) Mark and record the position of the fitting (2) on the door.

(2) Remove the fitting (2):

(a) Use an applicable drill bit to remove the six fasteners (3), (6) and (7) (Ref. SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-007).

(b) Remove the fitting (2).

(c) Remove and discard any fastener parts.

(3) Secure the loose fastener parts in the door:

(a) Use an applicable syringe to put adhesive sealant (OMat 8/301) through the fastener
holes.

(b) Move the door to cover the fastener parts with the sealant.

(4) Make a template of the mounting faces of the damaged fitting to identify and record the
position of the fastener holes.

(5) Discard the damaged fitting (2).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX007
Page 6005
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-029
4. Clean the Repair Area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101):

(1) Use a vacuum to remove unwanted material.

(2) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the repair area.

(3) Make sure you remove all unwanted sealant.

(4) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-230-023
5. Inspect the Repair Area - Forward Frame Stiffener (Ref. Fig. 6001):

(1) Use fluorescent penetrant (OMat 653) to do a crack test on the forward frame stiffener (9)
(Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-200-210).

(2) Inspect the stiffener (9):

(a) If you find cracks or damage contact Aircelle.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-270-303
6. Inspect the Repair Area - Door and Forward Frame Skin (Ref. Fig. 6001):

(1) Do an ultrasonic inspection of the skins of the door (8) and forward frame (10) (Ref. OP
TASK 70-00-00-200-228).

(2) If you find cracks or damage contact SAFRAN Nacelles.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-472
7. Prepare the New Fitting (Ref. Fig. 6001):

(1) Use the template made at Para 3. (2) to mark the positon of the six pilot holes on the new
fitting (2).

(2) Use applicable drill equipment and a 2,50 mm (0.098 in.) bit to make the six pilot holes.

(3) Deburr the holes.

(4) Use a vacuum to remove unwanted material.

(5) Put the new fitting (2) in the correct position on the door skin.

(6) Makes sure the six holes align correctly with the holes on the door skin:

(a) If all the holes do not align correctly, reject the fitting (2).

(b) Get a new fitting and do step (1) to (6) again.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX007
Page 6006
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(c) If all the holes align correctly continue from step (7).

(7) For the holes for fastener (3) use a 6,35 to 6,43 mm (0.250 to 0.253 in.) drill bit to make the
final hole.

(8) For the holes for fastener (6) and (7) use a 5,05 to 5,13 mm (0.199 to 0.202 in.) drill bit to
make the final holes.

(9) Deburr the holes.

(10) Use a vacuum to remove unwanted material.

(11) Put the new fitting (2) in the correct position on the door skin.

(12) Makes sure the six holes align correctly with the holes on the door skin:

(a) If all the holes do not align correctly, reject the fitting (2).

(b) Get a new fitting and do steps (1) to (12) again.

(c) If all the holes align correctly, continue from Para. 8.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-030
8. Clean the New Fitting (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101):

(1) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the fitting (2).

(2) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-230-024
9. Inspect the New Fitting (Ref. Fig. 6001 and OP TASK 70-00-00-200-210)

(1) Apply fluorescent penetrant (OMat 653) to the fitting (2).

(2) Inspect the fitting:

(a) Make sure the fitting (2) is free of any damage.

(b) If cracks are found, reject the fitting.

(c) Get a new fitting (2) and do Para. 7 to 9 again.

(d) If you do not find and cracks continue from Para. 10.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX007

Page 6007
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-031
10. Clean the Fitting (Ref. Fig. 6001 and OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101)

(1) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the fitting (2).

(2) Make sure you remove all unwanted fluorescent penetrant.

(3) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-380-006
11. Protect the Drilled Holes of the Fitting (Ref. Fig. 6001):

(1) Use a brush to apply a coat of chromate conversion (OMat 175) to the drilled holes of the
fitting (2) (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-330).

(a) Let the chromate coat dry.

(2) Use a brush to apply a coat of polyurethane primer (OMat 7/205) to the drilled holes of the
fitting (2) (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-355).

(a) Let the primer coat dry.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-410-001
12. Install the New Fitting (Ref. Fig. 6001):

(1) Apply sealant (OMat 8/301) to the mounting faces of the fitting (2) (Ref. Manufacturer’s
instructions).

(2) Put the fitting (2) in position on the door inner skin (8).

(3) Make sure all the holes align correctly.

(4) Apply sealant (OMat 8/301) to the fastener parts (3), (4), (5), (6) and (7) (Ref. Manufacturer’s
instructions).

(5) Install the two pins (3), washers (4) and collars (5) (Ref. SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-007).

(6) Install the four blind bolts (6) and (7) (Ref. SPM TASK 70-42-38-300-009).

(7) Apply a bead of sealant (OMat 8/301) along the edge of the fitting (2) (Ref. Manufacturer’s
instructions).

(8) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to remove unwanted sealant.

(9) Cure the sealant (OMat 8/301) in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX007

Page 6008
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-032
13. Clean the Repair Area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101):

(1) Use a non-metallic scraper to remove unwanted sealant.

(2) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the repair area.

(3) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-091
14. Identify the Repair

(1) Use an applicable paint (MSRR9064) of a different color to mark FRSX007 adjacent to the
part number of the fitting (2) (Ref. Fig. 6001 and OP TASK 70-00-00-300-363 and the OMat).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-450-004
15. Close Access

(1) Install the triangular moveable flap (1) (Ref. Fig. 6001 and TASK 78-30-20-400-803-A01,
SUBTASK 78-30-20-440-053-A01).

(2) If necessary, close the applicable pivot door:

(a) Remove the HU87132 sleeve from the actuator.

(b) To close the pivot door push on the front and rear edges with your hand.

(c) Use a double-square 0.1325 in. TM410 socket to lock the primary, secondary and
tertiary locks.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX007

Page 6009
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Fitting 91E677 – Replace - Damage Location

Figure 6001 (Sheet 1 of 2) / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-959-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX007

Page 6010
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Fitting 91E677 – Replace - Repair Details

Figure 6001 (Sheet 2 of 2) / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-959-002

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX007

Page 6011
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX007

Page 6012
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-882
1. FRSX009 – Pivot Door - Actuator Channel - Repair Cracks in the Support Bracket (91E986)

A. General

This TASK provides instruction to repair the support bracket (91E986) of the actuator channel on the pivot
door. To repair the support bracket you must replace it.

This procedure is applicable to the LH and RH lower pivot doors. This procedure also gives instructions
to replace a bracket that cracks after this repair has been done.

TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Refer to TSD594–J).

TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Refer to RR–CAEL–SPM).

For this procedure, refer to the Illustrated Parts List to identify the parts.

For price and availability of spares and tools, contact Aircelle.

B. Effectivity

ENGINE FIG. / ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION

TRENT 700 / ALL 31-975 91E880-04 Pivot Door, LH Lower

31-975A 91E880-04

31-975B 91E880-04

31-975C 91E880-04

31-975D 91E880-04

31-975E 91E880-04

31-975F 91E880-04

31-975G 91E880-04

31-975H 91E880-04

31-975J 91E880-04

31-975K 91E880-04

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX009

Page 6001
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

ENGINE FIG. / ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION

31-975L 91E880-04

31-975M 91E880-04

33-975 91E900-04 Pivot Door, RH Lower

33-975A 91E900-04

33-975B 91E900-04

33-975C 91E900-04

33-975D 91E900-04

33-975E 91E900-04

33-975F 91E900-04

33-975G 91E900-04

33-975H 91E900-04

33-975J 91E900-04

33-975K 91E900-04

33-975L 91E900-04

33-975M 91E900-04

C. Reason for Job

During inspection of the LH and RH lower pivot doors, cracks were found on bracket 91E986. To return
the pivot door to a serviceable condition, you must replace the bracket 91E986.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX009

Page 6002
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

D. Job Set-Up Information

1. Tools, Fixtures and Equipment

For the full data for the special tools in this list, refer to the SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES, AND
EQUIPMENT section of this CMM.

Use approved equivalent alternatives, if necessary.

(a) Standard Tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- AR Standard workshop tools and equipment.

- AR Drill equipment

- 1 Drill bit, 2,50 mm (0.098 in.) dia.

- 1 Drill bit, 4,80 mm (0.189 in.) dia.

- 1 Drill bit, 4,06 to 4,16 mm (0.160 to 0.164 in.) dia.

- 1 Drill bit, 5,05 to 5,13 mm (0.199 to 0.202 in.) dia.

- 1 Pliers, long nose

- 1 Pneumatic riveter

- 1 Scraper, non-metallic

- AR Standard fluorescent penetrant equipment.

- 1 Syringe

- 1 Vacuum cleaner

(b) Special Tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

HU87132 1 Sleeve, actuator

HU87510 1 Crushing tool, honeycomb

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX009

Page 6003
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

TM410 1 Double-square 0.1325 in. socket

2. Consumable Materials

REFERENCE NAME

MSRR9064 Identification paint

OMat 175D, E or F Chromate, conversion coating for aluminium

OMat 1/257 Solvent

OMat 2/101 Lint-free cloth

OMat 5/94 Garnet, abrasive paper

OMat 653 Fluorescent penetrant

OMat 8/154 Adhesive sealant (EA9394)

OMat 8/301 Adhesive sealant (Alt.: OMat 8/302)

NOTE: For the full details of consumable materials, refer to the Overhaul Materials Manual
(OMat).

NOTE: For other necessary consumable materials, refer to the applicable OP TASKS in this
TASK.

3. Parts

(a) Expendable Parts

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENT QTY ITEM No.

- Not applicable - - -

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX009

Page 6004
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(b) Repair Parts

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY ITEM No.

35-905 91E986-00 .Bracket, support, LH 1 6002-4

37-905 91E986-50 .Bracket, support, RH 1 6002-4

- CR7621S-06-11D, Alt: ..Blind rivet 3 6002-5

CR7621U-06-11D 5,05 to 5,13 mm
CR7621S-06-11DN (0.199 to 0.202 in.)
CR7621U-06-11DN
- NAS1919M05S03AU ..Blind rivet 2 6002-7
4,06 to 4,16 mm
(0.160 to 0.164 in.)
(c) Referenced Parts

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENT QTY ITEM No.

32-100 91E688-51 Actuator channel fairing, pivot door, LH 1 6001-2

lower 6002-2

33-100 91E688-01 Actuator channel fairing, pivot door, RH 1 6001-2

lower 6002-2

NOTE: The items above are not repair parts, they are shown for reference only.

NOTE: The FIG./ ITEM refers to items in the DETAILED PARTS LIST section of this CMM.

NOTE: The ITEM No. refers to the items in the Figures in this FRSX.

4. Material of Components

PART NO. DESCRIPTION SYMBOL MATERIAL

91E986 Support, bracket - Aluminium alloy 2024 T42

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX009

Page 6005
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

E. Health and Safety Notices

WARNING: DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES CAN DAMAGE YOUR HEALTH. WHEN YOU DO THIS
REPAIR YOU MUST WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GLOVES, DUST MASK AND
SAFETY GOGGLES TO PROTECT YOU.

WARNING: CONSUMABLE MATERIALS CAN DAMAGE YOUR HEALTH. THEY CAN DAMAGE
YOUR EYES, NOSE, SKIN, THROAT AND LUNGS. HIGH CONCENTRATIONS CAN
CAUSE WEAKNESS, HEADACHE, NAUSEA, DIZZINESS AND INCORRECT
JUDGEMENT. BEFORE YOU USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS YOU MUST READ
AND OBEY THE APPLICABLE MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET AND THE
MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. WHEN YOU USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS
YOU MUST WEAR THE APPLICABLE SAFETY CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT. YOU
MUST ONLY USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS IN AN AREA OPEN TO THE AIR.

CAUTION: BE CAREFUL NOT TO DAMAGE THE ADJACENT SURFACES AND STRUCTURES.

DURING EACH OPERATION INSTALL TEMPORARY PROTECTION AROUND THE
WORK AREA.

F. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-450-005
1. Open Access:

(1) If necessary, open the applicable pivot door (Ref. Fig. 6001):

(a) Use a double-square 0.1325 in. socket (TM410) to release the primary, secondary and
tertiary locks.

(b) To open the pivot door push on the front and rear edges with your hand.

(c) Install the HU87132 sleeve on the actuator.

(2) If necessary, remove the triangular moveable flap (1) (Ref. TASK 78-30-20-000-803-A01,
SUBTASK 78-30-20-040-044-A01).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-033
2. Clean the Support Bracket (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK
70-00-00-110-101-A03):

(1) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the bracket.

(2) Use a clean lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent
evaporates.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX009

Page 6006
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-305
3. Examine the Support Bracket (Ref. Fig. 6002):

(1) If this Repair has not been done, continue from Para 4. and do Part 1.

(2) If this Repair has been done, continue from Para 14. and do Part 2.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-010-010
4. Repair Part 1 - Remove the Unserviceable Support Bracket (Ref. Fig. 6001):

(1) Use a temporary marker (OMat 262) to mark the position of the support bracket (4) on the
actuator channel fairing (2) and the door inner panel (3).

(2) Remove the four fasteners from the bracket (4) (Ref. SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006 and SPM
TASK 70-42-28-300-007).

(3) Remove the unserviceable support bracket (4). Keep the bracket to use as a template.

(4) Secure the loose fastener parts in the door:

(a) Use an applicable syringe to put adhesive sealant (OMAT 8/301) through the fastener
holes.

(b) Move the door to apply the sealant to the fastener parts.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-034
5. Repair Part 1 - Clean the Repair Area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK
70-00-00-110-101-A03):

NOTE: Be careful not to remove the mark that shows the position of the bracket.

(1) Use a non-metallic scraper to remove unwanted sealant.

(2) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to apply (OMat 1/257) to the repair area.

(3) Use a clean lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent
evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-473
6. Repair Part 1 - Prepare the New Support Bracket (Ref. Fig. 6002):

(3) Use the unserviceable bracket as a template to mark the positions of the fastener holes on
the serviceable bracket (4):

(a) Use an applicable marker (OMat 262) to mark the position of the fastener holes (5)
and (7) on the serviceable bracket (4).

(b) Mark the position of the new hole (6).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX009
Page 6007
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(i) The distance from the centre of each hole to centre of the new hole must be
equal.

(4) Use applicable drill equipment to make the five holes in the serviceable bracket (4):

(a) Use a 2,50 mm (0.098 in.) dia. drill bit to make the five pilot holes for fasteners (5) and
(7).

(b) Use an applicable drill bit to make the three 5,05 to 5,13 mm (0.199 to 0.202 in.) holes
for fastener (5).

(c) Use an applicable drill bit to make the two 4,06 to 4,16 mm (0.160 to 0.164 in.) holes
for fastener (7).

(d) Deburr all the holes.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-035
7. Repair Part 1 - Clean the Serviceable Bracket (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101) (Ref. Fig. 6002):

(1) Use an applicable vacuum cleaner to remove unwanted material from the bracket (4).

(2) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the bracket (4).

(3) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-230-025
8. Repair Part 1 - Inspect the New Support Bracket (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-200-210):

(1) Apply fluorescent penetrant (OMat 653) to the support bracket (4).

(2) Examine the bracket (4):

(a) If you find cracks, discard the bracket (4) and do para. 5. to 7. again.

(b) If you do not find cracks continue from para. 9.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-036
9. Repair Part 1 - Clean the Serviceable Bracket (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101):

(1) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the bracket (4).

(2) Make sure you remove all the penetrant.

(3) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX009

Page 6008
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-380-007
10. Repair Part 1 - Protect the Drilled Holes of the Bracket (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-330):

(1) Use a brush to apply a coat of chromate conversion (OMat 175) to the drilled holes of the
bracket (4).

(a) Let the chromate coat dry.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-474
11. Repair Part 1 - Prepare the Potting Hole in the Door Inner Panel (Ref. Figs. 6002 and 6003)

(1) Put the new bracket (4) in position.

(2) Mark the position of the new hole (6) on the door inner panel (3).

(3) Remove the new bracket (4).

(4) Use a 4,80 mm (0.189 in.) dia. drill bit to make the new hole (6).

CAUTION: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE CRUSHING TOOL TO BREAK THE
HONEYCOMB. DO NOT DAMAGE THE ADJACENT COMPOSITE SKIN.
(5) Use a crushing tool (HU87510) to break the honeycomb in the drilled hole.

CAUTION: COMPRESSED AIR CAN CAUSE THE PANEL TO DISBOND. YOU MUST ONLY
USE AN APPLICABLE VACCUM AND LONG NOSE PLIERS TO REMOVE THE
UNWANTED PARTS OF HONEYCOMB.
(6) Use an applicable vacuum cleaner and long-nose pliers to remove the unwanted honeycomb
parts from the drilled hole.

(7) Mix the adhesive sealant (OMat 8/154) (Ref. Manufacturer’s instructions).

(8) Use an applicable syringe to put adhesive sealant (OMat 8/154) in the drilled hole.

(9) Cure the adhesive sealant (Ref. Manufacturer’s Instructions).

(10) Use abrasive paper (OMat 5/94) to remove unwanted adhesive sealant and make the
surface smooth and level.

(11) Put the new bracket (4) in position.

(12) Mark the position of the new hole (6) on the potted area.

(13) Remove the new bracket (4).

(14) Use a 5,05 to 5,13 mm (0.199 to 0.202 in.) dia. drill bit to make the new hole (6).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX009

Page 6009
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-037
12. Repair Part 1 - Clean the Repair Area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101)

(1) Use an applicable vacuum cleaner to remove unwanted material.

(2) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the repair area.

(3) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-410-002
13. Repair Part 1 - Install the Support Bracket (Ref. Fig. 6002):

(1) Apply a layer of sealant (OMAT 8/301) to the mating surface of the support bracket (4) (Ref.
Manufacturer’s instructions).

(2) Put the bracket (4) in the correct position on the door inner skin (3) and the channel fairing
(2).

(a) Make sure the holes align correctly.

(3) Apply sealant (OMAT 8/301) to the five fasteners (5) and (7) (Ref. Manufacturer’s
instructions).

(4) Install the two fasteners (7) and the three fasteners (5) (Ref. SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-006 and TASK 70-42-28-300-009).

(5) Apply a bead of sealant (OMAT 8/301) around the edge of the bracket (4) (Ref.
Manufacturer’s instructions).

(6) Cure the sealant (OMAT 8/301) in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

(7) Continue from Para 22.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-010-011
14. Repair Part 2 - Remove the Unserviceable Support Bracket (Ref. Fig. 6002):

(1) Use a temporary marker (OMat 262) to mark the position of the support bracket (4) on the
actuator channel fairing (2) and the door inner panel (3).

(2) Remove the five fasteners from the bracket (4) (Ref. SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006 and
TASK 70-42-28-300-009).

(3) Remove the unserviceable support bracket (4). Keep the bracket to use as a template.

(4) Secure the loose fastener parts in the door:

(a) Use an applicable syringe to put adhesive sealant (OMAT 8/301) through the fastener
holes.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX009

Page 6010
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(b) Move the door to apply the sealant to the fastener parts.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-038
15. Repair Part 2 - Clean the Repair Area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-110-101):

NOTE: Be careful not to remove the mark that shows the position of the bracket.

(1) Use a non-metallic scraper to remove unwanted sealant.

(2) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to apply (OMat 1/257) to the repair area.

(3) Use a clean lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent
evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-475
16. Repair Part 2 - Prepare the New Support Bracket (Ref. Fig. 6002):

(1) Use the unserviceable bracket as a template to mark the positions of the fastener holes on
the serviceable bracket (4):

(a) Use an applicable marker (OMat 262) to mark the position of the fastener holes (5), (6)
and (7) on the serviceable bracket (4).

(2) Use applicable drill equipment to make the five holes in the serviceable bracket (4):

(a) Use a 2,50 mm (0.098 in.) dia. drill bit to make the five pilot holes for fasteners (5) and
(7).

(b) Use an applicable drill bit to make the three 5,05 to 5,13 mm (0.199 to 0.202 in.) holes
for fastener (5).

(c) Use an applicable drill bit to make the two 4,06 to 4,16 mm (0.160 to 0.164 in.) holes
for fastener (7).

(d) Deburr all the holes.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-039
17. Repair Part 2 - Clean the Serviceable Bracket (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101) (Ref. Fig. 6002):

(1) Use an applicable vacuum to remove unwanted material from the bracket (4).

(2) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the bracket (4).

(3) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX009

Page 6011
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-230-026
18. Repair Part 2 - Inspect the New Support Bracket (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-200-210):

(1) Apply fluorescent penetrant (OMat 653) to the support bracket (4).

(2) Examine the bracket (4):

(a) If you find cracks, discard the bracket (4) and do para. 16. to 17. again.

(b) If you do not find cracks continue from para. 19.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-039
19. Repair Part 2 - Clean the Serviceable Bracket (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101):

(1) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the bracket (4).

(2) Make sure you remove all the penetrant.

(3) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-380-008
20. Repair Part 2 - Protect the Drilled Holes of the Bracket (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-330):

(1) Use a brush to apply a coat of chromate conversion (OMat 175) to the drilled holes of the
bracket (4).

(a) Let the chromate coat dry.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-410-003
21. Repair Part 2 - Install the Support Bracket (Ref. Fig. 6002):

(1) Apply a layer of sealant (OMat 8/301) to the mating surface of the support bracket (4) (Ref.
Manufacturer’s instructions).

(2) Put the bracket (4) in the correct position on the door inner skin (3) and the channel fairing
(2).

(a) Make sure the holes align correctly.

(3) Apply sealant (OMat 8/301) to the five fasteners (5) and (7) (Ref. Manufacturer’s
instructions).

(4) Install the two fasteners (7) and the three fasteners (5) (Ref. SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-006 and TASK 70-42-28-300-009).

(5) Apply a bead of sealant (OMat 8/301) around the edge of the bracket (4) (Ref.
Manufacturer’s instructions).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX009

Page 6012
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(6) Cure the sealant (OMat 8/301) in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-040
22. Clean the Repair Area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101):

(1) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the repair area.

(2) Make sure you remove all unwanted sealant.

(3) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-092
23. Identify the Repair

(1) Use identification paint (MSRR9064) of a different color to mark the repair number
adjacent to the part number of the support bracket (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-363):

(a) If you have done Repair Part 1, mark FRSX009/1.

(b) If you have done Repair Part 2, mark FRSX009/2.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-450-006
24. Close Access

(1) If necessary, install the triangular moveable flap (Ref. TASK 78-30-20-400-803-A01,
SUBTASK 78-30-20-440-053-A01).

(2) If necessary, close the applicable pivot door:

(a) Remove the HU87132 sleeve from the actuator.

(b) To close the pivot door push on the front and rear edges with your hand.

(c) Use a double-square 0.1325 in. TM410 socket to lock the primary, secondary and
tertiary locks.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX009

Page 6013
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Support Bracket – Actuator Channel Fairing - Damage Location

Figure 6001 / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-960-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX009

Page 6014
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Support Bracket – Actuator Channel Fairing– Repair Details

Figure 6002 / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-961-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX009

Page 6015
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Support Bracket – Repair Details

Figure 6003 / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-962-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX009

Page 6016
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-888
1. FRSX017 – Pivot Door - LH / RH Upper - Replace Doubler (91E642)

A. General

This TASK gives the procedure to replace the doubler (91E642) on the LH and RH Pivot Door. This

procedure is applicable to the LH upper and RH upper pivot doors.

Fig/Item numbers in the procedure agree with those used in the Illustrated Parts List (IPL). Only the

primary Fig/Item numbers are used. For different Service Bulletin standards, refer to the IPL.

For price and availability of spares and tools, contact SAFRAN Nacelles.

TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Ref. TSD594–J).

TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Ref. RR–CAEL–SPM).

B. Effectivity

ENGINE FIG. / ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION

TRENT 700 / ALL 13-001A HDTR3409L Thrust Reverser, C-Duct, LH

13-001B HDTR3410L

13-001C HDTR3411L

13-001D HDTR3412L
13-001E HDTR3413L

13-001F HDTR3414L

13-001G HDTR3415L

13-001H HDTR3416L

13-001J HDTR3417L
30-975 91E590-04 Pivot Door Assy, LH Upper

30-975A 91E590-04

30-975B 91E590-04

30-975C 91E590-04

30-975D 91E590-04
30-975E 91E590-04

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX017

Page 6001
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

ENGINE FIG. / ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION

30-975F 91E590-04

30-975G 91E590-04

30-975H 91E590-04

30-975J 91E590-04
30-975K 91E590-04

30-975L 91E590-04

30-975M 91E590-04

30-975N 91E590-04

14-001A HDTR3405R Thrust Reverser, C-Duct, RH

14-001B HDTR3409R

14-001C HDTR3410R

14-001D HDTR3411R

14-001E HDTR3412R

14-001F HDTR3413R

14-001G HDTR3414R
14-001H HDTR3415R

14-001J HDTR3416R

14-001K HDTR3417R

14-001L HDTR3418R

14-001M HDTR3419R
14-001N HDTR3420R

32-975 91E676-04 Pivot Door Assy, RH Upper

32-975A 91E676-04

32-975B 91E676-04

32-975C 91E676-04
32-975D 91E676-04

32-975E 91E676-04

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX017

Page 6002
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

ENGINE FIG. / ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION

TRENT 700 / ALL 32-975F 91E676-04 Pivot Door Assy, RH Upper

32-975G 91E676-04

32-975H 91E676-04

32-975J 91E676-04
32-975K 91E676-04

32-975L 91E676-04

32-975M 91E676-04

32-975N 91E676-04
C. Reason for Job

To replace damaged doublers of the LH and RH upper pivot door.

D. Job Set-Up Information

(1) Tools, Fixtures and Equipment

(a) Standard Tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- AR Standard workshop tools and equipment.

- AR Drill equipment

- AR Clamp

1 Countersink tool, 100°, 8,86 to 9,07 mm

-
(0.349 to 0.357 in.)

- 1 Drill bit, 2,50 mm (0.098 in.)

- 1 Drill bit, 4,81 to 4,85 mm (0.189 to 0.191 in.)

- 1 Drill bit, 4,88 to 4,98 mm (0.192 to 0.196 in.)

- 1 Drill bit, 5,04 to 5,12 mm (0.198 to 0.202 in.)

- 1 Drill bit, 6,35 to 6,40 mm (0.250 to 0.252 in.)

- 1 Hand scraper

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX017

Page 6003
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(b) Special Tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

NOTE: For the full data for the special tools in this list, Ref. the SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES,
AND EQUIPMENT section of this CMM.

(2) Consumable Materials

REFERENCE NAME
MSRR9064 Identification paint
OMat 175D, E or F Chromate conversion
OMat 1/257 Solvent
OMat 262 Temporary marker
OMat 2/12 Paint brush, general
OMat 2/101 Lint-free cloth
OMat 653 Fluorescent penetrant
OMat 8/301 Adhesive sealant, Alt.: OMat 8/302

NOTE: For the full details of the consumable materials, refer to the Overhaul Materials (OMat)
manual.

NOTE: Use approved equivalent alternatives, if necessary.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX017

Page 6004
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(3) Parts Information

(a) Expendable Parts

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENT QTY ITEM No.

None

(b) Repair Parts:

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY ITEM No.

30A-230 91E642-02 Doubler, LH Upper 1 6001-01

32A-230 91E642-52 Doubler, RH Upper 1 6001-01

- NAS6404A8 Screw 1 6002-04

- NAS1587-4C Washer 1 6002-05

- NSA5050-4C Nut 1 6002-06

- NAS1921M06S04AU, Alt.: Blind rivet 2 6002-07

NAS1921M06S04A

HST10BJ6-3, Alt.: Hi-Lite pin 4 6002-08

HST10BL6-3
VL10BJ6-3
VL10BL6-3

- HST97DUWK6, Alt.: Hi-Lite collar 4 6002-09

VLC97DUWC6

- MBF2111L6-450, Alt.: Blind bolt 3 6002-10

MBF2120L6-450
MBF2120LL6-450
MBF2110BL6-450
FCBF2120BL6-450
CR7621S-06-07D

(4) Material of Components

PART NO. DESCRIPTION SYMBOL MATERIAL

91E642-02 Doubler, LH - Aluminium alloy, 7175 T7351

91E642-52 Doubler, RH - Aluminium alloy, 7175 T7351

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX017

Page 6005
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(5) Weight

Less than 0,050 kg (0.110 lb)

E. Health and Safety Notices

WARNING: DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES CAN DAMAGE YOUR HEALTH. WHEN YOU DO
THIS REPAIR YOU MUST WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GLOVES, DUST MASK
AND SAFETY GOGGLES TO PROTECT YOU.

WARNING: DRILL EQUIPMENT CAN CAUSE AN INJURY. WHEN YOU USE DRILL EQUIPMENT
YOU MUST WEAR THE APPLICABLE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT
TO PROTECT YOU.

WARNING: CONSUMABLE MATERIALS CAN DAMAGE YOUR HEALTH. THEY CAN DAMAGE
YOUR EYES, NOSE, SKIN, THROAT AND LUNGS. HIGH CONCENTRATIONS CAN
CAUSE WEAKNESS, HEADACHE, NAUSEA, DIZZINESS AND INCORRECT
JUDGEMENT. BEFORE YOU USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS YOU MUST READ
AND OBEY THE APPLICABLE MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET AND THE
MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. WHEN YOU USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS
YOU MUST WEAR THE APPLICABLE SAFETY CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT. YOU
MUST ONLY USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS IN AN AREA OPEN TO THE AIR.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX017

Page 6006
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

F. Procedure

CAUTION: DURING EACH OPERATION BE CAREFUL NOT TO DAMAGE THE ADJACENT

SURFACES AND STRUCTURES. INSTALL TEMPORARY PROTECTION
AROUND THE WORK AREA.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-450-016
(1) Get Access:

(a) If necessary, remove the LH upper pivot door (Ref. TASK 78-30-20-000-801-A01,
SUBTASK 78-30-20-040-005-A01).

(b) If necessary, remove the RH upper pivot door (Ref. TASK 78-30-20-000-802-A01,
SUBTASK 78-30-20-040-026-A01).

(c) Remove the rectangular moveable panel (Ref. TASK 78-30-20-000-803-A01,

SUBTASK 78-30-20-040-044-A01).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-010-023
(2) Remove the Damage Doubler (Ref. Fig. 6001):

(a) Use a temporary marker (OMat 262) to mark the position of the damaged doubler (1)
on the airflow guide (2) and the lateral frame (3).

(b) Use applicable drill equipment to remove the rivets and bolts and the four hi-lite pins,
(Ref. SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006, 70-42-28-300-007 and 70-42-28-300-009).

(c) Remove the damaged doubler (1) from the pivot door.

(d) Make a template of the damaged doubler.

(e) Use a temporary marker (OMat 262) to mark the positions of the ten fastener holes
from the damaged doubler (1) on the template.

(f) To hold the unwanted fastener parts, put adhesive sealant (OMat 8/301) through the
fasteners holes in the structure.

(g) To make sure the adhesive sealant covers all the unwanted fastener parts, move the
door up and down.

(h) Discard the damaged doubler (1).

(i) Examine the rivet holes of the doubler (1), airflow guide (2) and lateral frame (3):

1 If the holes are damaged, contact SAFRAN Nacelles.

2 If the holes are not damaged, continue from step (3).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX017

Page 6007
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-079
(3) Clean the Repair Area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK
70-00-00-110-101-A03)

(a) Use a scraper to remove unwanted adhesive sealant from around the fastener
holes.

(b) Use an applicable vacuum cleaner to remove unwanted materials.

(c) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the rework area.

(d) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent
evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-512
(4) Prepare the Serviceable Doubler (Ref. Fig. 6002):

(a) Get a serviceable doubler.

(b) Use template made at step (2) (d) to mark the position of the ten fastener holes on the
serviceable doubler (1).

(c) Use applicable drill equipment and a 2,50 mm (0.098 in.) drill bit to drill the pilot holes
for the ten fasteners.

(d) Deburr the holes.

(e) Put the doubler (1) in position on the pivot door at the position marked at step (2) (a).

(f) Make sure the all holes align correctly.

(g) If the holes do not align correctly, discard the doubler (1) and do steps (a) to (g) again.

(h) If the holes align correctly, continue from step (i).

(i) Remove the doubler (1).

(j) Use applicable drill equipment and a 6,35 to 6,40 mm (0.250 to 0.252 in.) drill bit to drill
the final hole for the screw (4).

(k) Use applicable drill equipment and a 4,88 to 4,98 mm (0.192 to 0.196 in.) drill bit to drill
the two final holes for the blind rivets (7).

(l) At the two holes of blind rivets (7), use a 100° countersink tool to make a countersink
between 8,86 to 9,07 mm (0.349 to 0.357 in.).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX017

Page 6008
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(m) Use applicable drill equipment and a 4,81 to 4,85 mm (0.189 to 0.191 in.) drill bit to drill
the four final holes for the hi-lite pins (8).

(n) Use applicable drill equipment and a 5,04 to 5,12 mm (0.198 to 0.202 in.) drill bit to drill
the three final holes for the blind bolts (10).

(o) Deburr all the holes.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-080
(5) Clean the Serviceable Doubler (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK
70-00-00-110-101-A03)

(a) Use an applicable vacuum cleaner to remove unwanted materials.

(b) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the rework area.

(c) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent
evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-230-036
(6) Inspect the Serviceable Doubler (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-200-210)

(a) Apply fluorescent penetrant (OMat 653) to the serviceable doubler (1).

(b) Examine the doubler (1).

(c) If you find cracks, reject the doubler and do steps (4) to (6) again.

(d) If you do not find cracks, continue from step (7).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-081
(7) Clean the Serviceable Doubler (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK
70-00-00-110-101-A03)

(a) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the rework area.

(b) Make sure you remove all the fluorescent penetrant.

(c) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent
evaporates.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX017

Page 6009
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-380-014
(8) Protect the Serviceable Doubler (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-330, SUBTASK
70-00-00-380-330-A01)

(a) Use a paint brush (OMat 2/12) to apply chromate conversions (OMat 175) to the edge
of the ten new holes of the doubler (1).

(b) Let the chromate conversion dry.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-513
(9) Prepare the Airflow Guide (Ref. Fig. 6002):

(a) Use applicable drill equipment and a 6,35 to 6,40 mm (0.250 to 0.252 in.) drill bit to drill
the final hole for the screw (4).

(b) Use applicable drill equipment and a 5,04 to 5,12 mm (0.198 to 0.202 in.) drill bit to
increase the size of the three holes for the blind bolts (10).

(c) Deburr all the holes.

(d) Put the doubler in the correct position on the airflow guide (2) and lateral frame (3).

(e) Make sure all the holes align correctly.

(f) If any of the holes do not align correctly, contact SAFRAN Nacelles.

(g) If all the holes align correctly continue from step (10).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-082
(10) Clean the Rework Area of the Pivot Door (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK
70-00-00-110-101-A03)

(a) Use an applicable vacuum cleaner to remove unwanted materials.

(b) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the surface adjacent to the
reworked holes.

(c) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent
evaporates.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX017

Page 6010
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-200-037
(11) Inspect the Rework Area of the Pivot Door (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-200-210)

(a) Apply fluorescent penetrant (OMat 653) to the rework area of the airflow guide (2).

(b) Examine the rework area of the airflow guide (2).

(c) If you find cracks, contact SAFRAN Nacelles.

(d) If you do not find cracks, continue from step (12).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-083
(12) Clean the Rework Area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK
70-00-00-110-101-A03)

(a) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the rework area.

(b) Make sure you remove all the fluorescent penetrant.

(c) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent
evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-380-015
(13) Protect the Drilled Holes of the Airflow Guide (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-330, SUBTASK
70-00-00-380-330-A01)

(a) Use a paint brush (OMat 2/12) to apply chromate conversions (OMat 175) to the edge
of the hole for screw (4) and the three holes of blind bolts (10).

(b) Let the chromate conversion dry.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-410-027
(14) Install the Serviceable Doubler

(a) Use a paint brush (OMat 2/12) to apply adhesive sealant (OMat 8/301) to the contact
surfaces of the serviceable doubler (1).

(b) Put the doubler (1) in the correct position on the airflow guide (2) and lateral frame (3).

(c) Use applicable clamps to hold the doubler (1) in position.

(d) Use adhesive sealant (OMat 8/301) to wet install the ten fasteners:

1 Install the screw (4), washer (5) and nut (6).

2 Install the two blind rivets (7) (Ref. SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006)

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX017

Page 6011
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

3 Install the four hi-lite pins (8) and collars (9) (Ref. SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-007).

4 Install the three blind bolts (10) (Ref. SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-009)

(e) Apply a bead of adhesive sealant (OMat 8/301) along the edges of the serviceable
doubler (1).

(f) Remove the clamps.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-084
(15) Clean the Rework Area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK
70-00-00-110-101-A03)

(a) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the rework area.

(b) Make sure you remove all the unwanted adhesive sealant.

(c) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent
evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-370-003
(16) Cure the Adhesive Sealant

CAUTION: IF THE RATE OF TEMPERATURE INCREASE IS NOT CORRECT, THE

ADHESIVE MAY NOT CURE CORRECTLY. THE RATE OF INCREASE IN
TEMPERATURE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 3 °C (5.4 °F) FOR EACH MINUTE.

(a) Cure the adhesive sealant (OMat 8/301) (Ref. Manufacturer’s instructions).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-097
(17) Identify the Repair

(a) Use identification paint (MSRR9064) of a different color to mark FRSX017 adjacent to
the doubler (1) (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-363).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-450-017
(18) Close Access:

(a) Install the rectangular moveable panel (Ref. TASK 78-30-20-400-803-A01, SUBTASK
78-30-20-440-051-A01).

(b) If necessary, install the LH upper pivot door (Ref. TASK 78-30-20-400-801-A01,
SUBTASK 78-30-20-440-06-A01).

(c) If necessary, install the RH upper pivot door (Ref. TASK 78-30-20-400-802-A01,
SUBTASK 78-30-20-440-036-A01).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX017

Page 6012
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Damaged Doubler - Removal

Figure 6001 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6040-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX017

Page 6013
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Serviceable Doubler - Installation

Figure 6002 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6041-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX017

Page 6014
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-843
1. FRSX023 – C-Duct – Inner Fixed Structure (IFS) - Replace the Thermal Blankets

A. General

This TASK gives instruction to replace the thermal blankets on the IFS.

The thermal blanket assemblies are divided into separate parts. For the LH C-Duct, the assembly is
divided into 4 parts. For the RH C-Duct, the assembly is divided into 3 parts.

The installation of the lower thermal blanket needs the bonding of metallic Velcro tapes on the IFS.

The following procedures can be used to replace individual thermal blankets or all the blankets.

The repair kits contain all the parts necessary to replace an individual thermal blanket. You can only
procure the repair kits and not the individual items in each kit. Thus, if more than one blanket is
replaced there may be duplicated parts where the blankets overlap.

Fig/Item numbers in the procedure agree with those used in the Illustrated Parts List (IPL). Only the
primary Fig/Item numbers are used. For different Service Bulletin standards, refer to the IPL.

For price and availability of spares and tools, contact SAFRAN Nacelles.

TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Ref. TSD594–J).

TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Ref. RR–CAEL–SPM).

B. Effectivity

ENGINE FIG. / ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION

TRENT 700 / ALL 01-120B HDTR3410L Thrust Reverser, LH C-Duct

01-120C HDTR3411L

01-120D HDTR3412L
01-120E HDTR3413L

01-120F HDTR3414L
01-120G HDTR3415L
01-120H HDTR3416L
01-120J HDTR3417L

01-130C HDTR3410R Thrust Reverser, RH C-Duct

01-130D HDTR3411R
01-130E HDTR3412R

01-130F HDTR3413R
01-130G HDTR3414R
EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023
Page 6001
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

ENGINE FIG. / ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION

01-130H HDTR3415R Thrust Reverser, RH C-Duct

01-130J HDTR3416R
01-130K HDTR3417R

01-130L HDTR3418R
01-130M HDTR3419R
01-130N HDTR3420R
C. Reason for Job

To replace damaged thermal blankets on the IFS.

D. Job Set-Up Information

(1) Tools, Fixtures and Equipment

(a) Standard Tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- AR Standard workshop tools and equipment.

AR Gripper pins

- AR Hand scraper
(b) Special Tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None
NOTE: For the full data for the special tools in this list, Ref. the SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES,
AND EQUIPMENT section of this CMM.

(2) Consumable Materials

REFERENCE NAME
MSRR9064 Identification paint
OMat 1/257 Solvent
OMat 2/101 Lint-free cloth
OMat 8/176 Sealing compound
OMat 8/177 Sealing compound
OMat 872A Silicone compound, cold curing

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6002
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

NOTE: Ref. the Overhaul Materials (OMat) manual for the full details of the consumable
materials.

NOTE: Use approved equivalent alternatives, if necessary.

(3) Parts Information

(a) Expendable Parts

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

None

(b) Repair Parts:

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

44-062 91B393-00 Overlaps kit, LH 1

45-062 91B394-00 Overlaps kit, RH 1

1 Repair Kit: PN 91B435-10 (42-010) LH Upper Thermal Blanket, Pre SB 78-D002:

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

42-035 115M1029-101 Upper Bifurcation Insulation Blanket 1
42-040 115M1029-109 Pre-Cooler Bracket Cover, Forward 1

42-045 115M1029-111 Pre-Cooler Bracket Cover, Aft 1

42-050 NAS1921M06S05U Rivet 1

42-055 NAS1921M06S05U Rivet 2

42-060 31604CC048 Washer 1
42-065 31604CC048 Washer 2
42-070 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 1
42-075 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 7

42-080 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 11

42-085 NAS1919M04S04U Rivet 1

42-090 AN960C5 Washer 1

42-095 AN960C5 Washer 7
42-100 AN960C5 Washer 11
42-105 NAS679C3W Nut 11

42-110 NAS679C3W Nut 4

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6003
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

42-115 AN960C5 Washer 1
42-120 NAS679C3W Nut 1
42-125 HTM1007 Washer 11

42-130 HTM1007 Washer 4

42-135 HTM1007 Washer 1
42-140 NAS1587-3C Washer 5
42-145 NAS6403U2 Bolt 4

42-150 NAS6403U9 Bolt 1

42-155 91B593-00 Spacer 1

42-160 91B574-00 Support, thermal blanket 1

42-165 91B575-00 Support, thermal blanket 1

42-170 91B576-00 Support, thermal blanket 1

42-175 91B587-00 Ring 1

42-180 91B572-00 Ring 1

42-185 91B573-00 Ring 1

2 Repair Kit: PN 91B435-20 (42A-010) LH Upper Thermal Blanket, Post SB

78-D002:

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

42A-035 115M1039-101 Upper Bifurcation Insulation Blanket 1

42A-040 115M1039-109 Pre-Cooler Bracket Cover, Forward 1

42A-045 115M1039-111 Pre-Cooler Bracket Cover, Aft 1
42A-050 NAS1921M06S05U Rivet 1
42A-055 NAS1921M06S05U Rivet 2
42A-060 31604CC048 Washer 1

42A-065 31604CC048 Washer 2

42A-070 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 1
42A-075 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 7

42A-080 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 11

42A-085 NAS1919M04S04U Rivet 1

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6004
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

42A-090 AN960C5 Washer 1
42A-095 AN960C5 Washer 7
42A-100 AN960C5 Washer 11

42A-105 NAS679C3W Nut 11

42A-110 NAS679C3W Nut 4
42A-115 AN960C5 Washer 1
42A-120 NAS679C3W Nut 1

42A-125 HTM1007 Washer 11

42A-130 HTM1007 Washer 4

42A-135 HTM1007 Washer 1

42A-140 NAS1587-3C Washer 5

42A-145 NAS6403U2 Bolt 4

42A-150 NAS6403U9 Bolt 1

42A-155 91B593-00 Spacer 1

42A-160 91B574-00 Support, thermal blanket 1

42A-165 91B575-00 Support, thermal blanket 1

42A-170 91B576-00 Support, thermal blanket 1

42A-175 91B587-00 Ring 1

42A-180 91B572-00 Ring 1
42A-185 91B573-00 Ring 1

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6005
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

3 Repair Kit: PN 91B435-30 (42B-010) LH Upper Thermal Blanket, Post SB

78-D525:

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

42B-035 115M1045-101 Upper Bifurcation Insulation Blanket 1

42B-040 115M1045-109 Pre-Cooler Bracket Cover, Forward 1

42B-045 115M1045-111 Pre-Cooler Bracket Cover, Aft 1

42B-070 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 1

42B-075 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 6

42B-080 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 10

42B-085 NAS1919M04S04U Rivet 1
42B-090 AN960C5 Washer 1

42B-095 AN960C5 Washer 6

42B-100 AN960C5 Washer 10

42B-105 NAS679C3W Nut 20

42B-110 NAS679C3W Nut 4

42B-115 AN960C5 Washer 1

42B-120 NAS679C3W Nut 1

42B-125 HTM1007 Washer 20

42B-130 HTM1007 Washer 4

42B-135 HTM1007 Washer 1

42B-140 NAS1587-3C Washer 5

42B-145 NAS6403U2 Bolt 4
42B-150 NAS6403U9 Bolt 1
42B-155 91B593-00 Spacer 1
42B-160 91B574-00 Support, thermal blanket 1

42B-165 91B575-00 Support, thermal blanket 1

42B-170 91B576-00 Support, thermal blanket 1

42B-175 91B587-00 Ring 1

42A-180 91B572-00 Ring 1

42A-185 91B573-00 Ring 1
42B-856 HST755-6-4 Pin, Hi-Lite 39

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6006
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

42B-858 KFN579-3DL Collar, Hi-Lite 39
42B-860 NAS1919M04S02U Rivet 8
42B-862 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 6

42B-862A NAS1919M04S04U Rivet 6

4 Repair Kit: PN 91B435-40 (42B-010A) LH Upper Thermal Blanket:

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

42B-037 115M1045-123 Upper Bifurcation Insulation Blanket 1
42B-040 115M1045-109 Pre-Cooler Bracket Cover, Forward 1

42B-045 115M1045-111 Pre-Cooler Bracket Cover, Aft 1

42B-080 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 25

42B-085 NAS1919M04S04U Rivet 7

42B-090 AN960C5 Washer 18

42B-105 NAS679C3W Nut 25

42B-125 HTM1007 Washer 25

42B-140 NAS1587-3C Washer 5

42B-145 NAS6403U2 Bolt 4

42B-150 NAS6403U9 Bolt 1

42B-155 91B593-00 Spacer 1

42B-160 91B574-00 Support, thermal blanket 1

42B-165 91B575-00 Support, thermal blanket 1
42B-170 91B576-00 Support, thermal blanket 1
42B-175 91B587-00 Ring 1
42B-180 91B572-00 Ring 1
42B-185 91B573-00 Ring 1

42B-856 HST755-6-4 Pin, Hi-Lite 39

42B-858 KFN579-3DL Collar, Hi-Lite 39

42B-860 NAS1919M04S02U Rivet 8

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6007
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

5 Repair Kit: PN 91B436-10 (42-015) LH Forward-Center Thermal Blanket, Pre SB

78-D002:

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

42-250 115M1029-103 Forward Center Insulation Blanket 1

42-050 NAS1921M06S05U Rivet 1

42-060 31604CC048 Washer 1

42-120 NAS679C3W Nut 1

42-135 HTM1007 Washer 1
42-255 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 5

42-260 AN960C5 Washer 5

42-265 NAS1921M06S05U Rivet 8
42-270 NAS1921M06S05U Rivet 2

42-275 NAS1921M06S05U Rivet 1

42-280 NAS1921M06S05U Rivet 1

42-285 NAS1921M06S05U Rivet 1

42-290 31604CC048 Washer 8

42-295 31604CC048 Washer 2

42-300 31604CC048 Washer 1

42-305 31604CC048 Washer 1

42-310 31604CC048 Washer 1

42-315 NAS679C3W Nut 2

42-320 NAS679C3W Nut 1

42-325 HTM1007 Washer 2
42-330 HTM1007 Washer 1
42-335 AS59014 Bolt 1
42-340 HTM5623 Washer 1

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6008
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

6 Repair Kit: PN 91B436-20 (42A-015) LH Forward-Center Thermal Blanket, Post

SB 78-D002:

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

42A-250 115M1039-103 Forward Centre Insulation Blanket 1

42A-050 NAS1921M06S05U Rivet 1

42A-060 31604CC048 Washer 1

42A-120 NAS679C3W Nut 1

42A-135 HTM1007 Washer 1
42A-255 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 5

42A-260 AN960C5 Washer 5

42A-265 NAS1921M06S05U Rivet 8
42A-270 NAS1921M06S05U Rivet 2

42A-275 NAS1921M06S05U Rivet 1

42A-280 NAS1921M06S05U Rivet 1

42A-285 NAS1921M06S05U Rivet 1

42A-290 31604CC048 Washer 8

42A-295 31604CC048 Washer 2

42A-300 31604CC048 Washer 1

42A-305 31604CC048 Washer 1

42A-310 31604CC048 Washer 1

42A-315 NAS679C3W Nut 2

42A-320 NAS679C3W Nut 1

42A-325 HTM1007 Washer 2
42A-330 HTM1007 Washer 1
42A-335 AS59014 Bolt 1
42A-340 HTM5623 Washer 1

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6009
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

7 Repair Kit: PN 91B436-30 (42B-015) LH Forward-Centre Thermal Blanket, Post

SB 78-D525:

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

42B-250 115M1045-103 Forward Centre Insulation Blanket 1

42B-120 NAS679C3W Nut 1

42B-135 HTM1007 Washer 1

42B-255 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 3

42B-260 AN960C5 Washer 3
42B-265 NAS1921M06S05U Rivet 4

42B-280 NAS1921M06S05U Rivet 1

42B-285 NAS1921M06S05U Rivet 1
42B-290 31604CC048 Washer 4

42B-305 31604CC048 Washer 1

42B-310 31604CC048 Washer 1

42B-315 NAS679C3W Nut 2

42B-325 HTM1007 Washer 2

42B-335 AS59014 Bolt 1

42B-340 HTM5623 Washer 1

42B-856 HST755-6-4 Pin, Hi-Lite 39

42B-870 HST755-6-4 Pin, Hi-Lite 41
42B-874 HST755-6-4 Pin, Hi-Lite 39
42B-858 KFN579-3DL Collar, Hi-Lite 39
42B-872 KFN579-3DL Collar, Hi-Lite 41
42B-876 KFN579-3DL Collar, Hi-Lite 39
42B-860 NAS1919M04S02U Rivet 8
42B-878 NAS1919M04S02U Rivet 8

42B-862 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 6

42B-862A NAS1919M04S04U Rivet 6

42B-880 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 6

42B-880A NAS1919M04S04U Rivet 6

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6010
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

8 Repair Kit: PN 91B437-10 (42-020) LH Aft-Center Thermal Blanket, Pre SB

78-D002:

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

42-400 115M1029-105 Aft-Center Insulation Blanket 1

42-070 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 1

42-085 NAS1919M04S04U Rivet 1

42-090 AN960C5 Washer 1

42-105 NAS679C3W Nut 11
42-115 AN960C5 Washer 1

42-120 NAS679C3W Nut 1

42-125 HTM1007 Washer 11
42-135 HTM1007 Washer 1

42-275 NAS1921M06S05U Rivet 1

42-280 NAS1921M06S05U Rivet 1

42-285 NAS1921M06S05U Rivet 1

42-300 31604CC048 Washer 1

42-305 31604CC048 Washer 1

42-310 31604CC048 Washer 1

42-315 NAS679C3W Nut 2

42-325 HTM1007 Washer 2

42-405 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 6

42-410 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 2

42-415 NAS1919M04S04U Rivet 1
42-420 AN960C5 Washer 6
42-425 AN960C5 Washer 2
42-430 AN960C5 Washer 1

42-435 NAS679C3W Nut 9

42-455 HTM1007 Washer 9

42-460 NAS1921M06S05U Rivet 7

42-465 NAS1921M06S05U Rivet 1
42-470 31604CC048 Washer 7

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6011
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

42-475 31604CC048 Washer 1
42-480 AS59014 Bolt 3
42-485 AS59017 Bolt 3

42-487 AS59017 Bolt 3

42-490 91B418-00 Washer 3

42-495 91B419-00 Spacer, Bush 3

42-497 HTM5623 Washer 3

42-502 HTM5623 Washer 3

42-535 AS59019 Bolt 3

42-690 91B418-00 Washer 6

42-695 91B419-00 Spacer, Bush 3

9 Repair Kit: PN 91B437-20 (42A-020) LH Aft-Center Thermal Blanket, Post SB

78-D002:

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

42A-400 115M1039-105 Aft-Center Insulation Blanket 1

42A-070 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 1

42A-085 NAS1919M04S04U Rivet 1

42A-090 AN960C5 Washer 1
42A-105 NAS679C3W Nut 11

42A-115 AN960C5 Washer 1

42A-120 NAS679C3W Nut 1

42A-125 HTM1007 Washer 11

42A-135 HTM1007 Washer 1
42A-275 NAS1921M06S05U Rivet 1
42A-280 NAS1921M06S05U Rivet 2
42A-285 NAS1921M06S05U Rivet 2

42A-300 31604CC048 Washer 1

42A-305 31604CC048 Washer 1

42A-310 31604CC048 Washer 1

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6012
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

42A-315 NAS679C3W Nut 2
42A-325 HTM1007 Washer 2
42A-405 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 6

42A-410 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 2

42A-415 NAS1919M04S04U Rivet 1
42A-420 AN960C5 Washer 6
42A-425 AN960C5 Washer 2

42A-430 AN960C5 Washer 1

42A-435 NAS679C3W Nut 9

42A-455 HTM1007 Washer 9

42A-460 NAS1921M06S05U Rivet 7

42A-465 NAS1921M06S05U Rivet 1

42A-470 31604CC048 Washer 7

42A-475 31604CC048 Washer 1

42A-480 AS59014 Bolt 3

42A-485 AS59017 Bolt 3

42A-487 AS59017 Bolt 3

42A-490 91B418-00 Washer 3

42A-495 91B419-00 Spacer, Bush 3

42A-497 HTM5623 Washer 3

42A-502 HTM5623 Washer 3

42A-535 AS59019 Bolt 3
42A-690 91B418-00 Washer 3

42A-695 91B419-00 Spacer, Bush 3

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6013
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

10 Repair Kit: PN 91B437-30 (42B-020) LH Aft-Center Thermal Blanket, Post SB

78-D525:

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

42B-400 115M1045-105 Aft-Center Insulation Blanket 1

42B-070 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 1

42B-085 NAS1919M04S04U Rivet 1

42B-090 AN960C5 Washer 1

42B-105 NAS679C3W Nut 20
42B-115 AN960C5 Washer 1

42B-120 NAS679C3W Nut 20

42B-125 HTM1007 Washer 11
42B-135 HTM1007 Washer 1

42B-280 NAS1921M06S05U Rivet 1

42B-285 NAS1921M06S05U Rivet 1

42B-305 31604CC048 Washer 1

42B-310 31604CC048 Washer 1

42B-315 NAS679C3W Nut 2

42B-325 HTM1007 Washer 2

42B-405 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 6

42B-410 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 3

42B-415 NAS1919M04S04U Rivet 1

42B-420 AN960C5 Washer 6

42B-425 AN960C5 Washer 3
42B-430 AN960C5 Washer 1
42B-435 NAS679C3W Nut 15
42B-455 HTM1007 Washer 15

42B-460 NAS1921M06S05U Rivet 5

42B-470 31604CC048 Washer 5

42B-480 AS59014 Bolt 3

42B-485 AS59017 Bolt 3
42B-487 AS59017 Bolt 3

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6014
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

42B-490 91B418-00 Washer 3

42B-495 91B419-00 Spacer, Bush 3

42B-497 HTM5623 Washer 3

42B-502 HTM5623 Washer 3

42B-535 AS59019 Bolt 3

42B-690 91B418-00 Washer 6

42B-695 91B419-00 Spacer, Bush 3

42B-870 HST755-6-4 Pin, Hi-Lite 41

42B-872 KFN579-3DL Collar, Hi-Lite 41

11 Repair Kit: PN 91B437-40 (42B-020A) LH Aft-Center Thermal Blanket:

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

42B-402 115M1045-125 Aft-Center Insulation Blanket 1

42B-090 AN960C5 Washer 12

42B-105 NAS679C3W Nut 38

42B-125 HTM1007 Washer 38

42B-300 31604CC048 Washer 7

42B-405 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 10

42B-415 NAS1919M04S04U Rivet 2

42B-460 NAS1921M06S05U Rivet 7
42B-480 AS59014 Bolt 3

42B-485 AS59017 Bolt 6

42B-490 91B418-00 Washer 9

42B-495 91B419-00 Spacer, Bush 6

42B-497 HTM5623 Washer 6

42B-535 AS59019 Bolt 3

42B-870 HST755-6-4 Pin, Hi-Lite 41

42B-872 KFN579-3DL Collar, Hi-Lite 41

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6015
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

12 Repair Kit: PN 91B438-10 (42-025) LH Lower Thermal Blanket, Pre SB 78-D002:

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

42-570 115M1029-107 Lower Bifurcation, Insulation Blanket 1

42-575 115M1029-117 Forward Latch Beam, Insulation Blanket 1

42-580 115M1029-113 Hold-Open Rod (HOR) Bracket, 1
Insulation Cover
42-585 115M1029-115 Hold-Open Rod (HOR) Stowage Bracket, 1
Insulation Cover, Pre SB 78-C722
42-585A 115M1025-115 Hold-Open Rod (HOR) Stowage Bracket, 1
Insulation Cover, Post SB 78-C722

42-595 115M1029-123 Forward Latch Bracket, Insulation Cover 1

42-600 115M1029-125 Aft Latch Bracket, Insulation Cover 1

42-270 NAS1921M06S05U Rivet 2

42-295 31604CC048 Washer 2

42-320 NAS679C3W Nut 1

42-330 HTM1007 Washer 1

42-410 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 2

42-415 NAS1919M04S04U Rivet 1

42-425 AN960C5 Washer 2

42-430 AN960C5 Washer 1

42-435 NAS679C3W Nut 9

42-455 HTM1007 Washer 9

42-465 NAS1921M06S05U Rivet 1
42-475 31604CC048 Washer 1
42-535 AS59019 Bolt 3
42-605 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 10

42-610 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 7

42-615 AN960C5 Washer 7

42-620 AN960C5 Washer 10

42-630 AN960C5 Washer 1
42-635 AN960C5 Washer 10

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6016
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

42-640 AN960C5 Washer 8
42-645 NAS679C3W Nut 4
42-650 NAS679C3W Nut 7

42-655 NAS679C3W Nut 5

42-660 NAS679C3W Nut 3
42-665 HTM1007 Washer 4
42-670 HTM1007 Washer 7

42-675 HTM1007 Washer 5

42-680 HTM1007 Washer 3

42-690 91B418-00 Washer 6

42-695 91B419-00 Spacer, Bush 3

42-700 AS59014 Bolt 2

42-705 NAS6704U2 Bolt 3

42-710 HTM5623 Washer 3

42-715 HTM5623 Washer 2

42-718 NAS1919M04S04AU Rivet 8

42-718A NAS1919M04S03AU Rivet 8

42-720 NAS1919M04S04AU Rivet 10

42-720A NAS1919M04S03AU Rivet 10

42-725 NAS1919M05S05AU Rivet 2

42-730 AN960C9 Washer 2

42-735 NAS7203U3 Bolt 9

42-770 NAS1919M04S01U Rivet 2

42-770A NAS1919M04S02U Rivet 2

42-772 NAS1919M04S01U Rivet 2

42-772A NAS1919M04S02U Rivet 2

42-775 NAS6403U3 Bolt 1

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6017
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

42-775A NAS6403U4 Bolt 1

42-780 NAS7203A2 Bolt 2

42-785 NAS7203U3 Bolt 2

42-790 NSA5050-3C Nut 4

42-792 91B632-00 Shim 4

42-795 AN960C10 Washer 1

42-800 NAS6703U3 Bolt 2

42-805 NAS1919M04S06AU Rivet 1

42-810 ABS0114V4-5 Bolt 3

42-815 91B878-00 Spacer 3

13 Repair Kit: PN 91B438-20 (42A-025) LH Lower Thermal Blanket, Post SB 78-

D002:

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

42A-570 115M1039-107 Lower Bifurcation, Insulation Blanket 1

42A-575 115M1039-117 Forward Latch Beam, Insulation Blanket 1

42A-580 115M1039-113 Hold-Open Rod (HOR) Bracket, 1

Insulation Cover
42A-585 115M1039-115 Hold-Open Rod (HOR) Stowage Bracket, 1
Insulation Cover
42A-595 115M1039-119 Forward Latch Bracket, Insulation Cover 1

42A-600 115M1039-121 Aft Latch Bracket, Insulation Cover 1

42A-270 NAS1921M06S05U Rivet 2

42A-295 31604CC048 Washer 2

42A-320 NAS679C3W Nut 1

42A-330 HTM1007 Washer 1

42A-410 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 2

42A-415 NAS1919M04S04U Rivet 1
42A-425 AN960C5 Washer 2

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6018
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

42A-430 AN960C5 Washer 1
42A-435 NAS679C3W Nut 9
42A-455 HTM1007 Washer 9

42A-465 NAS1921M06S05U Rivet 1

42A-475 31604CC048 Washer 1
42A-535 AS59019 Bolt 3
42A-605 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 10

42A-610 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 7

42A-615 AN960C5 Washer 7

42A-620 AN960C5 Washer 10

42A-630 AN960C5 Washer 1

42A-635 AN960C5 Washer 12

42A-640 AN960C5 Washer 8

42A-645 NAS679C3W Nut 4

42A-650 NAS679C3W Nut 7

42A-655 NAS679C3W Nut 5

42A-660 NAS679C3W Nut 3

42A-665 HTM1007 Washer 4

42A-670 HTM1007 Washer 7
42A-675 HTM1007 Washer 5

42A-680 HTM1007 Washer 3

42A-690 91B418-00 Washer 6

42A-695 91B419-00 Spacer, Bush 3

42A-700 AS59014 Bolt 2

42A-705 NAS6704U2 Bolt 3

42A-710 HTM5623 Washer 3

42A-715 HTM5623 Washer 2

42A-718 NAS1919M04S04AU Rivet 8

42A-718A NAS1919M04S03AU Rivet 8

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6019
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

42A-720 NAS1919M04S04AU Rivet 12

42A-720A NAS1919M04S03AU Rivet 12

42A-725 NAS1919M05S05AU Rivet 2

42A-730 AN960C9 Washer 2

42A-735 NAS7203U3 Bolt 9

42A-770 NAS1919M04S01U Rivet 2

42A-770A NAS1919M04S02U Rivet 2

42A-772 NAS1919M04S01U Rivet 2

42A-772A NAS1919M04S02U Rivet 2

42A-775 NAS6403U3 Bolt 1

42A-775A NAS6403U4 Bolt 1

42A-780 NAS7203A2 Bolt 2

42A-785 NAS7203U3 Bolt 2

42A-790 NSA5050-3C Nut 4

42A-795 AN960C10 Washer 1

42A-800 NAS6703U3 Bolt 2

42A-805 NAS1919M04S06AU Rivet 1

42A-810 NAS1919M04S05AU Rivet 1

42A-815 AN960C5 Washer 1

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6020
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

14 Repair Kit: PN 91B438-30 (42B-025) LH Lower Thermal Blanket, Post SB 78-

D525:

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

42B-570 115M1045-107 Lower Bifurcation, Insulation Blanket 1

42B-575 115M1045-117 Forward Latch Beam, Insulation Blanket 1

42B-580 115M1045-113 Hold-Open Rod (HOR) Bracket, 1
Insulation Cover
42B-585 115M1045-115 Hold-Open Rod (HOR) Stowage Bracket, 1
Insulation Cover
42B-595 115M1045-119 Forward Latch Bracket, Insulation Cover 1

42B-600 115M1045-121 Aft Latch Bracket, Insulation Cover 1

42B-410 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 3
42B-415 NAS1919M04S04U Rivet 1
42B-425 AN960C5 Washer 3

42B-430 AN960C5 Washer 1

42B-435 NAS679C3W Nut 15

42B-455 HTM1007 Washer 15

42B-535 AS59019 Bolt 3

42B-605 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 4

42B-610 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 7
42B-615 AN960C5 Washer 7

42B-620 AN960C5 Washer 4

42B-630 AN960C5 Washer 1
42B-635 AN960C5 Washer 12
42B-640 AN960C5 Washer 8

42B-645 NAS679C3W Nut 4

42B-650 NAS679C3W Nut 7

42B-655 NAS679C3W Nut 5

42B-660 NAS679C3W Nut 3
42B-665 HTM1007 Washer 4
42B-670 HTM1007 Washer 7
42B-675 HTM1007 Washer 5

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6021
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

42B-680 HTM1007 Washer 3
42B-690 91B418-00 Washer 6

42B-695 91B419-00 Spacer, Bush 3

42B-700 AS59014 Bolt 1

42B-705 NAS6704U2 Bolt 3

42B-710 HTM5623 Washer 3

42B-715 HTM5623 Washer 1

42B-718 NAS1919M04S04AU Rivet 8

42B-718A NAS1919M04S03AU Rivet 8

42B-720 NAS1919M04S04AU Rivet 12

42B-720A NAS1919M04S03AU Rivet 12

42B-725 NAS1919M05S05AU Rivet 2

42B-730 AN960C9 Washer 2

42B-735 NAS7203U3 Bolt 9

42B-770 NAS1919M04S01U Rivet 2

42B-770A NAS1919M04S02U Rivet 2

42B-772 NAS1919M04S01U Rivet 2

42B-772A NAS1919M04S02U Rivet 2

42B-775 NAS6403U3 Bolt 1

42B-775A NAS6403U4 Bolt 1

42B-780 NAS7203A2 Bolt 2

42B-785 NAS7203U3 Bolt 2

42B-790 NSA5050-3C Nut 4

42B-795 AN960C10 Washer 1

42B-800 NAS6703U3 Bolt 2

42B-805 NAS1919M04S06AU Rivet 1

42B-870 HST755-6-4 Pin, Hi-Lite 41

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023
Page 6022
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

42B-874 AN960C5 Pin, Hi-Lite 39

42B-872 KFN579-3DL Collar, Hi-Lite 41

42B-876 KFN579-3DL Collar, Hi-Lite 39

42B-878 NAS1919M04S02AU Rivet 8

42B-880 NAS1919M04S03AU Rivet 6

42B-880A NAS1919M04S04AU Rivet 6

15 Repair Kit: PN 91B439-10 (43-005) RH Upper Thermal Blanket, Pre SB 78-D002:

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

43-030 115M1026-101 Upper Bifurcation Insulation Blanket 1

43-035 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 11

43-037 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 5

43-040 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 2

43-045 NAS1919M04S04U Rivet 1

43-050 NAS1921M06S05U Rivet 2

43-055 31604CC048 Washer 2

43-060 HTM1007 Washer 10

43-065 NAS679C3W Nut 10

43-070 91B574-00 Support, thermal blanket 1
43-075 91B575-00 Support, thermal blanket 1

43-078 91B576-00 Support, thermal blanket 1

43-085 91B587-00 Ring 1
43-090 91B572-00 Ring 1
43-095 91B573-00 Ring 1

43-130 AN960C5 Washer 11

43-132 AN960C5 Washer 5

43-135 AN960C5 Washer 2

43-140 AN960C5 Washer 1

43-145 NAS1587-3C Washer 4

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023
Page 6023
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

43-147 NAS1587-3C Washer 1

43-150 NAS6403U9 Bolt 1

43-155 91B593-00 Spacer 1

43-160 NAS6403U2 Bolt 4

16 Repair Kit: PN 91B439-20 (43A-005) RH Upper Thermal Blanket, Post SB

78-D002:

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

43A-030 115M1036-101 Upper Bifurcation Insulation Blanket 1

43A-035 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 11

43A-037 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 5

43A-040 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 2

43A-045 NAS1919M04S04U Rivet 1

43A-050 NAS1921M06S05U Rivet 2

43A-055 31604CC048 Washer 2

43A-060 HTM1007 Washer 10

43A-065 NAS679C3W Nut 10

43A-070 91B574-00 Support, thermal blanket 1
43A-075 91B575-00 Support, thermal blanket 1

43A-078 91B576-00 Support, thermal blanket 1

43A-085 91B587-00 Ring 1
43A-090 91B572-00 Ring 1
43A-095 91B573-00 Ring 1

43A-130 AN960C5 Washer 11

43A-132 AN960C5 Washer 5

43A-135 AN960C5 Washer 2

43A-140 AN960C5 Washer 1

43A-145 NAS1587-3C Washer 4

43A-147 NAS1587-3C Washer 1

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6024
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

43A-150 NAS6403U9 Bolt 1

43A-155 91B593-00 Spacer 1

43A-160 NAS6403U2 Bolt 4

17 Repair Kit: PN 91B439-30 (43B-005) RH Upper Thermal Blanket, Post SB

78-D525:

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

43B-030 115M1046-101 Upper Bifurcation Insulation Blanket 1
43B-035 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 9

43B-037 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 5

43B-040 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 2

43B-045 NAS1919M04S04U Rivet 1

43B-060 HTM1007 Washer 19

43B-065 NAS679C3W Nut 19

43B-070 91B574-00 Support, thermal blanket 1

43B-075 91B575-00 Support, thermal blanket 1

43B-078 91B576-00 Support, thermal blanket 1

43B-085 91B587-00 Ring 1

43B-090 91B572-00 Ring 1
43B-095 91B573-00 Ring 1

43B-130 AN960C5 Washer 9

43B-132 AN960C5 Washer 5

43B-135 AN960C5 Washer 2

43B-140 AN960C5 Washer 1

43B-145 NAS1587-3C Washer 4

43B-147 NAS1587-3C Washer 1

43B-150 NAS6403U9 Bolt 1

43B-155 91B593-00 Spacer 1

43B-160 NAS6403U2 Bolt 4

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6025
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

43B-710 HST755-6-4 Pin, Hi-Lite 41
43B-712 KFN579-3DL Collar, Hi-Lite 41
43B-714 HST755-6-4 Pin, Hi-Lite 41

43B-716 KFN579-3DL Collar, Hi-Lite 41

43B-718 NAS1919M04S02U Rivet 8
43B-720 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 6
43B-720A NAS1919M04S04U Rivet 6

18 Repair Kit: PN 91B439-40 (43B-005A) RH Upper Thermal Blanket:

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

43B-030A 115M1046-117 Upper Bifurcation Insulation Blanket 1

43B-060 HTM1007 Washer 19

43B-065 NAS679C3W Nut 19

43B-070 91B574-00 Support, thermal blanket 1

43B-075 91B575-00 Support, thermal blanket 1

43B-078 91B576-00 Support, thermal blanket 1

43B-085 91B587-00 Ring 1

43B-090 91B572-00 Ring 1

43B-095 91B573-00 Ring 1

43B-130 AN960C5 Washer 17

43B-145 NAS1587-3C Washer 5

43B-150 NAS6403U9 Bolt 1

43B-155 91B593-00 Spacer 1

43B-160 NAS6403U2 Bolt 4

43B-710 HST755-6-4 Pin, Hi-Lite 80

43B-712 KFN579-3DL Collar, Hi-Lite 80

43B-718 NAS1919M04S02U Rivet 8

43B-720 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 22
43B-720A NAS1919M04S04U Rivet 7

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6026
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

19 Repair Kit: PN 91B440-10 (43-010) RH Center Thermal Blanket, Pre SB 78-D002:

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

43-200 115M1026-103 Center Insulation Blanket 1

43-040 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 2

43-045 NAS1919M04S04U Rivet 1

43-050 NAS1921M06S05U Rivet 2

43-055 31604CC048 Washer 2
43-060 HTM1007 Washer 10

43-065 NAS679C3W Nut 10

43-135 AN960C5 Washer 2
43-140 AN960C5 Washer 1

43-205 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 7

43-207 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 4

43-210 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 2

43-215 NAS1919M04S04U Rivet 2

43-220 NAS1919M04S04U Rivet 1

43-225 NAS1919M04S02U Rivet 4

43-230 AN960C5 Washer 7

43-232 AN960C5 Washer 4

43-235 AN960C5 Washer 2

43-240 AN960C5 Washer 1

43-245 AN960C5 Washer 4
43-247 AN960C5 Washer 2
43-250 NAS1921M06S05U Rivet 28
43-255 31604CC048 Washer 28

43-260 HTM1007 Washer 14

43-265 NAS679C3W Nut 14

43-270 91B418-00 Washer 3

43-275 91B418-00 Washer 6

43-280 91B419-00 Spacer Bush 3

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6027
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

43-285 91B419-00 Spacer, Bush 3

43-290 AS59017 Bolt 3

43-295 AS59017 Bolt 4

43-300 HTM5623 Washer 4

43-305 HTM5623 Washer 3
43-310 AS59014 Bolt 3
43-345 AS59019 Bolt 3

20 Repair Kit: PN 91B440-20 (43A-010) RH Center Thermal Blanket, Post SB

78-D002:

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

43A-200 115M1036-103 Center Insulation Blanket 1

43A-040 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 2

43A-045 NAS1919M04S04U Rivet 1

43A-050 NAS1921M06S05U Rivet 2

43A-055 31604CC048 Washer 2

43A-060 HTM1007 Washer 10

43A-065 NAS679C3W Nut 10
43A-135 AN960C5 Washer 2

43A-140 AN960C5 Washer 1

43A-205 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 7
43A-207 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 6

43A-210 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 2

43A-215 NAS1919M04S04U Rivet 2
43A-220 NAS1919M04S04U Rivet 1
43A-225 NAS1919M04S02U Rivet 4

43A-230 AN960C5 Washer 7

43A-232 AN960C5 Washer 6

43A-235 AN960C5 Washer 2

43A-240 AN960C5 Washer 1

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6028
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

43A-245 AN960C5 Washer 4
43A-247 AN960C5 Washer 2
43A-250 NAS1921M06S05U Rivet 24

43A-255 31604CC048 Washer 24

43A-260 HTM1007 Washer 14
43A-265 NAS679C3W Nut 14
43A-270 91B418-00 Washer 3

43A-275 91B418-00 Washer 6

43A-280 91B419-00 Spacer Bush 3

43A-285 91B419-00 Spacer, Bush 3

43A-290 AS59017 Bolt 3

43A-295 AS59017 Bolt 4

43A-300 HTM5623 Washer 4

43A-305 HTM5623 Washer 3

43A-310 AS59014 Bolt 3

43A-345 AS59019 Bolt 3

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6029
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

21 Repair Kit: PN 91B440-30 (43B-010) RH Center Thermal Blanket, Post SB

78-D525:

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

43B-200 115M1046-103 Center Insulation Blanket 1

43B-040 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 2

43B-045 NAS1919M04S04U Rivet 1

43B-060 HTM1007 Washer 19

43B-065 NAS679C3W Nut 19
43B-135 AN960C5 Washer 2

43B-140 AN960C5 Washer 1

43B-205 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 7
43B-207 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 4

43B-210 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 2

43B-220 NAS1919M04S04U Rivet 1

43B-230 AN960C5 Washer 7

43B-232 AN960C5 Washer 4

43B-240 AN960C5 Washer 1

43B-247 AN960C5 Washer 2

43B-250 NAS1921M06S05U Rivet 7

43B-255 31604CC048 Washer 7

43B-260 HTM1007 Washer 22

43B-265 NAS679C3W Nut 22

43B-270 91B418-00 Washer 3

43B-275 91B418-00 Washer 6

43B-280 91B419-00 Spacer Bush 3

43B-285 91B419-00 Spacer, Bush 3

43B-290 AS59017 Bolt 3

43B-295 AS59017 Bolt 4
43B-300 HTM5623 Washer 4

43B-305 HTM5623 Washer 2

43B-310 AS59014 Bolt 2

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6030
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

43B-345 AS59019 Bolt 3

43B-710 HST755-6-4 Pin, Hi-Lite 41

43B-712 KFN579-3DL Collar, Hi-Lite 41

43B-714 HST755-6-4 Pin, Hi-Lite 39

43B-716 KFN579-3DL Collar, Hi-Lite 39

43B-718 NAS1919M04S02U Rivet 8

43B-720 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 6
43B-720A NAS1919M04S04U Rivet 6

43B-722 HST755-6-4 Pin, Hi-Lite 41

43B-724 KFN579-3DL Collar, Hi-Lite 41

43B-726 HST755-6-4 Pin, Hi-Lite 39

43B-728 KFN579-3DL Collar, Hi-Lite 39

43B-730 NAS1919M04S02U Rivet 8

43B-732 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 6

43B-732A NAS1919M04S04U Rivet 6

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6031
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

22 Repair Kit: PN 91B440-40 (43B-010A) RH Center Thermal Blanket:

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

43B-200A 115M1046-119 Center Insulation Blanket 1

43B-040 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 27

43B-045 NAS1919M04S04U Rivet 14
43B-060 HTM1007 Washer 41
43B-135 AN960C5 Washer 17
43B-250 NAS1921M06S05U Rivet 7
43B-255 31604CC048 Washer 7

43B-265 NAS679C3W Nut 41

43B-270 91B418-00 Washer 9

43B-285 91B419-00 Spacer, Bush 6

43B-290 AS59017 Bolt 7

43B-300 HTM5623 Washer 6

43B-310 AS59014 Bolt 2

43B-345 AS59019 Bolt 3

43B-710 HST755-6-4 Pin, Hi-Lite 160

43B-712 KFN579-3DL Collar, Hi-Lite 160

43B-718 NAS1919M04S02U Rivet 16

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6032
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

23 Repair Kit: PN 91B441-10 (43-015) RH Lower Thermal Blanket, Pre SB 78-D002:

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

43-400 115M1026-117 Lower Bifurcation, Insulation Blanket 1

43-405 115M1026-111 Forward Latch Beam, Insulation Blanket 1

43-410 115M1026-107 Hold-Open Rod (HOR) Bracket, 1
Insulation Cover
43-415 115M1026-109 Hold-Open Rod (HOR) Stowage Bracket, 1
Insulation Cover, Pre SB 78-C722
43-415A RP3445-51 Hold-Open Rod (HOR) Stowage Bracket, 1
Insulation Cover, Post SB 78-C722

43-420 115M1026-113 Forward Latch Bracket, Insulation Cover 1

43-425 115M1026-115 Aft Latch Bracket, Insulation Cover 1

43-210 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 2

43-215 NAS1919M04S04U Rivet 2

43-220 NAS1919M04S04U Rivet 1

43-225 NAS1919M04S02U Rivet 4

43-235 AN960C5 Washer 2

43-240 AN960C5 Washer 1

43-245 AN960C5 Washer 4

43-247 AN960C5 Washer 2

43-260 HTM1007 Washer 14

43-265 NAS679C3W Nut 14

43-275 91B418-00 Washer 6

43-285 91B419-00 Spacer, Bush 3

43-345 AS59019 Bolt 3

43-430 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 7

43-432 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 6

43-435 NAS1919M04S03AU Rivet 11

43-435A NAS1919M04S04AU Rivet 11

43-437 NAS1919M04S03AU Rivet 6
43-437A NAS1919M04S04AU Rivet 6

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6033
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

43-440 NAS1919M04S04AU Rivet 2
43-445 NAS1919M04S05AU Rivet 2
43-450 AN960C9 Washer 2

43-455 ABS0114V4-5 Bolt 3

43-460 91B878-00 Spacer 3

43-465 NAS1919M04S06AU Rivet 1
43-470 NAS1919M04S01U Rivet 2

43-470A NAS1919M04S02U Rivet 2

43-472 NAS1919M04S01U Rivet 2

43-472A NAS1919M04S02U Rivet 2

43-480 HTM1007 Washer 15

43-485 NAS679C3W Nut 15

43-490 HTM5623 Washer 1

43-495 AS59014 Bolt 1

43-500 NAS6704U2 Bolt 3

43-505 HTM5623 Washer 3

43-510 NAS7203U3 Bolt 9

43-515 NAS6403U3 Bolt 1

43-515A NAS6403U4 Bolt 1

43-520 NAS7203U3 Bolt 2

43-525 NAS7203A2 Bolt 2

43-530 NSA5050-3C Nut 4

43-535 AN960C10 Washer 1

43-540 NAS6703U3 Bolt 2

43-545 AN960C5 Washer 7

43-550 AN960C5 Washer 11
43-555 AN960C5 Washer 1
43-560 AN960C5 Washer 6

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6034
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

43-565 AN960C5 Washer 6
43-570 AN960C5 Washer 2

24 Repair Kit: PN 91B441-20 (43A-015) RH Lower Thermal Blanket, Post SB

78-D002:

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

43A-400 115M1036-105 Lower Bifurcation, Insulation Blanket 1

43A-405 115M1036-111 Forward Latch Beam, Insulation Blanket 1

43A-410 115M1036-107 Hold-Open Rod (HOR) Bracket, 1
Insulation Cover

43A-415 115M1036-109 Hold-Open Rod (HOR) Stowage Bracket, 1

Insulation Cover

43A-420 115M1036-113 Forward Latch Bracket, Insulation Cover 1

43A-425 115M1036-115 Aft Latch Bracket, Insulation Cover 1

43A-210 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 2

43A-215 NAS1919M04S04U Rivet 2

43A-220 NAS1919M04S04U Rivet 1

43A-225 NAS1919M04S02U Rivet 4

43A-235 AN960C5 Washer 2

43A-240 AN960C5 Washer 1
43A-245 AN960C5 Washer 4
43A-247 AN960C5 Washer 2
43A-260 HTM1007 Washer 14

43A-265 NAS679C3W Nut 14

43A-275 91B418-00 Washer 6

43A-285 91B419-00 Spacer, Bush 3

43A-345 AS59019 Bolt 3

43A-430 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 7

43A-432 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 6
43A-435 NAS1919M04S03AU Rivet 12

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6035
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

43A-435A NAS1919M04S04AU Rivet 12
43A-437 NAS1919M04S03AU Rivet 6
43A-437A NAS1919M04S04AU Rivet 6

43A-440 NAS1919M04S04AU Rivet 2

43A-445 NAS1919M05S05AU Rivet 2
43A-450 AN960C9 Washer 2

43A-455 NAS1919M04S05AU Rivet 3

43A-460 AN960C5 Washer 3

43A-465 NAS1919M04S06AU Rivet 1
43A-470 NAS1919M04S01U Rivet 2

43A-470A NAS1919M04S02U Rivet 2

43A-472 NAS1919M04S01U Rivet 2

43A-472A NAS1919M04S02U Rivet 2

43A-480 HTM1007 Washer 15

43A-485 NAS679C3W Nut 15

43A-490 HTM5623 Washer 1

43A-495 AS59014 Bolt 1

43A-500 NAS6704U2 Bolt 3

43A-505 HTM5623 Washer 3

43A-510 NAS7203U3 Bolt 9

43A-515 NAS6403U3 Bolt 1

43A-515A NAS6403U4 Bolt 1

43A-520 NAS7203U3 Bolt 2

43A-525 NAS7203A2 Bolt 2

43A-530 NSA5050-3C Nut 4

43A-535 AN960C10 Washer 1

43A-540 NAS6703U3 Bolt 2

43A-545 AN960C5 Washer 7

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6036
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

43A-550 AN960C5 Washer 12
43A-555 AN960C5 Washer 1
43A-560 AN960C5 Washer 6

43A-565 AN960C5 Washer 6

43A-570 AN960C5 Washer 2

25 Repair Kit: PN 91B441-30 (43B-015) RH Lower Thermal Blanket, Post SB

78-D525:

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

43B-400 115M1046-105 Lower Bifurcation, Insulation Blanket 1

43B-405 115M1046-111 Forward Latch Beam, Insulation Blanket 1

43B-410 115M1046-107 Hold-Open Rod (HOR) Bracket, 1

Insulation Cover

43B-415 115M1046-109 Hold-Open Rod (HOR) Stowage Bracket, 1

Insulation Cover

43B-420 115M1046-113 Forward Latch Bracket, Insulation Cover 1

43B-425 115M1046-115 Aft Latch Bracket, Insulation Cover 1

43B-210 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 2

43B-220 NAS1919M04S04U Rivet 1

43B-240 AN960C5 Washer 1
43B-247 AN960C5 Washer 2
43B-260 HTM1007 Washer 22

43B-265 NAS679C3W Nut 22

43B-275 91B418-00 Washer 6

43B-285 91B419-00 Spacer, Bush 3

43B-345 AS59019 Bolt 3

43B-430 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 7

43B-432 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 6
43B-435 NAS1919M04S03AU Rivet 12
43B-435A NAS1919M04S04AU Rivet 12

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6037
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

43B-437 NAS1919M04S03AU Rivet 6
43B-437A NAS1919M04S04AU Rivet 6
43B-440 NAS1919M04S04AU Rivet 2

43B-445 NAS1919M04S05AU Rivet 2

43B-450 AN960C9 Washer 2
43B-465 NAS1919M04S06AU Rivet 1
43B-470 NAS1919M04S01U Rivet 2

43B-470A NAS1919M04S02U Rivet 2

43B-472 NAS1919M04S01U Rivet 2

43B-472A NAS1919M04S02U Rivet 2

43B-480 HTM1007 Washer 15

43B-485 NAS679C3W Nut 15

43B-490 HTM5623 Washer 1

43B-495 AS59014 Bolt 1

43B-500 NAS6704U2 Bolt 3

43B-505 HTM5623 Washer 3

43B-510 NAS7203U3 Bolt 9

43B-515 NAS6403U3 Bolt 1

43B-515A NAS6403U4 Bolt 1

43B-520 NAS7203U3 Bolt 2

43B-525 NAS7203A2 Bolt 2

43B-530 NSA5050-3C Nut 4

43B-535 AN960C10 Washer 1

43B-540 NAS6703U3 Bolt 2

43B-545 AN960C5 Washer 7

43B-550 AN960C5 Washer 12

43B-555 AN960C5 Washer 1
43B-560 AN960C5 Washer 6

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6038
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

43B-565 AN960C5 Washer 6
43B-570 AN960C5 Washer 2
43B-722 HST755-6-4 Pin, Hi-Lite 41

43B-724 KFN579-3DL Collar, Hi-Lite 41

43B-726 HST755-6-4 Pin, Hi-Lite 39
43B-728 KFN579-3DL Collar, Hi-Lite 39
43B-730 NAS1919M04S02U Rivet 8

43B-732 NAS1919M04S03U Rivet 6

43B-732A NAS1919M04S04U Rivet 6

(4) Material of Components

PART NO. DESCRIPTION SYMBOL MATERIAL

115M1029-XXX Thermal Blanket, LH - CRES Type 321,Min-K,

115M1039-XXX Glass scrim, reinforced
115M1045-XXX
115M1026-XXX Thermal Blanket, RH -
115M1036-XXX
115M1046-XXX
91B900-XX Inner Fixed Structure - Carbon composite
(IFS), LH

91B950-XX Inner Fixed Structure -

(IFS), LH

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6039
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(5) Weight

Not applicable

E. Health and Safety Notices

WARNING: DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES CAN DAMAGE YOUR HEALTH. WHEN YOU DO
THIS REPAIR YOU MUST WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GLOVES, DUST
MASK AND SAFETY GOGGLES TO PROTECT YOU.

WARNING: DRILL EQUIPMENT CAN CAUSE AN INJURY. WHEN YOU USE DRILL
EQUIPMENT YOU MUST WEAR THE APPLICABLE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
AND EQUIPMENT TO PROTECT YOU.

WARNING: CONSUMABLE MATERIALS CAN DAMAGE YOUR HEALTH. THEY CAN

DAMAGE YOUR EYES, NOSE, SKIN, THROAT AND LUNGS. HIGH
CONCENTRATIONS CAN CAUSE WEAKNESS, HEADACHE, NAUSEA,
DIZZINESS AND INCORRECT JUDGEMENT. BEFORE YOU USE CONSUMABLE
MATERIALS YOU MUST READ AND OBEY THE APPLICABLE MATERIAL
SAFETY DATA SHEET AND THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. WHEN
YOU USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS YOU MUST WEAR THE APPLICABLE
SAFETY CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT. YOU MUST ONLY USE CONSUMABLE
MATERIALS IN AN AREA OPEN TO THE AIR.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6040
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

F. Procedure

CAUTION: DURING EACH OPERATION BE CAREFUL NOT TO DAMAGE THE

ADJACENT SURFACES AND STRUCTURES. INSTALL TEMPORARY
PROTECTION AROUND THE WORK AREA.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-380-A01
(1) To Replace the Thermal Blankets do the Applicable Steps that Follow:

(a) If there was any hole damage found (it was possible to see the polymide film or
IFS) on any thermal blanket, a pull test will be necessary (Ref. TASK
78-30-20-700-808). Before you install a thermal blanket, contact SAFRAN
Nacelles to ask for the pull test positions and the time period to do the test.

(b) To Remove the Upper Thermal Blanket, do steps (2) thru (4) and (12).

(c) To Remove the LH Forward-Center Thermal Blanket, do steps (2), (5) and (12).

(d) To Remove the LH Aft-Center Thermal Blanket, do steps (2), (6), (7) and (12).

(e) To Remove the RH Center Thermal Blanket, do steps (2), (8) and (12).

(f) To Remove the Lower Thermal Blanket, do steps (2) and (9) thru (12).

(g) To Install the Lower Thermal Blanket, do steps (13) thru (15).

(h) To Install the RH Center Thermal Blanket, do step (16).

(i) To Install the LH Aft-Center Thermal Blanket, do step (17).

(j) To Install the LH Forward-Center Thermal Blanket, do step (18)

(k) To Install the Upper Thermal Blanket, do steps (19).

NOTE: Contact SAFRAN Nacelles If you need to replace any of the following standard
of thermal blankets, 115M1015-***, 115M1016-***, 115M1025-*** and
115M1035-*** and / or the blankets are re-worked to SB 78-D472.

NOTE: The upper thermal blankets overlap the center thermal blankets and the center
thermal blankets overlap lower thermal blankets. On the LH, the forward-center
thermal-blanket overlaps the Aft-center thermal blanket and the lower thermal
blanket.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6041
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-123-A01
(2) SB 78-D525 - Remove the Applicable Airflow Guides and Landing Seals
(Ref. Figs. 6013, 6023 or 6024)

NOTE: For RH parts, refer to the number in brackets.

(a) Remove and keep angles 42B-854 (43B-708):

1 Use applicable drill bits to drill out rivets (Ref. SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-
005).

(b) Remove landing seals 42B-850 and 42B-864 (43B-700) and (43B-704) and airflow
guides 42B-852,42B-866 and 42B-868 (43B-702) and (43B-706):

1 Remove and discard the retaining fasteners (Ref. SPM TASK

70-42-28-300-007).

2 Remove and keep the landing seals and airflow guides.

(c) Clean the area:

1 Use a scraper to remove the unwanted sealing compound around the rivet
holes and repair area.

2 Clean the surfaces and all the kept parts. (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,
SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-124-A01
(3) Upper Thermal Blanket - Remove Related Parts

NOTE: For RH parts, refer to the number in brackets.

(a) Remove the upper receivers 38-050 (39-050) and their shims 38-048 (39-048)
(Ref. TASK 78-30-20-000-801, SUBTASK 78-30-20-040-019 or TASK 78-30-20-
000-802, SUBTASK 78-30-20-040-039).

1 Keep the shims with their related receiver and record their position.

(b) Remove the adjustable links rods 38-945 of the pre-cooler duct (Ref. TASK
78-30-20-300-853-A01, FRSX015).

(c) If necessary, remove No. 1 bleed air tube assembly (Ref. Fig. 6027):

1 SB 78-D472, Part 1:

a Remove and keep the nuts 44-605, pins 44-602, tube assembly
44-600, insulating washers 44-616 and washers 44-604 and 44-607.

b Remove and keep spacers 44-619 from the upper thermal blanket
panel.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6042
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

2 SB 78-D472, Part 2:

a Remove and keep the nuts 44-605, pins 44-602 , tube assembly

b 44-600 and insulating washers 44-616.

c Remove and keep spacers 44-619 and the flange retainer 44-614
from the upper thermal blanket panel.

(d) Clean all the kept parts (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK
70-00-00-110-101-A03).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-125-A01
(4) Remove the Upper Thermal Blanket 42-035, 42B-037 (43-030, 43B-032)
(Ref. Figs. 6004, 6008, 6012, 6016, 6019, 6022 and 6026)

NOTE: For right hand parts, Ref. item number in brackets.

(a) Remove the pre-cooler brackets covers 42-040 and 42-045.

NOTE: This operation is applicable only if you remove the LH upper thermal blanket.

1 Remove the nuts 42-110 and washers 42-130 and discard them.

2 Remove the pre-cooler cover blankets 42-040 and 42-045 and discard them.

(b) Remove rings 42-175 (43-085), 42-180 (43-090) and 42-185 (43-095) and thermal
blanket supports 42-160 (43-070), 42-165 (43-075) and 42-170 (43-078) in ports 1,
2 and 3 and discard them.

(c) Remove the upper thermal blanket 42-035 (43-030).

1 Remove bolts 42-145 and 42-150 (43-150) and (43-160), nuts 42-105 and
42-120 (43-065), spacers 42-155 (43- 155) and washers 42-125, 42-135
and 42-140 (43-060), (43-147) and (43-145) and discard them.

2 Remove rivets 42-070, 42-075 ,42-080 and 42-085 (43-035), (43-037), (43-
040), and (43-045) and washers 42-090,42-095 ,42-100 and 42-115 (43-
130), (43-132), (43-135), and (43-140) and discard them (Ref. SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-005).

3 Pre SB 78-D525: Remove rivets 42-050 and 42-055 (43-050) and washers
42-060 and 42-065 (43-055) and discard them. (Ref. SPM TASK 70-42-28-
300-005).

4 Remove the thermal blanket.

5 Remove the silicone strip 44-062 (45-062):

a Visually examine the silicone strip.

b If you see damage, discard the strip.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6043
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(d) Clean the repair area.

1 Use a scraper to remove the unwanted sealing compound around the rivet
holes and repair area

2 Clean the IFS and all the kept parts. (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,
SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-126-A01
(5) Remove the LH Forward-Center Thermal Blanket 42-250
(Ref. Figs 6003, 6007, 6011, 6025)

NOTE: Do not do this SUBTASK if all of the C-Duct Thermal Blankets are being
replaced.

NOTE: Before removing the grommets from the old panel, position the new panel to
find the differences between the attachment points on the other panel(s) and on
the new one.

(a) Release the lower edge of the upper thermal blanket, if necessary.

1 Remove the nut 42-120 and washer 42-135 and discard them.

2 Pre SB 78-D525 - Remove rivet 42-050 and washer 42-060 and discard
them. (Ref. SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

(b) Removal of the LH forward-center thermal blanket 42-250.

1 Unfold the tab then release, remove the bolt 42-335 and washer 42-340 and
discard them.

2 Remove nuts 42-315 and washers 42-325 and discard them.

3 Pre SB 78-D525: Remove nuts 42-320 and washers 42-330 and discard
them.

4 Remove rivets 42-255, 42-280 and 42-285 and washers 42-260, 42-305 and
42-310 and discard them (Ref. SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005).

5 Pre SB 78-D525: Remove rivets 42-265, 42-270 and 42-275 and washers
42-290, 42-295 and 42-300 and discard them. (Ref. SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-005).

6 Remove the thermal blanket.

7 Remove the silicone strip 44-062 (45-062):

a Visually examine the silicone strip.

b If you see damage, discard the strip.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6044
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(c) Clean the repair area.

1 Use a scraper to remove the unwanted sealing compound around the rivet
holes and repair area.

2 Clean the IFS and all the kept parts. (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,
SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-127-A01
(6) LH Aft-Center Thermal Blanket - Remove Related Parts
(Ref. Figs. 6002, 6006, 6010 and 6027)

(a) Remove No. 2 bleed air tube assembly.

1 SB 78-D472, part 1:

a Remove and keep the nuts 44-635, pins 44-632, tube assembly
44-630, insulating washers 44-646 and washers 44-634 and
44-637.

b Remove and keep spacers 44-649 from the upper thermal blanket
panel.

2 SB 78-D472, part 2:

a Remove and keep the nuts 44-635, pins 44-632, tube assembly
44-630 and insulating washers 44-646.

b Remove and keep spacers 44-649 and the flange retainer 44-644
from the center thermal blanket panel.

(b) Clean all the kept parts. (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK
70-00-00-110-101-A03).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-128-A01
(7) Remove the LH Aft-Center Thermal Blanket 42-400, 42B-402
(Ref. Figs. 6002, 6006, 6010 and 6025)

(a) Release the lower edge of the upper thermal blanket, if necessary.

1 Remove the nuts 42-105 and 42-120 and washer 42-125 and 42-135 and
discard them.

2 Remove rivets 42-070 and 42-085 and washers 42-115 and 42-090 and
discard them. (Ref. SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005).

(b) Release the Aft edge of the forward-center thermal blanket, if necessary.

1 Remove the nuts 42-315 and washers 42-325 and discard them.

2 Remove rivets 42-280 and 42-285 and washers 42-305 and 42-310 and
discard them. (Ref. SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6045
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

3 Pre SB 78-D525: Remove rivet 42-275 and washer 42-300 and discard
them. (Ref. SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005).

(c) Remove the LH aft-center thermal blanket 42-400.

1 Unfold the tabs then release, remove the bolts 42-535 and 42-487 and
related bushes 42-695 and washers 42-690 and 42-497 and discard them.

2 Remove the remaining bolts 42-485 and 42-480, bushes 42-495 and
washers 42-490 and 42-502 and discard them.

3 Remove nuts 42-435 and washers 42-455 and discard them

4 Remove rivets 42-405,42-410 , 42-415 and 42-460 and washers 42-420,

42-425, 42-430 and 42-470 and discard them. (Ref. SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-005).

5 Pre SB 78-D525: Remove rivet 42-465 and washer 42-475 and discard
them. (Ref. SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005).

6 Remove the thermal blanket

7 Remove the silicone strip 44-062 (45-062):

a Visually examine the silicone strip.

b If you see damage, discard the strip.

(d) Clean the repair area.

1 Use a scraper to remove the unwanted sealing compound around the rivet
holes and repair area.

2 Clean the IFS. (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-129-A01
(8) Remove the RH Center Thermal Blanket 43-200, 43B-204
(Ref. Figs 6015, 6018, 6021 and 6025)

(a) Release the lower edge of the upper thermal blanket, if necessary:

1 Remove the nuts 43-060 and washers 43-065 and discard them.

2 Remove rivets 43-040, and 43-045 and washers 43-135 and 43-140 and
discard them. (Ref. SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005).

3 Pre SB 78-0252: Remove rivets 43-050 and washers 43-055 and discard
them. (Ref. SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6046
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(b) Remove the RH center-thermal-blanket 43-200:

1 Unfold the tabs then release, remove the bolts 43-345, 43-295 and
43-310,related bushes 43-285 and washers 43-275, 43-300 and 43-305 and
discard them.

2 Remove the remaining bolts 43-290, bushes 43-280 and washers 43-270
and discard them.

3 Remove the nuts 43-265 and washers 43-260 and discard them

4 Remove rivets 43-250,43-207 , 43-205 , 43-210 and 43-220 and washers

43-255,43-232,43-230, 43-247 and 43-240 and discard them (Ref. SPM
TASK 70-42-28-300-005).

5 Pre SB 78-D525: Remove rivets 43-215 and 43-225 and washers 43-235
and 43-245 and discard them. (Ref. SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005).

6 Remove the thermal blanket.

7 Remove the silicone strip 44-062 (45-062):

a Visually examine the silicone strip.

b If you see damage, discard the strip.

(c) Clean the repair area.

1 Use a scraper to remove the unwanted sealing compound around the rivet
holes and repair area.

2 Clean the IFS (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-130-A01
(9) Lower Thermal Blanket - Remove the Related Parts

NOTE: For RH parts, refer to the item number in brackets.

(a) Remove the lower receivers 38-060 (39-060) and their shims 38-058 (39-058)
(Ref. TASK 78-30-20-000-801, SUBTASK 78-30-20-040-018 or TASK 78-30-20-
000-802, SUBTASK 78-30-20-040-038). Keep the shims with their related receiver
and record their position.

(b) Remove the Aft hold open rod 94-250B (95-250B) (Ref. TASK 78-30-20-000-801,
SUBTASK 78-30-20-040-014 or Ref. TASK 78-30-20-000-802, SUBTASK
78-30-20-040-034).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6047
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-148-A01
(10) Remove the Lower Thermal Blanket 42-570 (43-400)
(Ref. Figs. 6001, 6005, 6009, 6014, 6017 and 6020)

NOTE: For RH parts, refer to the item number in brackets.

(a) Remove the forward latch beam insulation cover 42-575 (43-405).

1 Remove rivets 42-718 and 42-725 (43-437, 43-440 and 43-445) and
washers 42-640 and 42-730 (43-560, 43-570 and 43-450) and discard them
(Ref. SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005).

2 Remove and discard the insulation cover 42-575 (43-405).

(b) Remove the hold open rod covers 42-580 (43-410) and 42-585 (43-415) and
latches bracket covers 42-595 (43-420) and 42-600 (43-425).

1 Remove nuts 42-660, 42-645, 42-650 and 42-655 (43-485) and washers
42-680, 42-665, 42-670 and 42-675 (43-480) and discard them.

2 Remove the insulation covers 42-580 (43-410), 42-585 (43-415), 42-595

(43-420) and 42-600 (43-425).

(c) If necessary, release the lower part of the center thermal blanket.

1 Unfold the tabs then release, remove bolts 42-535 (43-345), related bushes
42-695 (43-285) and washers 42-690 (43-275) and discard them.

2 Remove nuts 42-435 (43-265) and washers 42-455 (43-260) and discard
them.

3 Pre SB 78-D525: Remove nut 42-330 and washer 42-320 and discard them.

4 Remove rivets 42-410 and 42-415 (43-210) and (43-220) and washers
42-425 and 42-430 (43-247) and (43-240) and discard them (Ref. SPM
TASK 70-42-28-300-005).

5 Pre SB 78-D525 - Remove rivets 42-465 and 42-295 (43-225 and 43-215)
and washers 42-475 and 42-270 (43-245 and 43-235) and discard them.
(Ref. SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005).

(d) Remove the lower thermal blanket 42-570 (43-400).

1 Remove bolts 42-700,42-705 and 42-735 (43-495, 43-500 and 43-510) and
related washers 42-715 and 42-710 (43-490 and 43-505) and discard them.

2 Pre SB 78-D525: Remove bolts 42-810 (43-455) and related spacers 42-815
(43-460) and discard them.

3 Remove and keep the ventilation outlet 42-950A (43-950A).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6048
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

4 Remove rivets 42-610, 42-720 , 42-805 , 42-605 and 42-770 (43-432,

43-465, 43-435, 43-430 and 43-470) and washers 42-615, 42-635, 42-630
and 42-620 (43-565, 43-555, 43-550 and 43-545) and discard them (Ref.
SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005).

5 Remove the silicone strip 44-062 (45-062):

a Visually examine the silicone strip.

b If you see damage, discard the strip.

6 Clean all the kept parts (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

(e) Clean the repair area.

1 Use a scraper to remove the unwanted sealing compound around the rivet
holes and repair area.

2 Clean the IFS (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-192-A01
(11) Remove the Velcro Tapes from the IFS
(Ref. Fig. 6028)

NOTE: Two Velcro tapes (hooks) are bonded on the IFS for each Velcro tape (loop)
installed on the thermal blanket.

(a) Use a non-metallic scraper to remove the Velcro tapes (hooks) from the IFS.

(b) Use a non-metallic scraper to remove the unwanted sealing compound from the
IFS then clean the IFS. (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, Subtask 70-00-00-110-
101-A03).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-210-029-A01
(12) Examine Related Parts Location

NOTE: New thermal blanket assemblies are supplied with grommets and weldscrews
installed. It can be necessary to install the grommets and weldscrews in an
alternative position.

(a) Put the replacement blanket on the IFS.

(b) Visually examine that the grommets and the weldscrews for their correct location.
If not, contact SAFRAN Nacelles.

(c) Check the correct position of the bleed air tubes assemblies, if applicable.

(d) Make sure that the position of the bleed air tube assemblies in the thermal blanket
are aligned with the IFS positions. If not, contact SAFRAN Nacelles.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6049
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(e) Make a temporary installation with the flanged retainer, spacers, pins and bleed air
tubes assemblies (Ref. 78-D472).

(f) Remove the air tube assemblies and the replacement panel from the IFS.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-193-A01
(13) Install Serviceable Velcro Tape on the IFS
(Ref. Fig. 6028)

NOTE: This SUBTASK is only applicable if you replace the lower thermal blankets.

NOTE: Velcro tapes (loop) are supplied attached on lower thermal blankets.

(a) Mark the position of the Velcro tapes (hook) on the IFS.

1 Attach one of the Velcro tape hooks to its related Velcro tape loop on the
thermal blanket panel.

2 Temporarily install the thermal blanket to the IFS and use gripper pins to
secure the upper edge.

CAUTION: YOU MUST MAKE SURE THAT THE VELCRO TAPES ON THE
IFS AND LOWER THERMAL BLANKET ARE ALIGNED. IF
THEY ARE NOT ALIGNED IT CAN DAMAGE THE IFS.

3 Lift the blanket and mark the correct position of the Velcro tape on the IFS.

4 Remove the thermal blanket panel.

5 Mark the position of the second Velcro tape (hook) on the IFS.

NOTE: The two Velcro tapes are adjacent to each other.

6 Temporarily install the thermal blanket to make sure that the two Velcro
tapes (hooks) to be bonded are correctly put.

(b) Clean the areas to be bonded. (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

(c) Use OMat 872A silicone compound to bond the Velcro tapes (hook) on the IFS.
(Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-010 for
application of cold curing silicone compound).

(d) Visually examine the Velcro tapes to make sure that they are fully bonded.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6050
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-381-A01
(14) Install Serviceable Silicone Strip
(Ref. Fig., 6025)

NOTE: This procedure is applicable to all thermal blankets.

(a) Where applicable, install serviceable silicone strip 44-062 (45-062):

1 Cut a section of new silicone strip to the correct length.

a Make sure the length of the strip is sufficient to touch against the
end(s) of any adjacent installed strip.

2 If necessary, use an applicable tool to make holes in the silicone strip for
any grommet(s) and / or weldscrew stud(s).

a Holes for grommets must be 22,35 mm (0.880 in.) dia..

b Holes for weldscrew stud must be 6,35 mm (0.250 in.) dia.

3 Install the silicone strip:

a Remove the protective film from the back of the strip.

b Put the strip in position on the overlap sections of the applicable

thermal blanket(s).

c Make sure the end(s) of the strip is against the end(s) of any installed
strip.

d Use a roller to apply pressure to the strip.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-194-A01
(15) Install a Serviceable Lower Thermal Blanket 42-570 (43-400)
(Ref. Figs. 6001, 6005, 6009, 6014, 6017, 6020, 6025, 6026)

NOTE: If you cannot align the weldscrews of the lower thermal blanket with the
grommets of the center thermal blanket, contact SAFRAN Nacelles.

NOTE: For RH parts, refer to the item number in brackets.

(a) Install the thermal blanket 42-570 (43-400).

1 Put the thermal blanket in position

2 Install bolts 42-700 (43-495) and 42-710 (43-500) and related washers
42-715 (43-490), 42-710 (43-505).

3 TORQUE bolts 42-700 (43-495) to 3,5 Nm (31 lbf.in.) and bolts 42-705
(43-500) to 7 Nm (61.9 lbf.in.)

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6051
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

4 Pre SB 78-D525:

a Install bolts 42-810 (43-455) and related spacers 42-815 (43-460).

b TORQUE bolts 42-810 (43-455) to 6,5 Nm (57.6 lbf.in.)

5 Install the ventilation outlet 42-950A (43-950A).

a Put a layer of OMat 8/176 sealirg compound on the ventilation outlet

location.

b Put the ventilation outlet in position.

c Install bolts 42-735 (43-510) and TORQUE to 5,6 Nm (49.6 lbf.in.).

d Put a bead of OMat 8/176 sealing compound around the ventilation

outlet.

6 Install washers 42-615 (43-545), 42-635 (43-550), 42-630 (43-555) and

42-620 (43-565) and rivets 42-610 (43-430), 42-720 (43-435), 42-805
(43-465), 42-605 (43-432), 42-770 (43-470).

a Wet install the rivets with OMat 8/176 sealing compound (Ref. SPM
TASK 70-42-28-300-005).

(b) Install the forward latch beam insulation cover 42-575 (43-405).

1 Put the forward latch beam insulation cover in position.

2 Install rivets 42-725 (43-445) and 42-718 (43-440) and (43-437) and
washers 42-730 (43-450) and 42-640 (43-570) and (43-560).

3 Use sealing compound (OMat 8/176) to wet install the rivet (Ref. SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-005).

(c) Apply silicone compound.

1 Apply silicone compound (OMat 872A) around the edge of the thermal
blanket (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK
70-00-00-360-707-010).

(d) If you replaced the lower thermal blanket - Install the lower edge of the center
thermal blanket:

1 Roll back the lower edge of the center thermal blanket in position.

2 Install bolts 42-535 (43-345), spacers 42-695 (43-285) and washers 42-690
(43-275).

3 TORQUE bolts to 3,5 Nm (31 lbf.in.).

4 Fold down the tabs.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6052
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

5 Install washers 42-455 (43-260) and nuts 42-435 (43-265).

6 TORQUE nuts to 1,8 Nm (16 lbf.in.).

7 Pre SB 78-D525:

a Install washer 42-320 and nut 42-330.

b TORQUE nuts to 1,8 Nm (16 lbf.in.).

8 Install washers 42-425 (43-247) and 42-430 (43-240) and rivets 42-410
(43-210) and 42-415 (43-220).

9 Wet install the rivets with OMat 8/176 sealing compound (Ref. SPM
TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

10 Pre SB 78-D525:

a Install washers 42-475 and 42-270 (43-245), (43-235) and rivets 42-
465 and 42-295 (43-225}, (43-215).

b Wet install the rivets with OMat 8/176 sealing compound (Ref. SPM
TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

(e) Install the hold open rod covers 42-580 (43-410) and 42-585 (43-415) and latches
bracket covers 42-595 (43-420) and 42-600 (43-425).

1 Put the insulation covers in position.

2 Install washers 42-680, 42-665, 42-670 and 42-675 (43-480) and nuts
42-660, 42-645, 42-650 and 42-655 (43-485).

3 TORQUE nuts to 1,8 Nm (16 lbf.in.).

(f) Apply silicone compound.

1 Apply silicone compound (OMat 872A) around the edge of the insulation
covers (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK
70-00-00-360-707-010).

(g) If you do not need to install other thermal blanket(s), continue from step (20).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6053
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-195-A01
(16) Install a Serviceable RH Center Thermal Blanket 43-200 , 43-204
(Ref. Figs. 6015, 6018 and 6021)

NOTE: If you cannot align the weldscrews and grommets of the center thermal blanket
with those of the upper and lower thermal blanket, contact SAFRAN Nacelles.

(a) Install the RH center-thermal-blanket 43-200.

1 Put the thermal blanket in position.

2 Install washers 43-275 ,43-300 ,43-305 and 43-270 , bushes 43-285, 43-280
and related bolts 43-345, 43-295 ,43-310 and 43-290.

3 TORQUE bolts to 3,5 Nm (31 lbf.in.)..

4 Fold down the tabs.

5 Install washers 43-260 and nuts 43-265.

6 TORQUE nuts to 1,8 Nm (16 lbf.in.).

7 Install washers 43-255, 43-232,43-230,43-247 and 43-240 and rivets 43-

250,43-207, 43-205 ,43-210 and 43-220.

8 Wet install the rivets with OMat 8/176 sealing compound (Ref. SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-005).

9 Pre SB 78-D525:

a Install washers 43-235 and 43-245 and rivets 43-215and 43-225.

b Wet install the rivets with OMat 8/176 sealing compound. (Ref. SPM
TASK 70-42-28-300-005).

(b) If you replaced the RH center thermal blanket - Install the lower edge of the upper
thermal blanket:

1 Roll back the upper thermal blanket in position.

2 Install washers 43-065 and nuts 43-060.

3 TORQUE nuts to 1,8 Nm (16 lbf.in.):

4 Install washers 43-135 and 43-140 and rivets 43-040 and 43-045.

5 Wet install the rivets with OMat 8/176 sealing compound. (Ref. SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-004).

6 Pre SB 78-D525:

a Install washers 43-055 and rivets 43-050.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6054
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

b Wet install the rivets with OMat 8/176 sealing compound. (Ref. SPM
TASK 70-42-28-300-005).

(c) Apply silicone compound.

1 Apply OMat 872A silicone compound around the edge of the insulation
covers (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK
70-00-00-360-707-010).

(d) If you do not need to install other thermal blanket(s), continue from step (20).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-196-A01
(17) Install a Serviceable LH Aft-Center Thermal Blanket 42-400, 42-402
(Ref. Figs. 6002, 6006, 6010, 6025)

NOTE: If you cannot align the weldscrews and grommets of the Aft-center thermal
blanket with those of the upper, forward-center and lower thermal blanket,
contact SAFRAN Nacelles.

(a) Install the LH Aft-center-thermal-blanket 42-400:

1 Put the thermal blanket in position.

2 Install washers 42-690, 42-497, 42-490 and (45-502}, bushes 42-695 and
42-495 and bolts 42-535, 42-487, 42-485 and 42-480.

3 TORQUE bolts to 3,5 Nm (31 lbf.in.)..

4 Fold down the tabs.

5 Install washers 42-455 and nuts 42-435.

6 TORQUE bolts to 1,8 Nm (16 lbf.in.)..

7 Install washers 42-420, 42-425,42-430 and 42-470 and rivets 42-405, 42-
410,42-415 and 42-460 (Ref. SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

8 Wet install the rivets with OMat 8/176 sealing compound (Ref. SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-005).

9 Pre SB 78-D525:

a Install washers 42-475 and rivet 42-465 (Ref. SPM TASK

70-42-28-300-005).

b Wet install the rivets with OMat 8/176 sealing compound (Ref. SPM
TASK 70-42-28-300-005).

(b) If you replaced the LH Aft center thermal blanket - Install the aft edge of the
forward-center thermal-blanket:

1 Roll back the left edge of the forward-center thermal-blanket in position.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6055
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

2 Install washers 42-325 and nuts 42-315.

3 TORQUE nuts to 1,8 Nm (16 lbf.in.).

4 Install washers 42-305 and 42-310 and rivets 42-280 and 42-285.

5 Wet install the rivets with OMat 8/176 sealing compound (Ref. SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-005).

6 Pre SB 78-D525:

a Install washer 42-300 and rivet 42-275.

b Wet install the rivets with OMat 8/176 sealing compound. (Ref. SPM
TASK 70-42-28-300-005).

(c) If you replaced the LH Aft center thermal blanket - Install the lower edge of the
upper thermal-blanket:

1 Roll back the lower edge of the upper thermal-blanket in position.

2 Install washers 42-125 and 42-135 and nuts 42-105 and 42-120.

3 TORQUE nuts to 1,8 Nm (16 lbf.in.).

4 Install washers 42-115 and 42-090 and rivets 42-070 and 42-085.

5 Wet install the rivets with OMat 8/176 sealing compound. (Ref. SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-005).

(d) Apply silicone compound.

1 Apply OMat 872A silicone compound around the edge of the insulation
covers. (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK
70-00-00-360-707-010).

(e) If you do not need to install other thermal blanket(s), continue from step (20).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6056
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-197-A01
(18) Install a Serviceable LH Forward-Center Thermal Blanket 42-250
(Ref. Figs. 6003, 6007, 6011, 6025)

NOTE: If you cannot align the weldscrews and grommets of the forward-center thermal
blanket with those of the upper, Aft-center and lower thermal blanket, contact
SAFRAN Nacelles.

(a) Install the LH, forward-center-thermal-blanket 42-250.

1 Put the thermal blanket in position.

2 Install washer 42-340 and bolt 42-335.

3 TORQUE bolt to 3,5 Nm (31 lbf.in.).

4 Fold down the tab.

5 Install washers 42-325 and nuts 42-315.

6 TORQUE nuts to 1,8 Nm (16 lbf.in.).

7 Pre SB 78-D525:

a Install washer 42-330 and nut 42-320.

b TORQUE nuts to 1,8 Nm (16 lbf.in.).

8 Install washers 42-260, 42-290,42-305 and 42-310 and rivets 42-255, 42-
265 ,42-280 and 42-285.

9 Wet install the rivets with OMat 8/176 sealing compound (Ref. SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-005).

10 Pre SB 78-D525 - Use sealing compound (OMat 8/176) to wet install

washers:

a 42-290,42-295 and 42-300 and rivets 42-265,42-270 and 42-275 (Ref.

SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005).

(b) Install the lower edge of the upper thermal blanket (applicable if you only replace
the left-side forward-center thermal blanket).

1 Roll back the lower edge of the upper thermal-blanket in position.

2 Install washer 42-135 and nut 42-120.

3 TORQUE nut to 1,8 Nm (16 lbf.in.).

4 Pre SB 78-D525:

a Install washer 42-060 and rivet 42-050.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6057
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

b Wet install the rivets with OMat 8/176 sealing compound (Ref. SPM
TASK 70-42-28-300-005).

(c) Apply silicone compound.

1 Apply OMat 872A silicone compound around the edge of the insulation
covers. (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK
70-00-00-360-707-010).

(d) If you do not need to install other thermal blanket(s), continue from step (20).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-198-A01
(19) Install a Serviceable Upper Thermal Blanket 42-035, 42B-037(43-030, 43B032)
(Ref. Figs. 6004, 6008, 6012, 6016, 6019, 6022, 6025)

NOTE: If you cannot align the grommets of the upper thermal blanket with the welds
crews of the center thermal blanket, contact SAFRAN Nacelles.

NOTE: For RH parts, refer to the item number in brackets.

(b) Install the upper thermal blanket 42-035 (43-030).

(c) Install washers 42-140 (43-145 and 43-147), spacer 42-155 (43-155) and bolts 42-
145 (43-160) and 42-150 (43-150).

(d) TORQUE bolts to 3,5 Nm (31 lbf.in.).

(e) Install washers 42-125 and 42-135 (43-060) and nuts 42-105 and 42-120 (43-065).

(f) TORQUE nuts to 1,8 Nm (16 lbf.in.).

(g) Install washers 42-095,42-115 ,42-090, and 42-100 (43-132,43-135, 43-140, and
43-130) and rivets 42-075 ,42-070,42-085, and 42-080, 43-037, 43-040,43-045, and
43-035).

(h) Wet install the rivets with OMat 8/176 sealing compound (Ref. SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-005).

(i) Pre SB 78-D525:

1 Install washers 42-060 and 42-065 (43-055) and rivets 42-050 and 42-055
(43-050).

2 Wet install the rivets with OMat 8/176 sealing compound (Ref. SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-005).

3 Install the thermal blanket supports 42-160 (43-070),42-165 (43-075) and

42-170 (43-078) and rings 42-175 (43-085),42-180 (43-090) and 42-185
(43-095) in port 1, 2 and 3.

NOTE: This operation is applicable only if you install the left-side, upper thermal-
blanket

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6058
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

4 Install the pre-cooler brackets covers 42-040 and 42-045.

5 Put the pre-cooler bracket covers in position.

6 Install washers 42-130 and nuts 42-110.

7 TORQUE nuts to 1,8 Nm (16 lbf.in.).

8 Apply silicone compound (OMat 872A) around the edge of the insulation covers
(Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK
70-00-00-360-707-010).

(j) Continue from step (20).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-199-A01
(20) SB 78-D525 - Install the Applicable Airflow Guides and Landing Seals.

NOTE: For RH parts, refer to the item number in brackets.

(a) Install airflow guides 42B-852, 42B-866 and 42B-868 (43B-702 and 43B-706) and
landing seals 42B-850 and 42B-864 (43B-700 and 43B-704):

1 Put airflow guides and landing seals in position and secure them with gripper
pins.

2 Install pins 42B-856, 42B-870 and/or 42B-874 (43B-710, 43B-714, 438·-722

and/or 43B-726) and nuts 42B-858, 42B-872 and/or 42B-876 (43B-712,
43B-716, 43B-724 and / or 43B-728) (Ref. SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-007).

(b) Install angles 42B-854 (43B-708):

1 Put angles in position and clamp them.

2 Use sealing compound OMat 8/176 to wet install rivets 42B-860, 42B-862,
42B-878 and / or 42B-880 (43B-718,43B-720, 43B-730 and 43B-732) (Ref.
SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005).

(c) Apply OMat 8/177 sealing compound around the edge of the ports.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6059
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-200-A01
(21) Install the Related Parts
(Ref. Fig. 6009)

NOTE: For RH parts, refer to item number in brackets.

(a) If necessary, install the upper receivers 38-050 (39-050) and their shims 38-048
(39-048) (Ref. TASK 78-30-20-400-801, SUBTASK 78-30-20-440-003 or TASK
78-30-20-400-802, SUBTASK 78-30-20-440-024)

(b) If applicable, install the adjustable links of the pre-cooler duct 38-945 (Ref. TASK
78-30-20-300-853, FRSX015).

(c) If applicable, install the bleed air tube assemblies (Ref. Fig. 6009 and SB 78-
D472).

(d) If necessary, install the lower receivers 38-060 (39-060) and their shims 38-058
(39-058) (Ref. TASK 78-30-20-400-801, SUBTASK 78-30-20-440-004) or TASK
78-30-20-400-802, SUBTASK 78-30-20-440-025).

(e) If necessary, install the Aft hold open rod 94-2508 (95-2508) (Ref. TASK
78-30-20-400-801, SUBTASK 78-30-20-440-008 or TASK 78-30-20-400-802,
SUBTASK 78-30-20-440-029).

(f) Apply OMat 872A silicone compound around the hold open rod brackets. (Ref. OP
TASK 70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-010).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-370-002-A01
(22) Cure the Silicone Compound

CAUTION: THE RATE OF INCREASE IN TEMPERATURE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN

3 °C (5.5 °C) FOR EACH MINUTE.

(a) Cure the silicone compound (OMat 872A) (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,
SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-010).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-024
(23) Identify the Repair

(a) Use identification paint (OMat MSRR9064) of a different color to mark FRSX023
adjacent to the identification plate (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-363).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6060
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

LH Lower Thermal Blanket - Pre SB 78-D002 - Replace

Figure 6001, Sheet 1 of 2 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6073-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6061
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

LH Lower Thermal Blanket - Pre SB 78-D002 - Replace

Figure 6001, Sheet 2 of 2 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6073-002

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6062
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

LH Aft-Center Thermal Blanket - Pre SB 78-D002 - Replace

Figure 6002 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6074-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6063
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

LH Forward-Center Thermal Blanket - Pre SB 78-D002 - Replace

Figure 6003 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6075-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6064
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

LH Upper Thermal Blanket - Pre SB 78-D002 - Replace

Figure 6004 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6076-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6065
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

LH Lower Thermal Blanket - Post SB 78-D002 - Replace

Figure 6005, Sheet 1 of 2 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6077-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6066
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

LH Lower Thermal Blanket - Post SB 78-D002 - Replace

Figure 6005, Sheet 2 of 2 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6077-002

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6067
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

LH Aft-Centre Thermal Blanket - Post SB 78-D002 - Replace

Figure 6006 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6078-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6068
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

LH Forward-Center Thermal Blanket - Post SB 78-D002 - Replace

Figure 6007 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6079-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6069
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

LH Upper Thermal Blanket - Post SB 78-D002- Replace

Figure 6008 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6080-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6070
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

LH Lower Thermal Blanket - Post SB 78-D525 - Replace

Figure 6009, Sheet 1 of 2 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6133-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6071
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

LH Lower Thermal Blanket - Post SB 78-D525 - Replace

Figure 6009, Sheet 2 of 2 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6133-002

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6072
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

LH Aft-Center Thermal Blanket - Post SB 78-D525 - Replace

Figure 6010 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6134-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6073
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

LH Forward-Center Thermal Blanket - Post SB 78-D525 - Replace

Figure 6011 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6135-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6074
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

LH Upper Thermal Blanket - Post SB 78-D525 -– Replace

Figure 6012 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6136-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6075
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

LH Aft Thermal Blankets - Post SB 78-D525 – Airflow Guides and Landing Seals -– Replace
Figure 6013 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6137-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6076
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

RH Lower Thermal Blanket – Pre SB 78-D002 - Replace

Figure 6014, Sheet 1 of 2 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6138-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6077
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

RH Lower Thermal Blanket – Pre SB 78-D002 - Replace

Figure 6014, Sheet 2 of 2 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6138-002

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023

Page 6078
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

RH Center Thermal Blanket – Pre SB 78-D002 - Replace

Figure 6015 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6139-001
EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023
Page 6079
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

RH Upper Thermal Blanket – Pre SB 78-D002 - Replace

Figure 6016 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6140-001
EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023
Page 6080
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

RH Lower Thermal Blanket – Post SB 78-D002 - Replace

Figure 6017, Sheet 1 of 2 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6141-001
EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023
Page 6081
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

RH Lower Thermal Blanket – Post SB 78-D002 - Replace

Figure 6017, Sheet 2 of 2 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6141-002
EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023
Page 6082
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

RH Center Thermal Blanket – Post SB 78-D002 - Replace

Figure 6018 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6142-001
EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023
Page 6083
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

RH Upper Thermal Blanket – Post SB 78-D002 - Replace

Figure 6019 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6143-001
EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023
Page 6084
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

RH Lower Thermal Blanket – Post SB 78-D525 - Replace

Figure 6020, Sheet 1 of 2 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6144-001
EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023
Page 6085
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

RH Lower Thermal Blanket – Post SB 78-D525 - Replace

Figure 6020, Sheet 2 of 2 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6144-002
EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023
Page 6086
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

RH Center Thermal Blanket – Post SB 78-D525 - Replace

Figure 6021 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6145-001
EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023
Page 6087
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

RH Upper Thermal Blanket – Post SB 78-D525 - Replace

Figure 6022 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6146-001
EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023
Page 6088
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

RH Thermal Blanket – Post SB 78-D525 – Upper Airflow Guides and Landing Seals - Replace
Figure 6023 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6147-001
EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023
Page 6089
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

RH Thermal Blanket – Post SB 78-D525 – Lower Airflow Guides and Landing Seals - Replace
Figure 6024 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6148-001
EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023
Page 6090
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Fastener Locations - Typical Cross Sections – Pre SB 78-F668

Figure 6025, Sheet 1 of 2 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6149-001
EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023
Page 6091
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Fastener Locations - Typical Cross Sections – Post SB 78-F668

Figure 6025, Sheet 2 of 2 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6149-002
EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023
Page 6092
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

LH Thermal Blankets – Application of Sealant

Figure 6026, Sheet 1 of 2 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6150-001
EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023
Page 6093
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

RH Thermal Blankets – Application of Sealant

Figure 6026, Sheet 2 of 2 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6150-002
EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023
Page 6094
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Tube Assembly – Installation

Figure 6027 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6151-001
EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023
Page 6095
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Velcro Tapes – Installation

Figure 6028 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6152-001
EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX023
Page 6096
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-890
1. FRSX025 – Pivot Door - Upper and Lower - Repair of Seal Support

A. General

This procedure gives the instructions to replace the upper (91E188/91E189) and lower (91E457/91E458)

seal supports of the pivot door.

To do this repair, it is necessary to remove the pivot door.

This repair consists of the installation of a serviceable seal support with blind rivets.

This repair is applicable to the LH and RH and Upper and Lower pivot door. This repair is applicable to all

standards of thrust reverser.

Fig/Item numbers in the procedure agree with those used in the Illustrated Parts List (IPL). Only the

primary Fig/Item numbers are used. For different Service Bulletin standards, refer to the IPL.

For price and availability of spares and tools, contact SAFRAN Nacelles.

TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Ref. TSD594–J).

TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Ref. RR–CAEL–SPM)

B. Effectivity

ENGINE FIG. / ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION

TRENT 700 / ALL 13-001A HDTR3409L Thrust Reverser, C-Duct, LH

13-001B HDTR3410L

13-001C HDTR3411L
13-001D HDTR3412L

13-001E HDTR3413L

13-001F HDTR3414L

13-001G HDTR3415L

13-001H HDTR3416L
13-001J HDTR3417L

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX025

Page 6001
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

ENGINE FIG. / ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION

TRENT 700 / ALL 14-001A HDTR3405R Thrust Reverser, C-Duct, RH

14-001B HDTR3409R

14-001C HDTR3410R

14-001D HDTR3411R
14-001E HDTR3412R

14-001F HDTR3413R

14-001G HDTR3414R

14-001H HDTR3415R

14-001J HDTR3416R
14-001K HDTR3417R

14-001L HDTR3418R

14-001M HDTR3419R

14-001N HDTR3420R

30-975 91E590-04 Pivot Door Assy, LH Upper

30-975A 91E590-04
30-975B 91E590-04

30-975C 91E590-04

30-975D 91E590-04

30-975E 91E590-04

30-975F 91E590-04
30-975G 91E590-04

30-975H 91E590-04

30-975J 91E590-04

30-975K 91E590-04

30-975L 91E590-04
30-975M 91E590-04

30-975N 91E590-04

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX025

Page 6002
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

ENGINE FIG. / ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION

TRENT 700 / ALL 31-975 91E880-04 Pivot Door Assy, LH Lower

31-975A 91E880-04

31-975B 91E880-04

31-975C 91E880-04
31-975D 91E880-04

31-975E 91E880-04

31-975F 91E880-04

31-975G 91E880-04

31-975H 91E880-04
31-975J 91E880-04

31-975K 91E880-04

31-975L 91E880-04

31-975M 91E880-04

32-975 91E676-04 Pivot Door Assy, RH Upper

32-975A 91E676-04
32-975B 91E676-04

32-975C 91E676-04

32-975D 91E676-04

32-975E 91E676-04

32-975F 91E676-04
32-975G 91E676-04

32-975H 91E676-04

32-975J 91E676-04

32-975K 91E676-04

32-975L 91E676-04
32-975M 91E676-04

32-975N 91E676-04

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX025

Page 6003
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

ENGINE FIG. / ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION

TRENT 700 / ALL 33-975 91E900-04 Pivot Door Assy, RH Lower

33-975A 91E900-04

33-975B 91E900-04

33-975C 91E900-04
33-975D 91E900-04

33-975E 91E900-04

33-975F 91E900-04

33-975G 91E900-04

33-975H 91E900-04
33-975J 91E900-04

33-975K 91E900-04

33-975L 91E900-04

33-975M 91E900-04

C. Reason for Job

To replace damaged seal supports of the LH and RH upper and lower pivot door.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX025

Page 6004
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

D. Job-Set Up Information

(1) Tools, Fixtures and Equipment

(a) Standard Tools

REFERENCE DESIGNATION

- Standard workshop tools and equipment

Clamps

- Drill equipment

- Rivet equipment

- Vacuum cleaner

- Drill bit, 4,06 to 4,17 mm (0.160 to 0.164 in.) dia.

- Standard fluorescent penetrant equipment

(b) Special Tools

REFERENCE DESIGNATION

None

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX025

Page 6005
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(2) Consumable Materials

REFERENCE DESIGNATION

MSRR9064 Identification paint

OMat 1/257 Solvent

OMat 2/101 Lint-free cloth

OMat 261 Temporary marker

OMat 653 Fluorescent penetrant

OMat 8/301, Adhesive Sealant, MC780B, Alt.: MC238B

Alt.: OMat 8/302

NOTE: For the full details of the consumable materials, refer to the Overhaul Materials (OMat)
manual.

NOTE: Use approved equivalent alternatives, if necessary.

(3) Parts Information

(a) Expendable Parts

FIG/ITEM PART NO. PART IDENT QTY ITEM No.

None

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX025

Page 6006
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(b) Repair Parts

FIG/ITEM PART NO. PART IDENT QTY ITEM No.

- 91E188-00 Seal support, LH Upper, 12 OC 1 6001-2

91E188-50 Seal support, RH Upper, 12 1 6001-2

OC

- 91E189-00 Seal support, LH Upper, 3 OC 1 6001-2

91E189-50 Seal support, RH Upper, 9 OC 1 6001-2

- 91E457-00 Seal support, LH Lower, 3 OC 1 6001-2

- 91E457-50 Seal support, RH Lower, 9 OC 1 6001-2

91E458-00 Seal support, LH Lower, 6 OC 1 6001-2

91E458-50 Seal support, RH Lower, 6 OC 1 6001-2

- NAS1919M05S03AU Alt.: Blind rivet AR 6001-3

NAS1919M05S03A
AF1919M05S03A,
AF1919M05S03AU,
CR1919M05S03AU,
CR1919M05S03A,
SMLSP-M05-03AU,
SMLSP-M05-03A

NOTE: The grip lengths are for reference only. The grip length of each fastener must be
sufficient for the installation of the doubler or plate.

NOTE: The FIG/ITEM refers to the items identified in the IPL.

NOTE: The ITEM No. refers to the items identified in the Figures in this FRS, e.g.: Fig 6001-1.

(4) Material of Components

COMPONENT MATERIAL

Seal Support 5086 – H111 Aluminium alloy

(5) Weight

Less than 0,050 kg (0.110 lb)

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX025

Page 6007
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

E. Health and Safety Notices

WARNING: DRILL EQUIPMENT CAN CAUSE DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES THAT CAN
DAMAGE YOUR HEALTH. WHEN YOU DO THIS REPAIR YOU MUST WEAR THE
APPLICABLE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT. IF YOU OR OTHER
PERSONS GET AN INJURY, STOP THE WORK AND GET MEDICAL HELP
IMMEDIATELY.

WARNING: CONSUMABLE MATERIALS CAN DAMAGE YOUR HEALTH. BEFORE YOU USE
CONSUMABLE MATERIALS YOU MUST READ AND OBEY THE APPLICABLE
MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS AND MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET
(MSDS). WHEN YOU USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS YOU MUST WEAR THE
APPLICABLE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT. IF YOU OR OTHER
PERSONS GET AN INJURY, STOP THE WORK AND GET MEDICAL HELP
IMMEDIATELY.

CAUTION: THIS PROCEDURE CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ADJACENT SURFACES AND
STRUCTURES. DURING THIS PROCEDURE BE CAREFUL NOT TO DAMAGE THE
ADJACENT SURFACES AND STRUCTURES. TO STOP DAMAGE TO THE ADJACENT
SURFACES AND STRUCTURES USE TEMPORARY PROTECTION.

F. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-450-018
(1) Open Access:

(a) Remove the applicable pivot door (1) (Ref. AMM 78-32-42-000-805-A or
78-32-42-000-806-A).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-010-025
(2) Remove the Damaged Seal Support(s) (Ref. Fig. 6001):

(a) If necessary, clean the repair area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK
70-00-00-110-101-A03):

1 Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the repair area.

2 Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent
evaporates.

(b) Remove the damaged seal support(s):

1 Use applicable drill equipment to remove the fasteners (3), take care not to damage
the rivet holes (SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006).

2 Remove the seal support(s) (2).

3 Keep the seal support(s) (2) to use as a template(s).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX025

Page 6008
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(c) Clean the repair area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03):

1 Use an applicable vacuum to remove any unwanted materials.

2 Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the repair area.

3 Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent
evaporates.

(d) Examine the rivet holes of the structure:

1 If the holes are damaged, contact SAFRAN Nacelles.

2 If the holes are not damaged, continue from Para. C.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-519
(3) Prepare a Serviceable Seal Support(s) (Ref. Fig. 6001)

(a) Drill the holes in each seal support (2):

1 Put the template (damaged seal support) on the serviceable seal support (2).

2 Use an applicable temporary marker (OMat 261) to mark the position of the fastener
holes:

a For seal support (2) part number 91E457, mark the four holes.

b For seal support (2) part number 91E458 and 91E188, mark the six holes.

c For seal support (2) part number 91E189, mark the seven holes.

3 Remove and discard the template.

4 Use applicable drill equipment to make the 4,06 to 4,17 mm (0.160 to 0.164 in.) dia.
holes.

5 Deburr all the holes.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX025

Page 6009
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(b) Inspect each seal support (Ref. Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-200-210):

1 Apply fluorescent penetrant (OMat 653) to the seal support (2).

2 Examine the seal support (2):

a Make sure the seal support(s) (2) is free of cracks.

b If you find cracks, reject and discard the seal support (2) and do steps (a) and
(b) again.

c If you do not find cracks continue from step (c).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-089
(4) Clean the seal support (Ref. (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK
70-00-000-110-101-A03):

(a) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the seal support (2).

(b) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-410-029
(5) Install a Serviceable Seal Support (Ref. Fig. 6001)

(a) Apply a thin layer of adhesive sealant (OMat 8/301) to the mating surfaces of the seal
support (2).

(b) Put the seal support(s) (2) in the correct position on the applicable pivot door (1).

(c) Make sure the holes align correctly.

(d) Use applicable clamps to hold the seal support (2) in the correct position on the pivot door
(1).

(e) Use adhesive sealant (OMat 8/301), to wet install the fasteners (3) (Ref. Ref. SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-006):

1 For seal support (2) part number 91E457, install the four fasteners.

2 For seal support (2) part number 91E458 and 91E188, install the six fasteners.

3 For seal support (2) part number 91E189, install the seven fasteners.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX025

Page 6010
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-090
(6) Clean the repair area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03):

(a) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the repair area.

(b) Make sure you remove all unwanted adhesive.

(c) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-370-006
(7) Cure the adhesive:

CAUTION: IF THE RATE OF TEMPERATURE INCREASE IS NOT CORRECT, THE

ADHESIVE MAY NOT CURE CORRECTLY. THE RATE OF INCREASE IN
TEMPERATURE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 3 °C (5.4 °F) FOR EACH MINUTE.

(a) Cure the adhesive sealant (OMat 8/301) (Ref. Manufacturer’s instructions).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-100
(8) Identify the Repair

(a) Use identification paint (MSRR9064) of a different color to mark FRSX025 adjacent to the
part number (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-363).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-450-019
(9) Close Access

(a) Install the applicable pivot door (Ref. AMM 78-32-42-400-805-A or 78-32-42-400-806-A).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX025

Page 6011
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Seal Support – Removal / Installation

Figure 6001 / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-6045-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX025

Page 6012
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-871-A01
1 FRSX062 - C-Duct - Pre-Cooler Duct (PCD) - Repair of the Cracked Corners

A. General

This TASK gives instruction to repair cracks in the front upper and / or lower corners of the Pre-Cooler
Duct (PCD). The PCD is installed on the Inner Fixed Structure (IFS).

This repair is only applicable to the Post SB 78-B819 (Inconel) PCD.

This repair consists of the installation of a repair patch at the front upper and / or lower corner.

TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Ref. TSD594–J).

TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Ref. RR–CAEL–SPM).

For the repair, refer to the Illustrated Parts List (IPL) to identify the parts.

For price and availability of spares and tools, contact SAFRAN Nacelles.

B. Effectivity

ENGINE FIG. / ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION

TRENT 700 / ALL 38-313 91B748-XX Pre-Cooler Duct

C. Reason for Job

To repair cracks at the front corners of the PCD.

D. Job Set-Up Information

(1) Tools, Fixtures and Equipment

(a) Standard Tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- AR Standard workshop tools and equipment.

- 1 Centre punch

- AR Clamps

- AR Cutting tools, Inconel

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX062

Page 6001
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- AR Drill equipment

- 1 Drill bit, 2,50 mm (0.098 in) dia.

- 1 Drill bit, 3,20 mm (0.126 in.) dia.

- 1 Drill bit, 4,00 mm (0.157 in.) dia.

- 1 Drill bit, 4,15 mm (0.163 in.) dia.

- 1 Drill bit, 4,80 mm (0.189 in.) dia.

- AR Gripper pins, 3,20 mm (0.126 in.)

- AR Gripper pins, 4,20 mm (0.165 in.)

- AR Gripper pins, 4,80 mm (0.189 in.)

1 Heat lamp, flame proof or thermal blanket and

-
thermocouples, 0 – 120 °C (32 – 250 °F)

- 1 Rivet equipment

- 1 Vacuum cleaner

- 1 Standard fluorescent penetrant equipment

(b) Special Tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

NOTE: For the full data for the special tools in this list, refer to the SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES,
AND EQUIPMENT section of this CMM.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX062

Page 6002
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(2) Consumable Materials

REFERENCE NAME

MSRR9064 Identification paint

OMat 1/257 Solvent

OMat 212 Paint brush, 12.7 mm (0.15 in.)

OMat 250 Tape PVC, narrow

OMat 262 Temporary marker

OMat 2/101 Lint-free cloth

OMat 5/35 Abrasive paper, silicon carbide, waterproof

OMat 653 Fluorescent penetrant

OMat 7/187 Polyurethane gloss finish

OMat 8/154 Adhesive, Hysol, EA9394

OMat 8/202 Release agent

OMat 8/301 Adhesive sealant, Alt: 8/302

NOTE: Refer to the Overhaul Materials (OMat) manual for the full details of the consumable
materials.

NOTE: Use approved equivalent alternatives, if necessary.

(3) Parts Information

(a) Expendable Parts

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENT QTY ITEM No.

None - - - -

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX062

Page 6003
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(b) Repair Parts

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY ITEM No.

44-138A 91B400-02 Reinforcement Kit, front 1 -

lower corner, PCD

- ..RP3923-10 Repair patch, front lower 1 6002-2

corner

- ..HST-10-5-4 Pin 18 6002-3

- ..HST-10-6-2 Pin 1 6002-9

- ..HST-10-6-3 Pin 17 6002-6

- ..HST97DUWU5 Collar 18 6002-4

- ..HST97DUWU6 Collar 18 6002-7

44-140A 91B400-52 Reinforcement Kit, front 1 -

upper corner, PCD

- ..RP3923-09 Repair patch, front upper 1 6002-8

corner
- ..HST-10-5-4 Pin 18 6002-3

- ..HST-10-6-2 Pin 1 6002-9

- ..HST-10-6-3 Pin 17 6002-6

- ..HST97DUWU5 Collar 18 6002-4

- ..HST97DUWU6 Collar 18 6002-7

NOTE: The grip lengths are given of reference only. Before you install each fastener you must
check that the grip length is correct.

NOTE: The FIG/ITEM refers to the items identified in the IPL.

NOTE: The ITEM No. refers to the items identified in the Figures in this FRSX, e.g.: 6002-2 =
Figure 6002, item 2.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX062

Page 6004
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(4) Material of Components

PART NO. DESCRIPTION SYMBOL MATERIAL

91B748-XX Pre-Cooler duct, - Inconel 625

Post SB78-B819

RP3923 Repair patch - as above

(5) Weight

The weight of each repair is approximately 0,30 kg (0.661 lb).

E. Health and Safety Notices

WARNING: DRILL EQUIPMENT CAN CAUSE DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES. DUST AND
LOOSE PARTICLES CAN DAMAGE YOUR HEALTH. WHEN YOU DO THIS
REPAIR YOU MUST WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GLOVES, DUST MASK
AND SAFETY GOGGLES TO PROTECT YOU.

WARNING: CONSUMABLE MATERIALS CAN DAMAGE YOUR HEALTH. THEY CAN DAMAGE
YOUR EYES, NOSE, SKIN, THROAT AND LUNGS. HIGH CONCENTRATIONS CAN
CAUSE WEAKNESS, HEADACHE, NAUSEA, DIZZINESS AND INCORRECT
JUDGEMENT. BEFORE YOU USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS YOU MUST READ
AND OBEY THE APPLICABLE MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET AND THE
MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. WHEN YOU USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS
YOU MUST WEAR THE APPLICABLE SAFETY CLOTHINGANDEQUIPMENT. YOU
MUST ONLY USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALSIN AN AREA OPEN TO THE AIR.

CAUTION: DURING THIS PROCEDURE BE CAREFUL NOT TO DAMAGE THE ADJACENT

SURFACES AND STRUCTURES. INSTALL TEMPORARY PROTECTION AROUND
THE WORK AREA.

CAUTION: FOR DRESSING, BLENDING OR POLISHING, YOU MUST ONLY USE WHEELS,
STONES OR ABRASIVE PAPERS THAT ARE MADE FROM SILICON CARBIDE. DO
NOT USE EQUIPMENT MADE FROM OTHER MATERIALS.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX062

Page 6005
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

F. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-450-007
(1) Get access:

(a) If necessary, remove the LH C-Duct (Ref. AMM 78-32-52-000-802-A).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-306
(2) Visually Examine the PCD:

(a) If FRSX135 is installed, contact SAFRAN Nacelles.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-230-027
(3) Inspect the Front Corners of the PCD (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-200-210):

(a) Use fluorescent penetrant (OMat 653) to do a penetrant inspection to find the end of the
crack(s).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-060
(4) Clean the Damaged Area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03)

(a) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to bracket.

(b) Remove all fluorescent penetrant.

(c) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-307
(5) Use applicable drill equipment to stop drill the crack
(Ref. Fig. 6001 and 6002):

(a) Use a 4,00 mm (0.157 in.) drill bit to make a stop hole at each end of the crack(s) (3) (Ref.
SPM TASK 70-42-26-300-001).

(b) Deburr each hole.

(c) Use fluorescent penetrant (OMat 653) to do a penetrant inspection of the crack(s) (Ref. OP
TASK 70-00-00-200-210).

(d) Make sure the holes are at the end of the crack.

(e) Check Dimension D1:

1 Dimension D1 is from any part of the crack and stop drill hole to any fastener hole.
The distance must be a minimum of 5,10 mm (0.201 in.).

2 If dimension D1 is not in limits, contact SAFRAN Nacelles.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX062

Page 6006
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(f) Cover any stop drill hole(s) with temporary adhesive tape (OMat 250).

NOTE: The tape must be put on both surfaces of the PCD.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-308
(6) Prepare a Repair Patch:
(Ref. Fig. 6002)

(a) Put a new repair patch (2) or (8) in the applicable corner at the front of the PCD (1):

1 Make sure the patch (2) or (8) fits correctly on the PCD (1).

2 Make sure the clearance between the repair patch (2) or (8) and the PCD (1) is not
more than 0,40 mm (0.016 in.).

3 If the clearance is not in limits, discard the patch and do step 1 to 3 again.

4 Examine the rear of the repair patch (2) or (8):

a Make sure the rear edge of the patch is clear of the adjacent fastener(s).

b If the patch goes over the adjacent fastener(s), trim the rear edge of the patch.

5 Use applicable clamps to hold the repair patch (2) or (8) in the correct position.

(b) Mark the shape of the patch on the PCD:

1 Use a temporary marker (OMat 262) to mark the shape of the repair patch (2) or (8)
on the surface of the PCD.

2 Use a temporary marker (OMat 262) to mark the shape of the front end of the PCD (1)
on the repair patch (2) or (8).

3 Remove the clamps and the patch.

(c) Make a chamfer on the rear edge of the patch (2) or (8):

1 The chamfer must have a maximum angle of 30 °.

2 The chamfer must end 0,50 mm (0.196 in.) from the bottom face of the patch (2) or
(8).

(d) Find the correct positions of the fastener holes on the PCD:

1 Find the position of four new holes for pins (6):

NOTE: The total number of holes for pins (6) is17.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX062

Page 6007
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

a The distance from any new hole and any part of the crack or stop drill hole must
be a minimum of 12,00 mm (0.48 in.).

b Dimension-D2, from any part of the crack and stop drill hole to any edge of the
patch. This must be a minimum of 12,00 mm (0.48 in.).

c Dimension-F, from the centre of any new hole to the outer edge of the repair
patch. This must be a minimum of 72,00 mm (2.84 in.).

d Dimension-G, from the centre of the new front hole to the front edge of the
repair patch. This must be a minimum of 58,00 mm (2.28 in.).

e Dimension-H, the pitch between any fastener hole must be a minimum of 25,40
mm (1.00 in.).

2 Find the position of new hole for fastener (9):

a Dimension-K, from the centre of the new hole to the rear edge of the repair
patch. This must be a minimum of 13,00 mm (0.512 in.).

b Dimension-L, from the centre of the new hole to the top surface of the repair
patch. This must be a minimum of 16,00 mm (0.635 in.).

3 Use temporary marker (OMat 262) to mark the position of the hole.

4 If any of the dimensions from 1 a through to 2 b are not in limits, contact SAFRAN
Nacelles.

5 If you cannot get a correct position for a new hole, contact SAFRAN Nacelles.

6 When you have found all the correct hole positions for pins (6) and (9) continue from
step (e).

(e) Remove the 18 fasteners (2) and 13 fasteners (4) from the repair area (Ref. Fig. 6001 and
SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006):

(f) Clean the repair area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03):

1 Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the repair area.

2 Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent
evaporates. Move after dimension checks.

(g) Make the new holes in the PCD:

NOTE: The material for the PCD is very hard. Use a drill speed between 300 and 500 rpm
to make the pilot holes. To increase the size of the holes use a drill speed of 1200
rpm.
EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX062
Page 6008
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

1 Use a centre punch to mark all the hole positions.

2 Use a 2,50 mm (0.098 in.) drill bit to make the pilot holes for pins (6) and (9).

3 Use a 3,20 mm (0.126 in.) drill bit to increase the holes for pins (6) and (9).

4 Deburr all the holes.

(h) Mark the position of the holes for pins (3), (6) and (9) on the repair patch:

1 Put the repair patch (2) or (8) in position on the PCD.

2 Make sure the patch aligns correctly with the lines that you made in Para. (6). (b).

3 Use applicable clamps to hold the repair patch (2) or (8) in the correct position.

4 From the inside the IFS, use a temporary marker (OMat 262) to mark the 18 holes (3),
the hole (9) and the 17 holes (6).

5 Remove the clamps and the repair patch (2) or (8).

6 Remove and discard all the temporary adhesive tape.

(i) Make the new holes on the repair patch:

NOTE: The material for the repair patch is very hard. If possible use a bench drill to make
the holes in the patch. Use a drill speed between 300 and 500 rpm to make the
pilot holes. To increase the size of the holes use a drill speed of 1200 rpm.

1 Use a centre punch to mark all the hole positions.

2 Use a 2,50 mm (0.098 in.) drill bit to make the pilot holes for all the holes.

3 Use a 3,20 mm (0.126 in.) drill bit to increase the size of all the holes.

4 Deburr all the holes.

(j) Examine the holes of the PCD and the repair patch (Ref. Fig. 6002):

1 Put the repair patch (2) or (8) in the correct position at the corner of the PCD (1).

2 Make sure the patch (2) or (8) fits correctly on the PCD (1).

3 Make sure the clearance between the patch (2) or (8) and the PCD (1) is not more
than 0,40 mm (0.016 in.).

4 Make sure the shape of the repair patch aligns correctly with the marked lines.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX062

Page 6009
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

5 Make sure all the holes align correctly.

6 If any of the steps at 2 thru 5 are not correct, replace the PCD (Ref. FRSX015).

7 If all the steps at 2 thru 5 are correct, remove the clamps and the repair path.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-311
(7) Make the Final Holes in the PCD and the Repair Patch
(Ref. Fig. 6003):

NOTE: The material for the PCD and the repair patch is very hard. Use a drill speed of 1200 rpm
to make the final holes.

(a) Put the repair patch (2) or (8) in the correct position on the PCD (1).

(b) Install 3,20 mm (0.126 in.) gripper pins in the 18 holes (3).

(c) Use a 4,80 mm (0.189 in.) drill bit to make the 18 final holes for pins (6) and (9):

1 As you complete each hole install a 4,80 mm (0.228 in.) gripper pin.

(d) Remove the gripper pins from the 18 holes (3).

(e) Use a 4,15 mm (0.163 in.) drill bit to make the 18 final holes for pins (3).

(f) Remove the gripper pins and the repair patch.

(g) Deburr all the holes in the PCD and the repair patch.

(h) Clean the repair patch and the PCD (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK
70-00-00-110-101-A03):

1 Use an applicable vacuum to remove unwanted material.

2 Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the surface.

3 Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent
evaporates.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX062

Page 6010
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-312
(8) Apply Liquid Shim to the PCD:

(a) Use abrasive paper (OMat 5/35) to lightly rub the mating surfaces of the PCD (1) and the
repair patch (2) or (8).

(b) Clean the repair patch (2) or (8) and the PCD (1) (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,
SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03):

1 Use an applicable vacuum to remove unwanted material.

2 Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the surface.

3 Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent
evaporates.

(c) Apply release agent to the repair patch:

1 Use a paint brush (OMat 212) to apply a layer of release agent (OMat 8/202) to the
mating surface of the repair patch.

2 Let the release agent dry.

3 Do steps 1 and 2 two more times.

4 Use a clean lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to polish the layer of release agent.

(d) Apply release agent (OMat 8/202) to the 18 4,20 mm (0.189 in.) gripper pins.

(e) Apply release agent (OMat 8/202) to the 18 4,80 mm (0.220 in.) gripper pins.

(f) Use a clean paint brush (OMat 212) to apply a 1,02 mm (0.040 in.) max. layer of adhesive
(OMat 8/154) to the mating surface of the PCD (1).

(g) Put the repair patch (2) or (8) in the correct position on the PCD (1).

(h) Install the 4,20 mm (0.189 in.) gripper pins to the 18 holes for pins (3).

(i) Install the 4,80 mm (0.220 in.) gripper pins to the 18 holes for pins (6) and (9).

(j) Tighten the gripper pins with your hand only.

(k) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) and solvent (OMat 1/257) to remove unwanted
adhesive (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

(l) If you have a heat equipment continue from step (n).

(m) If you do not have a heat blanket and / or lamp continue from step (o).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX062

Page 6011
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(n) Use a heat blanket or heat lamp to cure the adhesive (OMat 8/154):

1 Cure the adhesive for one hour at 95 °C +/- 5 °C (203 °F +/- 9 °F).

2 Make sure the temperature does not increase by more than 3°C (5.5 °F) per minute.

3 Continue from step (p).

(o) If you do not have heat equipment, cure the adhesive (OMat 8/154).

1 Cure the adhesive for 24 hours at room temperature.

(p) Remove the gripper pins and the repair patch (2) or (8).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-410-017
(9) Install the Repair Patch
(Ref. Fig. 6002):

(a) Use applicable hand cutting tools to remove the unwanted material from the trim area (5) at
the front of the repair patch (2) or (8).

(b) Make a chamfer on the trimmed edge:

1 The chamfer must have a maximum angle of 30 °.

2 The chamfer must end 0,50 mm (0.196 in.) from the bottom face of the patch (2) or
(8).

(c) Apply a thin layer of adhesive sealant (OMat 8/301) to the mating surface of the repair patch
(2) or (8).

(d) Put the repair patch (2) or (8) in the correct position on the PCD (1).

(e) Install the 18 4,20 mm (0.189 in.) gripper pins in the fastener holes (3).

(f) Install the 18 4,80 mm (0.220 in.) gripper pins in the fastener holes (6).

(g) Apply adhesive sealant (OMat 8/301) to the 36 pins (3), (6) and (9).

(h) Install the fasteners (Ref. SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006):

NOTE: Remove the gripper pin as you install each fastener.

1 Install the 18 pins (3) and collars (4).

2 Install the pin (9), the 17 pins (6) and the 18 collars (7).

(i) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) and solvent (OMat 1/257) to remove unwanted sealant.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX062

Page 6012
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(j) Apply a bead of adhesive sealant (OMat 8/301) around the edge of the patch (2) or (8).

(k) Clean the repair area (Ref. Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK
70-00-00-110-101-A03):

1 Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the surface.

2 Make sure you remove all the unwanted adhesive sealant.

3 Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent
evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-062
(10) Identify the Repair

(a) Use paint (MSRR9064) of a different color to mark FRSX062 on PCD (Ref. OP
TASK 70-00-00-300-363).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-450-008
(11) Close Access:

(a) If necessary, install the LH C-Duct (Ref. AMM 78-32-52-400-802-A).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX062

Page 6013
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

PCD Front Corner Cracks – Prepare the Repair Area

Figure 6001 / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-6184-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX062

Page 6014
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

PCD Front Corner Cracks – Repair Details

Figure 6002 (Sheet 1 of 2) / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-977-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX062

Page 6015
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

PCD Front Corner Cracks – Repair Details

Figure 6002 (Sheet 2 of 2) / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-977-002

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX062

Page 6016
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-883
1. FRSX066 – Repair of Minor Damages to the Thermal Blankets

A. General

This TASK gives instruction to repair different types of minor damage to the thermal blankets.

This procedure includes the repairs that follow:

Repair 1 - Repair of damage to the textured foil - welded textured patch

Repair 2 - Repair of damage to the insulation core - core plug or filler

Repair 3 - Repair of damage to the polymide film - polymide film patch

Repair 4 - Repair of damage to the grommets and grommet caps - repair or replacement

Repair 5 - Repair of damage to the weldscrews - new weldscrews

Repair 6 - Repair of damage to the vent covers - repair or replacement

Repair 7 - Repair of damage to the doubler of the centre thermal blanket – with OMat 872A
and patch

Repair 8 - Repair of damage to the screw covers - welded patch

Repair 9 - Repair of damage to the screw cover tabs - welded patch

This procedure is applicable to the thermal blankets installed on the LH and RH C-Ducts.

TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Ref. TSD594–J).

TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Ref. RR–CAEL–SPM).

For the repair, refer to the Illustrated Parts List (IPL) to identify the parts.

For price and availability of spares and tools, contact SAFRAN Nacelles.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6001
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

B. Effectivity

ENGINE FIG. / ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION

TRENT 700 / ALL 01-120B HDTR3410L Thrust Reverser, C-Duct, LH

01-120C HDTR3411L

01-120D HDTR3412L

01-120E HDTR3413L

01-120F HDTR3414L

01-120G HDTR3415L

01-120H HDTR3416L

01-120J HDTR3417L

TRENT 700 / ALL 01-130C HDTR3410R Thrust Reverser, C-Duct, RH

01-130D HDTR3411R

01-130E HDTR3412R

01-130F HDTR3413R

01-130G HDTR3414R

01-130H HDTR3415R

01-130J HDTR3416R

01-130K HDTR3417R

01-130L HDTR3418R

01-130M HDTR3419R

01-130N HDTR3420R

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6002
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

C. Reason for Job

Repair of different types of minor damage to the thermal blankets.

D. Job Set-Up Information

(1) Tools, Fixtures and Equipment

For the full data for the special tools in this list, refer to the SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES, AND
EQUIPMENT section of this CMM.

Use approved equivalent alternatives, if necessary.

(a) Standard Tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- AR Standard workshop tools and equipment.

- AR Welding equipment, micro-spot

- 1 Vacuum cleaner

- 1 Spatula, non-metallic

- 1 Roller

- 1 Hole punch, 05,00 mm (0.197 in.) dia.

- 1 Hole punch, 10,90 mm (0.429 in.) dia.

- 1 Hole punch, 12,70 mm (0.500 in.) dia.

(b) Special Tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

T-29058-305 1 Setting tool, 11,70 mm (0.461 in.), for

grommets: 42/43-905, 42/43-910, 42/43-915,
42/43-920, 42/43-925, 42/43-930, 42/43-935
and 42/43-958

T-29057-305 1 Setting tool, 12,50 mm (0.492 in.), for

grommets: 42/43-940 and 42/43-945

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6003
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(2) Consumable Materials

REFERENCE NAME

HTM5674 Polymide film

HTM5681 Glass cloth

MSRR9064 Identification paint

OMat 1/257 Solvent

OMat 237 Tape, adhesive, paper masking

OMat 262 Temporary marker

OMat 2/101 Lint-free cloth

OMat 2/128 Insulation core plug, HTM5676

OMat 2/151 Insulation core plug. HTM5677

OMat 2/156 Textured foil patch, CRES (HTM6008)

OMat 5/35 Abrasive paper, waterproof silicone carbide

OMat 5/94 Abrasive paper, garnet paper, 150 grit size

OMat 653 Fluorescent penetrant

OMat 872A RTV106, silicone compound, cold curing

NOTE: Refer to the Overhaul Materials Manual (OMat) for the full details of the consumable
materials.

NOTE: For other necessary consumable materials refer to the applicable OP TASKS in this
TASK.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6004
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(3) Parts Information

(a) Expendable Parts

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENT QTY ITEM No.

None - - - -

(b) Repair Parts

1 LH/RH C-Duct

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY ITEM No.

42-967 HTM1071-01 Grommet AR 6008-1

43-967

42-958 HTM5519-01 Grommet AR 6008-1

43-958

42-905 HTM5519-02 Washer, grommet AR 6008-1

43-905

42-910 HTM5520-01 Grommet AR 6008-1

43-910

42-915 HTM5520-02 Washer, grommet AR 6008-2

43-915

42-920 HTM5521-01 Grommet AR 6008-1

43-920
42-925 HTM5521-02 Washer, grommet AR 6008-2
43-925

42-940 HTM5522-01 Grommet AR 6008-1

43-940
42-945 HTM5522-02 Washer, grommet AR 6008-2
43-945

42-961 HTM5527-01 Grommet AR 6008-1

43-961
42-962 HTM5529-01 Grommet AR 6008-1
43-962

42-963 HTM5575-01 Grommet AR 6008-1

43-963

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6005
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY ITEM No.

42-930 HTM6125-01 Grommet AR 6008-1

43-930

42-935 HTM6125-02 Washer, grommet AR 6008-2

43-935

42-959 HTM5598-10 Weldscrew assembly, AR 6010-1

43-959 centre mount type

42-904 HTM5598-12 Weldscrew assembly, AR 6010-1

43-904 centre mount type
42-960 HTM5598-50 Weldscrew assembly, end AR 6010-1
43-960 mount type

42-908 HTM5598-52 Weldscrew assembly, end AR 6010-1

43-908 mount type
44-063 HTM5948 Vent cover, square AR 6011-1B
45-063

44-064 HTM5949 Vent cover, large, NO STEP AR 6011-1A

45-064

44-065 HTM5951 Vent cover, small AR 6011-1C

45-065

42-964 HTM6364 Grommet cap AR 6008-4

43-964

42-965
115M1030-101 Screw cover assembly AR 6014-1
43-965

42-966
115M1030-103 Tab, screw cover AR 6014-3
43-966

- Local manufacture Repair doubler, textured foil AR 6002-2

- Local manufacture Repair patch, textured foil AR 6012-1

- Local manufacture Repair lock tab, screw cover AR 6013-2

- Local supply Repair patch, screw cover AR 6013-1

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6006
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

2 Repair Kit P/N 91A024-01 (44-055 / 45-056) contains the parts that follow:

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY ITEM No.

44-057 ASNA2397C3, Washer 40 NR

45-058 Alt.: NAS1149CN332R
AN960C3

44-056 CCR274CS3-1XL Rivet 20 NR

45-057

- OMat 2/128 Insulation core patch, 1 6005-1

HTM5676, 6006-1
9,53 mm (0.375 in. ) thick
152,40 x 304,80 mm
(6.00 x 12.00 in.)

- OMat 2/151 Insulation core patch, 1 6005-1

HTM5677, 6006-1
4,76 mm (0.188 in. ) thick
152,40 x 304,80 mm
(6.00 x 12.00 in.)

- OMat 2/156 Textured foil patch, 1 6001-1

CRES, HTM6008, 6002-1
0,076 mm (0.003 in. ) thick 6003-1
304,80 x 609,60 mm 6006-3
(12.00 x 24.00 in.)
- - Polymide film, 1 6006-2
HTM5674,
0,024 mm (0.001 in. ) thick
152,40 x 304,80 mm
(6.00 x 12.00 in.)

- - Glass cloth, 1 6005-2

HTM5681,
0,024 mm (0.001 in. ) thick
152,40 x 304,80 mm
(6.00 x 12.00 in.)

NOTE: The FIG./ ITEM refers to items in the DETAILED PARTS LIST section of this CMM,
e.g.: 32-020.

NOTE: The ITEM No. refers to the items in the Figures in this FRSX, e.g.: 6001-1.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6007
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(c) Material of Components

PART NO. DESCRIPTION SYMBOL MATERIAL

115M1029 Thermal Blanket, LH - CRES Type 321,

115M1039 Min-K, Glass
115M1045 scrim, reinforced

115M1026 Thermal Blanket, RH - CRES Type 321,

115M1036 Min-K, Glass
115M1046 scrim, reinforced

E. Health and Safety Notices

WARNING: WELDING CAN CAUSE AN EXPLOSION. YOU MUST NOT DO WELDING IF THE
BLANKET IS INSTALLED ON A THRUST REVERSER C-DUCT THAT IS INSTALLED
ON AN AIRCRAFT. BEFORE YOU DO THIS PROCEDURE YOU MUST REMOVE THE
APPLICABLE BLANKET OR THE APPLICABLE C-DUCT.

WARNING: DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES CAN DAMAGE YOUR HEALTH. WHEN YOU DO THIS
REPAIR YOU MUST WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GLOVES, DUST MASK AND
SAFETY GOGGLES TO PROTECT YOU.

WARNING: CONSUMABLE MATERIALS CAN DAMAGE YOUR HEALTH. THEY CAN DAMAGE
YOUR EYES, NOSE, SKIN, THROAT AND LUNGS. HIGH CONCENTRATIONS CAN
CAUSE WEAKNESS, HEADACHE, NAUSEA, DIZZINESS AND INCORRECT
JUDGEMENT. BEFORE YOU USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS YOU MUST READ
AND OBEY THE APPLICABLE MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET AND THE
MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. WHEN YOU USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS
YOU MUST WEAR THE APPLICABLE SAFETY CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT. YOU
MUST ONLY USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS IN AN AREA OPEN TO THE AIR.

CAUTION: DURING EACH OPERATION BE CAREFUL NOT TO DAMAGE THE ADJACENT

SURFACES AND STRUCTURES. INSTALL TEMPORARY PROTECTION AROUND THE
WORK AREA.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6008
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

F. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-306
1. Do the procedure(s) that follow as necessary

(1) For damage to the textured foil, do Repair 1, Ref. Para. 2 to 13:

(a) For damage where the end of the damage area is 51,00 mm (2.008 in.) or more from
the edge doubler do a surface repair.

(b) For damage where the end of the damage area is less than 51,00 mm (2.008 in.) from
the edge doubler do an edge repair.

(2) For damage to the insulation core, do Repair 2, Ref. Para. 14 to 21:

(a) Contact SAFRAN Nacelles to report the damage.

NOTE: It may be necessary to do a Pull Test (Ref. TASK 78-30-20-700-808).

(b) For core damage of more than 20,00 mm (0.787 in.) in diameter use an insulation
patch and silicone compound.

(c) For core damage of less than 20,00 mm (0.787 in.) in diameter use silicone
compound.

(3) For damage to the polymide film, do Repair 3, Ref. Para. 22 to 29.

(a) Contact SAFRAN Nacelles to report the damage.

NOTE: It may be necessary to do a Pull Test (Ref. TASK 78-30-20-700-808).

NOTE: Repairs 1, 2 and 3 can be done together.

NOTE: To repair damage to the polymide film it is necessary to remove a thermal blanket.

(4) For damage to the grommets, do Repair 4, Ref. Para. 30 to 41.

(5) For damage to the weldscrews, do Repair 5, Ref. Para. 42 to 49.

(6) For damage to the vent covers, do Repair 6, Ref. Para. 50 to 59.

(7) For damage to the doubler - centre thermal blanket, do Repair 7, Ref. Para. 60 to 72.

(8) For damage to the screw covers, do Repair 8, Ref. Para. 73 to 79.

(9) For damage to the screw cover tabs, do Repair 9, Ref. Para. 80 to 91.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6009
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-476
2. Repair 1: Textured Foil Damage - Cut-Out the Damage (Ref. Fig. 6001)

(1) If necessary, remove the applicable thermal blanket (Ref. FRSX023).

CAUTION: WHEN YOU CUT OUT-OUT THE AREA OF THE TEXTURED FOIL THAT HAS
DAMAGE, BE CAREFUL NOT TO DAMAGE THE CORE AND OR POLYMIDE
FILM BELOW THE SURFACE.

(2) Cut-out the area of the textured foil that has damage:

(a) If there is a weldscrew in the damage area, remove it (Ref. Repair 5, Para. 42):

1 Identify and mark the position of the hole for the weldscrew stud.

(b) If there is a grommet in the damage area, remove it (Ref. Repair 4, Para. 34).

1 Identify and mark the position of the hole for the grommet.

(c) If the insulation core is damaged, do Repair 2 (Ref. Para 14).

(d) If the polymide film is damaged, do Repair 3 (Ref. Para 22).

(e) For edge damage:

1 If a doubler is installed and it is serviceable, use a blunt flat edge tool to open
the edge of the doubler.

2 If a doubler is installed and has damage, use an applicable hand tool to remove
the doubler. Keep the doubler.

(f) For edge damage where two thermal blankets join, if the silicone strip is damaged,
replace the silicone strip (Ref. FRS X023).

(g) Cut-out the damage area of the textured foil:

1 Use a temporary marker to mark out the area of the cut-out on the textured foil.

CAUTION: A NEW REPAIR PATCH MUST NOT GO ONTO OR OVER AN

ADJACENT PATCH. BEFORE YOU CUT-OUT ANY DAMAGE,
MAKE SURE THERE WILL BE A SUFFICIENT GAP BETWEEN THE
EDGE OF THE CUT-OUT AND THE EDGE OF ANY OTHER
ADJACENT PATCH. IF YOU CANNOT GET THE CORRECT GAP,
THE SIZE OF THE NEW PATCH MUST BE SUFFICIENT TO
REPLACE THE OLD PATCH.

2 Make sure the gap between the edge of the cut-out and the edge of any
adjacent repair patch is a minimum of 66,00 mm (2.60 in.).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6010
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

3 If you cannot get the correct gap, you must cut out the applicable old patch.

4 Use an applicable hand tool to cut out the damage area.

NOTE: The cut-out must be the shape of a rectangle and have straight edges with
round corners.

(h) Remove and discard the damaged foil.

(i) Deburr the sharp edges.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-041
3. Repair 1: Textured Foil Damage - Clean the Rework Area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,
SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03):

(1) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the rework area.

(2) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-477
4. Repair 1: Textured Foil Damage - Prepare a Repair Patch (Ref. Figs. 6001 to 6003)

(1) If there is 51,00 mm (2.008 in.) or more between the edge of the damage and the edge
doubler, do a surface repair and use a surface patch.

(2) If there is less than 51,00 mm (2.008 in.) between the edge of the damage and the edge
doubler, do an edge repair and use a surface patch and a doubler.

(3) Make a patch for a surface repair:

(a) Use OMat 2/156 (textured foil, CRES) to make a patch that is 12,50 mm (0.492 in.)
longer on all sides than the cut-out.

(b) Make sure the size of the patch is sufficient to keep a minimum gap of 40,00 mm
(1.574 in.) between the weld line of the patch and the edge of any grommet.

(c) Deburr the sharp edges.

(4) Make a patch for an edge repair:

(a) Use OMat 2/156 (textured foil, CRES) to make a patch that has sides longer than the
cut-out. The patch must be:

1 A minimum of 6,30 mm (0.248 in.) longer on the edge side.

2 Between 12,50 mm (0.492 in.) and 50 mm (1.968 in.) longer on the other three
sides.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6011
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

CAUTION: IF THERE IS A GROMMET IN OR ADJACENT TO AN EDGE REPAIR

AREA, THERE MUST BE A GAP BETWEEN THE WELD LINE OF THE
PATCH AND THE GROMMET.

(b) Make sure the size of the patch is sufficient to keep a minimum gap of 40,00 mm
(1.574 in.) between the weld line of the patch and the edge of any grommet.

(c) Deburr the sharp edges.

(5) Put the patch in the correct position over the cut-out:

(a) For an edge patch, make sure the minimum overlap of 6, 30 mm (0.248 in.) is at the
edge of the blanket.

NOTE: If a repair doubler is installed you must bend the patch under the doubler.

(b) Bend the patch into the correct shape.

(6) If necessary, make a doubler patch:

(a) Use OMat 2/156 (textured CRES foil) to make a patch that is 50,00 mm (1.968 in.)
longer than each end of the cut out.

(b) Make sure the size of the patch is sufficient to keep a minimum gap of 40,00 mm
(1.574 in.) between the weld line of the patch and the edge of any grommet.

(c) Make sure the width of the patch is sufficient to get a minimum overlap of 25,00 mm
(0.984 in.) at the top and bottom of the edge of the blanket.

(d) Deburr the sharp edges.

(e) Use the removed doubler as a template to bend the patch into the correct shape.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-042
5. Repair 1: Textured Foil Damage - Clean the Repair Patches (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,
SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03):

(1) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the work area.

(2) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-230-027
6. Repair 1: Textured Foil Damage - Inspect the Patches (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-200-210)

(1) Apply fluorescent penetrant (OMat 653) to each patch (1).

(2) Inspect the patch:

(a) Make sure the patch is free of cracks.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066
Page 6012
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(b) If a crack(s) is found, reject and discard the patch.

(c) Do paras. 4 to 6 again.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-042
7. Repair 1: Textured Foil Damage - Clean the Patch (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK
70-00-00-110-101-A03

(1) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent to the repair area.

(2) Make sure you remove all unwanted fluorescent penetrant.

(3) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-310-003
8. Repair 1: Textured Foil Damage – Weld the Repair Patch

(1) Make test pieces from OMat 2/156 (textured CRES foil) (Ref. OP TASK
70-00-00-300-403).

(2) Put the applicable repair patch in the correct position over the cut-out (Ref. Figs. 6002 and
6003):

(a) Make sure the overlap is correct for the applicable repair.

(b) Make sure there is a minimum gap of 66,00 mm (2.60 in.) between the edge of the
new patch and any edge of an adjacent repair patch.

(c) Make sure there is a minimum gap of 40,00 mm (1.574 in.) between the weld line of
the patch and any adjacent grommet.

WARNING: WELDING CAN CAUSE AN EXPLOSION. YOU MUST NOT DO WELDING IF

THE BLANKET IS INSTALLED ON A THRUST REVERSER C-DUCT THAT IS
INSTALLED ON AN AIRCRAFT. BEFORE YOU DO THIS REPAIR YOU MUST
REMOVE THE APPLICABLE BLANKET OR THE APPLICABLE
C-DUCT.

(3) Spot weld the applicable repair patch (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-403):

(a) Make a spot weld in each corner.

(b) From one corner, make more spot welds with a distance of 10,00 mm (0.394 in.)
between each spot weld.

(c) Make the final spot welds with a distance of 1,00 mm (0.039 in.) between each spot
weld.

(4) If necessary, put the installed doubler patch in position:

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6013
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(a) Bend the doubler patch over the rear edge of the textured foil.

(b) Spot weld the installed doubler patch every 50,00 mm (1.968 in.).

(5) If necessary install a new doubler patch:

(a) Put the doubler patch in the correct position.

(b) Make sure the overlap is the same at each end of the cut-out.

(c) Bend the new doubler patch over the rear edge of the textured foil patch.

(d) At the edge of the blanket, make sure there is an overlap of 25,00 mm (0.984 in.) at
the top and bottom.

(e) Spot weld the new doubler patch at each end.

(f) From one end, make more spot welds with a distance of 10,00 mm (0.394 in.)
between each spot weld.

(g) Make the final spot welds with a distance of 1,00 mm (0.039 in.) between each spot
weld.

(6) Apply a bead of silicone compound (OMat 872A) around the edge of the patch (Ref. OP
TASK 70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-010).

(7) If necessary, install a new weldscrew, (Ref. Repair 5, Para. 44).

(8) If necessary, install a new grommet (Ref. Repair 4, Para. 36).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-043
9. Repair 1: Textured Foil Damage – Clean the Repair Patch (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,
SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03)

(1) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent to the repair area.

(2) Make sure you remove all unwanted silicone compound.

(3) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-478
10. Repair 1: Textured Foil Damage – Cure the Silicone Compound (Ref. OP TASK
70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK 70-00-00-3600-707-010)

(1) Cure the silicone compound (OMat 872A) in accordance with the manufacturer’s
instructions.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6014
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-307
11. Repair 1: Textured Foil Damage – Examine the Repair

(1) Visually examine the repair.

(2) Make sure the repair is satisfactory.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-093
12. Repair 1: Textured Foil Damage – Identify the Repair

(1) Use paint (MSRR9064) of a different color to mark FRSX066 Repair 1 adjacent to the part
number (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-363).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-410-004
13. Repair 1: Textured Foil Damage – Complete the Repair

(1) If necessary, install the applicable blanket (Ref. FRSX023).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6015
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Repair 1 – Textured Foil – Patch Dimensions

Figure 6001 / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-963-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6016
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Repair 1 – Textured Foil – Repair Patch Details

Figure 6002 / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-964-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6017
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Repair 1 – Textured Foil – Repair with Grommets Installed

Figure 6003 / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-965-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6018
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-479
14. Repair 2: Insulation Core Damage - Cut-Out the Damage

WARNING: THE INSULATION CORE MATERIAL CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO YOUR SKIN
AND RESPERATORY SYSTEM. BEFORE YOU DO THIS TASK, YOU MUST
READ AND OBEY THE APPLICABLE MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET
(MSDS). TO DO THIS TASK YOU MUST WEAR THE APPLICABLE
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT.

(1) Contact SAFRAN Nacelles to ask if a Pull Test is necessary.

(2) If necessary, remove the applicable thermal blanket (Ref. FRSX023).

(3) Cut-out the damage area:

(a) If there is a weldscrew in the damage area, remove it (Ref. Repair 5, Para. 42).

(b) If there is a grommet in the damage area, remove it (Ref. Repair 4, Para. 34).

CAUTION: WHEN YOU CUT OUT THE AREA OF THE INSULATION CORE THAT
HAS DAMAGE, BE CAREFUL NOT TO DAMAGE THE POLYMIDE FILM
BELOW THE CORE.

(c) Use an applicable hand tool to cut-out the insulation core and textured foil.

1 Make a straight edge, rectangular cut-out with round corners around the
damage area.

(d) Remove and discard the damaged core and textured foil.

(e) Examine the polymide film:

1 If the polymide film is damaged, refer to Repair 3, Para 22.

(4) Clean the Rework Area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03)

(a) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the rework area.

(b) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent
evaporates.

(5) Measure the damage area:

(a) If the damage area is more than 20 mm (0.787 in.) in diameter, do Para. 15 and
continue from Para. 17.

(b) If the damage area is less than 20 mm (0.787 in.) in diameter, continue from Para. 16.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6019
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-480
15. Repair 2: Insulation Core Damage – Repair for Damage More than 20,00 mm (0.787 in.) (Ref.
Figs. 6004 to 6006)

(1) Find the correct insulation material for the repair plug (Ref. Fig. 6004):

(a) For the forward thermal blankets use OMat 2/128 material for the insulation plug.

(b) For the rear thermal blankets use OMat 2/151 material for the insulation plug.

(2) Make an insulation core plug (Ref. Fig. 6005):

(a) Use OMat 2/128 or OMat 2/151 and cut out a piece that is between 1,60 and 3,20 mm
(0.063 and 0.126 in.) larger all around than the cut-out.

(b) Deburr the sharp edges.

(c) Cut a piece of glass cloth (HTM5681):

1 The cloth must be 35 mm (1.378 in) longer than the perimeter of the
insulation core plug.

2 The cloth must be 25 mm (0.984 in.) wider than the thickness of the insulation
core plug.

(d) Apply a layer of silicone (OMat 872A) to the mating face of the glass cloth (HTM5681)
(Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-010).

(e) Put the piece of glass cloth (HTM5681) in position along the all sides of the insulation
plug:

1 Put the middle of the cloth at the middle of the sides of the plug.

2 Make sure there is 12.5 mm (0.492 in.) of cloth above the top face of the plug
and below the bottom face of the plug.

(f) Bend the top edge of the glass cloth onto the top face of the insulation plug.

(g) Bend the bottom edge of the glass cloth onto the bottom face of the insulation plug.

(3) Clean the plug (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03):

(a) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent to the plug.

(b) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent
evaporates.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6020
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(4) Install the insulation plug (Ref. Fig. 6006, Sheet 1):

(a) Do not let the silicone compound between the glass cloth and the plug get tacky.

(b) Use an applicable tool to put silicone (OMat 872A) onto the sides of the cut-out and
inner face of polymide film (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK
70-00-00-360-707-010).

(c) Put the plug in position in the cut-out:

1 Make sure top face of the glass cloth is level with the top face of the thermal
blanket.

(d) Make the surface of the top face of the plug level with the adjacent surfaces of the
thermal blanket:

1 Apply silicone compound to the top surface of the core plug (OMat 872A) (Ref.
OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-010).

(e) Do not let the silicone compound get tacky.

(5) Clean the repair area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03):

(a) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent to the plug.

(b) Make sure you remove all unwanted silicone compound.

(c) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent
evaporates.

(d) Continue from Para. 17.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-481
16. Repair 2: Insulation Core Damage – Repair for Damage Less than 20,00 mm (0.787 in.) (Ref. Fig.
6006, Sheet 2)

(1) Fill the cut-out:

(a) Use silicone compound (OMat 872A) to fill the cut-out hole (Ref. OP TASK
70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-010).

(b) Fill the hole until the compound is level with the adjacent surfaces of the thermal
blanket.

(c) Do not let the silicone compound get tacky.

(2) Clean the repair area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03):
EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066
Page 6021
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(a) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent to the patch.

(b) Make sure you remove all unwanted silicone compound.

(c) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent
evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-482
17. Repair 2: Insulation Core Damage – Cure the Silicone Compound (Ref. OP TASK
70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK 70-00-00-3600-707-010)

(1) Cure the silicone compound (OMat 872A) in accordance with the manufacturer’s
instructions.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-410-004
18. Repair 2: Insulation Core Damage – Install a Textured Foil Patch

(1) Install a textured foil repair patch (Ref. Repair 1, Para. 2).

(2) If necessary, install a grommet (Ref. Repair 4, Para. 36).

(3) If necessary, install a weldscrew (Ref. Repair 5, Para. 42).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-308
19. Repair 2: Insulation Core Damage – Examine the Repair

(1) Visually examine the repair.

(2) Make sure the repair is satisfactory.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-094
20. Repair 2: Insulation Core Damage – Identify the Repair

(1) Use paint (MSRR9064) of a different color to mark FRSX066 Repair 2 adjacent to the part
number (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-363).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-410-005
21. Repair 2: Insulation Core Damage – Complete the Repair

(1) If necessary, install the applicable blanket (Ref. FRSX023).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6022
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Repair 2 – Core Damage – Insulation Core Material

Figure 6004 / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-966-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6023
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Repair 2 – Core Damage – Insulation Patch Details

Figure 6005 / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-967-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6024
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Repair 2 and 3 – Core and Polymide Film Damage – Repair Details

Figure 6006 (Sheet 1 of 2) / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-968-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6025
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Repair 2 and 3 – Core Damage and Polymide Film – Repair Details

Figure 6006 (Sheet 2 of 2) / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-968-002

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6026
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-483
22. Repair 3: Polymide Film Damage - Cut-Out the Damage

(1) If necessary remove the applicable thermal blanket (Ref. FRSX023).

CAUTION: IF THE BLANKET IS INSTALLED, WHEN YOU CUT OUT THE AREA OF THE
POLYMIDE FILM THAT HAS DAMAGE, BE CAREFUL NOT TO DAMAGE THE
IFS BELOW THE FILM.

(2) Cut-out the damage area:

(a) Use an applicable hand tool to cut-out the damage area of the polymide film.

1 Make a straight edge, rectangular cut-out with round corners around the
damage area.

(b) Remove and discard the polymide film.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-044
23. Repair 3: Polymide Film Damage - Clean the Repair Area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,
SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03)

(1) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent to the repair area.

(2) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surfac e dry before the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-483
24. Repair 3: Polymide Film Damage – Make a Polymide Film Patch

(1) Cut out a piece of polymide film (HTM5674) that is 10,00 mm (0.394 in.) longer than each
side of the cut-out.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-410-006
25. Repair 3: Polymide Film Damage – Install a Polymide Film Patch (Ref. Fig. 6006)

(1) Put the polymide film patch (2) in position over the cut-out:

(a) Make sure there is an overlap of 10,00 mm (0.394 in.) at each side of the cut-out.

(b) For edge damage, align the edge of the patch with the edge of the existing polymide
patch.

(2) Apply silicone compound (OMat 872A) along the edges of the polymide patch (Ref. OP
TASK 70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-010).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6027
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(3) Secure the patch:

(a) Make sure the silicone compound does not get tacky.

(b) Install adhesive tape (OMat 237) along each edge of the patch.

(4) Cure the silicone compound (OMat 872A) in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions
(Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-010).

(5) Remove and discard the adhesive tape.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-045
26. Repair 3: Polymide Film Damage – Clean the Repair Area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,
SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03)

(1) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent to the patch.

(2) Make sure you remove all unwanted silicone compound.

(3) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-309
27. Repair 3: Polymide Film Damage – Examine the Repair

(1) Visually examine the repair.

(2) Make sure the repair is satisfactory.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-095
28. Repair 3: Polymide Film Damage – Identify the Repair

(1) Use paint (MSRR9064 of a different color to mark FRSX066 Repair 3 adjacent to the part
number (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-363).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-410-007
29. Repair 3: Polymide Film – Complete the Repair

(1) Repair the core, refer to Repair 2, Para. 14.

(2) Repair the textured foil, refer to Repair 1, Para 2.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6028
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-484
30. Repair 4: Grommet Damage – Repair a Grommet:

(1) If necessary remove the applicable thermal blanket (Ref. FRSX023).

(2) To repair a grommet cap, do Para. 31 and 32.

(3) To replace a grommet cap, do Para. 33.

(4) To replace a grommet, do Para. 34 to 41.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-045
31. Repair 4: Grommet Damage – Repair the Grommet Cap – Clean the Repair Area (Ref. OP TASK
70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03)

(1) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent to the repair area.

(2) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-485
32. Repair 4: Grommet Damage – Repair the Grommet Cap (Ref. Fig. 6009)

(1) Use silicone compound (OMat 872A) to fill the damage area of the grommet cap (4) (Ref.
OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707).

(2) Use an applicable spatula to make the compound level.

(3) Cure the silicone compound (OMat 872A) in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions
(Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-010).

(4) Clean the repair area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03):

(a) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent to the area.

(b) Make sure you remove all unwanted silicone compound.

(c) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent
evaporates.

(5) If you repair the grommet cap (4) continue from Para. 39.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6029
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-486
33. Repair 4: Grommet Damage – Replace a Missing Grommet Cap (Ref. Fig. 6008)

(1) Before you repair the grommet caps, make sure you repair any damage to the textured foil
below the grommet cap:

(a) If necessary, refer to Repair 1, Para. 2.

(2) Get a new grommet cap (4).

(3) Clean the grommet cap (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03):

(a) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent to the cap (4).

(b) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent
evaporates.

(4) Put the grommet cap (4) in position.

WARNING: WELDING CAN CAUSE AN EXPLOSION. YOU MUST NOT DO WELDING IF

THE BLANKET IS INSTALLED ON A THRUST REVERSER C-DUCT THAT IS
INSTALLED ON AN AIRCRAFT. BEFORE YOU DO THIS REPAIR YOU MUST
REMOVE THE APPLICABLE BLANKET OR THE APPLICABLE C-DUCT.

(5) Spot weld the grommet cap (4) to the thermal blanket (Ref. OP TASK
70-00-00-300-403):

(a) Make spot welds around the edge of the cap (4).

1 The pitch between each spot weld must be 10, 00 mm (0.390 in.).

(b) Complete the spot weld around the edge of the cap (4).

1 The pitch between each spot weld must be 1, 00 mm (0.039 in.).

(c) When the spot welds cool, examine the welds and make sure the cap (4) is secure.

(6) Clean the repair area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03):

(a) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent to the area.

(b) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent
evaporates.

(7) If you replace the grommet cap (4) continue from Para. 39.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6030
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-010-012
34. Repair 4: Grommet Damage – Replace – Remove the Damaged Grommet (Ref. Fig. 6008)

WARNING: THE INSULATION CORE MATERIAL CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO YOUR SKIN
AND RESPERATORY SYSTEM. BEFORE YOU DO THIS TASK, YOU MUST
READ AND OBEY THE APPLICABLE MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET
(MSDS). TO DO THIS TASK YOU MUST WEAR THE APPLICABLE PERSONAL
PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT.

CAUTION: WHEN YOU REMOVE A GROMMET, BE CAREFUL NOT TO DAMAGE THE

ADJACENT MATERIAL.

(1) If necessary, use a temporary marker (OMat 262) to mark the position of the grommet on the
textured foil.

(2) From the textured foil side, use applicable grommet setting tool to remove the grommet cap.

(3) From the polymide film side of the blanket, press on the inner edge of the grommet washer
(2).

(4) Press the inner edge until you crush the shank (3), and the outer edge of the washer lifts
clear of the polymide film.

(5) Remove the washer (2).

(6) Use an applicable punch to move the grommet shank (3) clear of the sides of the hole (Ref.
Fig. 6007):

(a) Use a 05,00 mm (0.197 in.) hole punch for grommets, 42/43-961, 42/43-962 and
42/43-967.

(b) Use a 10,90 mm (0.429 in.) hole punch for grommets, 42/43-910, 42/43-920,
42/43-930, 42/43-958 and 42/43-963.

(c) Use a 12,70 mm (0.500 in.) hole punch for grommets 42/43-940.

(7) Use the applicable punch to push the grommet shank (3) out of the hole and clear of the
thermal blanket.

(8) Discard the grommet parts.

(9) Examine the textured foil around the damage are:

(a) If the textured foil is damaged, do Repair 1 (Ref. Para. 2.).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6031
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-046
35. Repair 4: Grommet Damage – Replace – Clean the Rework Area (Ref. OP TASK
70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03)

(1) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent to the rework area.

(2) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-410-008
36. Repair 4: Grommet Damage – Replace – Install a new Grommet (Ref. Fig. 6008)

(1) If necessary, use an applicable punch to make a new hole(s) for the grommet(s) (Ref. Fig.
6007 and 6008):

(a) Use a 05,00 mm (0.197 in.) hole punch for grommets, 42/43-961, 42/43-962 and
42/43-967.

(b) Use a 10,90 mm (0.429 in.) hole punch for grommets, 42/43-910, 42/43-920,
42/43-930, 42/43-958 and 42/43-963.

(c) Use a 12,70 mm (0.500 in.) hole punch for grommets 42/43-940.

(2) Apply silicone compound (OMat 872A) to the mating surfaces of the grommet (1).

(a) Do not let the silicone compound get tacky.

(3) From the textured foil side, put the grommet (1) in the hole.

(4) Put the washer (2) in position on the grommet (1).

CAUTION: IF THE THERMAL BLANKET IS INSTALLED YOU MUST NOT APPLY FORCE
AGAINST THE IFS WHEN YOU INSTALL A GROMMET. IF YOU APPLY FORCE
AGAINST THE IFS YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE IFS. BEFORE YOU
INSTALL A GROMMET, YOU MUST LIFT AND SUPPORT THE THERMAL
BLANKET CLEAR OF THE IFS.

(5) If the thermal blanket is installed, use an applicable support to lift the blanket clear of the IFS.

(6) Use an applicable setting tool and hammer to swage the grommet (Ref. Fig. 6009):

(a) Use a 05,00 mm (0.197 in.) hole punch for grommets, 42/43-961, 42/43-962 and
42/43-967.

(b) Use a 10,90 mm (0.429 in.) hole punch for grommets, 42/43-910, 42/43-920,
42/43-930, 42/43-958 and 42/43-963.

(c) Use a 12,70 mm (0.500 in.) hole punch for grommets 42/43-940.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-047
EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066
Page 6032
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

37. Repair 4: Grommet Damage – Replace – Clean the Repair Area (Ref. OP TASK
70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03)

(1) Use a vacuum to remove unwanted debris.

(2) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent to the patch.

(3) Make sure you remove all unwanted silicone compound.

(4) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-487
38. Repair 4: Grommet Damage – Replace – Cure the Silicone Compound:

(1) Cure the silicone compound (OMat 872A) in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions
(Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-010).

(2) Install a serviceable grommet cap (Ref. Repair 4, Para. 33).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-310
39. Repair 4: Grommet Damage – Examine the Repair

(1) Visually examine the repair.

(2) Make sure the repair is satisfactory.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-096
40. Repair 4: Grommet Damage – Identify the Repair

(1) Use paint (MSRR9064) of a different color to mark FRSX066 Repair 4 adjacent to the part
number (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-363).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-410-009
41. Repair 4: Grommet Damage – Complete the Repair

(1) If necessary, install the applicable blanket (Ref. FRSX023).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6033
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Repair 4 – Grommet Location – LH

Figure 6007 (Sheet 1 of 4) / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-969-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6034
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Repair 4 – Grommet Location – LH

Figure 6007 (Sheet 2 of 4) / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-969-002

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6035
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Repair 4 – Grommet Location – RH

Figure 6007 (Sheet 3 of 4) / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-969-003

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6036
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Repair 4 – Grommet Location – RH

Figure 6007 (Sheet 4 of 4) / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-969-004

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6037
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Repair 4 – Grommet Damage – Repair Details

Figure 6008 / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-970-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6038
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-010-013
42. Repair 5: Weldscrew Damage – Remove the Damaged Weldscrew (Ref. Figs. 6009 and 6010)

(1) If necessary, remove the applicable thermal blanket (Ref. FRSX023).

(2) If necessary, use a temporary marker (OMat 262) to mark the position of the weldscrew on
the textured foil.

(3) Remove and discard the nut (6) and washer (5) from the damaged weldscrew stud (2).

(4) Get access to the damaged weldscrew:

(a) Remove the nut and washer from a sufficient number of the weldscrew studs at each
side of the damaged weldscrew.

(5) If necessary, lift the adjacent thermal blanket clear of the weldscrew stud (2).

(6) Cut out the polymide film that covers the weldscrew plate (3).

(7) From the textured foil side of the blanket, push the weldscrew (1) from the blanket.

(8) Discard the weldscrew (1).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-048
43. Repair 5: Weldscrew Damage – Clean the Rework Area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,
SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03)

(1) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent to the rework area.

(2) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-410-010
44. Repair 5: Weldscrew Damage – Install a New Weldscrew (Ref. Fig. 6010)

(1) Get an applicable new weldscrew (1) (Ref. Fig. 6009).

(2) If necessary use a 5,00 mm (0.197 in.) hole punch to make the new hole(s) for the
weldscrew(s).

(3) Apply silicone compound (OMat 872A) to the stud hole in the thermal blanket.

(a) Do not let the silicone compound get tacky.

(4) Apply silicone compound (OMat 872A) to the mating surface of the weldscrew plate (3).

(a) Do not let the silicone compound get tacky.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6039
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(5) From the polymide film side of the thermal blanket, put the weldscrew stud (3) through the
hole in the blanket.

(a) Make sure the plate of the weldscrew locates correctly in the cut-out on the polymide
film.

(6) If the blanket is installed, use temporary protection for the IFS:

(a) Put a piece of unwanted polymide film (HTM5674) or similar material on the IFS
opposite the position for the new weldscrew.

(7) Install the washer (5) and nut (6) on the weldscrew stud (2).

(8) Torque the nut (6) to 1.8 Nm (16 lbf in.).

(9) Cut a piece of glass cloth (HTM5681):

(a) Make the glass cloth (7) the same shape as the weldscrew plate (3) and 25,00 mm
(0.984 in.) larger at each edge.

(10) Cut a piece of polymide film patch (HTM5674):

(a) Make the polymide film patch 20,00 mm (0.394 in.) larger on all edges than the piece
of glass cloth.

(11) Apply a layer of silicone compound (OMat 872A) to the mating surface of the glass cloth (7).

(a) Do not let the silicone compound get tacky.

(12) Put the glass cloth (7) in position on the weldscrew plate (3):

(a) Make sure there is an overlap of 25,00 mm (0.984 in.) at each edge of the weldscrew
plate.

(b) Apply light pressure along the full length of the glass cloth (7).

(13) Apply a layer of silicone compound (OMat 872A) to the mating surface of the polymide film
patch (4).

(a) Do not let the silicone compound get tacky.

(14) Put the polymide film patch (7) in position on the glass cloth (7):

(a) Make sure there is an overlap of 20,00 mm (0.788 in.) at each edge of the glass cloth
(7).

(b) Apply light pressure along the full length of the polymide film patch (4).

(15) Remove and keep the nut (6) and washer (5).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6040
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(16) Apply a layer of silicone compound (OMat 872A) between the bottom of the weldscrew stud
(2) and the textured foil.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-049
45. Repair 5: Weldscrew Damage – Clean the Repair Area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,
SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03)

(1) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent to the patch.

(2) Make sure you remove all unwanted silicone compound.

(3) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-488
46. Repair 5: Weldscrew Damage – Cure the Silicone Compound:

(1) Cure the silicone compound (OMat 872A) in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions
(Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-010).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-311
47. Repair 5: Weldscrew Damage – Examine the Repair

(1) Visually examine the repair.

(2) Make sure the repair is satisfactory.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-097
48. Repair 5: Weldscrew Damage – Identify the Repair

(1) Use paint (MSRR9064) of a different color to mark FRSX066 Repair 5 adjacent to the part
number (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-363).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-410-011
49. Repair 5: Weldscrew Damage – Complete the Repair

(1) If necessary remove and discard the temporary protection from the IFS.

(2) Install the new washer (5) and nut (6) to the new weldscrew stud.

(3) Install the washers and nuts to the weldscrew studs at each side of the repaired weldscrew.

(4) Torque all the nut(s) (6) to 1.8 Nm (16 lbfin.).

(5) If necessary, install the applicable blanket (Ref. FRSX023).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6041
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Repair 5 – Weldscrew Location – LH

Figure 6009 (Sheet 1 of 3) / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-971-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6042
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Repair 5 – Weldscrew Location – RH

Figure 6009 (Sheet 2 of 3) / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-971-002

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6043
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Repair 5 – Weldscrew Location

Figure 6009 (Sheet 3 of 3) / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-971-003

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6044
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Repair 5 – Weldscrew Damage – Repair Details

Figure 6010 / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-972-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6045
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-489
50. Repair 6: Vent Cover Damage – Repair a Vent Cover:

(1) If necessary, remove the applicable thermal blanket (Ref. FRSX023).

(2) To repair a vent cover, do Para. 51.

(3) To replace a vent cover, do Para. 52 to 59.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-490
51. Repair 6: Vent Cover Damage – Repair the Damage (Ref. Fig. 6012)

(1) Use an applicable blunt tool to bend the cover to the correct shape:

(a) Put the tool into the open end of the cover (1).

(b) Use the tool to lift the top plate of the cover (1).

(c) Continue until the vent cover (1) is the correct shape.

(d) Make sure the top surface of the vent cover is straight and level.

(e) Make sure the vent cover is the same shape as the adjacent vent cover.

(2) If you repair the vent cover (1), continue from Para. 57.

(3) If you cannot repair the vent cover (1), continue from Para. 52.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-010-014
52. Repair 6: Vent Cover Damage – Replace – Remove the Damaged Vent Cover (Ref. Fig. 6012)

(1) Use hand tools to cut the damaged vent cover (1) from the thermal blanket.

(2) Discard the damaged vent cover (1).

(3) Remove the sharp edges.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-050
53. Repair 6: Vent Cover Damage – Replace – Clean the Repair Area (Ref. OP TASK
70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03)

(1) Use silicone carbide (OMat 5/35) to clean the flange (2) of the vent cover that remains.

(2) Use a vacuum cleaner to remove all debris.

(3) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent to the rework area.

(4) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.
EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066
Page 6046
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-410-012
54. Repair 6: Vent Cover Damage – Replace – Install a New Applicable Vent Cover (Ref. Fig. 6012)

(1) Use the same material as the vent cover to make some test pieces (Ref. OP TASK
70-00-00-300-403).

(2) Get a new applicable vent cover (Ref. Fig. 6011).

(3) Put the new vent cover (1) in position:

(a) Put the flange of the vent cover (1) on the flange (2) that remains.

(b) Make sure the flanges align correctly.

WARNING: WELDING CAN CAUSE AN EXPLOSION. YOU MUST NOT DO WELDING IF

THE BLANKET IS INSTALLED ON A THRUST REVERSER C-DUCT THAT IS
INSTALLED ON AN AIRCRAFT. BEFORE YOU DO THIS REPAIR YOU MUST
REMOVE THE APPLICABLE BLANKET OR THE APPLICABLE
C-DUCT.

(4) Spot weld the vent cover to the flange (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-403):

(a) Make a spot weld in each corner of the flange.

(b) Start at one corner and make spot welds along each side of the flange.

1 The pitch between each spot weld must be 10, 00 mm (0.390 in.).

(c) Complete the spot welds along each side of the flange.

1 The pitch between each spot weld must be 1, 00 mm (0.039 in.).

(d) When the spot welds cool, examine the welds and make sure the cover is secure.

(5) Clean the repair area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03):

(a) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to apply solvent to the area.

(b) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent
evaporates.

(6) Apply a bead of silicone compound (OMat 872A) along the edge of the vent cover.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6047
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-051
55. Repair 6: Vent Cover Damage – Replace – Clean the Repair Area (Ref. OP TASK
70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03)

(1) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to apply solvent to the patch.

(2) Make sure you remove all unwanted silicone compound.

(3) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-491
56. Repair 6: Vent Cover Damage – Replace – Cure the Silicone Compound:

(1) Cure the silicone compound (OMat 872A) in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions
(Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-010).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-312
57. Repair 6: Vent Cover Damage – Examine the Repair

(1) Visually examine the repair.

(2) Make sure the repair is satisfactory.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-098
58. Repair 6: Vent Cover Damage – Identify the Repair

(1) Use paint (MSRR9064) of a different color to mark FRSX066 Repair 6 adjacent to the part
number (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-363).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-410-013
59. Repair 6: Vent Cover Damage – Complete the Repair

(1) If necessary, install the applicable blanket (Ref. FRSX023).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6048
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Repair 6 – Vent Cover Location – LH

Figure 6011 (Sheet 1 of 3) / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-973-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6049
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Repair 6 – Vent Cover Location – RH

Figure 6011 (Sheet 2 of 3) / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-973-002

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6050
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Repair 6 – Vent Cover Location

Figure 6011 (Sheet 3 of 3) / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-973-003

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6051
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Repair 6 – Vent Cover Location

Figure 6012 / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-974-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6052
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-010-015
60. Repair 7: Gouge/Chafing Damage – Doubler – Centre Thermal Blanket – Get Access (Ref. Fig.
6007):

(1) If necessary, remove the applicable blanket (Ref. FRSX023).

(2) If necessary remove any sharp edges from the damaged area.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-052
61. Repair 7: Gouge/Chafing Damage – Doubler – Centre Thermal Blanket – Clean the Damaged Area
(Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03)

(1) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent to the damage area.

(2) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-492
62. Repair 7: Gouge/Chafing Damage – Doubler – Centre Thermal Blanket – Repair the Damage (Ref.
Fig. 6013)

(1) Use silicone compound (OMat 872A) to fill the gouge/chafe (OP TASK
70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-010):

(a) Use an applicable spatula to make the compound level with the surface of the thermal
blanket.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-493
63. Repair 7: Gouge/Chafing Damage – Doubler – Centre Thermal Blanket – Cure the Silicone
Compound:

(1) Cure the silicone compound (OMat 872A) in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions
(Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-010).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-494
64. Repair 7: Gouge/Chafing Damage – Doubler – Centre Thermal Blanket – Prepare the Repair Patch
(Ref. Fig. 6013)

(1) Use Z6CNT18 (ASN-A3106) or AMS5512, to make a repair patch (1):

(a) Use applicable hand tools

(b) Make the patch 0,40 mm (0.016 in.) thick.

(c) Make each side 10,00 mm (0.394 in.) larger than the damage area.

(d) Make radius of each corner 5,00 mm (0.197 in.).

(2) Remove the sharp edges.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066
Page 6053
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-053
65. Repair 7: Gouge/Chafing Damage – Doubler – Centre Thermal Blanket – Clean the Repair Patch
(Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03)

(1) Use a vacuum cleaner to remove all debris.

(2) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent to the rework area.

(3) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-230-028
66. Repair 7: Gouge/Chafing Damage – Doubler – Centre Thermal Blanket – Inspect the Patch (Ref.
OP TASK 70-00-00-200-210)

(1) Apply fluorescent penetrant (OMat 653) to the patch (1).

(2) Inspect the patch:

(a) Make sure the patch is free of cracks.

(b) If you find crack(s), reject and discard the patch.

(c) Do paras. 64 to 66 again.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-054
67. Repair 7: Gouge/Chafing Damage – Doubler – Centre Thermal Blanket – Clean the Repair Patch
(Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03)

(1) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent to the rework area.

(2) Make sure you remove all the penetrant.

(3) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-310-004
68. Repair 7: Gouge/Chafing Damage – Doubler – Centre Thermal Blanket – Install the Repair Patch
(Ref. Fig. 6013)

(1) Use the same material as the repair patch to make some test pieces (Ref. OP TASK
70-00-00-300-403).

(2) Put the repair patch (1) in position:

(a) Make sure the overlap is the same at each side.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6054
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

WARNING: WELDING CAN CAUSE AN EXPLOSION. YOU MUST NOT DO WELDING IF

THE BLANKET IS INSTALLED ON A THRUST REVERSER C-DUCT THAT IS
INSTALLED ON AN AIRCRAFT. BEFORE YOU DO THIS REPAIR YOU MUST
REMOVE THE APPLICABLE BLANKET OR THE APPLICABLE
C-DUCT.

(3) Spot weld the repair patch (1) to the thermal blanket (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-403):

(a) Make sure the weld machine is set the same as it was at (3) (a).

(b) Make a spot weld in each corner of the repair patch (1).

(c) Start at one corner and make spot welds along each side of the patch (1).

1 The pitch between each spot weld must be 10, 00 mm (0.390 in.).

(d) Complete the spot welds along each side of the patch (1).

1 The pitch between each spot weld must be 1, 00 mm (0.039 in.).

(e) When the spot welds cool, examine the welds and make sure the patch is secure.

(4) Clean the repair area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03):

(a) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent to the area.

(b) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent
evaporates.

(5) Apply a bead of silicone compound (OMat 872A) along each edge of the repair patch.

(6) Remove unwanted silicone compound.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-495
69. Repair 7: Gouge/Chafing Damage – Doubler – Centre Thermal Blanket – Cure the Silicone
Compound:

(1) Cure the silicone compound (OMat 872A) in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions
(Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-010).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-313
70. Repair 7: Gouge/Chafing Damage – Doubler – Centre Thermal Blanket – Examine the Repair

(1) Visually examine the repair.

(2) Make sure the repair is satisfactory.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6055
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-099
71. Repair 7: Gouge/Chafing Damage – Doubler – Centre Thermal Blanket – Identify the Repair

(1) Use paint (MSRR9064) of a different color to mark FRSX066 Repair 7 adjacent to the part
number (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-363).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-410-014
72. Repair 7: Gouge/Chafing Damage – Doubler – Centre Thermal Blanket – Complete the Repair

(1) If necessary, install the applicable blanket (Ref. FRSX023).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6056
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Repair 7 – Centre Thermal Blanket – Doubler – Repair Details

Figure 6013 / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-975-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6057
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-010-016
73. Repair 8: Screw Cover Damage – Get Access

(1) If necessary, remove the applicable blanket (Ref. FRSX023).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-010-017
CAUTION: WHEN YOU REMOVE THE SCREW COVER, BE CAREFUL NOT TO DAMAGE THE
TEXTURED FOIL BELOW THE COVER.

74. Repair 8: Screw Cover Damage – Remove a Damaged Screw Cover

(1) If necessary, use applicable hand tools to remove the damaged screw cover.

(2) Discard the damaged screw cover.

(3) Remove any sharp edges.

(4) Examine the textured foil for damage, repair as necessary (Ref. Repair 1, Para. 2 to 13).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-055
75. Repair 8: Screw Cover Damage – Clean the Repair Area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,
SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03)

(1) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent to the damage area.

(2) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-310-005
76. Repair 8: Screw Cover Damage – Install a Serviceable Screw Cover (Ref. Fig. 6014)

(1) Get a serviceable screw cover.

NOTE: This screw cover can be new or a serviceable one carefully removed from
another thermal blanket.

(2) Use the same material as the screw cover to make some test pieces (Ref. OP TASK
70-00-00-300-403).

(3) Put the serviceable screw cover (1) in position.

WARNING: WELDING CAN CAUSE AN EXPLOSION. YOU MUST NOT DO WELDING IF

THE BLANKET IS INSTALLED ON A THRUST REVERSER C-DUCT THAT IS
INSTALLED ON AN AIRCRAFT. BEFORE YOU DO THIS REPAIR YOU MUST
REMOVE THE APPLICABLE BLANKET OR THE APPLICABLE
C-DUCT.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6058
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(4) Spot weld the screw cover (1) to the thermal blanket (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-403):

(a) Make the spot welds along the top side of the screw cover (1):

1 There must be a minimum edge distance of 5,00 mm (0.197 in.) around each
spot weld.

2 There must be a minimum edge distance of 1,00 mm (0.039 in.) between each
spot weld.

(5) Lift the lock tab (3) to make sure the weld spots on the screw cover (1) are secure.

(6) Put the lock tab (3) of the screw cover (1) in the retainer clip (2).

(7) Clean the Repair Area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03):

(a) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent to the area.

(b) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent
evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-314
77. Repair 8: Screw Cover Damage – Examine the Repair

(1) Visually examine the repair.

(2) Make sure the repair is satisfactory.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-100
78. Repair 8: Screw Cover Damage – Identify the Repair

(1) Use paint (MSRR9064) of a different color to mark FRSX066 Repair 8 adjacent to the part
number (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-363).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-410-015
79. Repair 8: Screw Cover Damage – Complete the Repair

(1) If necessary, repair the screw cover tab (Ref. Repair 9, Para 80).

(2) If necessary, install the applicable blanket (Ref. FRSX023).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-010-018
80. Repair 9: Screw Cover Tab Damage – Get Access

(1) If necessary, remove the applicable blanket (Ref. FRSX023).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6059
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-496
81. Repair 9: Screw Cover Tab Damage – Prepare the Damage Area (Ref. Fig. 6014).

(1) If necessary, repair the screw cover (1) (Ref. Repair 8, Para 73 to 79).

(2) Use applicable hand tools to cut the damaged tab (3) from the screw cover (1).

(3) Keep the part(s) of the tab.

(4) Remove any sharp edges from the screw cover (1).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-056
82. Repair 9: Screw Cover Tab Damage – Clean the Damaged Area (Ref. OP TASK
70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03)

(1) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent to the damage area.

(2) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-500
83. Repair 9: Screw Cover Tab Damage – Prepare the Repair Tab (Ref. Fig. 6014)

(1) Get a new tab, or

(2) Use Z6CNT18 (ASN-A3106) or AMS5512, to make a repair tab (3):

(a) Use applicable hand tools

(b) Make the horizontal (top) part of the tab 3 x the width of the removed tab.

(c) Make the radius of each inside corner 1,00 mm (0.040 in.).

(3) Remove the sharp edges.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-057
84. Repair 9: Screw Cover Tab Damage – Clean the Repair Tab (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,
SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03)

(1) Use a vacuum cleaner to remove all debris.

(2) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent to the rework area.

(3) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6060
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-230-029
85. Repair 9: Screw Cover Tab Damage – Inspect the Repair Tab (Ref. OP TASK
70-00-00-200-210)

(1) Apply fluorescent penetrant (OMat 653) to the repair tab (1).

(2) Inspect the patch:

(a) Make sure the patch is free of cracks.

(b) If you find crack(s), reject and discard the patch.

(c) Do paras. 83 to 85 again.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-058
86. Repair 9: Screw Cover Tab Damage – Clean the Repair Tab (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,
SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03)

(1) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent to the rework area.

(2) Make sure you remove all the penetrant.

(3) Use an applicable lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent
evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-310-006
87. Repair 9: Screw Cover Tab Damage – Install the Repair Tab (Ref. Fig. 6014)

(1) Use the same material as the tab (3) to make some test pieces (Ref. OP TASK
70-00-00-300-403).

(2) Put the repair tab (3) in position.

(a) Put the vertical part of the tab in the retainer clip (2).

WARNING: WELDING CAN CAUSE AN EXPLOSION. YOU MUST NOT DO WELDING IF

THE BLANKET IS INSTALLED ON A THRUST REVERSER C-DUCT THAT IS
INSTALLED ON AN AIRCRAFT. BEFORE YOU DO THIS REPAIR YOU MUST
REMOVE THE APPLICABLE BLANKET OR THE APPLICABLE
C-DUCT.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6061
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(3) Spot weld the tab (1) to the screw cover (1) (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-403):

(a) Make spot welds along the horizontal (top) part of the screw cover (1).

1 There must be a minimum edge distance of 5, 00 mm (0.197 in.) around each

spot weld.

2 There must be a pitch of 1,00 mm (0.040 in.) between each spot weld.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-059
88. Repair 9: Screw Cover Tab Damage – Clean the Repair Area (Ref. OP TASK
70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03)

(1) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent to the rework area.

(2) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-315
89. Repair 9: Screw Cover Tab Damage – Examine the Repair

(1) Visually examine the repair.

(2) Make sure the repair is satisfactory.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-101
90. Repair 9: Screw Cover Tab Damage – Identify the Repair

(1) Use paint (MSRR9064) of a different color to mark FRSX066 Repair 9 adjacent to the part
number (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-363).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-410-016
91. Repair 9: Screw Cover Tab Damage – Complete the Repair

(1) If necessary, install the applicable blanket (Ref. FRSX023).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6062
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Repair 8 and 9 – Screw Cover and Lock Tab Damage – Repair Details
Figure 6014 / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-976-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6063
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX066

Page 6064
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-869-A01
1. FRSX071 - Pivot Door - Upper - Repair of the Corner Post Angle Fitting (91E531)
A. General

This TASK gives the instructions for the repair of the corner post angle fitting (91E531)
on the upper pivot door.

This TASK is applicable to the LH and RH upper pivot doors.

Standards of angle fitting before 91E531-03 (30/32-905C) can include PN 91E977-00,

The previous standards of 91E513 and 91E977, can be replaced by 91E531-03.

Fig/item numbers in the procedure agree with those used in the Illustrated Parts List
(IPL). Only the primary Fig/item numbers are used. For different standards, refer to the
IPL.

TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Ref.
TSD594-J).

TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Ref.
RR-CAEL-SPM).

B. Effectivity

ENGINE FIG/ITEM PART No. DESCRIPTION

TRENT 700/ALL 30-975 91E590-04 Upper Pivoting Door, LH

32-975 91E676-04 Upper Pivoting Door, RH

C. Reason for job

(1) Repair or replace corner post fitting.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX071

Page 6001
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

D. Job set-up information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Standard tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- Standard workshop tools
- Vacuum cleaner
- Clamps
- Drill bushes

(b) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

NOTE: Refer to Chapter SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT for full data of the
tools in the lists.

(2) Consumables

REFERENCE NAME
MSRR9064 Identification paint
OMat 175D Chromate conversion coating for aluminium
OMat 230 Adhesive tape (masking)
OMat 2/101 Lint-free cloth
OMat 8/301 Adhesive sealant, two part polysulphide (brushable)
OMat 8/302 Adhesive sealant, two part polysulphide

NOTE: Refer to the Overhaul Materials Manual (OMat) for the full data of the consumable
materials referred to in this TASK.

NOTE: Use approved equivalent alternatives, if necessary.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX071

Page 6002
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(3) Parts information

(a) Expendable parts:

FIG/ITEM PART No. PART IDENT QTY

None

(b) Repair parts: LH Upper Pivot Door

FIG/ITEM PART No. PART IDENT QTY

30-892 MBF2121-6-200 Rivet 8
30-892A Alt.: FCBF2121-6-200 Rivet 8
30-893 MS21141-06-04 Rivet 3
30-905C 91E531-03 Fitting, corner post angle, 1
LH Upper

(c) Repair parts: RH Upper Pivot Door

FIG/ITEM PART No. PART IDENT QTY

32-892 MBF2121-6-200 Rivet 8
32-892A Alt.: FCBF2121-6-200 Rivet 8
32-893 MS21141-06-04 Rivet 3
32-905C 91E531-03/53 Fitting, corner post angle, 1
RH Upper

NOTE: To identify the parts above, refer to the ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST, Page Block 10001.

(d) Referenced parts

FIG/ITEM PART No. PART IDENT QTY

05-350 91J400-03 Plate assembly, deflector, front, LH Ref
07-350 91J400-53 Plate assembly, deflector, front, RH Ref
05/07-352 HST10BJ8-5 Pin, Hi-Lite Ref
05/07-353 HST10BJ8-6 Pin, Hi-Lite Ref
05/07-354 HST10BJ8-7 Pin, Hi-Lite Ref
05/07-354A HST97DUW7 Collar, Hi-Lite Ref
05/07-355 HST10BJ8-8 Pin, Hi-Lite Ref

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX071

Page 6003
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

FIG/ITEM PART No. PART IDENT QTY

05-450 91J401-05 Plate assembly, deflector, side, LH Ref
07-450 91J401-55 Plate assembly, deflector, side, RH Ref
05/07-456 HST10BJ8-5 Pin, Hi-Lite Ref
05/07-457 HST10BJ8-6 Pin, Hi-Lite Ref
05/07-458 HST10BJ8-7 Pin, Hi-Lite Ref

NOTE: The parts above are necessary for the items removed and installed for access only.

(e) Material of components

FIG/ITEM PART No. PART IDENT

None

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX071

Page 6004
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

E. Procedure

WARNING: WHEN YOU DO THIS REPAIR YOU MUST WEAR PROTECTIVE

CLOTHING, GLOVES, DUST MASK AND SAFETY GOGGLES TO
PROTECT YOU AGAINST DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES WHICH
CAN BE DANGEROUS TO YOUR HEALTH.

WARNING: WHEN YOU USE CLEANING MATERIALS, COATINGS AND SEALANTS,

REFER TO AND OBEY THE MANUFACTURER'S CONTROL AND
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS AND HEALTH AND SAFETY
NOTICES.

CAUTION: WHEN YOU DO THIS REPAIR MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO NOT
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE COMPOSITE MATERIAL WHEN YOU
DRILL OUT FASTENERS.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-289-A01
(1) Preparation of the Damaged Area for Repair:
(Ref. Fig. 6001)

(a) Remove the front deflector plate assembly 05-350 (07-350A) and the side deflector
plate assembly 05-450 (07-450), (Ref. FRSX078, TASK 78-30-20-300-862).

(b) Protect the seal of the pivoting door with OMat 230 adhesive tape.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-290-A01
(2) Removal of the Damaged Fitting:
(Ref. Figs. 6001 and 6002)

(a) Drill out the rivets 30/32-892, that attach the corner post angle fitting 30/32-905
(Ref. SPM 70-42-28-300-009, FRS7059, Repair 009).

(b) Drill out the rivets 30/32-893, that attach the corner post angle fitting 30/32-905
(Ref. SPM 70-42-28-300-005, FRS7054, Repair 005).

(c) Remove the corner post angle fitting 30/32-905.

(d) Remove the unwanted fastener pieces:

1 Remove the latch keeper support, (Ref. TASK 78-30-20-000-803,

SUBTASK 78-30-20-040-050).

2 Use the vacuum cleaner through the support aperture, to remove the
unwanted fastener pieces.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX071

Page 6005
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

3 Install the latch keeper support, (Ref. TASK 78-30-20-400-803,

SUBTASK 78-30-20-440-056).

(e) Clean the repair area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

2 Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

3 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint-free cloth.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-292-A01
(3) Preparation of a Serviceable Corner Post Angle Fitting 30/32-905C:
(Ref. Fig. 6002)

(a) Temporary install the angle fitting 30/32-905C on the pivoting door structure. Use
clamps to hold the corner post repair angle fitting 30/32-905C.

(b) Mark the hole position for the rivets 30/32-892 from the pivoting door structure to
the corner post repair angle fitting 30/32-905C.

(c) Remove the angle fitting 30/32-905C from the pivoting door structure.

(d) Use a 3,18 mm (0.125 in.) diameter drill and a drill bush to pilot drill the holes
for rivets 30/32-892 and 30/32-893 in the angle fitting 30/32-905C.

(e) Use a 5,10 mm (0.201 in.) diameter drill and a drill bush to final drill the holes
for rivets 30/32-892 and 30/32-893 in the angle fitting 30/32-905C.

(f) Deburr the holes.

(g) Clean the angle fitting 30/32-905C (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK
70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Cold liquid degrease the corner post repair angle fitting 30/32-905C by
swab application.

2 Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

3 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint-free cloth.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX071

Page 6006
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-293-A01
(4) Installation of a Serviceable Corner Post Angle Fitting 30/32-905C:
(Ref. Fig. 6002)

(a) Apply OMat 8/302 sealant on the mating surface area of the angle fitting
30/32-905C.

(b) Use sealant OMat 8/301 to wet install the rivets 30/32-892 that attach the
serviceable angle fitting 30/32-905C (Ref. SPM 70-42-28-300-009,
FRS7059, Repair 009).

(c) Use sealant OMat 8/301 to wet install the rivets 30/32-893 that attach the new
corner post angle fitting 30/32-905C (Refer to SPM 70-42-28-300-005, FRS7054,
Repair 005).

(d) Apply a bead of OMat 8/302 sealant around the new corner post angle fitting
30/32-905C.

(e) Clean the repair area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Remove the unwanted sealant.

2 Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

3 Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

4 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint-free cloth.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-294-A01
(5) Preparation of the Fastener Holes for the Side Deflector Plate Assembly 05/07-450
and the Front Deflector Plate Assembly 05/07-350:
(Ref. Fig. 6001 and 6002)

(a) Temporarily install the side deflector plate 05/07-450 and the front deflector plate
05/07-350 on the pivoting door.

(b) Use a 3,18 mm (0.125 in.) diameter drill and a drill bush to pilot drill the holes for
pin 05/07-456, 05/07-457 and 05/07-458 in the serviceable angle fitting
30/32-905C from the side deflector plate 05/07-450.

(c) Use a 3,18 mm (0.125 in.) diameter drill and a drill bush to pilot drill the holes for
pin 05/07-352, 05/07-353, 05/07-354 and 05/07-355 in the new corner post angle
fitting 30/32-905C from the front deflector plate assembly 05/07-350.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX071

Page 6007
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(d) Remove the deflector plates assy 05/07-350 and 05/07-450.

(e) Use a 6,35 mm (0.250 in.) diameter and a drill bush to final drill the holes for pin
05/07-352, 05/07-353, 05/07-354, 05/07-355, 05/07-456, 05/07-457 and 05/07-458.

(f) Deburr the holes.

(g) Clean the side deflector plate 05/07-450 and the front deflector plate 05/07-350
(Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

1 Cold liquid degrease the side deflector plate assembly 05/07-450 and the front
deflector plate assembly 05/07-350 by swab application.

2 Wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

3 Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint-free cloth.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-228-A01
(6) Inspection of the repair areas:

(a) Do a visual examination to make sure that the repair is satisfactory.

(b) If the repair is not satisfactory, reject the repair.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-295-A01
(7) Identification of the Repair

(a) Use identification paint (MSRR9064) of contrasting color to mark FRSX071

adjacent to the identification plate of the pivoting door.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-296-A01
(8) Installation of the Deflector Plates:
(Ref. Fig. 6001)

(a) Remove the OMat 230 adhesive tape from the seal of the pivoting door.

(b) Install the front deflector plate assembly 05/07-350 and the side deflector plate
assembly 05/07-450 (Ref. TASK 78-30-20-300-862-A01).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX071

Page 6008
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Deflector Plates Assembly – Removal / Installation

Figure 6001 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6174-A01

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX071

Page 6009
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Corner Post Angle Fitting – Removal / Installation

Figure 6002 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6176-A01

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX071

Page 6010
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-852-A01
1. FRSX092 - C-Duct - Replace the 12 O'Clock Rear Duct Fairing and Support Brackets

A. General

(1) This repair gives the instructions to replace a damaged 12 o'clock rear duct fairing.
Do an inspection and if necessary repair or replace the support brackets. This TASK
has three parts:

(a) PART A - PRE 78-C397 assemblies: Replace the 12 o'clock rear duct fairing
and support brackets.

(b) PART B - POST 78-C397 & PRE 78-C708 assemblies: Replace the 12 o'clock
rear duct fairing and support brackets.

(c) PART C - POST 78-C708 assemblies: Replace 12 o'clock rear duct fairing and
support brackets.

(2) Each part is broken down into four procedures:

(a) Procedure 1: Removal of the damaged 12 o'clock rear duct fairing, inspection of
the four support brackets and installation of the new 12 o'clock rear duct fairing.

(b) Procedure 2: Replacement of the front support brackets.

(c) Procedure 3: Repair / Replacement of the #5 hinge front support brackets or #5

hinge rear support brackets.

(d) Procedure 4: Replacement of the rear support brackets.

NOTE: Procedures 2, 3 and 4 are applicable only if the support brackets are
found to be damaged during the inspection in Procedure 1 when the
fairing is removed. They can be done independently of each other.

(3) TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Refer
to TSD594-J).

(4) Fig/item numbers in the procedure agree with those used in the Illustrated Parts List
(IPL). Only the primary Fig/item numbers are used. For different Service Bulletin
standards refer to the IPL.

(5) TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Refer to
RR-CAEL-SPM).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6001
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

B. Effectivity

ENGINE FIG/ITEM PART No. DESCRIPTION SERVICE BULLETIN

TRENT 700/ALL 01-120 HDTR3410L TR C-Duct, LH
HDTR3411L
HDTR3412L
HDTR3413L
HDTR3414L
HDTR3415L
HDTR3416L
HDTR3417L
01-130 HDTR3411R TR C-Duct, RH
HDTR3412R
HDTR3413R
HDTR3414R
HDTR3415R
HDTR3416R
HDTR3417R
HDTR3418R
HDTR3419R
HDTR3420R

C. Reason for job

(1) To replace the 12 O'clock rear duct fairing and support brackets.

D. Job set-up information

(1) Tools, fixtures and equipment

(a) Refer to SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENTS section for full
data of the special tools referred to in this task.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6002
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(b) Standard tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- Inspection equipment
- Clamps and gripper pins
- Pneumatic riveter
- Standard workshop tools
- Drill machine
- Heat blanket
- Plastic scraper
- Sandbag, 20 kg (heat proof silicone or glass fabric)
- Vacuum cleaner
- Thermocouples

(2) Special tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None

(3) Consumables

(a) Refer to the Overhaul Materials Manual (OMat) for the full data of the
consumable materials referred to in this TASK.

REFERENCE NAME
MSRR9064 Identification paint
OMat 175D Chromate conversion coating
OMat 262 Temporary marker
OMat 2/101 Lint free cloth
OMat 2/131 Non porous parting film
OMat 584 Scotch brite
OMat 8/154 Epoxy paste adhesive
OMat 8/301 Sealant
OMat 8/302 Sealant

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6003
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(4) Expendable parts

(a) Refer to the ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST, TASK 78-30-20-950-801, to identify

the parts.

FIG./ITEM PART No. PART IDENT QTY

None

(5) Repair PARTS A: PRE 78-C397 standard:

FIG./ITEM PART No. PART IDENT QTY

44-396 CSR922-5T6 Rivet (item 8) 2
45-396
44-398
NAS1921M04S04AU Rivet (item 2) 15
45-398
44-399 NAS1921M05S04AU Rivet oversize alternative 15
45-399 (item 2)
44-415 91D426-00
Spreader Plate (item 30) REF
45-415
44-416 91D427-00
Spreader Plate (item 27) REF
45-416
44-417 91D428-00
Spreader Plate (item 28) REF
45-417
44-418 91D429-00
Spreader Plate (item 29) REF
45-418
44-420 91D150-04 12 O'clock Duct Fairing Rear 1
LH (item 1)
45-420 91D150-54 12 O'clock Duct Fairing Rear 1
RH (item 1)
44-480 91D111-02 Front Support Bracket, LH 1
(item 9)
45-480 91D111-52 Front Support Bracket, RH 1
(item 9)
44-482C 91D091-05 #5 Hinge Front Support 1
Bracket, LH (item 10)
EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092
Page 6004
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

FIG./ITEM PART No. PART IDENT QTY

45-482C 91D091-55 #5 Hinge Front Support 1
Bracket, RH (item 10)
44-484C 91D092-06 #5 Hinge Rear Support 1
Bracket, LH (item 11)
45-484C 91D092-56 #5 Hinge Rear Support 1
Bracket, RH (item 11)
44-486 91D155-02 Rear Support Bracket LH 1
(item 12)
45-486 91D155-52 Rear Support Bracket RH 1
(item 12)
44-488B 91D247-02 Rear Angle LH (item 14) 1
44-488B 91D247-52 Rear Angle, RH (item 14) 1
44-489B 91D248-02 Front Angle LH (item 13) 1
44-489B 91D248-52 Front Angle, RH (item 13) 1
44-490 91D120-01 Cleat, Front Support Bracket, 1
LH (item 15)
45-490 91D120-51 Cleat, Front Support Bracket, 1
RH (item 15)
44-491 91D156-01 Cleat, Rear Support Bracket, 1
LH (item 16)
45-491 91D156-51 Cleat, Rear Support Bracket, 1
RH (item 16)
44-492 MBF2110-08-700 Rivet (item 17) 1
45-492
44-492A FCBF2110-08-700 Rivet, alternative (item 17) 1
45-492A
44-494 MBF2110-08-650 Rivet (item 18) 2
45-494
44-494A FCBF2110-08-650 Rivet, alternative (item 18) 2
45-494A
44-496 MBF2110-08-300 Rivet (item 23) 5
45-496
EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092
Page 6005
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

FIG./ITEM PART No. PART IDENT QTY

44-496A FCBF2110-08-300 Rivet, alternative (item 23) 5
45-496A
44-499 MBF2110-08-600 Rivet (item 24) 1
45-499
44-499A FCBF2110-08-600 Rivet, alternative (item 24) 1
45-499A
44-508 MS20470D5-5 Rivet (item 20) 2
45-508
44-509 MS20470D5-5 Rivet (item 25) 2
45-509
44-512 MS20470D5-5 Rivet (item 21) 3
45-512
44-513 MS20470D5-5 Rivet (item 22) 3
45-513
44-518 NAS1919M05S04AU Rivet (item 26) 2
45-518
44-519 NAS1919M05S04AU Rivet (item 19) 2
45-519
44-520 NAS1921M04S02AU Rivet (item 3) 6
45-520
44-521 NAS1921M05S02AU Rivet, oversize alternative 6
45-521 (item 3)
44-522 NAS1921M04S03U Rivet (item 4) 19
45-522
44-523 NAS1921M05S03U Rivet, oversize alternative 19
45-523 (item 4)
44-524 NAS1921M04S05AU Rivet (item 5) 14
45-524
44-525 NAS1921M05S05AU Rivet, oversize alternative 14
45-525 (item 5)
44-526 NAS1921M04S06AU Rivet (item 6) 2
45-526

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6006
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

FIG./ITEM PART No. PART IDENT QTY

44-527 NAS1921M05S06AU Rivet, oversize alternative 2
45-527 (item 6)
44-528 NAS1921M05S06AU Rivet (item 7) 14
45-528
44-529 NAS1921M06S06AU Rivet, oversize alternative 14
45-529 (item 7)

(6) Repair Parts B: POST 78-C397 and PRE 78-C708 standard:

FIG./ITEM PART No. PART IDENT QTY

44-380 NAS1921M05S05AU Rivet (item 2) 7
45-380
44-382 NAS1921M04S04AU Rivet (item 4) 7
45-382
44-384 NAS1921M04S03 Rivet (item 5) 10
45-384
44-386 NAS1921M05S04AU Rivet (item 6) 3
45-386
44-388 NAS1921M04S05AU Rivet (item 7) 7
45-388
44-390 NAS1921M04S06AU Rivet (item 3) 1
45-390
44-391 NAS1921M04S06AU Rivet (item 9) 1
45-391
44-392 NAS1921M05S06AU Rivet (item 8) 6
45-392
44-393 NAS1921M05S06AU Rivet (item 10) 17
45-393
44-394 NAS1169C8L Washer, dimpled (item 11) 17
45-394
44-396 CSR922-5T6 Rivet (item 19) 2
45-396

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6007
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

FIG./ITEM PART No. PART IDENT QTY

44-400 91B294-00 Spring Support Plate (item 16) 5
45-400
44-402 NAS1919M04S04 Rivet (item 17) 10
45-402
44-405 CCR264CS-3-02 Nut Plate, Rivet (item 15) 8
45-405
44-408 91D088-01 Shim, Solid, 8
45-408 0,50 mm (0.020 in.) thick
(item 12)
44-408A 91D088-02 Shim, Solid, alternative, AR
45-408A 1,00 mm (0.039 in.) thick, or
locally manufactured (item 12)
44-410 91D089-01 Shim, Solid, AR
45-410 0,50 mm (0.020 in.) thick
(item 13)
44-410A 91D089-02 Shim, Solid, alternative, AR
45-410A 1,00 mm (0.039 in.) thick, or
locally manufactured (item 13)
44-412 91D090-01 Shim, Solid, AR
45-412 0,50 mm (0.020 in.) thick
(item 14)
44-412A 91D090-02 Shim, Solid, alternative, AR
45-412A 1,00 mm (0.039 in.) thick, or
locally manufactured (item 14)
44-420A 91D150-05 12 O'clock Duct Fairing, Rear
1
LH (item 1)
45-420A 91D150-55 12 O'clock Duct Fairing, Rear
1
RH (item 1)
44-480A 91D111-03 Front Support Bracket, LH
1
(item 20)
45-480A 91D111-53 Front Support Bracket, RH
1
(item 20)
44-482A 91D091-03 (*) #5 Hinge Front Support
1
Bracket, LH (item 27)

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6008
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

FIG./ITEM PART No. PART IDENT QTY

45-482A 91D091-53 (*) #5 Hinge Front Support
1
Bracket, RH (item 27)
44-482C 91D091-05 #5 Hinge Front Support
1
Bracket, LH (item 21)
45-482C 91D091-55 #5 Hinge Front Support
1
Bracket, RH (item 21)
44-484A 91D092-04 (*) #5 Hinge Rear Support
1
Bracket, LH (item 28)
45-484A 91D092-54 (*) #5 Hinge Rear Support
1
Bracket, RH (item 28)
44-484C 91D092-06 #5 Hinge Rear Support
1
Bracket, LH (item 22)
45-484C 91D092-56 #5 Hinge Rear Support
1
Bracket, RH (item 22)
44-486A 91D155-03 Rear Support Bracket LH 1
(item 23)
45-486A 91D155-53 Rear Support Bracket RH 1
(item 23)
44-488B 91D247-02 Rear Angle LH (item 25) 1
44-488B 91D247-52 Rear Angle, RH (item 25) 1
44-489B 91D248-02 Front Angle LH (item 24) 1
44-489B 91D248-52 Front Angle, RH (item 24) 1
44-491 91D156-01 Cleat, Rear Support Bracket, 1
LH (item 26)
45-491 91D156-51 Cleat, Rear Support Bracket, 1
RH (item 26)
44-497 MBF2110-08-450 Rivet (item 29) 1
45-497
44-497A FCBF2110-08-450 Rivet, alternative (item 29) 1
45-497A
44-498 MS2047D5-6 Rivet (item 31) 6
45-498
EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092
Page 6009
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

FIG./ITEM PART No. PART IDENT QTY

44-500 MBF2110-08-700 Rivet (item 30) 2
45-500
44-500A FCBF2110-08-700 Rivet, alternative (item 30) 2
45-500A
44-501 MBF2110-08-500 Rivet (item 33) 1
45-501
44-501A FCBF2110-08-500 Rivet, alternative (item 33) 1
45-501A
44-504 MBF2110-08-300 Rivet (item 32) 5
45-504
44-504A FCBF2110-08-300 Rivet, alternative (item 32) 5
45-504A
44-510 NAS1919M05S04AU Rivet (item 35) 2
45-510
44-511 NAS1919M06S04AU Rivet, oversize alternative 2
45-511 (item 35)
44-555 NAS1921M04S02 Rivet (item 18) 7
45-555
44-556 NAS1921M04S02U Rivet, oversize alternative 7
45-556 (item 18)
44-557 MS20470D5-5 Rivet (item 34) 2
45-557

NOTE (*): For thrust reverser units 67 to 77, the #5 hinge support bracket is a one piece item.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6010
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(7) Repair Parts C: POST 78-C397 and PR 78-C708 standard:

FIG./ITEM PART No. PART IDENT QTY

44-394 NAS1169C8L Washer, dimpled (item 11) 17
45-394
44-395 NAS1921M04S03 Rivet (item 7) 19
45-395
44-395A NAS1921M04S03U Rivet (item 7) 19
45-395A
44-396 CSR922-5T6 Rivet (item 9) 2
45-396
44-405 CCR264CS-3-02 Nut Plate, Rivet (item 12) 11
45-405
44-408 91D088-01 Shim, Solid, AR
45-408 0,50 mm (0.020 in.) thick
(item 2)
44-408A 91D088-02 Shim, Solid, alternative, AR
45-408A 1,00 mm (0.039 in.) thick, or
locally manufactured (item 2)
44-410 91D089-01 Shim, Solid, AR
45-410 0,50 mm (0.020 in.) thick
(item 3)
44-410A 91D089-02 Shim, Solid, alternative, AR
45-410A 1,00 mm (0.039 in.) thick, or
locally manufactured (item 3)
44-412 91D090-01 Shim, Solid, AR
45-412 0,50 mm (0.020 in.) thick
(item 4)
44-412A 91D090-02 Shim, Solid, alternative, AR
45-412A 1,00 mm (0.039 in.) thick, or
locally manufactured (item 4)
44-420B 91D150-06 12 O'clock Duct Fairing, Rear
1
LH (item 1)
45-420B 91D150-56 12 O'clock Duct Fairing, Rear
1
RH (item 1)

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6011
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

FIG./ITEM PART No. PART IDENT QTY

44-480B 91D111-04 Front Support Bracket, LH
1
(item 13)
45-480B 91D111-54 Front Support Bracket, RH
1
(item 13)
44-482C 91D091-05 #5 Hinge Front Support
1
Bracket, LH (item 14)
45-482C 91D091-55 #5 Hinge Front Support
1
Bracket, RH (item 14)
44-484C 91D092-06 #5 Hinge Rear Support
1
Bracket, LH (item 15)
45-484C 91D092-56 #5 Hinge Rear Support
1
Bracket, RH (item 15)
44-486B 91D155-04 Rear Support Bracket LH 1
(item 16)
45-486B 91D155-54 Rear Support Bracket RH 1
(item 16)
44-488B 91D247-02 Rear Angle LH (item 18) 1
44-488B 91D247-52 Rear Angle, RH (item 18) 1
44-489B 91D248-02 Front Angle LH (item 17) 1
44-489B 91D248-52 Front Angle, RH (item 17) 1
44-491 91D156-01 Cleat, Rear Support Bracket, 1
LH (item 19)
45-491 91D156-51 Cleat, Rear Support Bracket, 1
RH (item 19)
44-493 MBF2110-08-450 Rivet (item 20) 1
45-493
44-493A FCBF2110-08-450 Rivet, alternative (item 20) 1
45-493A
44-495 MBF2110-08-250 Rivet (item 23) 5
45-495
44-495A FCBF2110-08-250 Rivet, alternative (item 23) 5
45-495A
EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092
Page 6012
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

FIG./ITEM PART No. PART IDENT QTY

44-502 MBF2110-08-500 Rivet (item 24) 1
45-502
44-502A FCBF2110-08-500 Rivet, alternative (item 24) 1
45-502A
44-503 MBF2110-08-650 Rivet (item 21) 2
45-503
44-503A FCBF2110-08-650 Rivet, alternative (item 21) 2
45-503A
44-382A
NAS1921M04S04 Rivet (item 5) 1
45-382A
44-532 NAS1921M04S04U Rivet, alternative (item 5) 1
45-532
44-540 NAS1919M06S04AU Rivet, (item 22) 6
45-540
44-541 NAS1919M08S04AU Rivet, oversize alternative 6
45-541 (item 22)
44-542 NAS1919M05S04AU Rivet (item 25) 2
45-542
44-558 NAS1921M04S02AU Rivet (item 6) 6
45-558
44-559 NAS1921M05S02AU Rivet, oversize alternative 6
45-559 (item 6)
44-560 NAS1921M05S06AU Rivet (item 8) 9
45-560
44-561 NAS1921M06S06AU Rivet, oversize alternative 9
45-561 (item 8)
44-562 MS20470D5-5 Rivet (item 26) 2
45-562
44-564 NAS1921M05S03AU Rivet (item 10) 17
45-564
44-403 NAS1921M05S04AU Rivet, alternative (item 10) 17
45-403

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6013
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

FIG./ITEM PART No. PART IDENT QTY

44-404 NAS1921M05S05AU Rivet, alternative (item 10) 17
45-404

(6) Material of components

(a) Refer to the "ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST" (Refer to TASK 78-30-20-950-801)

to identify the parts.

PART No. IDENT SYMBOL MATERIAL

91D111 Front Support Bracket - 2024 PL T42, Aluminium alloy
91D091 #5 Hinge Front Support - 2024 PL T42, Aluminium alloy
Bracket
91D092 #5 Hinge Rear Support - 2024 PL T42, Aluminium alloy
Bracket
91D155 Rear Support Bracket - 2024 PL T42, Aluminium alloy

91D247 Rear Angles - 2024 PL T42, Aluminium alloy

91D248 Front Angles - 2024 PL T42,- Aluminium alloy

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6014
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

E. Health and Safety Notices

WARNING: WHEN YOU DO THIS REPAIR YOU MUST WEAR PROTECTIVE

CLOTHING, GLOVES, DUST MASK AND SAFETY GOGGLES TO
PROTECT YOU AGAINST DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES WHICH CAN
BE DANGEROUS TO YOUR HEALTH.

WARNING: WHEN YOU USE CLEANING MATERIALS, COATINGS AND SEALANTS,

REFER TO THE MANUFACTURER'S CONTROL AND APPLICATION
INSTRUCTIONS AND HEALTH AND SAFETY NOTICES.
F. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-154-A01
(1) Part A - PRE 78-C397 Assemblies: Replace the 12 O'Clock Rear Duct Fairing
and Support Brackets

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO NOT MAKE THE COUNTERSINKS

OR HOLES LARGER WHEN YOU DRILL THE RIVETS. WHEN YOU
REMOVE THE FAIRING, BE CAREFUL NOT TO CAUSE DAMAGE
TO THE STRUCTURE TO WHICH IT IS ATTACHED TO.

CAUTION: BE CAREFUL NOT TO HIT THE CARBON FIBER STRUCTURE

BEHIND THE FAIRING WHEN YOU REMOVE THE RIVET TAILS
FROM THEIR HOLES.

(a) PART A - Procedure 1: Removal of the damaged 12 o'clock rear duct fairing,
inspection of the three support brackets and installation of a new 12 o'clock
rear duct fairing (Refer to Fig. 6001).

1 Drill out the rivets (items 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8). Refer to the following table
for the applicable SPM TASK references.

TYPE OF RIVET PART IDENT SPM TASK

NAS Rivet Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055,
Repair 006 (Remove and Install Blind (Huck)
Rivets)
Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005, FRS7054,
CSR Rivet
Repair 005 (Remove and Install Solid Rivets)

2 Carefully remove the 12 o'clock rear duct fairing (item 1).

3 If applicable, discard the spreader plates (items 27, 28, 29 and 30).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6015
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

NOTE: The spreader plates are only installed if TVF45803 has been
accomplished.

4 Clean the repair area and front support bracket (item 9), rear support
bracket (item 12), #5 hinge front support bracket (item 10), and #5 hinge
rear support bracket (item 11) (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,
SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a non-metallic scraper to remove the unwanted sealant.

b Use a vacuum cleaner to remove the unwanted debris.

c Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

d Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

e Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

5 Examine the front support bracket (item 9), rear support bracket (item 12),
#5 hinge front support bracket (item 10), and #5 hinge rear support bracket
(item 11) for cracks. Use the X10 magnification inspection equipment:

a If cracks are found on the front support bracket (item 9), do Part A -
Procedure 2 (Refer to SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-155-A01).

b If cracks are found on the front angles of the #5 hinge front support
bracket (item 10) and/or #5 hinge rear support bracket (item 11), do
Part A - Procedure 3 (Refer to SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-156-A01).

NOTE: If cracks are found on areas other than the front angles of the
brackets, contact SAFRAN Nacelles .

c If cracks are found on the rear support bracket (item 12), do Part A -
Procedure 4 (Refer to SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-157-A01).

6 Temporarily install the new 12 o'clock rear duct fairing (item 1) and make
sure that it is clamped in its correct position.

7 Make a template from the removed 12 o'clock rear duct fairing (item 1) or
make a tracing of the hole positions on the replacement 12 o'clock rear
duct fairing (item 1) for rivets (items 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8).

8 Drill the holes in the new 12 o'clock rear duct fairing (item 1) for rivets
(items 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8). Use a 2,00 mm (0.079 in.) diameter drill.
EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092
Page 6016
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

9 Drill and countersink holes to final size in accordance with the table that
follows:

FIG/ITEM HOLE DIAMETER COUNTERSINK ANGLE COUNTERSINK

EXTERNAL DIAMETER
2, 3 3,28 - 3,32 mm 99 degrees - 101 degrees 5,61 - 5,81 mm
(0.129 - 0.131 in.) (0.221 - 0.229 in.)
4, 5, 6 3,28 - 3,32 mm 99 degrees - 101 degrees 5,61 - 5,81 mm
(0.129 - 0.131 in.) (0.221 - 0.229 in.)
7 4,07 - 4,11 mm 99 degrees - 101 degrees 7,14 - 7,34 mm
(0.160 - 0.162 in.) (0.281 - 0.289 in.)
8 4,08 - 4,14 mm 99 degrees - 101 degrees 7,23 - 7,35 mm
(0.161 - 0.163 in.) (0.285 - 0.289 in.)

10 Remove the new 12 o'clock rear duct fairing (item 1).

11 Deburr the holes.

12 Make the mating surfaces rough. Use OMat 584 Scotch Brite to scour
the titanium plate and mating surfaces of the 12 o'clock rear duct fairing
(item 1).

NOTE: The scouring operation is important for correct bonding of the

OMat 8/154 adhesive.

13 Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

b Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

c Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

14 Do a surface break test (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK

70-00-00-360-707-002).

15 Preparation of adhesive on the repair area

a Mix the OMat 8/154 Epoxy paste adhesive.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6017
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

b Apply the adhesive to the mating surfaces of the 12 o'clock rear duct
fairing (item 1) and IFS.

c Mix OMat 8/302 two part polysulphide sealant.

d Apply the sealant to the mating surfaces of the 12 o'clock rear duct
fairing (item 1) and OFS.

16 Put and clamp the 12 o'clock rear duct fairing (item 1) in its final position
with gripper pins.

17 Wet install the rivets (items 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8) with OMat 8/301 two part
polysulphide dichromate sealant (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-804).

TYPE OF RIVET PART IDENT SPM TASK

NAS Rivet Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055,
Repair 006 (Remove and Install Blind (Huck)
Rivets)
Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005, FRS7054,
CSR Rivet
Repair 005 (Remove and Install Solid Rivets)

18 Apply a bead of OMat 8/302 two part polysulphide sealant all around the
12 o'clock rear duct fairing (item 1).

19 Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Remove the unwanted sealant.

b Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

c Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

20 Install the OMat 2/131 non porous parting film, a minimum of two thermocouples
and the heat blanket on the 12 o'clock rear duct fairing (item 1) where OMat 8/154
Epoxy paste adhesive has been applied to the IFS mating surface.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6018
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

21 Apply equal mechanical pressure to the full surface of the 12 o'clock rear duct
fairing (item 1). Use a 20 kg (44 lbs) sandbag.

NOTE: Make sure that no sand leaks from the bag.

CAUTION: THE HEAT RATE MUST NOT EXCEED 3 DEG.C (5.5 DEG.F) PER
MINUTE. THE ALTERNATIVE CURE TIME WITHOUT USING A HEAT
BLANKET IS 3 DAYS (MINIMUM) AT 25 DEG.C (77 DEG.F).

22 Cure the OMat 8/154 Epoxy paste adhesive in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-155-A01
(2) Part A - PRE 78-C397 Assemblies: Replace the 12 O'Clock Rear Duct Fairing and Support
Brackets:

(a) Part A - Procedure 2: Replacement of the front support bracket (Refer to

Fig. 6002).

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE IFS OR
THE SURFACE OF THE INNER DUCT WALL WHEN YOU REMOVE
THE DAMAGED PARTS.

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO NOT MAKE THE HOLES LARGER
WHEN YOU DRILL THE RIVETS.

1 Use OMat 262 temporary marker to mark the position of the damaged front
support bracket (item 9).

2 Drill out the rivets (items 17 and 18) (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-009, FRS7059,
Repair 009 (Remove and Install Composi - Lok Blind Bolts)).

3 Drill out the rivets (item 20) from the front cleat (item 15) (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-
28-300-005, FRS7054, Repair 005 (Remove and Install Solid Rivets)).

4 Remove the damaged front support bracket (item 9).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6019
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

5 Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-

00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a non-metallic scraper to remove the unwanted sealant.

b Use a vacuum cleaner to remove the unwanted debris.

c Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

d Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

e Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

6 Transfer the three hole positions to the new front support bracket (item
9) for the rivet positions (items 17 and 18). Make a template or use the
removed front support bracket (item 9).

7 Drill the three holes in the new front support bracket (item 9) for the rivets
(items 17 and 18) to between 6,54 mm and 6,59 mm (0.257 in. and 0.259 in.).

8 Deburr the holes.

9 Clean the new front support bracket (item 9) (Refer to OP TASK

70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00- 00-110-101-A03).

a Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

b Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

c Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

10 Put and hold the new front support bracket (item 9) in position with gripper
pins.

11 Mark the positions of the two holes for the rivets (item 20) from the front
cleat (item 15) to the new front support bracket (item 9).

12 Remove the new front support bracket (item 9).

13 Drill the two holes in the new front support bracket (item 9) to between
4,04 mm and 4,12 mm (0.159 in. and 0.162 in.) for the rivets (item 20).

14 Deburr the holes.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6020
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

15 Drill out the rivets (item 19) (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006,
FRS7055, Repair 006 (Remove and Install Blind (Huck) Rivets)).

16 Remove the front cleat (item 15).

17 Make a template or use the removed front cleat (item 15) to transfer the
two hole positions (item 19) to the new front cleat (item 15).

18 Drill the two holes in the new front cleat (item 15) to between 4,07 mm
and 4,11 mm (0.160 in. and 0.162 in.) for the rivets (item 19).

19 Deburr the holes.

20 Put and hold the new front cleat (item 15) in position with gripper pins.

21 Transfer drill the two holes from the new front support bracket (item 9) to
the new front cleat (item 15) for the rivets (item 20) to between 4,04 mm
and 4,12 mm (0.159 in. and 0.162 in.).

22 Remove the new front support bracket (item 9) and the new front cleat
(item 15).

23 Deburr the holes.

24 Clean the repair area, new front support bracket (item 9) and new
front cleat (item 15) (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK
70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Remove the unwanted material.

b Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

c Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

25 Protect the new front support bracket (item 9) and the new front cleat
(item 15), use OMat 175D chromate conversion coating (Refer to OP
TASK 70-00-00-300-330, SUBTASK 70-00-00-380-330-A01).

26 Put a thin layer of OMat 8/302 sealant on the mating surfaces of the new
front support bracket (item 9) and the new front cleat (item 15).

27 Put the new front support bracket (item 9) and the new front cleat (item 15)
in position and hold with sufficient gripper pins.
EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092
Page 6021
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

28 Wet install the rivets (items 17 and 18) with OMat 8/301 sealant (Refer
to SPM 70-42-28-300-009, FRS7059, Repair 009 (Remove and Install
Composi - Lok Blind Bolts)).

29 Remove the gripper pins.

30 Wet install the rivets (items 19 and 20) at the gripper pin positions. Refer
to the following table for the applicable SPM TASK references.

TYPE OF RIVET PART IDENT SPM TASK

NAS1919 Rivet Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055,
Repair 006 (Remove and Install Blind (Huck)
Rivets)
Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005, FRS7054,
MS20470 Rivet
Repair 005 (Remove and Install Solid Rivets)

31 Use the removed front support bracket (item 9) or a template to transfer

the three fairing attachment holes to the new support bracket (item 9).

32 Drill the holes with a 2,00 mm (0.079 in.) diameter drill.

33 Deburr the holes.

34 Put a bead of OMat 8/302 sealant around the edges of the new front
support bracket (item 9) and the new front cleat (item 15).

35 Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Remove the unwanted sealant.

b Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

c Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

(b) Refer to Part A - Procedure 1 (Refer to SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-154-A01) for the

installation of the new 12 o'clock rear duct fairing (item 1).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6022
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-156-A01
(3) Part A - PRE 78-C397 Assemblies: Replace the 12 O'Clock Rear Duct Fairing and Support
Brackets:

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO NOT ENLARGE THE HOLES WHEN YOU
DRILL OUT THE RIVETS.

(a) Part A - Procedure 3: Repair of the #5 hinge front support brackets and #5 hinge rear
support brackets (Refer to Fig. 6003).

NOTE: The #5 hinge front support brackets and #5 hinge rear support brackets can be
repaired independently of each other.

1 Use OMat 262 temporary marker to mark the position of the damaged front angle
(item 13) or rear angle (item 14) on the #5 hinge front support bracket (item 10) or #5
hinge rear support bracket (item 11).

2 Drill out the rivets (items 21 and 22) that attach the angle to the support bracket
(Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005, FRS7054, Repair 005 (Remove and
Install Solid Rivets)).

3 Remove the damaged front angle (item 13) or rear angle (item 14) from the #5
hinge front support bracket (item 10) or #5 hinge rear support bracket (item 11).

4 Clean the repair area and the new front angle (item 13) or rear angle (item
14) (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK
70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Remove the unwanted material.

b Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

c Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

5 Make a template or use the removed front angle (item 13) or rear angle (item
14) to transfer the three hole positions to the new front angle (item13) or rear
angle (item 14) for the rivet positions (items 21 and 22).

6 Drill the three holes in the new angle for the rivets (items 21 and 22) to
between 4,07 mm and 4,12 mm (0.159 in. and 0.162 in.).

7 Deburr the holes.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6023
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

8 Clean the repair area and new front angle (item 13) or rear angle (item 14)
(Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Remove the unwanted sealant.

b Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

c Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

9 Protect the new front angle (item 13) and the new rear angle (item 14),
use OMat 175D chromate conversion coating (Refer to OP TASK 70-
00-00-300-330, SUBTASK 70-00-00-380-330-A01).

10 Apply OMat 8/302 sealant on the mating surfaces of the new front angle
(item 13) or new rear angle (item 14) and the #5 hinge front support
bracket (item 10) or #5 hinge rear support bracket (item 11).

11 Put and hold the new front angle (item 13) or new rear angle (item 14) in
the marked position on the #5 hinge front support bracket (item 10) or #5
hinge rear support bracket (item 11).

12 Wet install the rivets (items 21 and 22) (Refer to SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-005, FRS7054, Repair 005 (Remove and Install Solid
Rivets)).

13 Make a template or use the removed front angle (item 13) or rear angle
(item 14) to transfer the three fairing attachment hole positions.

14 Drill the holes with a 2,00 mm (0.079 in.) diameter drill.

15 Deburr the holes.

16 Put a bead of OMat 8/302 sealant around edges of the new #5 hinge front
support bracket (item 10) or new #5 hinge rear support bracket (item 11)
and new front angle (item 13) or new rear angle (item 14).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6024
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

17 Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-

110-101-A03).

a Remove the unwanted sealant.

b Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

c Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

(b) Refer to Part A - Procedure 1 (Refer to SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-154-A01) for the

installation of the new 12 o'clock rear duct fairing (item 1).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-157-A01
(4) Part A - PRE 78-C397 Assemblies: Replace the 12 O'Clock Rear Duct Fairing and
Support Brackets:

(a) Part A - Procedure 4: replacement of the rear support bracket (Refer to

Fig. 6004).

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE IFS OR
THE SURFACE OF THE INNER DUCT WALL WHEN YOU REMOVE
THE DAMAGED PARTS.

CAUTION: DO NOT MAKE THE HOLES LARGER WHEN YOU DRILL OUT THE
RIVETS.

1 Use OMat 262 temporary marker to mark the position of the damaged rear support
bracket (item 12).

2 Drill out the rivets (items 23 and 24) from the rear support bracket (item
12) (Refer to SPM 70-42-28-300-009, FRS7059, Repair 009 (Remove and Install
Composi - Lok Blind Bolts)).

3 Drill out the rivets (item 25) from the rear cleat (item 16) (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-
28-300-005, FRS7054, Repair 005 (Remove and Install Solid Rivets)).

4 Remove the rear support bracket (item 12).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6025
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

5 Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a non-metallic scraper to remove the unwanted sealant.

b Use vacuum cleaner to remove the unwanted debris.

c Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

d Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

e Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

6 Make a template or use the removed rear support bracket (item 12) to
transfer the hole positions to the new rear support bracket (item 12) for
the rivets (items 23 and 24).

7 Drill the holes in the new rear support bracket (item 12) for the rivets (items
23 and 24) to between 6,54 mm and 6,59 mm (0.257 in and 0.259 in.).

8 Deburr the holes.

9 Put and hold the new rear support bracket (item 12) in position with gripper
pins.

10 Mark the positions of the two holes (item 25) from the rear cleat (item 16)
to the new rear support bracket (item 12).

11 Drill the two holes in the new rear support bracket (item 12) to between
4,04 mm and 4,12 mm (0.159 in. and 0.162 in.) for the rivets (item 25).

12 Deburr the holes.

13 Drill out the two rivets (item 26) and remove the rear cleat (item 16) (Refer
to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

14 Make a template or use the removed rear cleat (item 16) to transfer the
two holes positions (item 26) to the new rear cleat (item 16).

15 Drill the two holes in the new rear cleat (item 16) to between 4,07 mm and
4,11 mm (0.160 in. and 0.162 in.) for the rivets (item 26).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6026
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

16 Deburr the holes.

17 Clean the new rear cleat (item 16) (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK
70-00- 00-110-101-A03).

a Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

b Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

c Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

18 Put and hold the new rear cleat (item 16) in position with gripper pins.

19 Transfer drill the two holes from the new rear support bracket (item 12) to the new
rear cleat (item 16) for the rivets (item 25).

20 Remove the new rear support bracket (item 12) and the new rear cleat (item 16).

21 Deburr the holes.

22 Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-

110-101-A03).

a Use a non-metallic scraper to remove the unwanted sealant.

b Use vacuum cleaner to remove the unwanted debris.

c Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

d Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

e Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

23 Protect the new rear support bracket (item 12) and the new rear cleat (item 16), use
OMat 175D chromate conversion coating (Refer to OP TASK
70-00-00-300-330, SUBTASK 70-00-00-380-330-A01).

24 Put a thin layer of OMat 8/302 sealant on the mating surfaces of the new rear
support bracket (item 12) and the new rear cleat (item 16).

25 Put the new rear support bracket (item 12) and the new rear cleat (item 16) in position
and hold with sufficient gripper pins.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6027
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

26 Wet install the rivets (items 23, 24, 25 and 26) with OMat 8/301 sealant.
Refer to the following table for the applicable SPM TASK references.

TYPE OF RIVET PART IDENT SPM TASK

MBF Rivet Refer to SPM 70-42-28-300-009, FRS7059,
Repair 009 (Remove and Install Composi - Lok
FCBF Blind Bolts)
Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005, FRS7054,
MS204 Rivet
Repair 005 (Remove and Install Solid Rivets)
NAS Rivet Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055,
Repair 006 (Remove and Install Blind (Huck)
Rivets)

27 Remove the gripper pins.

28 Wet install the rivets (items 25 and 26) at the gripper pin positions with OMat
8/301 sealant.

TYPE OF RIVET PART IDENT SPM TASK

NAS Rivet Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055,
Repair 006 (Remove and Install Blind (Huck)
Rivets)
MS204 Rivet
Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005, FRS7054,
Repair 005 (Remove and Install Solid Rivets)

29 Make a template or use the removed rear support bracket (item 12) to
transfer the fairing attachment holes to the new rear support bracket (item
12).

30 Drill the holes with a 2,00 mm (0.079 in.) diameter drill.

31 Deburr the holes.

32 Put a bead of OMat 8/302 sealant around the edges of the new rear
support bracket (item 12) and the new rear cleat (item 16).

33 Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03):

a Remove the unwanted sealant.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092
Page 6028
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

b Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

c Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

(b) Refer to Part A - Procedure 1 (Refer to SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-154-A01) for

the installation of the new 12 o'clock rear duct fairing (item 1).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-158-A01
(5) Part B - POST 78-C397 & PRE 78-C708 Assemblies: Replace the 12 O'Clock Rear
Duct Fairing and Support Brackets:

(a) Part B - Procedure 1: Removal of the damaged 12 o'clock rear duct fairing,
inspection of the support brackets and installation of a new 12 o'clock rear duct
fairing (Refer to Fig. 6005).

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO NOT MAKE HOLES LARGER

WHEN YOU DRILL THE RIVETS. WHEN YOU REMOVE THE
FAIRING, BE CAREFUL NOT TO CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
STRUCTURE TO WHICH IT IS ATTACHED TO.

CAUTION: BE CAREFUL NOT TO HIT THE CARBON FIBER STRUCTURE

BEHIND THE FAIRING WHEN YOU REMOVE THE RIVET
TAILS FROM THEIR HOLES.

1 Drill out the rivets (item 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 17 and 19) from the 12
o'clock rear duct fairing (item 1). Refer to the following table for the
applicable SPM TASK references.

TYPE OF RIVET PART IDENT SPM TASK

NAS Rivet Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055,
Repair 006 (Remove and Install Blind (Huck)
Rivets)
Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005, FRS7054,
CSR Rivet
Repair 005 (Remove and Install Solid Rivets)

2 Remove the spring support plates (item 16). Record the locations of the
spring support plates (item 16) and keep them until needed. These will be re-
installed after the 12 o'clock rear duct fairing (item 1) has been replaced.

3 Carefully remove the 12 o'clock rear duct fairing (item 1).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6029
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

4 Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a non-metallic scraper to remove the unwanted sealant.

b Use a vacuum cleaner to remove the unwanted debris.

c Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

d Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

e Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

5 Examine the front support bracket (item 20), #5 hinge front support bracket
(items 27 and 21) and/or #5 hinge rear support brackets (items 28 and 22),
and rear support bracket (item 23) for cracks. Use X10 magnification
inspection equipment:

a If cracks are found on the front support bracket (item 20), do Part B -
Procedure 2 (Refer to SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-159-A01).

b If cracks are found on the front angles of the #5 hinge front support
bracket (items 27 and 21) and/or #5 hinge rear support brackets (items
28 and 22), do Part B - Procedure 3 (Refer to SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-
160-A01) and/or (Refer to SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-161-A01).

NOTE: If cracks are found on areas other than the front angles of the
brackets, contact SAFRAN Nacelles.

NOTE: There are two possible configurations of the #5 hinge front

support bracket (items 27 and 21) and/or #5 hinge rear support
brackets (items 28 and 22) applicable to FRSX092 Part B.

NOTE: For items 27 and 28, before implementation of FRSX092, the

front angles are an integral part of the brackets. For items 21
and 22, the front angle item 24 and the rear angle item 25 are
riveted to the brackets with item 31.

c If cracks are found on the rear support bracket (item 23), do Part B -
Procedure 4 (Refer to SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-162-A01).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6030
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

6 If necessary, install the rivets (items 2, 3 and 4) (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-
28-300-006, FRS7055, Repair 006 (Remove and Install Blind (Huck)
Rivets)).

NOTE: These rivets are installed before you install the new fairing.
Applicable to TR units 13 to 66 only, when the fairing is replaced
for the first time.

a Countersink rivet holes (items 2, 3 and 4) in accordance with the

table that follows:

ITEM HOLE DIAMETER COUNTERSINK ANGLE COUNTERSINK EXTERNAL

DIAMETER
2 - 99 degrees - 101 degrees 7,14 - 7,34 mm (0.281 - 0.289 in.)
3, 4 - 99 degrees - 101 degrees 5,61 - 5,81 mm (0.221 - 0.229 in.)

b Use OMat 8/301 to wet install the rivets (items 2, 3 and 4) (Refer to
SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-804).

c Examine the rivets (items 2, 3 and 4) and make sure that the rivet
heads do not protrude from the surface.

7 Temporarily install the new 12 o'clock rear duct fairing (item 1) and make
sure that it is clamped in its correct position.

8 Make a template from the old 12 o'clock rear duct fairing (item 1) and
transfer the hole positions to the replacement 12 o'clock rear duct fairing
(item 1) for rivets (items 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 18 and 19).

9 Drill the holes in the 12 o'clock rear duct fairing (item 1) for the rivets (items
5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 18 and 19). Use a 2,00 mm (0.079 in.) diameter drill.

10 Drill and countersink holes to final size in accordance with the table that
follows:

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6031
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

ITEM HOLE DIAMETER COUNTERSINK ANGLE COUNTERSINK

EXTERNAL DIAMETER
6, 8 4,06 – 4,11 mm 99 degrees - 101 degrees 7,14 - 7,34 mm
(0.160 – 0.162 in.) (0.281 - 0.289 in.)
5, 7, 9, 18 3,27 – 3,32 mm 99 degrees - 101 degrees 5,61 - 5,81 mm
(0.129 – 0.131 in.) (0.221 - 0.229 in.)
10 4,06 – 4,11 mm 99 degrees - 101 degrees 8,59 – 8,80 mm
(0.129 – 0.131 in.) (0.338 - 0.346 in.)
19 4,07 – 4,15 mm 99 degrees - 101 degrees 7,23 – 7,35 mm
(0.160 – 0.163 in.) (0.22185 - 0.289 in.)

11 Deburr the holes. Use hand tools.

12 Install the shims from (item 12) or (item 13) or (item 14) on the fairing front
support bracket (item 20), #5 hinge front support bracket (items 27 and 21)
and/or #5 hinge rear support brackets (items 28 and 22), and rear support
bracket (item 23), if necessary.

NOTE: The fairing should attach to the support brackets with no gap.
Shims are used to remove the gap when required.

a Temporarily install the 12 o'clock rear duct fairing (item 1) and hold it in
position with gripper pins.

b Press by hand on the 12 o'clock rear duct fairing (item 1) at the

positions of the front support bracket (item 20), #5 hinge front support
bracket (items 27 and 21) and/or #5 hinge rear support brackets (items
28 and 22), and rear support bracket (item 23). If you can feel the 12
o'clock rear duct fairing (item 1) move, remove the 12 o'clock rear duct
fairing (item 1) and make a selection of the necessary shims (item 12)
or (item 13) or (item 14).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6032
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE FAIRING FITS CORRECTLY WITH NO

GAPS.

c Temporarily install the shims (item 12) or (item 13) or (item 14) on their front
support bracket (item 20), #5 hinge front support bracket (items 27 and 21) and/or
#5 hinge rear support brackets (items 28 and 22), and rear support bracket (item
23). The distances from the rivet holes to the shim edges must be equal on each
side.

d Drill the holes in the front support bracket (item 20), #5 hinge front support
bracket (items 27 and 21) and/or #5 hinge rear support brackets (items 28 and
22), and rear support bracket (item 23) for the rivets (item 15), as necessary to
between 2,48 mm and 2,53 mm dia. (0.098 in. and 0.100 in.).

NOTE: The holes are located at an equal distance between the two existing holes
(item 10).

e Deburr the holes.

f Counterdrill the shims (item 12) or (item 13) or (item 14) for rivets (items 10 and
15).

g Countersink the holes (item 15) to between 3,75 mm and 3,96 mm (0.148 in. and
0.156 in.) external diameter, 99 - 101 degrees included angle.

h Deburr the holes.

j Apply OMat 8/302 two part polysulphide sealant to the mating surface of the shims
(item 12) or (item 13) or (item 14). Position the shims (item 12) or (item 13) or
(item 14) on the front support bracket (item 20), #5 hinge front support bracket
(items 27 and 21) and/or #5 hinge rear support brackets (items 28 and 22), and
rear support bracket (item 23).

k Wet install the rivets (item 15) (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055,
Repair 006 (Remove and Install Blind (Huck) Rivets)) with OMat 8/301 sealant
(Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6033
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

l Clean the front support bracket (item 20), #5 hinge front support
bracket (items 27 and 21) and/or #5 hinge rear support brackets (items
28 and 22), and rear support bracket (item 23) and shims (item12) or
(item 13) or (item 14) (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,
SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03):

– Remove the unwanted sealant.

– Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

– Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

– Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

13 Make the mating surfaces rough. Use OMat 584 Scotch Brite to scour the
titanium plate and mating surfaces of the 12 o'clock rear duct fairing (item 1).

NOTE: The scouring operation is important for correct bonding of the OMat
8/154 adhesive.

14 Clean the mating surfaces (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

b Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

c Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

15 Do a surface break test (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK 70-

00-00-360-707-002).

16 Preparation of adhesive on the repair area

a Mix the OMat 8/154 Epoxy paste adhesive.

b Apply the adhesive to the mating surfaces of the 12 o'clock rear duct
fairing (item 1) and IFS.

c Mix the OMat 8/302 two part polysulphide sealant.

d Apply the sealant to the mating surfaces of the 12 o'clock rear duct
fairing (item 1) and OFS.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6034
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

17 Install the 12 o'clock rear duct fairing (item 1) and clamp it in its final
position.

18 Wet install the rivets (items 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 18 and 19) and the dimpled
washers (item 11). Refer to following table for the applicable SPM TASK
references

TYPE OF RIVET PART IDENT SPM TASK

NAS Rivet Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055,
Repair 006 (Remove and Install Blind (Huck)
Rivets)
Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005, FRS7054,
CSR Rivet
Repair 005 (Remove and Install Solid Rivets)

19 Apply a bead of OMat 8/302 two part polysulphide sealant all around the 12
o'clock rear duct fairing (item 1).

20 Install the OMat 2/131 non porous parting film, a minimum of two
thermocouples and a heat blanket on the 12 o'clock rear duct fairing (item
1) where OMat 8/154 Epoxy paste adhesive has been applied to the IFS
mating surface.

21 Apply equal mechanical pressure to the full surface of the 12 o'clock rear
duct fairing (item 1). Use a 20 kg (44 lbs) sandbag.

NOTE: Make sure that no sand leaks from the bag.

22 Cure the OMat 8/154 Epoxy paste adhesive in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions.

23 Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-

00-00-110-101-A03).

a Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

b Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

c Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

24 Install the spring support plates (items 16)

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6035
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

a Clean the mating surfaces of the spring support plates (items 16) and
the titanium strip (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-
00-00-110-101-A03).

b Prepare the OMat 8/302 two part polysulphide sealant with the
manufacturer's instructions. Apply the sealant to the mating surfaces of
each spring support plate (items 16).

c Put the spring support plates (items 16) in correct recorded position.
Wet install the rivets (item 17) (Refer to SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055, Repair 006 (Remove and Install Blind
(Huck) Rivets)) with OMat 8/301 two part polysulphide dichromate
sealant (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

d Apply a bead of OMat 8/302 two part polysulphide sealant all around the
spring support plate (items 16) edges.

e Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

– Remove the unwanted sealant.

– Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

– Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

– Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-159-A01
(6) Part B - POST 78-C397 & PRE 78-C708 Assemblies: Replace the 12 O'Clock Rear
Duct Fairing and Support Brackets:

(a) Part B - Procedure 2: Replacement the front support bracket (item 20) (Refer to
Fig. 6006).

1 Use OMat 262 temporary marker to mark the position of the damaged front
support bracket (item 20).

2 Drill out the rivets (items 29 and 30) that attach the front support bracket
(item 20) to inner fan duct skin (Refer to SPM 70-42-28-300-009, FRS7059,
Repair 009 (Remove and Install Composi - Lok Blind Bolts)).

3 Remove the damaged front support bracket (item 20).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6036
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

4 Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a non-metallic scraper to remove the unwanted sealant.

b Use a vacuum cleaner to remove the unwanted debris.

c Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

d Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

e Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

5 Make a template or use the removed front support bracket (item 20) to transfer the
three hole positions for rivets (items 29 and 30) and fairing attachment holes on the
new front support bracket (item 20).

6 Drill the three hole positions in the new front support bracket (item 20) for the rivets
(items 29 and 30) to between 6,54 mm and 6,59 mm (0.257 in. and 0.259 in.).

7 Drill the fairing attachment holes in the new front support bracket (item 20) to between
4,07 mm and 4,11 mm (0.160 in. and 0.162 in.)

8 Deburr the holes.

9 Clean the new front support bracket (item 20) (Refer to OP TASK
70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

b Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

c Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

10 Put a thin layer of OMat 8/302 sealant on the mating surface of the new front support
bracket (item 20).

11 Put the new front support bracket (item 20) in position.

12 Wet Install the rivets (items 29 and 30) with OMat 8/301 sealant (Refer to SPM
70-42-28-300-009, FRS7059, Repair 009 (Remove and Install Composi - Lok Blind
Bolts)).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6037
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

13 Put a bead of OMat 8/302 sealant around the edges of the new front support
bracket (item 20).

14 Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-

00-00-110-101-A03).

a Remove the unwanted sealant.

b Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

c Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

(b) Refer to Part B - Procedure 1 (Refer to SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-158-A01) for the

installation of the new 12 o'clock rear duct fairing (item 1).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-160-A01
(7) Part B - POST 78-C397 & PRE 78-C708 Assemblies: Replace the 12 O'Clock Rear
Duct Fairing and Support Brackets:

(a) Part B - Procedure 3: Repair of the #5 hinge front support brackets (item 27) and
#5 hinge rear support brackets (item 28) (Refer to Fig. 6007).

NOTE: This Subtask is only applicable for one-piece #5 hinge support brackets
(items 27 and 28). For the two-piece support brackets (items 21 and 22),
(Refer to SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-161-A01).

NOTE: The #5 hinge front support brackets (item 27) and #5 hinge rear support
brackets (item 28) can be repaired independently of each other.

1 Use the OMat 262 temporary marker to mark a cut line immediately below the
bend of the #5 hinge front support brackets (item 27) and #5 hinge rear
support brackets (item 28), and 25,78 mm (1.015 in.) from the 12 o'clock
beam.

NOTE: Make sure that the mark is accurate, as it is necessary for correct
installation of the repair angle. The lower part of the support bracket
that you do not cut away is used to align the new repair angle.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6038
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

2 Cut and remove the damaged section of #5 hinge front support brackets (item 27)
and #5 hinge rear support brackets (item 28) to the cut line. Use hand tools.

3 Remove sharp edges. Use hand tools.

4 Clean the repair area and #5 hinge front support brackets (item 27) and #5
hinge rear support brackets (item 28) (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,
SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Remove the unwanted sealant.

b Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

c Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

5 Mark out the three hole positions for rivets (item 31) on the repair front angle (item
24) and rear angle (item 25) to the dimensions for dimensions.

6 Drill the three holes in the repair front angle (item 24) and rear angle (item
25) to between 4,04 mm and 4,12 mm (0.159 in. and 0.192 in.).

7 Deburr the holes.

8 Protect the new front angle (item 24) and the new rear angle (item 25), use OMat
175D chromate conversion coating (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-330,
SUBTASK 70-00-00-380-330-A01).

9 Put the new repair front angle (item 24) and rear angle (item 25) in the correct
position on the #5 hinge front support brackets (item 27) and #5 hinge rear support
brackets (item 28).

10 Use a straight edge to make sure the front angle (item 24) and rear angle (item 25)
are aligned with the #5 hinge front support brackets (item 27) and #5 hinge rear
support brackets (item 28).

11 Use mechanical clamps to hold the new front angle (item 24) and new rear angle
(item 25) in position.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6039
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

12 Transfer drill the three holes from the repair front angle (item 24) and rear
angle (item 25) to the #5 hinge front support brackets (item 27) and #5 hinge
rear support brackets (item 28). to between 4,04 mm and 4,12 mm (0.159
in. and 0.162 in.).

13 Deburr the holes.

14 Clean the repair front angle (item 24) and rear angle (item 25) and #5
hinge front support brackets (item 27) and #5 hinge rear support brackets
(item 28) (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-
101-A03).

a Remove the unwanted sealant.

b Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

c Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

15 Protect the new #5 hinge front support brackets (item 27) and the new #5
hinge rear support brackets (item 28), use OMat 175D chromate conversion
coating (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-330, SUBTASK
70-00-00-380-330-A01).

16 Apply OMat 8/302 sealant to the mating surfaces of the front angle (item
24) and rear angle (item 25) and the #5 hinge front support brackets (item
27) and #5 hinge rear support brackets (item 28).

17 Put the repair front angle (item 24) and rear angle (item 25) in position on
the #5 hinge front support brackets (item 27) and #5 hinge rear support
brackets (item 28) and align the rivet holes.

18 Wet install the rivets (item 31) (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005,
FRS7054, Repair 005 (Remove and Install Solid Rivets)).

19 Use the removed part of the #5 hinge front support brackets (item 27) and
#5 hinge rear support brackets (item 28) to transfer the three fairing
attachment holes to the new front angle (item 24) and rear angle (item 25).
Drill the holes to 3,28 - 3,32 mm (0.129 - 0.131 in.).

20 Deburr the holes.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6040
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

21 Put a bead of OMat 8/302 sealant on edges of the #5 hinge front support brackets
(item 27) and #5 hinge rear support brackets (item 28) and the repair front angle
(item 24) and rear angle (item 25).

22 Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Remove the unwanted sealant.

b Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

c Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

(b) Refer to Part B - Procedure 1 (Refer to SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-158-A01) for the installation
of the new 12 o'clock rear duct fairing (item 1).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-161-A01
(8) Part B - POST 78-C397 & PRE 78-C708 Assemblies: Replace the 12 O'Clock Rear Duct Fairing
and Support Brackets:

CAUTION: DO NOT MAKE THE HOLES LARGER WHEN YOU DRILL OUT THE RIVETS

(a) Part B - Procedure 3: Repair of the #5 hinge front support bracket or #5 hinge rear support
bracket (Refer to Fig. 6008).

NOTE: This Subtask is only applicable for two-piece #5 hinge support brackets (items 21
and 22). For the one-piece support brackets (items 27 and 28), refer to Subtask 78-
30-20-350-160-A01.

NOTE: The #5 hinge front support bracket (item 21) and #5 hinge rear support bracket (item
22) can be repaired independently of each other.

1 Use OMat 262 temporary marker to mark the position of the damaged front angle (item
24) or rear angle (item 25) on the #5 hinge front support bracket (item 21) and #5 hinge
rear support bracket (item 22).

2 Drill out the rivets (item 31) (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005, FRS7054, Repair
005 (Remove and Install Solid Rivets)).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6041
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

3 Remove the damaged front angle (item 24) and rear angle (item 25) from #5
hinge front support bracket (item 21) and #5 hinge rear support bracket (item
22).

4 Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-

00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a non-metallic scraper to remove the unwanted sealant.

b Use a vacuum cleaner to remove the unwanted debris.

c Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

d Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

e Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

5 Make a template or use the removed front angle (item 24) and rear angle
(item 25) to transfer the three hole positions to the new front angle (item
24) and rear angle (item 25) for the rivet positions (item 31).

6 Drill the three holes in the new front angle (item 24) and rear angle (item
25) for the rivets (item 31) to between 4,07 mm and 4,12 mm (0.159 in. and
0.162 in.).

7 Deburr the holes.

8 Clean the repair area and new front angle (item 24) and rear angle (item 25)
(Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

b Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

c Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

9 Protect the new front angle (item 24) and the new rear angle (item 25),
use OMat 175D chromate conversion coating (Refer to OP TASK 70-
00-00-300-330, SUBTASK 70-00-00-380-330-A01).

10 Apply OMat 8/302 sealant on the mating surface of the new front angle
(item 24) and rear angle (item 25) and the #5 hinge front support bracket
(item 21) and #5 hinge rear support bracket (item 22).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6042
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

11 Put and hold the new front angle (item 24) and rear angle (item 25) in the marked
position on the #5 hinge front support bracket (item 21) and #5 hinge rear support
bracket (item 22).

12 Drill out the rivets (item 31) (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005, FRS7054,
Repair 005 (Remove and Install Solid Rivets)).

13 Make a template or use the removed front angle (item 24) and rear angle (item 25)
to transfer the three fairing attachment holes.

14 Drill the holes with a 2,00 mm (0.079 in.) diameter drill.

15 Deburr the holes.

16 Put a bead of OMat 8/302 sealant around edges of the #5 hinge front support
bracket (item 21) and #5 hinge rear support bracket (item 22) and new front angle
(item 24) and new rear angle (item 25).

17 Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Remove the unwanted sealant.

b Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

c Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

(b) Refer to Part B - Procedure 1 (Refer to SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-158-A01) for the

installation of the new 12 o'clock rear duct fairing (item 1).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6043
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-162-A01
(9) Part B - POST 78-C397 & PRE 78-C708 Assemblies: Replace the 12 O'Clock Rear
Duct Fairing and Support Brackets:

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE IFS
OR THE SURFACE OF THE FAN DUCT INNER SKIN WALL WHEN
YOU REMOVE THE DAMAGED PARTS.

CAUTION: DO NOT MAKE THE HOLES LARGER WHEN YOU DRILL OUT
THE RIVETS.

(a) Part B - Procedure 4: Replacement of the rear support bracket (item 23)
(Refer to Fig. 6009).

1 Use OMat 262 temporary marker to mark the position of the damaged rear
support bracket (item 23).

2 Drill out the rivets (items 32 and 33) from the rear support bracket item
(item 23) (Refer to SPM 70-42-28-300-009, FRS7059, Repair 009
(Remove and Install Composi - Lok Blind Bolts)).

3 Drill out the rivets (item 34) from the rear cleat (item 26) (Refer to SPM
TASK 70-42-28-300-005, FRS7054, Repair 005 (Remove and Install Solid
Rivets)).

4 Remove the damaged rear support bracket (item 23).

5 Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a non-metallic scraper to remove the unwanted sealant.

b Use vacuum cleaner to remove the unwanted debris.

c Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

d Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

e Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

6 Make a template or use the removed rear support bracket (item 23) to
transfer the hole positions to the new rear support bracket (item 23) for
the rivets (items 32 and 33).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6044
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

7 Drill the holes in the new rear support bracket (item 23) for the rivets (items 32 and 33)
to between 6,54 mm and 6,59 mm (0.257 in. and 0.259 in.).

8 Deburr the holes.

9 Put and hold the new rear support bracket (item 23) in position with gripper pins.

10 Mark the positions of the two holes (item 34) from the rear cleat (item 26) to the
new rear support bracket (item 23).

11 Drill the holes in the new rear support bracket (item 23) to between 4,04 mm and
4,12 mm (0.159 in. and 0.162 in.) for the rivets (item 34).

12 Deburr the holes.

13 Drill out the two rivets (item 35) and remove the rear cleat (item 26) (Refer to SPM
TASK 70-42-28-300-004).

14 Drill out the rivets (item 35) and remove the rear cleat (item 26) (Refer to SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055, Repair 006 (Remove and Install Blind (Huck) Rivets)).

15 Drill the two holes in the new rear cleat (item 26) to between 4,07 mm and 4,11 mm
(0.160 in. and 0.162 in.) for the rivets (item 35).

16 Deburr the holes.

17 Clean the new rear cleat (item 26) (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK
70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a vacuum cleaner to remove the unwanted debris.

b Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

c Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

18 Put and hold the new rear cleat (item 26) in position with gripper pins.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6045
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

19 Transfer drill the two holes from the new rear support bracket (item 23) to
the new rear cleat (item 26) for the rivets (item 34).

20 Remove the new rear support bracket (item 23) and the new rear cleat
(item 26).

21 Deburr the holes.

22 Clean the repair area and new rear support bracket (item 23) and the new
rear cleat (item 26) (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-
00-00-110-101-A03).

a Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

b Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

c Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

23 Protect the new rear support bracket (item 23) and the two holes for the
rivets (item 34), use OMat 175D chromate conversion coating (Refer to OP
TASK 70-00-00-300-330, SUBTASK 70-00-00-380-330-A01).

24 Put a thin layer of OMat 8/302 sealant on the mating surfaces of the new
rear support bracket (item 23) and the new rear cleat (item 26).

25 Put the new rear support bracket (item 23) and the new rear cleat (item 26)
in position and hold with sufficient gripper pins.

26 Drill out the rivets (item 32, 33, 34 and 35) with OMat 8/301 sealant. Refer
to the following table for the applicable SPM TASK references.

TYPE OF RIVET PART IDENT SPM TASK

NAS Rivet Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055,
Repair 006 (Remove and Install Blind (Huck)
Rivets)
Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005, FRS7054,
MS204 Rivet
Repair 005 (Remove and Install Solid Rivets)
MBF Rivet Refer to SPM 70-42-28-300-009, FRS7059,
Repair 009 (Remove and Install Composi - Lok
FCBF Blind Bolts)

27 Remove the gripper pins.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6046
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

28 Wet install the rivets (item 32, 33, 34 and 35) at the gripper pin positions
with OMat 8/301 sealant. Refer to the following table for the applicable
SPM TASK references.

TYPE OF RIVET PART IDENT SPM TASK

Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055,
NAS Rivet Repair 006 (Remove and Install Blind (Huck)
Rivets)
Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005, FRS7054,
MS204 Rivet
Repair 005 (Remove and Install Solid Rivets)
MBF Refer to SPM 70-42-28-300-009, FRS7059,
Rivet Repair 009 (Remove and Install Composi - Lok
FCBF Blind Bolts)

29 Make a template or use the removed rear support bracket (item 23) to
transfer the fairing attachment holes to the new rear support bracket (item
23).

30 Drill the holes with a 2,00 mm (0.079 in.) diameter drill.

31 Deburr the holes.

32 Put a bead of OMat 8/302 sealant around the edges of the new rear
support bracket (item 23) and the new rear cleat (item 26).

33 Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-

00-00-110-101-A03).

a Remove the unwanted sealant.

b Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

c Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

(b) Refer to Part B - Procedure 1 (Refer to SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-158-A01) for

the installation of the new 12 o'clock rear duct fairing (item 1).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6047
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-163-A01
(10) Part C - POST 78-C708 Assemblies: Replace the 12 O'Clock Rear Duct Fairing and the
Support Brackets

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO NOT MAKE THE COUNTERSINKS OR

HOLES LARGER WHEN YOU DRILL THE RIVETS. WHEN YOU
REMOVE THE FAIRING, BE CAREFUL NOT TO CAUSE DAMAGE
TO THE STRUCTURE TO WHICH IT IS ATTACHED TO.

CAUTION: BE CAREFUL NOT TO HIT THE CARBON FIBER STRUCTURE

BEHIND THE FAIRING WHEN YOU REMOVE THE RIVET TAILS
FROM THEIR HOLES.

(a) Part C - Procedure 1: Removal of the damaged 12 o'clock rear duct fairing (item 1),
inspection of the support brackets and installation of the new 12 o'clock rear duct
fairing (item 1) (Refer to Fig. 6010).

1 Drill out the rivets (items 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 and 12) from the 12 o'clock rear
duct fairing (item 1) (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055,
Repair 006 (Remove and Install Blind (Huck) Rivets)).

2 Carefully remove the 12 o'clock rear duct fairing (item 1).

3 Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-

00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a non-metallic scraper to remove the unwanted sealant.

b Use a vacuum cleaner to remove the unwanted debris.

c Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

d Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

e Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

4 Examine the front support bracket (item 13), #5 hinge front support bracket
(items 14), #5 hinge rear support bracket (items 15) and rear support bracket
(item 16) for cracks. Use X10 magnification inspection equipment:

a If cracks are found on the front support bracket (item 13), do Part C -
Procedure 2, (Refer to SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-164-A01).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6048
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

b If cracks are found on the front angle (items 17) or rear angle (items
18) of the #5 hinge front support bracket (items 14) and/or #5 hinge
rear support bracket (items 15), do Part C - Procedure 3 (Refer to
SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-165-A01).

NOTE: If cracks are found on areas other than the front angles of
the brackets, contact SAFRAN Nacelles.

c If cracks are found on the rear support bracket (item 16), do Part C -
Procedure 4 (Refer to SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-166-A01).

5 Temporarily install the new 12 o'clock rear duct fairing (item 1) and make
sure that it is located in its correct position.

6 Make a tracing of the hole positions on the replacement 12 o'clock rear

duct fairing (item 1) for rivets (items 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 10).

7 Drill the holes in the 12 o'clock rear duct fairing (item 1) for the rivets (items
5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 10). Using a diameter drill.

8 Drill and countersink holes to final size in accordance with the table that
follows:

ITEM HOLE DIAMETER COUNTERSINK ANGLE COUNTERSINK

EXTERNAL DIAMETER
5, 6, 7 3,27 – 3,32 mm 99 degrees - 101 degrees 5,61 – 5,81 mm
(0.129 – 0.131 in.) (0.221 - 0.229 in.)
8 4,07 – 4,11 mm 99 degrees - 101 degrees 7,14 – 7,34 mm
(0.160 – 0.162 in.) (0.281 - 0.289 in.)
9 4,08 – 4,14 mm 99 degrees - 101 degrees 7,23 – 7,35 mm
(0.161 – 0.163 in.) (0.285 - 0.289 in.)
10 4,07 – 4,11 mm 99 degrees - 101 degrees 7,14 – 7,34 mm
(0.160 – 0.162 in.) (0.281 - 0.289 in.)

9 Deburr the holes. Use hand tools.

10 Protect the new front cleat (item 15), use OMat 175D chromate conversion
coating (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-330, SUBTASK 70-00-00-380-
330-A01).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6049
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

11 Install the shims (item 2) or (item 3) or (item 4) on the fairing front support
bracket (item 13), #5 hinge front support bracket (items 14), #5 hinge rear
support bracket (items 15) and rear support bracket (item
16) brackets, if necessary.

NOTE: The fairing should attach to the support brackets with no gap.
Shims are used to remove the gap when required.

a Temporarily install the 12 o'clock rear duct fairing (item 1) and hold it in
position with gripper pins.

b Press by hand on the 12 o'clock rear duct fairing (item 1) at the positions
of the front support bracket (item 13), #5 hinge front support bracket
(items 14), #5 hinge rear support bracket (items 15) and rear support
bracket (item 16). If you can feel the 12 o'clock rear duct fairing (item 1)
move, remove the 12 o'clock rear duct fairing (item 1) and make a
selection of the necessary shims (item 2) or (item 3) or (item 4).

c Temporarily install the shims (item 2) or (item 3) or (item 4) on their front

support bracket (item 13), #5 hinge front support bracket (items 14), #5
hinge rear support bracket (items 15) and rear support bracket (item 16).
The distances from the rivet holes to the shim edges must be equal on
each side. Make sure that the 12 o'clock rear duct fairing (item 1) fits
correctly with no gaps.

d Drill the holes in the front support bracket (item 13), #5 hinge front
support bracket (items 14), #5 hinge rear support bracket (items 15) and
rear support bracket (item 16) for the rivets (item 12) and the shims
(item 2) or (item 3) or (item 4) to between 2,48 mm and 2,53
mm (0.098 in. and 0.100 in.).

NOTE: The holes are located at an equal distance between the three
existing holes.

e Counterdrill the shims (item 2) or (item 3) or (item 4) for rivets (items 10).

f Countersink shim holes to between 3,75 mm and 3,92 mm (0.148 in. and
0.156 in.) external diameter, 99 -101 degrees included angle.
Deburr the holes.

g Apply OMat 8/302 sealant to the mating surface of the shims (item 2) or
(item 3) or (item 4). Position the shims (item 2) or (item 3) or (item 4) on
the front support bracket (item 13), #5 hinge front support bracket (items
14), #5 hinge rear support bracket (items 15) and rear support bracket
(item 16).
EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092
Page 6050
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

h Wet install the rivets (item 12) with OMat 8/301 sealant (Refer to SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-004)).

j Clean the front support bracket (item 13), #5 hinge front support bracket (items
14), #5 hinge rear support bracket (items 15) and rear support bracket (item 16)
and shims (item 2) or (item 3) or (item 4) (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101,
SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

– Remove the unwanted sealant.

– Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

– Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

– Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

12 Make the mating surfaces rough. Use OMat 584 Scotch Brite to scour the titanium
plate and mating surfaces of the 12 o'clock rear duct fairing (item 1).

NOTE: The scouring operation is important for correct bonding of the OMat 8/154
adhesive .

13 Clean the mating surfaces (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application. b Wipe the surfaces dry

before the solvent evaporates.

c Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

14 Do a surface break test (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707, SUBTASK

70-00-00-360-707-002).

15 Preparation of adhesive on the repair area

a Mix the OMat 8/154 Epoxy paste adhesive.

b Apply the adhesive to the mating surfaces of the 12 o'clock rear duct fairing (item
1) and IFS.

c Prepare OMat 8/302 two part polysulphide sealant.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6051
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

d Apply the sealant to the mating surfaces of the 12 o'clock rear duct
fairing (item 1) and OFS.

16 Install the 12 o'clock rear duct fairing (item 1) and clamp it in its final
position.

17 Wet install rivets (item 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10) and the dimpled washers (item
11) with OMat 8/301 sealant (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006,
FRS7055, Repair 006 (Remove and Install Blind (Huck) Rivets)).

18 Apply a bead of OMat 8/302 two part polysulphide sealant all around the 12
o'clock rear duct fairing (item 1).

19 Install the OMat 2/131 non porous parting film, a minimum of two
thermocouples and the heat blanket on the 12 o'clock rear duct fairing (item
1) where OMat 8/154 Epoxy paste adhesive has been applied to the IFS
mating surface.

20 Apply equal mechanical pressure to the full surface of the 12 o'clock rear
duct fairing (item 1). Use a 20 kg (44 lbs) sandbag.

NOTE: Make sure that no sand leaks from the bag.

21 Cure the OMat 8/154 Epoxy paste adhesive in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions.

22 Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Remove the unwanted sealant.

b Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

c Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

(b) Refer to Part B - Procedure 1 (Refer to SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-163-A01) for the

installation of the new 12 o'clock rear duct fairing (item 1).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6052
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-164-A01
(11) Part C - POST 78-C708 Assemblies: Replace the 12 O'Clock Rear Duct Fairing and the Support
Brackets:

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO NOT MAKE THE COUNTERSINKS OR HOLES
LARGER WHEN YOU DRILL THE RIVETS. WHEN YOU REMOVE THE
FAIRING, BE CAREFUL NOT TO CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE STRUCTURE
TO WHICH IT IS ATTACHED TO.

CAUTION: BE CAREFUL NOT TO HIT THE CARBON FIBER STRUCTURE BEHIND

THE FAIRING WHEN YOU REMOVE THE RIVET TAILS FROM THEIR
HOLES.

(a) Part C - Procedure 2: replacement of the front support bracket (Refer to

Fig. 6011).

1 Use OMat 262 temporary marker to mark the position of the damaged front support
bracket (item 13).

2 Drill out the rivets (items 20 and 21) that attach the front support bracket (item 13)
to fan duct inner skin (Refer to SPM 70-42-28-300-009, FRS7059, Repair 009
(Remove and Install Composi - Lok Blind Bolts)).

3 Remove the damaged front support bracket (item 13).

4 Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-

110-101-A03).

a Use a non-metallic scraper to remove the unwanted sealant.

b Use a vacuum cleaner to remove the unwanted debris.

c Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

d Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

e Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

5 Make a template or use the removed front support bracket (item 13) to transfer the
three hole positions for rivets (item 20 and 21) and fairing attachment holes on the
new front support bracket (item 13).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6053
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

6 Drill the three hole positions in the new front support bracket (item 13) for
the rivets (items 20 and 21) to between 6,54 mm and 6,59 mm (0.257 in.
and 0.259 in.).

7 Drill the six fairing attachment holes in the new front support bracket (item
13) to between 4,07 mm and 4,11 mm (0.160 in. and 0.162 in.).

8 Deburr the holes.

9 Clean the repair area and new front support bracket (item 13) (Refer to OP
TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a vacuum cleaner to remove the unwanted debris.

b Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

c Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

10 Protect the new front support bracket (item 13), use OMat 175D chromate
conversion coating (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-330, SUBTASK
70-00-00-380-330-A01).

11 Put a thin layer of OMat 8/302 sealant on the mating surface of the new
front support bracket (item 13).

12 Put the new front support bracket (item 13) in position.

13 Wet install the rivets (items 20 and 21) with OMat 8/301 sealant (Refer
to SPM 70-42-28-300-009, FRS7059, Repair 009 (Remove and Install
Composi - Lok Blind Bolts)).

14 Put a bead of OMat 8/302 sealant around the edges of the new front
support bracket (item 13).

15 Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Remove the unwanted sealant.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6054
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

b Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

c Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

(b) Refer to Part C - Procedure 1 (Refer to SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-163-A01) for the

installation of the new 12 o'clock rear duct fairing (item 1).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-165-A01
(12) Part C - POST 78-C708 Assemblies: Replace the 12 O'Clock Rear Duct Fairing and the
Support Brackets:

CAUTION: DO NOT MAKE THE HOLES LARGER WHEN YOU DRILL OUT THE
RIVETS.

(a) Part C - Procedure 3: Repair of the #5 hinge front support brackets or #5 hinge rear
support brackets (Refer to Fig. 6012).

NOTE: The #5 hinge front support brackets or #5 hinge rear support brackets can be
repaired independently of each other.

1 Use OMat 262 temporary marker to mark the position of the damaged front angle
(item 17) or rear angle (item 18) on the #5 hinge front support bracket (item 14) or #5
hinge rear support bracket (item 15).

2 Drill out the rivets (item 22) that attach the front angle (item 17) or rear angle (item 18)
to the #5 hinge front support bracket (item 14) or #5 hinge rear support bracket (item
15) (Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055, Repair 006 (Remove and
Install Blind (Huck) Rivets)).

3 Remove the damaged front angle (item 17) or rear angle (item 18) from the #5
hinge front support bracket (item 14) or #5 hinge rear support bracket (item 15).

4 Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Use a non-metallic scraper to remove the unwanted sealant.

b Use a vacuum cleaner to remove the unwanted debris.

c Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6055
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

d Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

e Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

5 Make a template or use the removed front angle (item 17) or rear angle
(item 18) to transfer the three hole positions to the new front angle (item
17) or new rear angle (item 18) for the rivet positions (item 22).

6 Drill the three holes in the new front angle (item 17) or new rear angle (item
18) for the rivets (item 22) to between 4,73 mm and 4,83 mm (0.187 in.
and 0.190 in.).

7 Deburr the holes.

8 Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

b Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

c Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

9 Protect the new front angle (item 17) or new rear angle (item 18) and #5
hinge front support bracket (item 14) or #5 hinge rear support bracket
(item 15), use OMat 175D chromate conversion coating (Refer to OP
TASK 70-00-00-300-330, SUBTASK 70-00-00-380-330-A01).

10 Apply OMat 8/302 sealant on the mating surface of the new front angle
(item 17) or new rear angle (item 18) and the #5 hinge front support
bracket (item 14) or #5 hinge rear support bracket (item 15).

11 Put and hold the new front angle (item 17) or new rear angle (item 18) in
the marked position on the #5 hinge front support bracket (item 14) or #5
hinge rear support bracket (item 15).

12 Wet install the rivets (item 22) with OMat 8/301 sealant (Refer to SPM
TASK 70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055, Repair 006 (Remove and Install Blind
(Huck) Rivets)).

13 Make a template or use the removed front angle (item 17) or rear angle
(item 18) to transfer the three fairing attachment holes.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6056
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

14 Drill the holes with a 2,00 mm (0.079 in.) diameter drill.

15 Deburr the holes.

16 Put a bead of OMat 8/302 sealant around edges of the #5 hinge front support
bracket (item 14) or #5 hinge rear support bracket (item 15) and new front angle
(item 17) or rear angle (item 18).

17 Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-

110-101-A03).

a Remove the unwanted sealant.

b Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application. c Wipe

the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

(b) Refer to Part C - Procedure 1 (Refer to SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-163-A01) for the

installation of the new 12 o'clock rear duct fairing (item 1).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-166-A01
(13) Part C - POST 78-C708 Assemblies: Replace the 12 O'Clock Rear Duct Fairing and the
Support Brackets:

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE IFS OR THE
SURFACE OF THE FAN DUCT INNER SKIN WALL WHEN YOU REMOVE
THE DAMAGED PARTS.

CAUTION: DO NOT MAKE THE HOLES LARGER WHEN YOU DRILL OUT THE
RIVETS.

(a) Part C - Procedure 4: replacement of the rear support brackets (Refer to

Fig. 6013).

1 Use OMat 262 temporary marker to mark the position of the damaged rear support
bracket (item 16).

2 Drill out the rivets (items 23 and 24) from the rear support bracket (item
16) (Refer to SPM 70-42-28-300-009, FRS7059, Repair 009 (Remove and Install
Composi - Lok Blind Bolts)).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6057
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

3 Drill out the rivets (item 26) from the rear cleat (item 19) (Refer to SPM
TASK 70-42-28-300-005, FRS7054, Repair 005 (Remove and Install Solid
Rivets)).

4 Remove the damaged rear support bracket (item 16).

5 Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03).

a Remove the unwanted sealant.

b Use vacuum cleaner to remove the unwanted debris.

c Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

d Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

e Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

6 Make a template or use the removed rear support bracket (item 16) to
transfer the hole positions to the new rear support bracket (item 16) for
the rivets (items 23 and 24).

7 Drill the holes in the new rear support bracket (item 16) for the rivets (items
23 and 24) to between 6,54 mm and 6,59 mm (0.257 in. and 0.259 in.).

8 Deburr the holes.

9 Put and hold the new rear support bracket (item 16) in position with gripper
pins.

10 Mark the positions of the two holes (item 26) from the rear cleat (item 19)
to the new rear support bracket (item 16).

11 Drill the holes in the new rear support bracket (item 16) to between 4,04
mm and 4,12 mm (0.159 in. and 0.162 in.) for the rivets (item 26).

12 Deburr the holes.

13 Drill out the rivets (item 25) and remove the rear cleat (item 19) (Refer to
SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055, Repair 006 (Remove and Install
Blind (Huck) Rivets)).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6058
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

14 Make a template or use the removed rear cleat (item 19) to transfer the two holes
positions (item 25) to the new rear cleat (item 19).

15 Drill the two holes in the new rear cleat (item 19) to between 4,07 mm and 4,11 mm
(0.160 in. and 0.162 in.) for the rivets (item 25).

16 Deburr the holes.

17 Clean the repair area and the new rear cleat (item 19) (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-
100-101, SUBTASK 70-00- 00-110-101-A03).

a Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

b Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

c Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

18 Put and hold the new rear cleat (item 19) in position with gripper pins.

19 Transfer drill the two holes from the new rear support bracket (item 16) to the new
rear cleat (item 19) for the rivets (item 26).

20 Remove the new rear support bracket (item 16) and the new rear cleat (item 19).

21 Deburr the holes.

22 Clean the repair area, the new rear support bracket (item 16) and new rear cleat
(item 19) (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-
A03).

a Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

b Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

c Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

23 Protect the new rear cleat (item 19), use OMat 175D chromate conversion
coating (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-300-330, SUBTASK 70-00-00-380-330-
A01).

24 Put a thin layer of OMat 8/302 sealant on the mating surfaces of the new rear
support bracket (item 16) and the new rear cleat (item 19).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6059
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

25 Put the new rear support bracket (item 16) and the new rear cleat (item 19)
in position and hold with sufficient gripper pins.

26 Wet install the rivets (items 23, 24, 25 and 26) with OMat 8/301 sealant.
Refer to the following table for the applicable SPM TASK references.

TYPE OF RIVET PART IDENT SPM TASK

NAS Rivet Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055,
Repair 006 (Remove and Install Blind (Huck)
Rivets)
Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005, FRS7054,
MS204 Rivet
Repair 005 (Remove and Install Solid Rivets)
MBF Rivet Refer to SPM 70-42-28-300-009, FRS7059,
Repair 009 (Remove and Install Composi - Lok
FCBF Blind Bolts)

27 Remove the gripper pins.

28 Wet install the rivets (items 23, 24, 25 and 26) at the gripper pin positions
with OMat 8/301 sealant. Refer to the following table for the applicable
SPM TASK references.

TYPE OF RIVET PART IDENT SPM TASK

NAS Rivet Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006, FRS7055,
Repair 006 (Remove and Install Blind (Huck)
Rivets)
Refer to SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005, FRS7054,
MS204 Rivet
Repair 005 (Remove and Install Solid Rivets)
MBF Rivet Refer to SPM 70-42-28-300-009, FRS7059,
Repair 009 (Remove and Install Composi - Lok
FCBF Blind Bolts)

29 Use the removed rear support bracket (item 16) to make a template and
transfer the fairing attachment holes to the new support bracket (item 16).

30 Drill the holes on the new support bracket (item 16), use a 2,00 mm (0.079
in.) diameter drill.

31 Deburr the holes.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6060
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

32 Put a bead of OMat 8/302 sealant around the edges of the new rear support
bracket (item 16) and the new rear cleat (item 19).

33 Clean the repair area (Refer to OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-

110-101-A03).

a Remove the unwanted sealant.

b Cold liquid degrease the repair area by swab application.

c Wipe the surfaces dry before the solvent evaporates.

d Use an OMat 2/101 or equivalent, lint free cloth.

(b) Refer to Part C - Procedure 1 (Refer to SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-163-A01) for the

installation of the new 12 o'clock rear duct fairing (item 1).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-176-A01
(14) Inspection of the repair areas:

(a) Do a visual examination to make sure that the repair is satisfactory.

(b) If the repair is not satisfactory, reject the repair.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-034-A01
(15) Identification of the Repair:

(a) Use identification paint (MSRR9064) of contrasting color to mark FRSX092 adjacent
to the identification plate of the thrust reverser.

1 For PRE 78-C397 assemblies, FRSX092/A followed by the procedure that you
have done (example, FRSX092/A/1/2/4).

2 For POST 78-C397 and PRE 78-C708 assemblies, FRSX092/B followed by the
procedure that you have done (example, FRSX092/B/1/2/4).

3 For POST 78-C708 assemblies, FRSX092/C followed by the procedure that you
have done (example, FRSX092C/1/2/4).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6061
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Part A - PRE 78-C397 - Replace the 12 O'clock Rear Duct Fairing

Figure 6001(Sheet 1 of 2) / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6301-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6062
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Part A - PRE 78-C397 - Replace the 12 O'clock Rear Duct Fairing

Figure 6001 (Sheet 2 of 2) / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6301-002

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6063
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Part A - PRE 78-C397 - Replace the Front Support Bracket

Figure 6002 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6302-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6064
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Part A - PRE 78-C397 - Replace #5 Hinge Support Brackets

Figure 6003 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6303-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6065
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Part A - PRE 78-C397 - Replace the Rear Support Bracket

Figure 6004 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6304-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6066
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Part B - POST 78-C397 and PRE 78-C708 - Replace the 12 O'clock Rear Duct Fairing
Figure 6005 (Sheet 1 of 3) / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6305-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6067
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Part B - POST 78-C397 and PRE 78-C708 - Replace the 12 O'clock Rear Duct Fairing
Figure 6005 (Sheet 2 of 3) / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6305-002

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6068
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Part B - POST 78-C397 and PRE 78-C708 - Replace the 12 O'clock Rear Duct Fairing
Figure 6005 (Sheet 3 of 3) / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6305-003

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6069
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Part B - POST 78-C397 and PRE 78-C708 - Replace the Front Support Bracket
Figure 6006 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6306-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6070
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Part B - POST 78-C397 and PRE 78-C708

Replace the #5 Hinge Front and Rear Support Brackets – One Piece
Figure 6007 (Sheet 1 of 2) / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6307-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6071
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Part B - POST 78-C397 and PRE 78-C708

Replace the #5 Hinge Front and Rear Support Brackets – One Piece
Figure 6007 (Sheet 2 of 2) / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6307-002

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6072
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Part B - POST 78-C397 and PRE 78-C708

Replace the #5 Hinge Front and Rear Support Brackets - Two Piece
Figure 6008 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6308-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6073
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Part B - 78-C397 and PRE 78-708 – Replace the Rear Support Bracket
Figure 6009 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6309-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6074
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Part C –POST 78-C708 – Replace the 12 O'clock Rear Duct Fairing

Figure 6010 (Sheet 1 of 3) / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6310-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6075
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Part C –POST 78-C708 – Replace the 12 O'clock Rear Duct Fairing

Figure 6010 (Sheet 2 of 3) / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6310-002

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6076
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Part C –POST 78-C708 – Replace the 12 O'clock Rear Duct Fairing

Figure 6010 (Sheet 3 of 3) / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6310-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6077
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Part C –POST 78-C708 – Replace the Front Support Bracket

Figure 6011 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6311-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6078
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Part C –POST 78-C708 – Replace the #5 Hinge Front and Rear Support Brackets
Figure 6012 /GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6312-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6079
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Part C –POST 78-C708 – Replace the Rear Support Bracket

Figure 6013 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6313-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX092

Page 6080
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-884-A01
1 FRSX135 - C-Duct - Pre-Cooler Duct (PCD) - Repair the Cracked Joggle Plate

A. General

This TASK gives instruction to repair cracks in the joggle plate of the PCD. The PCD is installed on the
Inner Fixed Structure (IFS).

There are two standards of PCD. On Thrust Reverser Units (TRU) up to 45, the PCD is manufactured
from stainless steel (Pre SB RB211-78-B819). On TRU from unit 46, the PCD is manufactured from
Inconel (Post SB RB211-78-B819).

This repair is only applicable to the Post SB RB211-78-B819 PCD from P/N: 91B748-10.

This repair is applicable to PCD with or without FRSX109 repair patches at the rear corner.

The quantity of fasteners given in D. (3) (b) Repair Parts, and the instructions in F. Procedure are for a
typical repair. The size of the actual repair patches and the quantity of fasteners required can be different.

This repair consists of a stop drill at each crack and the installation of two locally manufactured repair
patches at each corner of the joggle plate.

TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Ref. TSD594–J).

TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Ref. RR–CAEL–SPM).

For the repair, refer to the Illustrated Parts List (IPL) to identify the parts.

For price and availability of spares and tools, contact SAFRAN Nacelles.

B. Effectivity

ENGINE FIG. / ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION

TRENT 700 / ALL 38-313 91B748-XX Pre-Cooler Duct

C. Reason for Job

To repair cracks in the joggle plate of the PCD.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX135

Page 6001
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

D. Job Set-Up Information

(1) Tools, Fixtures and Equipment

(a) Standard Tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- AR Standard workshop tools and equipment.

- AR Clamps

1 Countersink tool, 100°

- AR Drill equipment

- 1 Drill bit, 3,20 mm (0.125 in.) dia.

- 1 Drill bit, 3,28 to 3,35 mm (0.129 to 0.132 in.) dia.

- 1 Drill bit, 4,88 to 4,98 mm (0.192 to 0.196 in.) dia.

- 1 Drill bit, 4,06 to 4,16 mm (0.160 to 0.164 in.) dia.

AR Lifting equipment, certified

- 1 Spatula

- 1 Standard fluorescent penetrant equipment

- 1 Syringe

- 1 Vacuum cleaner

(b) Special Tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

HU87118 Workshop stand, C-Duct

NOTE: For the full data for the special tools in this list, refer to the SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES,
AND EQUIPMENT section of this CMM.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX135

Page 6002
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(2) Consumable Materials

REFERENCE NAME

MSRR9064 Identification paint

OMat 1/257 Solvent

OMat 245 Permanent marking ink

OMat 2/101 Lint-free cloth

OMat 5/52 Sandpaper, grade 800 to 1200

OMat 653 Fluorescent penetrant

OMat 7/187 Polyurethane finish paint PAC33

OMat 8/301 Adhesive sealant, Alt: 8/302

NOTE: Refer to the Overhaul Materials (OMat) manual for the full details of the consumable
materials.

NOTE: Use approved equivalent alternatives, if necessary.

(3) Parts Information

(a) Expendable Parts

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENT QTY ITEM No.

None - - - -

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX135

Page 6003
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(b) Repair Parts

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY ITEM No.

- Local manufacture Repair Patch, Inconel 625, 2 6002-1

Post SB RB211-78-B819 6002-3
1,60 mm (0.063 in.) thick 2 6003-1
(AMS5599, AMS5869) 6003-3

NAS1921M05S06, …Blind rivet 6 6002-4

Alt.: NAS1921M05S05A
NAS1921M05S05U
NAS1921M05S05AU

NAS1921M05S04, …Blind rivet 1 6002-4A

Alt.: NAS1921M05S04A 1 6003-4A
NAS1921M05S04U
NAS1921M05S04AU

NAS1921M06S05, …Blind rivet 8 6002-5

Alt.: NAS1921M06S05A 8 6003-5
-
NAS1921M06S05U
NAS1921M06S05AU

NAS1921M06S06, …Blind rivet 2 6002-6

Alt.: NAS1921M06S06A 2 6003-6
-
NAS1921M06S06U
NAS1921M06S06AU

-
31604CC048 Washer 2 6002-7
2 6003-7

NAS1919M05S07, …Blind rivet 7 6002-8

Alt.: NAS1919M05S06A
-
NAS1919M05S06U
NAS1919M05S06AU

NAS1921M05S07, …Blind rivet 13 6003-9

Alt.: NAS1919M05S06A
-
NAS1919M05S06U
NAS1919M05S06AU
NOTE: The grip lengths are given of reference only. Before you install each fastener you must
check that the grip length is correct.

NOTE: The quantity of fasteners given in this table, are for a typical repair only. The actual size
of the patches can be different, thus the quantity of fasteners will be different.

NOTE: For drill sizes and hole dimensions refer to SRM 51-44-00.

NOTE: The FIG/ITEM refers to the items identified in the IPL.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX135

Page 6004
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

NOTE: The ITEM No. refers to the items identified in the Figures in this FRSX, e.g.: 6002-2 =
Figure 6002, item 2.

(4) Material of Components

PART NO. DESCRIPTION SYMBOL MATERIAL

Local Repair patch - Inconel 625 (AMS5599,

manufacture AMS5869)

(5) Weight

The weight of each repair is approximately 0,15 kg (0.661 lb).

E. Health and Safety Notices

WARNING: DRILL EQUIPMENT CAN CAUSE DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES THAT CAN
DAMAGE YOUR HEALTH. WHEN YOU DO THIS REPAIR YOU MUST WEAR THE
APPLICABLE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT. IF YOU OR OTHER
PERSONS GET AN INJURY, STOP THE WORK AND GET MEDICAL HELP
IMMEDIATELY.

WARNING: CONSUMABLE MATERIALS CAN DAMAGE YOUR HEALTH. BEFORE YOU USE
CONSUMABLE MATERIALS YOU MUST READ AND OBEY THE APPLICABLE
MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. WHEN YOU USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS
YOU MUST WEAR THE APPLICABLE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT.
IF YOU OR OTHER PERSONS GET AN INJURY, STOP THE WORK AND GET
MEDICAL HELP IMMEDIATELY.

CAUTION: THIS PROCEDURE CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ADJACENT SURFACES AND
STRUCTURES. DURING THIS PROCEDURE BE CAREFUL NOT TO DAMAGE THE
ADJACENT SURFACES AND STRUCTURES. TO STOP DAMAGE TO THE ADJACENT
SURFACES AND STRUCTURES USE TEMPORARY PROTECTION.

F. Procedure – Typical Repair

SUBTASK 78-30-20-450-009
(1) Get access:

(a) If necessary, remove the LH C-Duct (Ref. AMM 78-32-52-000-802-A).

CAUTION: BE CAREFUL NOT TO DAMAGE THE CENTRE THERMAL BLANKETS WHEN

YOU MOVE THEM CLEAR OF THE PCD JOGGLE PLATE.

(b) Move the aft and forward centre thermal blankets clear of the PCD joggle plate.

1 Use an applicable non-metal tool (spatula) to move the thermal blanket clear of the
joggle plate.
EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX135
Page 6005
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-320
(2) Examine the PCD:

(a) If FRSX062 is installed on the front corners of the inlet side of the PCD, contact SAFRAN
Nacelles.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-501
(3) Prepare the Repair Area
(Ref. Figs. 6001 to 6003)

(a) Clean the repair area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03):

1 Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the joggle plate.

2 Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent
evaporates.

(b) Inspect the joggle plate (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-200-210):

1 Apply fluorescent penetrant (OMat 653) to the applicable corner of the joggle plate.

2 Identify all cracks.

CAUTION: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU STOP DRILL THE CRACK. DO NOT DAMAGE THE
ADJACENT PARTS OF THE JOGGLE PLATE.

(c) Stop drill the crack(s) (Ref. SPM TASK 70-42-26-300-001):

1 Use a 3,20 mm (0.125 in.) bit and applicable drill equipment to make a stop hole at
each end of the crack.

2 Make sure the centre of each stop drill hole is at the end of the crack line.

(d) Remove the rivets from the damage area (Ref. Fig. 6002 or 6003):

1 Use applicable drill equipment to remove the applicable rivets (4), (4A), (5), (6) and (8)
(Ref. SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006).

2 Remove and discard the rivet parts.

(e) Clean the repair area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03):

1 Use an applicable vacuum to remove any unwanted material.

2 Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the repair area.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX135

Page 6006
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

3 Make sure you remove all the penetrant.

4 Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent
evaporates.

(f) Inspect the repair area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-200-210):

1 Apply fluorescent penetrant (OMat 653) to the applicable corner of the joggle plate.

2 Make sure the end of each crack is removed.

(g) Clean the Repair Area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK

70-00-00-110-101-A03):

1 Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the repair area.

2 Make sure you remove all the penetrant.

3 Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent
evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-502
(4) Make the Repair Patches
(Ref. Fig. 6002 or 6003)

(a) Use 1,60 mm (0.063 in.) thick Inconel 625 (AMS5599, AMS5869) to make the two repair
patches (1) and (3):

1 At each end of the patch there must be a minimum overlap (dimension A) of 2 x dia. of
the last fastener hole.

2 The angle of the joggle of each patch must be the same as that of the joggle plate.

3 The minimum edge distance around each fastener hole must be:

a For the outer land of the joggle plate: 9,60 mm (0.378 in.).

b For the inner land of the joggle plate: 8,00 mm (0.315 in.).

4 Each corner of the patch must have a minimum radius (dimension B) of 5,00 mm
(0.197 in.).

5 The inner end (end E) of each patch must not go onto the corner radius of the joggle
plate.

(b) Remove any sharp edges.

(c) Use an applicable soft brush to remove any unwanted material.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX135

Page 6007
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(d) Check the size and shape of the repair patch (1) and (3):

1 Put each repair patch in position on the joggle plate (2), make sure:

a There is a minimum overlap at each end of the patch of 2 x dia. of the last
fastener hole.

b The inner end of each repair patch is not on the corner radius of the joggle plate.

c The angle of the joggle of the repair patch is the same as that on the joggle
plate.

2 If the size and shape of each repair patch is not correct, discard the repair patches (1)
and (3) and do step (a) to (d) again.

3 If the size and shape of each repair patch is correct, continue from step (e).

(e) Back drill the final fastener holes (Ref. Fig. 6002 or 6003):

NOTE: For drill sizes and hole dimensions refer to SRM 51-44-00.

1 Use applicable clamps to hold patch (1) and (3) in position on the joggle plate (2).

2 On the inner land, use applicable drill equipment to make the 13 holes for fastener (4),
(8) or (9).

3 On the outer land, use applicable drill equipment to make the ten holes for fastener (5)
and (6).

4 Remove the clamps and the patches (1) and (3).

5 Deburr all the holes.

(f) Clean the repair patches (1) and (3) (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK
70-00-00-110-101-A03):

1 Use an applicable soft brush to remove unwanted material.

2 Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to repair patch (1) and
(3).

3 Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent
evaporates.

(g) Inspect the repair patch (1) and (3) (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-200-210):

1 Apply fluorescent penetrant (OMat 653) to the surfaces of repair patch (1) and (3).

2 Make sure each patch is free of cracks.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX135
Page 6008
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

3 If you find cracks, discard the patches and do steps (a) to (g) again.

4 If you do not find cracks, continue from step (h).

(h) Clean the repair patch (1) and (3) (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK
70-00-00-110-101-A03):

1 Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the patch (1) and
(3).

2 Make sure you remove all the penetrant.

3 Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent
evaporates.

(i) Record a European Part Approval (EPA) number on each repair patch (1) and (3)
(Ref. Fig. 6004):

1 Use grade 800 to 1200 sandpaper (OMat 5/52) to lightly rub an area of the top surface
of the patch.

2 Use permanent marking ink (OMat 245) to write a part number on each patch (Ref.
Fig. 6004):

a You must use ISO 3098-1 type B or OCRA fonts only.

b The height of the characters must not be more than 4 mm.

c Make sure you can read the number.

3 Let the ink dry.

4 Use an applicable brush to apply polyurethane gloss finish (OMat 7/187) over the EPA
number.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-410-018
(5) Install the Repair Patch (1) and (3)
(Ref. Fig. 6002 or 6003)

(a) Apply adhesive sealant (OMat 8/301) to the contact surfaces of the repair patch (1) and (3)
(Ref. Manufacturer’s instructions).

(b) Apply adhesive sealant (OMat 8/301) to the contact surfaces of the joggle plate (2) and the
thermal blanket support (Ref. Manufacturer’s instructions).

(c) Put the repair patch (1) in the correct position on the joggle plate (2) and the thermal blanket
support:

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX135

Page 6009
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(d) Make sure all the holes align correctly.

(e) Put the repair patch (3) in the correct position on the joggle plate (2) and the thermal blanket
support.

(f) Make sure all the holes align correctly.

(g) Put the aft and forward thermal blankets in position around the joggle plate (2) and the repair
patch (1) and (3).

(h) Apply sealant (OMat 8/301) to the 24 rivets (4), (4A), (5), (6), (8) and (9) and the two washers
(7).

(i) For a rear corner repair, install the fasteners that follow:

1 If FRSX109 is embodied, install the seven rivets (8) and the six rivets (4) in the inner
land of the joggle plate (2).

2 If FRSX109 is not embodied, install the 13 rivets (4) in the inner land of the joggle plate
(2).

3 Install the two rivets (6) and washers (7) in the outer land of the joggle plate (2).

4 Install the eight rivets (5) in the outer land of the joggle plate (2).

5 Install the rivet (4A) in the inner land of the joggle plate (2).

(j) For a front corner repair, install the fasteners that follow:

1 Install the 13 rivets (9) in the inner land of the joggle plate (2).

2 Install the two rivets (6) and washers (7) in the outer land of the joggle plate (2).

3 Install the eight rivets (5) in the outer land of the joggle plate (2).

4 Install the rivet (4A) in the inner land of the joggle plate (2).

(k) Apply a bead of adhesive sealant (OMat 8/301) along the edge of the repair patch (1) and
(3).

(l) Apply a bead of adhesive sealant (OMat 8/301) along the edge of the thermal blanket.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX135

Page 6010
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-061
(6) Clean the Repair Area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03) (Ref.
Figs. 6002 and 6003)

(a) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to apply solvent to the repair area.

(b) Make sure you remove all the unwanted sealant.

(c) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-093
(7) Identify the Repair

(a) Use paint (MSRR9064) of a different color to mark FRSX135 adjacent to the part number on
PCD (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-363).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-450-010
(8) Close Access:

(a) If necessary, install the LH C-Duct (Ref. AMM 78-32-52-400-802-A).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX135

Page 6011
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

PCD Joggle Plate – Damage Locations

Figure 6001 (Sheet 1 of 2) / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-978-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX135

Page 6012
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

PCD Joggle Plate – Damage Locations

Figure 6001 (Sheet 1 of 2) / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-978-002

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX135

Page 6013
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

PCD Joggle Plate – Typical Repair Details - Rear Corner

Figure 6002 (Sheet 1 of 2) / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-979-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX135

Page 6014
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

PCD Joggle Plate – Typical Repair Details – Rear Corner

Figure 6002 (Sheet 2 of 2) / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-979-002

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX135

Page 6015
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

PCD Joggle Plate – Typical Repair Details – Front Corner

Figure 6003 (Sheet 1 of 2) / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-980-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX135

Page 6016
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

PCD Joggle Plate – Typical Repair Details – Front Corner

Figure 6003 (Sheet 2 of 2) / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-980-002

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX135

Page 6017
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

PCD Joggle Plate – Repair Patch – Marking

Figure 6004 / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-981-001
EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX135
Page 6018
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-885
1. FRSX155 - Pivot Door - Replace the Stow Switch Bracket (Pre SB 78-H865)

A. General
This TASK provides instruction to replace the stow switch bracket on the LH and RH upper and lower pivot
door.
This TASK is only applicable to Thrust Reverser units up to serial No. 1465 that do not have Mod
78-H865 embodied. Mod 78-H865 (primary door lock) is incorporated on all units after this serial number.
This procedure gives you the option to incorporate Mod 78-H865 or to replace the damaged item with a
new item.

This procedure is applicable to the LH and RH upper and lower pivot doors.

TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Refer to TSD594–J).

TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Refer to RR–CAEL–SPM).

For the repair procedure, refer to the Illustrated Parts List to identify the parts.

For price and availability of spares and tools, contact Aircelle.

B. Effectivity

ENGINE FIG. / ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION

TRENT 700 / ALL 30-975 91E590-04 Pivot Door, LH Upper
Pre SB 78-H865
31-975 91E880-04 Pivot Door, LH Lower
Pre SB 78-H865
32-975 91E676-04 Pivot Door, RH Upper
Pre SB 78-H865
33-975 91E900-04 Pivot Door, RH Lower
Pre SB 78-H865

C. Reason for Job

The stow switch bracket assembly has been damaged and it is necessary to replace the bracket assembly.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX155

Page 6001
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

D. Job Set-Up Information

(1) Tools, Fixtures and Equipment

(a) Standard Tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- 1 Standard workshop tools and equipment.
- 1 Drill equipment
4 Drill bit: 2,50 mm (0.098 in.): 4,10 mm (0.161
- in.): 4,00 mm (0.157 in.): 4,80 mm (0.189 in.)
dia.
- 1 Pneumatic riveter
- 1 Vacuum cleaner
- AR Standard fluorescent penetrant equipment.
- AR Paint brush
- 1 Pen Marker

(b) Special Tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

HU87132 1 Sleeve, Actuator
TM410 1 Socket, double-square 0.1325 in.

NOTE: For the full data for the special tools in the lists, refer to the SPECIAL TOOLS,
FIXTURES, AND EQUIPMENT section of this CMM.

(2) Consumable Materials

REFERENCE NAME
MSRR9064 Identification paint
OMat 175 Chromate, conversion coating for aluminium
OMat 1/257 Solvent
OMat 2/101 Lint-free cloth
OMat 5/38 Silicon carbide abrasive paper
OMat 653 Fluorescent penetrant
OMat 8/301 Adhesive sealant
OMat 8/302 Adhesive sealant

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX155

Page 6002
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

NOTE: Refer to the Overhaul Materials Manual (OMat) for the full details of the consumable
materials.

NOTE: For other necessary consumable materials refer to the applicable OP TASKS in this
TASK.

NOTE: Use approved equivalent alternatives, if necessary.

(3) Parts Information

(a) Expendable Parts

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENT QTY ITEM No.

None - - - -
(b) Repair Parts - LH Upper Pivot Door

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY ITEM No.

- 91E442-00 Kit, primary door lock, 1 -
Post SB 78-H865
- RP3033-01 Stow switch bracket, 1 6001-1
Pre SB 78-H865
- NAS1919M05S03AU . Rivet, up to unit 270 3 6001-3
- NAS1919M05S03AU . Rivet, from unit 271 2 6001-3
- 31604CC041 . Washer, from unit 271 1 6001-5
- NAS1919M05S04AU . Rivet, from unit 271 1 6001-6
30-985 91E913-01 . Roller 1 6001-8
- 22719TX040018XA . Pin 1 6001-2
- HDSM5037CC041 . Washer 1 6001-7
- MS24665-151 . Cotter Pin 1 6001-4

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX155

Page 6003
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(c) Repair Parts - LH Lower Pivot Door

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY ITEM No.

- 91E443-00 Kit, primary door lock, 1 -
Post SB 78-H865
- RP3033-01 Stow switch bracket, 1 6002-1
Pre SB 78-H865
- NAS1919M05S04AU . Rivet 3 6002-2
- 31604CC041 . Washer 3 6002-6
31-985 91E913-01 . Roller 1 6002-4
- 22719TX040018XA . Pin 1 6002-3
- HDSM5037CC041 . Washer 1 6002-5
- MS24665-151 . Cotter Pin 1 6002-7
(d) Repair Parts - RH Upper Pivot Door

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY ITEM No.

- 91E442-50 Kit, primary door lock, 1 -
Post SB 78-H865
- RP3033-01 Stow switch bracket, 1 6001-1
Pre SB 78-H865
- NAS1919M05S03AU . Rivet, up to unit 270 3 6001-3
- NAS1919M05S03AU . Rivet, from unit 271 2 6001-3
- 31604CC041 . Washer, from unit 271 1 6001-5
NAS1919M05S04AU . Rivet, from unit 271 1 6001-6
32-985 91E913-01 . Roller 1 6001-8
22719TX040018XA . Pin 1 6001-2
HDSM5037CC041 . Washer 1 6001-7
MS24665-151 . Cotter Pin 1 6001-4

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX155

Page 6004
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(e) Repair Parts - RH Lower Pivot Door

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY ITEM No.

Kit, primary door lock,
- 91E443-50 1 -
Post SB 78-H865
Stow switch bracket,
- RP3033-01 1 6002-1
Pre SB 78-H865
- NAS1919M05S04AU . Rivet 3 6002-2
- 31604CC041 . Washer 3 6002-6
33-985 91E913-01 . Roller 1 6002-4
- 22719TX040018XA . Pin 1 6002-3
- HDSM5037CC041 . Washer 1 6002-5
- MS24665-151 . Cotter Pin 1 6002-7

NOTE: The FIG. / ITEM refers to items in the DETAILED PARTS LIST section of this CMM.

NOTE: The ITEM No. refers to the items in the Figures in this FRSX.

(f) Referenced Parts

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENT QTY

Not applicable

NOTE: The items above are not repair parts they are shown for reference only.

(g) Material of Components

PART NO. DESCRIPTION SYMBOL MATERIAL

RP3033-01 Stow switch bracket - T7351 AL Alloy.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX155

Page 6005
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

E. Health and Safety Notices

WARNING: DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES CAN DAMAGE YOUR HEALTH. WHEN YOU DO THIS
REPAIR YOU MUST WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GLOVES, DUST MASK AND
SAFETY GOGGLES TO PROTECT YOU.

WARNING: CONSUMABLE MATERIALS CAN DAMAGE YOUR HEALTH. THEY CAN DAMAGE
YOUR EYES, NOSE, SKIN, THROAT AND LUNGS. HIGH CONCENTRATIONS CAN
CAUSE WEAKNESS, HEADACHE, NAUSEA, DIZZINESS AND INCORRECT
JUDGEMENT. BEFORE YOU USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS YOU MUST READ
AND OBEY THE APPLICABLE MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET AND THE
MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. WHEN YOU USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS
YOU MUST WEAR THE APPLICABLE SAFETY CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT. YOU
MUST ONLY USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS IN AN AREA OPEN TO THE AIR.

CAUTION: BE CAREFUL NOT TO DAMAGE THE ADJACENT SURFACES AND STRUCTURES.

DURING EACH OPERATION INSTALL TEMPORARY PROTECTION AROUND THE
WORK AREA.

F. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-450-011
(1) Open Access

(a) Open the applicable thrust reverser pivot door:

1 Use a double-square 0.1325 in. TM410 socket to release the primary, secondary and
tertiary locks.

2 To open the pivot door push on the front and rear edges with your hand.

3 Install the HU87132 sleeve on the actuator.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-010-019
(2) Remove the Damaged Stow Switch Bracket Assembly (Ref. Fig. 6001 or 6002)

(a) Use a temporary marker to mark the position of the bracket on the front frame of the pivot
door.

(b) Remove the stow switch bracket (1):

1 Use a 4,10 mm (0.161 in.) dia. drill bit to remove and discard the rivets (6001-3/-6) or
(6002-2) (Ref. SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006).

2 For upper door units from 271 and all lower doors, remove and discard the washers
(6001-5) or (6002-6).

(c) Make a template to record the position of the switch bracket (1) and the fastener holes in the
front frame.
EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX155
Page 6006
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-062
(3) Clean the Repair Area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-110-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03)

(a) Use a non-metallic scraper to remove unwanted sealing compound.

(b) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent to the repair area.

(c) Use an applicable lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent
evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-210-051
(4) Inspect the Repair Area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-200-210)

(a) Check the size of the holes of the repair area:

1 The holes must be between 4,06 to 4,16 mm (0.160 to 0.164 in.).

2 If you find oversize holes, contact SAFRAN Nacelles.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-410-019
(5) Install the Primary Lock Assembly, Post Mod 78-H865 (Ref. SB RB211-78-H865), or continue from
Para (6).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-503
(6) Prepare the New Stow Switch Bracket (Ref. Figs. 6001 or 6002)

(a) Put the stow switch bracket (1) in position on the front frame of the pivot door.

(b) Use the template made at para. 2. (2) (c), to mark the position of the fastener holes on the
bracket.

1 Make sure the shape of the bracket aligns correctly with the mark on the frame.

(c) Pre-drill the rivet holes with a 2,5 mm (0.098 in.) dia. drill bit in the bracket (1).

(d) Drill the final holes in the bracket (1) to between 4,06 to 4,16 mm (0.160 to 0.164 in.)
diameter.

(e) Remove the stow switch bracket (1).

(f) De-burr the holes.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX155

Page 6007
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-063
(7) Clean the Stow Switch Bracket (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK
70-00-00-110-101-A03)

(a) Vacuum the repair area to remove unwanted material.

(b) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent to the work area.

(c) Use an applicable lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent
evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-230-030
(8) Inspect the Stow Switch Bracket (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-200-210)

(a) Apply fluorescent penetrant (OMat 653) to the bracket (1).

(b) Inspect the bracket:

1 Make sure the bracket is free of any damage.

2 If damage is found, reject the bracket.

3 Get a new bracket (1) and do paras. 6 to 8 again.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-064
(9) Clean the Stow Switch Bracket (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK
70-00-00-110-101-A03 (Fig. 6001)

(a) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent to the repair area.

(b) Make sure you remove all unwanted fluorescent penetrant.

(c) Use an applicable lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent
evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-380-009
(10) Protect the Stow Switch Bracket (1).

(a) Use a brush to apply chromate conversion coating (OMat 175) to the bracket. (Ref. OP TASK
70-00-00-300-330, SUBTASK 70-00-00-380-330-A01).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-410-020
(11) Install the New Stow Switch Bracket (1).

(a) Apply a layer of sealant (OMat 8/302) to the mating surface of the bracket (1).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX155

Page 6008
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(b) Put the bracket in the correct position on the frame.

1 Make sure the holes align correctly.

(c) Apply sealant (OMat 8/301) to the rivets (6001-3/-6/ 6002-2) and washers (6001-5/6002-5).

(d) For the LH/ RH upper door – units up to 270 (Ref. Fig. 6001):

1 Install the three rivets (3) (Ref. SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006).

(e) For the LH/ RH upper door – units from 271 (Ref. Fig. 6001):

1 Install the two rivets (3), the rivet (6) and the washer (5) (Ref. SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-006).

2 Apply a bead of (OMat 8/302) around the edge of bracket (1).

(f) For the LH/ RH lower door (Ref. Fig. 6002):

1 Install the three rivets (2) and washers (6) (Ref. SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-006).

(g) Apply a bead of sealant (OMat 8/302) around the edge of the bracket (1).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-410-021
(12) Install the New Roller to the Stow Switch Bracket, (Ref. Figs. 6001 and 6002)

(a) Put the roller (6001-8/6002-4) in position between the lugs on the stow switch bracket (1).

(b) Install the pin (6001-2/6002-3) through the lugs and the roller.

(c) Install the washer (6001-7/6002-5) to the end of the pin (6001-2/6002-3).

(d) Use cotter pin (6001-4/6002-7) to secure the pin (6001-5/6002-6) and washer
(6001-7/6002-4).

(e) Make sure the roller turns freely.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-065
(13) Clean the Repair Area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03)

(a) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent to the repair area.

(b) Use an applicable lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent
evaporates.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX155

Page 6009
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-220-321
(14) Examine the Repair

(a) Visually examine the repair.

(b) Make sure that the repair is satisfactory.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-094
(15) Identify the Repair

(a) Use identification paint (MSRR9064) of a different color to mark FRSX155 adjacent to the
part number of bracket (1) (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-363).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-450-012
(16) Close Access

(a) Close the applicable thrust reverser pivot door:

1 Remove the HU87132 sleeve from the actuator.

2 To close the pivot door push on the front and rear edges with your hand.

3 Use a double-square 0.1325 in. TM410 socket to lock the primary, secondary and
tertiary locks.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX155

Page 6010
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Stow Switch Bracket Assembly – Replace – Upper Door

Figure 6001 / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-982-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX155

Page 6011
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Stow Switch Bracket Assembly – Replace – Lower Door

Figure 6002 / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-983-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX155

Page 6012
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-889
1. FRSX164 – C-Duct – Inner Fixed Structure (IFS) - Thermal Blankets - Repair Bumper Shields 1, 2, 3
and 4

A. General

This TASK gives instructions to repair the bumper shields 1, 2, 3 and 4 of the lower thermal

blanket on the IFS.

This TASK is applicable to the LH and RH C-Duct.

This TASK can only be done off-wing.

Fig/Item numbers in the procedure agree with those used in the Illustrated Parts List (IPL). Only

the primary Fig/Item numbers are used. For different Service Bulletin standards, refer to the

IPL.

For price and availability of spares and tools, contact SAFRAN Nacelles.

TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Ref. TSD594–J).

TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Ref. RR–CAEL–SPM).

The welds used and in this procedure are classed as Group 3.

B. Effectivity

ENGINE FIG. / ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION

TRENT 700 / ALL 01-120B HDTR3410L Thrust Reverser, LH C-Duct

01-120C HDTR3411L

01-120D HDTR3412L
01-120E HDTR3413L

01-120F HDTR3414L
01-120G HDTR3415L
01-120H HDTR3416L
01-120J HDTR3417L

01-120K HDTR3418L
01-130D HDTR3411R Thrust Reverser, RH C-Duct
01-130E HDTR3412R

01-130F HDTR3413R
01-130G HDTR3414R
01-130H HDTR3415R

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX164

Page 6001
© 2018 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Nov 22/18
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

ENGINE FIG. / ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION

01-130J HDTR3416R
01-130K HDTR3417R
01-130L HDTR3418R

01-130M HDTR3419R
01-130N HDTR3420R
01-130P HDTR3421R

C. Reason for Job

To repair damaged bumper shields of the lower thermal blanket on the LH and RH IFS.

D. Job Set-Up Information

(1) Tools, Fixtures and Equipment

(a) Standard Tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- AR Standard workshop tools and equipment.

- AR Hand scraper

- AR Spatula

(b) Special Tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

None
NOTE: For the full data for the special tools in this list, Ref. the SPECIAL TOOLS,
FIXTURES, AND EQUIPMENT section of this CMM.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX164

Page 6002
© 2018 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Nov 22/18
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(2) Consumable Materials

REFERENCE NAME
MSRR9064 Identification paint
OMat 1/257 Solvent
OMat 2/101 Lint-free cloth
OMat 5/52 Emery polishing cloth
OMat 5/94 Garnet paper
OMat 653 Fluorescent penetrant
OMat 872A Silicone compound, cold curing (RTV106)
OMat 8/197 Epoxy paste adhesive (Hysol EA9396)

NOTE: Refer to the Overhaul Materials (OMat) manual for the full details of the
consumable materials.

NOTE: Use approved equivalent alternatives, if necessary.

(3) Parts Information

(a) Expendable Parts

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

None

(b) Repair Parts:

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY

- - Repair patch, AR
Z6CNT18 (ASN-A3106)
local manufacture,
0,40 to 0,48 mm
(0.016 to 0.019 in.) thick

(4) Material of Components

PART NO. DESCRIPTION SYMBOL MATERIAL

- Repair patch - Z6CNT18 (ASN-A3106)

(5) Weight

Estimated weight of the repair is less than 0,09 kg (0.200 lb).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX164

Page 6003
© 2018 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Nov 22/18
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

E. Health and Safety Notices

WARNING: DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES CAN DAMAGE YOUR HEALTH. WHEN
YOU DO THIS REPAIR YOU MUST WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING,
GLOVES, DUST MASK AND SAFETY GOGGLES TO PROTECT YOU.

WARNING: GRINDING EQUIPMENT CAN CAUSE AN INJURY. WHEN YOU USE

GRINDING EQUIPMENT YOU MUST WEAR THE APPLICABLE
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT TO PROTECT YOU.

WARNING: CONSUMABLE MATERIALS CAN DAMAGE YOUR HEALTH. THEY CAN

DAMAGE YOUR EYES, NOSE, SKIN, THROAT AND LUNGS. HIGH
CONCENTRATIONS CAN CAUSE WEAKNESS, HEADACHE, NAUSEA,
DIZZINESS AND INCORRECT JUDGEMENT. BEFORE YOU USE
CONSUMABLE MATERIALS YOU MUST READ AND OBEY THE
APPLICABLE MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET AND THE
MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. WHEN YOU USE CONSUMABLE
MATERIALS YOU MUST WEAR THE APPLICABLE SAFETY CLOTHING
AND EQUIPMENT. YOU MUST ONLY USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS IN
AN AREA OPEN TO THE AIR.

CAUTION: DURING EACH OPERATION BE CAREFUL NOT TO DAMAGE THE

ADJACENT SURFACES AND STRUCTURES. INSTALL TEMPORARY
PROTECTION AROUND THE WORK AREA.

F. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-010-024
(1) Get Access:

(a) Open the thrust reverser (Ref. AMM 78-30-00-010-803-A).

(b) If necessary, remove the applicable C-Duct (AMM 78-32-52-000-802-A or

78-32-51-000-803-A).

(c) If necessary, remove the applicable thermal blanket (Ref. FRSX023).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-515
(2) Prepare the damaged area (Ref. Fig. 6001):

(a) Use applicable hand tools to remove any sharp edges.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-085
(3) Clean the repair area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK
70-00-00-110-101-A03):

(a) Use an applicable vacuum cleaner to remove unwanted materials.

(b) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the damaged area.

(c) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent
evaporates.
EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX164
Page 6004
© 2018 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Nov 22/18
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-516
(4) Repair the damaged area (Ref. Fig. 6001):

(a) Use a spatula to apply silicone compound (OMat 872A) to the damaged area.

(b) Use the spatula to make the silicone compound level with the adjacent surface.

(c) Use a scraper to remove any unwanted silicone compound from the repair area.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-370-004
(5) Cure the silicone compound:

CAUTION: IF THE RATE OF TEMPERATURE INCREASE IS NOT CORRECT,

THE ADHESIVE MAY NOT CURE CORRECTLY. THE RATE OF
INCREASE IN TEMPERATURE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 3 °C (5.4
°F) FOR EACH MINUTE.

(a) Cure the silicone compound (OMat 872A) (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,
SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-010).

(b) Use garnet paper (OMat 5/94) to make the surface of the repair area smooth.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-086
(6) Clean the repair area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK
70-00-00-110-101-A03):

(a) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the repair area (Ref. OP
TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK 70-00-00-110-101-A03).

(b) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent
evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-517
(7) Prepare a repair patch (Ref. Fig. 6001):

(a) Use applicable hand tools to make a repair patch (ITEM 3) from 0,40 to 0,48 mm
(0.016 to 0.019 in.) thick Z6CNT18 material.

(b) The repair patch must be 10,00 mm (0.390 in.) larger all around than the damage.

(c) The repair patch must be a minimum of 10,00 mm (0.390 in.) from any other repair
patch on the bumper.

(d) If the repair patch will be less than 10,00 mm (0.390 in.) from another repair patch,
contact SAFRAN Nacelles.

(e) For damage adjacent to the edge of the bumper shield, make sure the repair patch
overlaps the edge (Ref. Fig 6001, Sheet 4).

NOTE: The repair patch must be the same shape as the applicable bumper shield.

(f) Deburr the edges.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX164
Page 6005
© 2018 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Nov 22/18
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(g) If another repair patch is necessary, do step (7) again, then continue from step (8).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-087
(8) Clean the repair patch(es) (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK
70-00-00-110-101-A03):

(a) Use an applicable vacuum cleaner to remove unwanted materials.

(b) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the repair patch(es).

(c) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent
evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-230-038
(9) Inspect the repair patch(es) (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-200-210):

(a) Apply fluorescent penetrant (OMat 653) to the repair patch(es) (ITEM 3).

(b) Examine the repair patch(es) (ITEM 3).

(c) If you find cracks, reject the repair patch(es) (ITEM 3) and do steps (6) to (8) again.

(d) If you do not find cracks, continue from step (9).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-088
(10) Clean the repair patch(es) (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK
70-00-00-110-101-A03):

(a) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the repair patch(es).

(b) Make sure you remove all the fluorescent penetrant.

(c) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent
evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-098
(11) Record a European Part Approval (EPA) number on the locally manufactured repair
part(s) (Ref. Fig. 6002):

(a) Use emery polishing cloth (OMat 5/52) to lightly rub an area of the top surface of
the repair part(s).

(b) Use marking paint (MSRR9064) to write an EPA part number on the repair part(s):

1 You must use ISO 3098-1 type B or OCRA fonts only.

2 The height of the characters must not be more than 4,00 mm (0.157 in.).

(c) Make sure you can read the number.

(d) Let the paint dry.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX164

Page 6006
© 2018 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Nov 22/18
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-310-007
(12) Install the Repair Patch(es) (Ref. Fig. 6001):

(a) Put the repair patch(es) (ITEM 3) in position on the applicable bumper shield
(ITEM 2).

(b) Spot weld the repair patch(es (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-403):

1 Make a spot weld (ITEM 4) in each corner.

2 From one corner, make more spot welds (ITEM 4) with a distance of 10,00
mm (0.400 in.) between each spot weld.

3 Make the final spot welds (ITEM 4) with a distance of 1,00 mm (0.040 in.)
between each spot weld.

(c) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the repair patch(es).

(d) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent
evaporates.

(e) Apply a bead of silicone compound (OMat 872A) all along the edge of the repair
patch (ITEM 3).

(f) If another patch is necessary, make sure there is a minimum distance of 10,00 mm
(0.400 in.) between each repair patch.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-370-005
(13) Cure the silicone compound:

CAUTION: IF THE RATE OF TEMPERATURE INCREASE IS NOT CORRECT,

THE ADHESIVE MAY NOT CURE CORRECTLY. THE RATE OF
INCREASE IN TEMPERATURE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 3 °C (5.4
°F) FOR EACH MINUTE.

(a) Cure the silicone compound (OMat 872A) (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-707,
SUBTASK 70-00-00-360-707-010).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-089
(14) Clean the repair area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101, SUBTASK
70-00-00-110-101-A03):

(a) Use an applicable scraper to remove all unwanted silicone compound.

(b) Use an applicable swab to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the damaged area.

(c) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent
evaporates.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX164

Page 6007
© 2018 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Nov 22/18
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-099
(15) Identify the Repair:

(a) Use identification paint (MSRR9064) of a different color to mark FRSX164 adjacent
to the identification plate (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-363).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-410-028
(16) Close Access:

(a) If necessary install the applicable thermal blanket (Ref FRSX023).

(b) If necessary, install the applicable C-Duct (AMM 78-32-52-400-802-A or

78-32-51-400-803-A).

(c) Close the thrust reverser (Ref. AMM 78-30-00-410-803-A).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX164

Page 6008
© 2018 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Nov 22/18
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Bumper Shield – Typical Repair

Figure 6001, Sheet 1 of 4 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6042-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX164

Page 6009
© 2018 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Nov 22/18
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Bumper Shield – Typical Repair

Figure 6001, Sheet 2 of 4 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6042-002

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX164

Page 6010
© 2018 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Nov 22/18
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Bumper Shield – Typical Repair

Figure 6001, Sheet 3 of 4 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6042-003

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX164

Page 6011
© 2018 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Nov 22/18
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Bumper Shield – Typical Edge Repair

Figure 6001, Sheet 4 of 4 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6042-004

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX164

Page 6012
© 2018 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Nov 22/18
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Locally Manufactured Repair Parts – Mark the European Part Approval (EPA) Number
Figure 6002 / GRAPHIC-78-30-20-991-6043-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX164

Page 6013
© 2018 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Nov 22/18
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX164

Page 6014
© 2018 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Nov 22/18
 &20321(17 0$,17(1$1&( 0$18$/
$ 6(5,(6

7$6. $
1 )56;  C-Duct - 5HSDLU RI WKH  2¶&ORFN 'DPSHU +RXVLQJ IRU WKH /+ / 5+ 8SSHU 'RRUV

$ *HQHUDO

 7KLV 7$6. SURYLGHV LQVWUXFWLRQV WR UHSDLU WKH FKD¿QJ RQ WKH  R¶FORFN

GDPSHU KRXVLQJ IRU WKH /HIW DQG 5LJKW 8SSHU 'RRUV RI WKH 7KUXVW 5HYHUVHU
5HIHU WR )LJ  

 7$6.6 LGHQWL¿HG E\ 23 7$6. DUH LQ WKH (QJLQH 2YHUKDXO 3URFHVVHV 0DQXDO 5HIHU
WR 76'- 

 7$6.6 LGHQWL¿HG E\ 630 7$6. DUH LQ WKH 6WDQGDUG 3UDFWLFHV 0DQXDO 5HIHU WR
55&$(/630 

 )RU SULFH DQG DYDLODELOLW\ RI VSDUHV DQG WRROV FRQWDFW $LUFHOOH

% (IIHFWLYLW\

(1*,1( ),*,7(0 3$57 12 '(6&5,37,21

75(17 $//  +'75/ 7KUXVW 5HYHUVHU /+
+'75/ &'XFW

+'75/
+'75/
+'75/
+'75/
+'75/
+'75/
+'75/
 +'755 7KUXVW 5HYHUVHU 5+
+'755 &'XFW

+'755
+'755
+'755
+'755
+'755
+'755

)56;

 3DJH 

-XQ 
7KH GDWD DQG LQIRUPDWLRQ FRQWDLQHG KHUH LQ DUH SURSULHWDU\ WR $LUFHOOH &RS\ DQG GLVWULEXWLRQ WR D WKLUG SDUW\ DUH VWULFWO\ IRUELGGHQ 3ULQWHG LQ )UDQFH
 &20321(17 0$,17(1$1&( 0$18$/
$ 6(5,(6

(1*,1( ),*,7(0 3$57 12 '(6&5,37,21

+'755
+'755
+'755
+'755

& 5HDVRQ IRU MRE

 'XULQJ LQVSHFWLRQ FKD¿QJ ZDV IRXQG RQ WKH GDPSHU KRXVLQJ ,W LV QHFHVVDU\ WR

UHSDLU WKH GDPSHU KRXVLQJ

 7KLV SURFHGXUH LV DSSOLFDEOH WR WKH GDPSHU KRXVLQJ RI WKH /+ DQG 5+ XSSHU GRRUV

' -RE VHWXS LQIRUPDWLRQ

 7RROV ¿[WXUHV DQG HTXLSPHQW

D 5HIHU WR &KDSWHU 63(&,$/ 722/6 ),;785(6 $1' (48,30(176 IRU IXOO

GDWD RI WKH VSHFLDO WRROV LQ WKLV OLVW

E 8VH DSSURYHG HTXLYDOHQW DOWHUQDWLYHV LI QHFHVVDU\

F 6WDQGDUG WRROV

5()(5(1&( 47< '(6,*1$7,21

  6WDQGDUG ZRUNVKRS WRROV DQG
HTXLSPHQW
 $5 6WDQGDUG ÀXRUHVFHQW SHQHWUDQW
HTXLSPHQW
  9DFXXP FOHDQHU

127( 2WKHU QHFHVVDU\ VWDQGDUG WRROV PD\ EH QHFHVVDU\ GXH WR 23 630

WDVNV UHIHUHQFHG LQ WKH SUHVHQW WDVN

)56;

 3DJH 

-XQ 
7KH GDWD DQG LQIRUPDWLRQ FRQWDLQHG KHUH LQ DUH SURSULHWDU\ WR $LUFHOOH &RS\ DQG GLVWULEXWLRQ WR D WKLUG SDUW\ DUH VWULFWO\ IRUELGGHQ 3ULQWHG LQ )UDQFH
 &20321(17 0$,17(1$1&( 0$18$/
$ 6(5,(6

G 6SHFLDO WRROV

5()(5(1&( 47< '(6,*1$7,21

+8  6OHHYH
70  6RFNHW

 &RQVXPDEOHV

D 5HIHU WR WKH 2YHUKDXO 0DWHULDOV 0DQXDO 5HIHU WR 20DW IRU IXOO GDWD RI WKH
FRQVXPDEOH PDWHULDOV UHIHUUHG WR LQ WKLV 7$6.

5()(5(1&( 1$0(
0655 ,GHQWL¿FDWLRQ SDLQW
20DW  6ROYHQW
20DW  /LQW IUHH FORWK
20DW  WR 20DW  $OXPLQLXP R[LGH SDSHU
20DW  3RO\XUHWKDQH SULPHU
20DW  3RO\XUHWKDQH ¿QLVK FRDW 38
20DW ' RU ( RU ) &KURPDWH FRQYHUVLRQ
20DW  7HPSRUDU\ PDUNHU
20DW  )OXRUHVFHQW SHQHWUDQW

127( 2WKHU QHFHVVDU\ FRQVXPDEOHV PD\ EH QHFHVVDU\ GXH WR 23 630

WDVNV UHIHUHQFHG LQ WKH SUHVHQW WDVN

 ([SHQGDEOH SDUWV

D 5HIHU WR WKH ³,//8675$7(' 3$576 /,67´ WR LGHQWLI\ WKH SDUWV WKH QXPEHU LQ
EUDFNHWV DIWHU WKH SDUWV GHVFULSWLRQ LV WKH ,3/ ¿JXUH DQG WKH LWHP QXPEHU

),*,7(0 3$57 12 3$57 ,'(17 47< ,7(0 12

1RQH

 5HSDLU SDUWV

D 7KH ),*,7(0 UHIHUV WR WKH LWHPV LGHQWL¿HG LQ WKH '(7$,/(' 3$576 /,67
VHFWLRQ RI WKLV &00

)56;

 3DJH 

-XQ 
7KH GDWD DQG LQIRUPDWLRQ FRQWDLQHG KHUH LQ DUH SURSULHWDU\ WR $LUFHOOH &RS\ DQG GLVWULEXWLRQ WR D WKLUG SDUW\ DUH VWULFWO\ IRUELGGHQ 3ULQWHG LQ )UDQFH
 &20321(17 0$,17(1$1&( 0$18$/
$ 6(5,(6

E 7KH ,7(0 1R UHIHUV WR WKH LWHPV LGHQWL¿HG LQ WKH )LJXUHV LQ WKLV )56;

),*,7(0 3$57 12 3$57 ,'(17 47< ,7(0 12

1RQH

 5HIHUHQFHG 3DUWV

),*,7(0 3$57 12 3$57 ,'(17 47<

& 'DPSHU +RXVLQJ 
& 'DPSHU +RXVLQJ 

127( 7KH LWHPV DERYH DUH QRW UHSDLU SDUWV WKH\ DUH JLYHQ IRU UHIHUHQFH RQO\

 0DWHULDO RI &RPSRQHQWV

3$57,'(17 '(6&5,37,21 6<0%2/ 0$7(5,$/

& 'DPSHU +RXVLQJ  7 $O $OOR\
& 'DPSHU +RXVLQJ  7 $O $OOR\

( +HDOWK DQG 6DIHW\ 1RWLFHV

:$51,1* :+(1 <28 '2 7+,6 5(3$,5 <28 0867 :($5 3527(&7,9(
&/27+,1* */29(6 '867 0$6. $1' 6$)(7< *2**/(6 72
3527(&7 <28 $*$,167 '867 $1' /226( 3$57,&/(6 :+,&+ &$1
%( '$1*(5286 72 <285 +($/7+

:$51,1* :+(1 <28 86( &/($1,1* 0$7(5,$/6 &2$7,1*6 $1' 6($/$176

5()(5 72 $1' 2%(< 7+( 0$18)$&785(5 6 &21752/ $1'
$33/,&$7,21 ,16758&7,216 $1' +($/7+ $1' 6$)(7< 127,&(6

) 3URFHGXUH

68%7$6. $
 2SHQ $FFHVV
5HIHU WR )LJ 

D 2SHQ WKH DSSOLFDEOH WKUXVW UHYHUVHU SLYRW GRRU

 8VH D GRXEOHVTXDUH  PP  LQ 70 VRFNHW WR UHOHDVH WKH

SULPDU\ VHFRQGDU\ DQG WHUWLDU\ ORFNV

)56;

 3DJH 

-XQ 
7KH GDWD DQG LQIRUPDWLRQ FRQWDLQHG KHUH LQ DUH SURSULHWDU\ WR $LUFHOOH &RS\ DQG GLVWULEXWLRQ WR D WKLUG SDUW\ DUH VWULFWO\ IRUELGGHQ 3ULQWHG LQ )UDQFH
 &20321(17 0$,17(1$1&( 0$18$/
$ 6(5,(6

 7R RSHQ WKH SLYRW GRRU SXVK RQ WKH IURQW DQG UHDU HGJHV ZLWK \RXU KDQG

 ,QVWDOO WKH +8 VOHHYH WR WKH DFWXDWRU

68%7$6. $
 &OHDQ WKH 5HSDLU $UHD 5HIHU WR 23 7$6.  68%7$6.
$

D 8VH D QRQPHWDOOLF VFUDSHU WR UHPRYH XQZDQWHG VHDOLQJ FRPSRXQG

E 8VH DQ DSSOLFDEOH VZDE WR DSSO\ VROYHQW WR WKH GDPDJHG DUHD

F 8VH DQ DSSOLFDEOH OLQWIUHH FORWK 20DW  WR ZLSH WKH VXUIDFH EHIRUH WKH
VROYHQW EHFRPHV GU\

68%7$6. $
 ,QVSHFW WKH 'DPSHU +RXVLQJ

D ,QVSHFW WKH ERWWRP RI WKH IURQW IDFH RI WKH GDPSHU KRXVLQJ $  $

E 8VH ÀXRUHVFHQW SHQHWUDQW 20DW  5HIHU WR 23 7$6.  

 ,I WKH GDPDJH LV PRUH WKDQ  PP  LQ IURP WKH 5+ HGJH RI WKH
KRXVLQJ FRQWDFW $LUFHOOH

 ,I WKH GDPDJH LV PRUH WKDQ  G [  Z [  K PP  [ 

[  LQ  FRQWDFW $LUFHOOH

68%7$6. $
 &OHDQ WKH 'DPDJHG $UHD 5HIHU WR 23 7$6.  68%7$6.
$

D 8VH DQ DSSOLFDEOH VZDE WR DSSO\ VROYHQW WR WKH GDPDJHG DUHD

 0DNH VXUH \RX UHPRYH DOO XQZDQWHG ÀXRUHVFHQW SHQHWUDQW

 8VH DQ DSSOLFDEOH OLQWIUHH FORWK 20DW  WR ZLSH WKH VXUIDFH EHIRUH
WKH VROYHQW EHFRPHV GU\

)56;

 3DJH 

-XQ 
7KH GDWD DQG LQIRUPDWLRQ FRQWDLQHG KHUH LQ DUH SURSULHWDU\ WR $LUFHOOH &RS\ DQG GLVWULEXWLRQ WR D WKLUG SDUW\ DUH VWULFWO\ IRUELGGHQ 3ULQWHG LQ )UDQFH
 &20321(17 0$,17(1$1&( 0$18$/
$ 6(5,(6

68%7$6. $
 5HSDLU WKH 'DPDJH
5HIHU WR )LJ 

D 6FDOORS WR D PLQLPXP UDWLR RI  OHQJWK  GHSWK

E 8VH KDQG WRROV DQG DOXPLQLXP R[LGH SDSHU 20DW  WR 20DW  WR KDQG
SROLVK WKH UHSDLU DUHD

 7KH PD[LPXP GHSWK RI WKH UHSDLU DUHD PXVW QRW EH PRUH WKDQ  PP
 LQ 

68%7$6. $
 &OHDQ WKH 'DPSHU +RXVLQJ 5HIHU WR 23 7$6.  68%7$6.
$

D 8VH D YDFXXP WR UHPRYH XQZDQWHG PDWHULDOV IURP WKH UHSDLU DUHD

E 8VH DQ DSSOLFDEOH VZDE WR DSSO\ VROYHQW WR WKH UHSDLU DUHD

F 8VH DQ DSSOLFDEOH OLQWIUHH FORWK 20DW  WR ZLSH WKH VXUIDFH EHIRUH WKH
VROYHQW EHFRPHV GU\

68%7$6. $
 ,QVSHFW WKH 'DPSHU +RXVLQJ 5HIHU WR 23 7$6. 

D $SSO\ ÀXRUHVFHQW SHQHWUDQW 20DW  WR WKH GDPSHU KRXVLQJ

E ,QVSHFW WKH GDPSHU KRXVLQJ

 0DNH VXUH WKH GDPSHU KRXVLQJ LV IUHH RI DQ\ GDPDJH

 ,I WKH GDPSHU KRXVLQJ LV FUDFNHG FRQWDFW $LUFHOOH

68%7$6. $
 &OHDQ WKH 5HSDLU 5HIHU WR 23 7$6.  68%7$6.
$
5HIHU WR )LJ 

D &OHDQ WKH GDPSHU KRXVLQJ

 8VH DQ DSSOLFDEOH VZDE WR DSSO\ VROYHQW WR WKH UHSDLU DUHD

)56;

 3DJH 

-XQ 
7KH GDWD DQG LQIRUPDWLRQ FRQWDLQHG KHUH LQ DUH SURSULHWDU\ WR $LUFHOOH &RS\ DQG GLVWULEXWLRQ WR D WKLUG SDUW\ DUH VWULFWO\ IRUELGGHQ 3ULQWHG LQ )UDQFH
 &20321(17 0$,17(1$1&( 0$18$/
$ 6(5,(6

 0DNH VXUH \RX UHPRYH DOO XQZDQWHG ÀXRUHVFHQW SHQHWUDQW

 8VH DQ DSSOLFDEOH OLQW IUHH FORWK 20DW  WR ZLSH WKH VXUIDFH EHIRUH
WKH VROYHQW EHFRPHV GU\

68%7$6. $
 3URWHFW WKH 'DPSHU +RXVLQJ

D $SSO\ DSSOLFDEOH SURWHFWLRQ 20DW  WR WKH UHSDLU DUHD RI WKH GDPSHU
KRXVLQJ $  $ 5HIHU WR 23 7$6.  68%7$6.
$ 

 /HW WKH SURWHFWLRQ EHFRPHV GU\

E 0L[ DQG DSSO\ SRO\XUHWKDQH SULPHU 20DW  WR WKH UHSDLU DUHD 5HIHU WR 23
7$6.  DQG PDQXIDFWXUHU¶V LQVWUXFWLRQV 

 /HW WKH SULPHU EHFRPHV GU\

F 0L[ DQG DSSO\ 20DW  SRO\XUHWKDQH ¿QLVK FRDW WR WKH UHSDLU DUHD 5HIHU WR
23 7$6.  DQG PDQXIDFWXUHU¶V LQVWUXFWLRQV 

 /HW WKH ¿QLVK FRDW EHFRPHV GU\

68%7$6. $
 &OHDQ WKH 5HSDLU $UHD 5HIHU WR 23 7$6.  68%7$6.
$
5HIHU WR )LJ 

D 8VH DQ DSSOLFDEOH VZDE WR DSSO\ VROYHQW WR WKH UHSDLU DUHD

 0DNH VXUH \RX UHPRYH DOO XQZDQWHG PDWHULDOV

E 8VH DQ DSSOLFDEOH OLQWIUHH FORWK 20DW  WR ZLSH WKH VXUIDFH EHIRUH WKH
VROYHQW EHFRPHV GU\

68%7$6.$
 ([DPLQH WKH 5HSDLU

D 9LVXDOO\ H[DPLQH WKH UHSDLU DUHD

E 0DNH VXUH WKH UHSDLU LV VDWLVIDFWRU\

)56;

 3DJH 

-XQ 
7KH GDWD DQG LQIRUPDWLRQ FRQWDLQHG KHUH LQ DUH SURSULHWDU\ WR $LUFHOOH &RS\ DQG GLVWULEXWLRQ WR D WKLUG SDUW\ DUH VWULFWO\ IRUELGGHQ 3ULQWHG LQ )UDQFH
 &20321(17 0$,17(1$1&( 0$18$/
$ 6(5,(6

68%7$6. $
 ,GHQWL¿FDWLRQ RI WKH 5HSDLU

D 8VH DQ DSSOLFDEOH SDLQW 0655 RI D GLIIHUHQW FRORU WR PDUN )56;

DGMDFHQW WR WKH SDUW QXPEHU RI GDPSHU KRXVLQJ 5HIHU WR 23 7$6.
  DQG WKH 20DW

68%7$6. $
 &ORVH $FFHVV
5HIHU WR )LJ 

D 5HPRYH WKH +8 VOHHYH IURP WKH DFWXDWRU

E &ORVH WKH WKUXVW UHYHUVHU SLYRW GRRU

F 8VH D GRXEOHVTXDUH  PP  LQ 70 VRFNHW WR ORFN WKH SULPDU\
VHFRQGDU\ DQG WHUWLDU\

)56;

 3DJH 

-XQ 
7KH GDWD DQG LQIRUPDWLRQ FRQWDLQHG KHUH LQ DUH SURSULHWDU\ WR $LUFHOOH &RS\ DQG GLVWULEXWLRQ WR D WKLUG SDUW\ DUH VWULFWO\ IRUELGGHQ 3ULQWHG LQ )UDQFH
 &20321(17 0$,17(1$1&( 0$18$/
$ 6(5,(6

5HSDLU WKH 'DPSHU +RXVLQJ

)LJXUH *5$3+,&$
)56;

 3DJH 

-XQ 
7KH GDWD DQG LQIRUPDWLRQ FRQWDLQHG KHUH LQ DUH SURSULHWDU\ WR $LUFHOOH &RS\ DQG GLVWULEXWLRQ WR D WKLUG SDUW\ DUH VWULFWO\ IRUELGGHQ 3ULQWHG LQ )UDQFH
 &20321(17 0$,17(1$1&( 0$18$/
$ 6(5,(6

3$*( ,17(17,21$//< /()7 %/$1.

)56;

 3DJH 

-XQ 
7KH GDWD DQG LQIRUPDWLRQ FRQWDLQHG KHUH LQ DUH SURSULHWDU\ WR $LUFHOOH &RS\ DQG GLVWULEXWLRQ WR D WKLUG SDUW\ DUH VWULFWO\ IRUELGGHQ 3ULQWHG LQ )UDQFH
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-886
1. FRSX171 – C-Duct - Front Frame - Repair the Mounting Support (91C760) for the Power Control Module (PCM)

A. General

This TASK provides instruction to repair the mounting support (91C760) for the Power Control Module
(PCM) on the front frame of the LH C-Duct. To repair the support you can repair or replace it.

There are two standards of support in service, 91C760-00-0U and 91C760-01-0U. This procedure is
applicable to the both standards of support.

TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Refer to TSD594–J).

TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Refer to RR–CAEL–SPM).

For the repair procedure, refer to the Illustrated Parts List to identify the parts.

For price and availability of spares and tools, contact SAFRAN Nacelles.

B. Effectivity

ENGINE FIG. / ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION

TRENT 700 / ALL 01-120 B78310001 Thrust Reverser, C-Duct, LH
01-120A HDTR3409L
01-120B HDTR3410L
01-120C HDTR3411L
01-120D HDTR3412L
01-120E HDTR3413L
01-120F HDTR3414L
01-120G HDTR3415L
01-120H HDTR3416L
01-120J HDTR3417L

C. Reason for Job

To repair damage to the PCM mounting support.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX171

Page 6001
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

D. Job Set-Up Information

(1) Tools, Fixtures and Equipment

(a) Standard Tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

- AR Standard workshop tools and equipment.
- AR Drill equipment
- 1 Drill bit, 4,90 mm (0.193 in.) dia.
- 1 Drill bit, 3.30 mm (0.123 in.) dia.
- 1 Drill bit, 2,50 mm (0.098 in.) dia.
- 1 Pneumatic riveter
- 1 Vacuum cleaner
- AR Standard fluorescent penetrant equipment.
- AR Paint brush
- 1 Pen Marker
- AR Blanks, electrical cables

(b) Special Tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

Not applicable

NOTE: For the full data for the special tools in this list, refer to the SPECIAL TOOLS,
FIXTURES, AND EQUIPMENT section of this CMM.

(2) Consumable Materials

REFERENCE NAME
MSRR9064 Identification paint
OMat 175 Chromate, conversion coating for aluminium
OMat 1/257 Solvent
OMat 2/101 Lint-free cloth
OMat 653 Fluorescent penetrant
OMat 7/205 Polyurethane primer

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX171

Page 6002
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

REFERENCE NAME
OMat 8/176 Mastinox D40
OMat 8/301, Alt: Adhesive sealant, MC780B
OMat 8/302 Adhesive sealant, MC238B

NOTE: For the full details of consumable materials, refer to the Overhaul Materials Manual
(OMat).

NOTE: For other necessary consumable materials, refer to the applicable OP TASKS in this
TASK.

NOTE: Use approved equivalent alternatives, if necessary.

(3) Parts Information

(a) Expendable Parts

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENT QTY ITEM No.

- Not applicable - - -

(b) Repair Parts

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENTIFICATION QTY ITEM No.

47-504 91C760-00-AU .Support, Power 1 6001-2
Control Module (PCM)
47-504A 91C760-01-AU .Support, Power 1 6001-2
Control Module (PCM)
47-542 NAS1919M06S09AU ..Rivet 3 6001-7
47-548 NAS1919M06S12AU ..Rivet 1 6001-5
- SP80-405 ..Rivet AR 6001-8

NOTE: The FIG./ ITEM refers to items in the DETAILED PARTS LIST section of this CMM.

NOTE: The ITEM No. refers to the items in the Figures in this FRSX.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX171

Page 6003
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(c) Referenced Parts

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENT QTY ITEM No.

86-250 TY2002-01A .Module, Power Control 1 6001-1

Pre SB 78-B822
86-250A TY2046-01A .Module, Power Control 1 6001-1
Pre SB 78-B822
86-250B TY2089-01A .Module, Power Control 1 6001-1
Pre SB 78-B822
86-250C TY2109-01A .Module, Power Control 1 6001-1
Post SB 78-B822
Pre SB 78-E123

86-250D TY2109-02A .Module, Power Control 1 6001-1

Post SB 78-E123

86-252 AS21407 ..Bolt 4 6001-4

86-252A AS21409 ..Bolt, from TY2089-01A 4 6001-4

NOTE: The items above are not repair parts they are shown for reference only.

NOTE: The FIG./ ITEM refers to items in the DETAILED PARTS LIST section of this CMM.

NOTE: The ITEM No. refers to the items in the Figures in this FRSX.

(d) Material of Components

PART NO. DESCRIPTION SYMBOL MATERIAL

91C760-00-AU Support, PCM - HDSM

- 2024 T42 (AMS-QQ-A250/5A) - Aluminium

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX171

Page 6004
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

E. Health and Safety Notices

WARNING: DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES CAN DAMAGE YOUR HEALTH. WHEN YOU DO THIS
REPAIR YOU MUST WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GLOVES, DUST MASK AND
SAFETY GOGGLES TO PROTECT YOU.

WARNING: CONSUMABLE MATERIALS CAN DAMAGE YOUR HEALTH. THEY CAN DAMAGE
YOUR EYES, NOSE, SKIN, THROAT AND LUNGS. HIGH CONCENTRATIONS CAN
CAUSE WEAKNESS, HEADACHE, NAUSEA, DIZZINESS AND INCORRECT
JUDGEMENT. BEFORE YOU USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS YOU MUST READ
AND OBEY THE APPLICABLE MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET AND THE
MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. WHEN YOU USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS
YOU MUST WEAR THE APPLICABLE SAFETY CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT. YOU
MUST ONLY USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS IN AN AREA OPEN TO THE AIR.

CAUTION: BE CAREFUL NOT TO DAMAGE THE ADJACENT SURFACES AND STRUCTURES.

DURING EACH OPERATION INSTALL TEMPORARY PROTECTION AROUND THE
WORK AREA.

F. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-450-013
1. Get Access:

(1) Make sure you can get free and easy access to the PCM.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-010-020
2. If necessary, remove the PCM (Ref. Fig. 6001):

(1) Disconnect the electrical cables from the connectors of the PCM (1).

(2) Install applicable blanks to the open ends of the PCM (1) connectors and cables.

(3) Move the cables clear of the PCM.

(4) Hold the PCM and remove the four bots (4) that attach the PCM to the mounting support (2).

(5) Remove the PCM (1).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-010-021
3. Remove the Unserviceable PCM Mounting Support (Ref. Figs. 6001 and 6002):

(1) Remove the mounting support (2):

(a) Use an applicable drill bit to remove the four rivets (5) and (7) (Ref. SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-006).

(b) Remove the mounting support (2).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX171

Page 6005
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(c) Remove and discard the fastener parts.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-066
4. Clean the Repair Area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-110-101):

(1) Use a non-metallic scraper to remove unwanted sealant.

(2) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the repair area.

(3) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-504
5. Repair the PCM Mounting Support:

(1) To replace the mounting support (2), continue from Para. 23.

(2) To rework the mounting support (2), continue from Para. 6.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-505
6. Prepare the PCM Mounting Support (Ref. Figs. 6001 and 6002):

(1) Use applicable hand tools to remove the lug (6) that has damage.

(a) Keep the lug (6) to use as a template.

(2) Use applicable hand tools to remove sharp edge edges along the cut line.

(3) Use applicable drill equipment and bit to remove the two rivets (8) that attach the cleat to the
support (Ref. SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-0XX
7. Clean the Rework Area of the PCM Mounting Support (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101)

(1) Vacuum the repair area to remove unwanted material.

(2) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the work area.

(3) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-230-031
8. Inspect the PCM Mounting Support (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-200-210)

(1) Apply fluorescent penetrant (OMat 653) to the support (2).

(2) Inspect the support:

(a) Make sure the support (2) is free of any damage.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX171

Page 6006
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(b) If damage is found, reject the support.

(c) Get a new support (2) and continue from Para. 23.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-067
9. Clean the PCM Mounting Support (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101)

(1) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the support (2).

(2) Make sure you remove all unwanted fluorescent penetrant.

(3) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-506
10. Manufacture the Repair Lug (Ref. Fig. 6003):

(1) Use 1,27 mm (0.05 in.) thick Aluminium 2024 T42 to manufacture the repair lug (6).

(a) Use the removed lug (6) as a template.

(2) Remove any sharp edges on the repair lug (6).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-068
11. Clean the Repair Lug (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101)

(1) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the lug (6).

(2) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-507
12. Drill the Repair Lug (Ref. Fig. 6003):

(1) Make a template to record the positions of the two rivet (8) holes for the cleat on the support.

(a) Put the template in the correct position on the support (2).

(b) Mark the positions of the two holes on the template.

(c) Put the template in the correct position on the repair lug (6).

(d) Mark the positions of the two holes on the repair lug (6).

(e) Remove the template.

(2) Use applicable drill equipment and a 2,50 mm (0.098 in.) bit to drill two pilot holes in the
repair lug (6).

(3) Put the repair lug (6) in position against the cleat of the mounting support (2):
EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX171
Page 6007
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(a) Make sure the holes align correctly.

(b) If the holes do not align correctly, reject the lug and do Para 10 to 12 (3) again.

(4) Use applicable drill equipment and bit to drill the two final holes to between 3,28 and 3,35
mm (0.130 and 0.132 in.) in the support (2).

(5) De-burr all the holes.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-069
13. Clean the Repair Lug (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101)

(1) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the lug (6).

(2) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-230-032
14. Inspect the Repair Lug (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-200-210)

(1) Apply fluorescent penetrant (OMat 653) to the lug (6).

(2) Inspect the lug (6):

(a) Make sure the lug (6) is free of any damage.

(b) If damage is found, reject the lug and do Para. 10 to 14 again.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-070
15. Clean the Repair Lug (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101):

(1) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the repair lug (6).

(2) Make sure you remove all unwanted fluorescent penetrant.

(3) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-380-010
16. Protect the Repair Lug (6) and the PCM Mounting Support (2):

(1) Use a brush to apply a coat of chromate conversion (OMat 175) to the lug and support (Ref.
OP TASK 70-00-00-300-330).

(a) Let the chromate coat dry.

(2) Use a brush to apply a coat of polyurethane primer (OMat 7/205) to cover the chromate (Ref.
OP TASK 70-00-00-300-355).

(a) Let the primer coat dry.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX171
Page 6008
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(3) Use a brush to apply a coat of polyurethane finish paint (OMat 7/206) to cover the primer
(Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-355).

(a) Let the finish coat dry.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-410-022
17. Install the Repair Lug to the PCM Mounting Support:

(1) Apply a layer of sealant (MC780B) to the mating surface of the repair lug (6) (Ref.
Manufacturer’s instructions).

(2) Put the lug (6) in the correct position on the support (2).

(a) Make sure the holes align correctly.

(3) Apply sealant (MCV780B) to the two rivets (8) (Ref. Manufacturer’s instructions).

(4) Install the two rivets (8) (Ref. SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005).

(5) Apply a bead of sealant (MC780B) around the edge of the lug (6) (Ref. Manufacturer’s
instructions).

(6) Cure the sealant (MC780B) in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-508
18. Drill the Repair Lug:

(1) Use the template made at Para. 6 (1) to mark the position of the rivet hole on the repair lug
(6):

(a) Put the template in the correct position on the repair lug.

(b) Mark the position of the hole on the repair lug.

(c) Remove the template.

(2) Use applicable drill equipment and a 2,50 mm (0.098 in.) bit to drill the pilot hole in the lug
(6).

(3) Put the repair mounting support in position on the front frame (3):

(a) Make sure the holes align correctly.

(b) If the holes of the repair lug(s) do not align correctly, reject the support.

(c) Remove the support.

(d) Remove and discard the applicable repair lug and do Para 10 to 18 again.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX171

Page 6009
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(4) Use applicable drill equipment and a 4,90 mm (0.192 in.) bit to drill the final hole in the lug
(6).

(5) De-burr all the holes.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-071
19. Clean the Repair Lug (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101):

(1) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the repair lug (6).

(2) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-230-033
20. Inspect the Repair Lug (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-200-210)

(1) Apply fluorescent penetrant (OMat 653) to the lug (6).

(2) Inspect the lug (6):

(a) Make sure the lug (6) is free of any damage.

(b) If damage is found, reject the lug and do Para. 10 to 20 again.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-072
21. Clean the Repair Lug (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101):

(1) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the repair lug (6).

(2) Make sure you remove all unwanted fluorescent penetrant.

(3) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-380-011
22. Protect the Drilled Hole of the Repair Lug (6):

(1) Use a brush to apply a coat of chromate conversion (OMat 175) to the drilled hole of the lug
(Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-330).

(a) Let the chromate coat dry.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-410-023
23. Install a Serviceable PCM Mounting Support:

(1) Apply a layer of sealant (MC780B) to the mating surface of the support (2) (Ref.
Manufacturer’s instructions).

(2) Put the support in the correct position on the front frame.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX171

Page 6010
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(a) Make sure the holes align correctly.

(3) Apply sealant (MC780B) to the four rivets (5) and (7) (Ref. Manufacturer’s instructions).

(4) Install the rivet (5) and three rivets (7) (Ref. SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-005).

(5) Apply a bead of sealant (OMat 8/107) around the edges of the support (2).

(6) Cure the sealant (MC780B) in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-073
24. Clean the Repair Area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101)

(1) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to apply solvent (OMat 1/257) to the repair area.

(2) Make sure you remove all unwanted sealant.

(3) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-095
25. Identify the Repair

(1) Use paint (MSRR9064) of a different colour to mark the part number of the support (2) (Ref.
OP TASK 70-00-00-300-363):

(a) If the support was replaced mark FRSX171/1 adjacent to the part number.

(b) If the support was repaired mark FRSX171/2 adjacent to the part number.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-410-024
26. Install the PCM (Ref. Fig. 6001)

(1) Use solvent (OMat 1/257) and a clean lint free cloth (OMat 2/101) to degrease the mating
faces of the PCM (1) and mounting support (2) (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-100-101).

(2) Apply release agent to the mating face of the mounting support (2).

(3) Put the PCM (1) in position on the mounting support (2) and align the bolt holes.

(4) Use compound (OMat 8/176) to wet install the four bolts (4) (Ref. Manufacturer’s
instructions).

(5) Torque the four bolts (4) to between 10 and 11 Nm.

(6) Remove the blanks from the connectors on the PCM and the electrical cables.

(7) Connect the electrical cables to the connectors of the PCM.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX171

Page 6011
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

PCM Mounting Support – Damage Location

Figure 6001 / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-984-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX171

Page 6012
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

PCM Mounting Support – Repair Details

Figure 6002 / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-985-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX171

Page 6013
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

PCM Mounting Support – Repair Details – 91C760-00

Figure 6003 (Sheet 1 of 3) / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-986-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX171

Page 6014
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

PCM Mounting Support – Repair Details – 91C760-01

Figure 6003 (Sheet 2 of 3) / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-986-002

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX171

Page 6015
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

PCM Mounting Support – Repair Details – Lug Installation

Figure 6003 (Sheet 3 of 3) / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-986-003

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX171

Page 6016
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

TASK 78-30-20-300-887
1. FRSX172 – Pivot Door - Upper - Repair the Cut Corner Fitting (91E626)

A. General

This TASK provides instruction to replace the cut corner fitting (91E626) on the upper pivot doors of the
LH and RH C-Duct. To repair the cut corner fitting you must replace it.

This procedure is applicable to the upper pivot doors of the LH and RH C-Ducts.

This repair scheme is only applicable to units that have Mod SB 78 E003 embodied.

TASKS identified by OP TASK are in the Engine Overhaul Processes Manual (Refer to TSD594–J).

TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Refer to RR–CAEL–SPM).

For the repair procedure, refer to the Illustrated Parts List to identify the parts.

For price and availability of spares and tools, contact Aircelle.

B. Effectivity

ENGINE FIG. / ITEM PART NO DESCRIPTION

TRENT 700 / ALL 30-975 91E590-04 Pivot Door, LH Upper
Post SB 78-E003
32-975 91E676-04 Pivot Door, RH Upper
Post SB 78-E003

C. Reason for Job

To repair damage to the cut corner fitting.

D. Job Set-Up Information

(1) Tools, Fixtures and Equipment

For the full data for the special tools in this list, refer to the SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES, AND
EQUIPMENT section of this CMM.

Use approved equivalent alternatives, if necessary.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX172

Page 6001
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(a) Standard Tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

HU87132 1 Sleeve, actuator
- 1 Standard workshop tools and equipment.
- 1 Drills, and drill equipment
- 1 Rivet Gun
- 1 Vacuum cleaner
- AR Standard fluorescent penetrant equipment.
- AR Paint brush
- 1 Pen marker

(b) Special Tools

REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

TM410 1 Socket, double-square 0.1325 in.

(2) Consumable Materials

REFERENCE NAME
MSRR9064 Identification paint
OMat 653 Fluorescent penetrant
OMat 1/257 Solvent
OMat 175 Chromate, conversion coating for aluminium
OMat 2/101 Lint-free cloth
OMat 5/38 Temporary marker
OMat 8/301 Adhesive sealant (Alt.: 8/302)

NOTE: Refer to the Overhaul Materials Manual (OMat) for the full details of the consumable
materials.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX172

Page 6002
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(3) Parts Information

(a) Expendable Parts

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENT QTY ITEM No.

None - - - -

(b) Repair Parts

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENT QTY ITEM No.

30A-210 91E626-03 Cut Corner Fitting, 1 6002-2
33A-210 LH Upper
31A-210 91E626-53 Cut Corner Fitting, 1 6002-2
32A-210 RH Upper
30A-212 HST10BJ6-4, Alt.: Pin, Hi-Lite 4 6002-3
31A-212 ..HST10BL6-4
32A-212 ..VL10BJ6-4
33A-212 ..VL10BL6-4
30A-218 NAS1587-3C Washer 4 6002-4
31A-218
32A-218
33A-218
30A-216 HST97DUWK6 Collar 4 6002-5
31A-216 ..VLC97DUWC6
32A-216
33A-216
30A-220 NAS1921M06S04AU Blind Rivet 1 6002-6
32A-220 Alt.:
..NAS1921M06S04A
- MBF2111L6-350 Blind Bolt 2 6002-7
30A-252 HST10BJ6-3 Alt.: Pin, Hi-Lite 5 6002-12
31A-252 ..HST10BL6-3
32A-252 ..VL10BJ6-3
33A-252 ..VL10BL6-3
30A-216 HST97DUWK6 Collar 5 6002-13
31A-216 ..VLC97DUWC6
32A-216
33A-216

NOTE: The grip lengths are given for reference only. Before you install each fastener you
must check that the grip length is correct.

NOTE: The FIG./ITEM No. refers to the items of the Figures in the DPL.

NOTE: The ITEM No. refers to the items in the Figures in this FRSX.
EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX172
Page 6003
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(c) Referenced Parts

FIG. / ITEM PART NO. PART IDENT QTY ITEM No.

30A-170 91E374-00 Triangular Airflow Guide Assy, 1 6001-9
32A-170 91E374-50 LH/RH Upper
30A-250 91E226-00 Plugging Bracket, LH Upper 1 6001-10
33A-250
31A-250 91E226-50 Plugging Bracket, RH Upper 1
32A-250

NOTE: The items above are not repair parts they are shown for reference only.

(d) Material of Components

PART NO. DESCRIPTION SYMBOL MATERIAL

91E626 Cut Corner Fitting Aluminium alloy, 7175 T7351

E. Health and Safety Notices

WARNING: DUST AND LOOSE PARTICLES CAN DAMAGE YOUR HEALTH. WHEN YOU DO THIS
REPAIR YOU MUST WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GLOVES, DUST MASK AND
SAFETY GOGGLES TO PROTECT YOU.

WARNING: CONSUMABLE MATERIALS CAN DAMAGE YOUR HEALTH. THEY CAN DAMAGE
YOUR EYES, NOSE, SKIN, THROAT AND LUNGS. HIGH CONCENTRATIONS CAN
CAUSE WEAKNESS, HEADACHE, NAUSEA, DIZZINESS AND INCORRECT
JUDGEMENT. BEFORE YOU USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS YOU MUST READ
AND OBEY THE APPLICABLE MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET AND THE
MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. WHEN YOU USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS
YOU MUST WEAR THE APPLICABLE SAFETY CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT. YOU
MUST ONLY USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS IN AN AREA OPEN TO THE AIR.

CAUTION: BE CAREFUL NOT TO DAMAGE THE ADJACENT SURFACES AND STRUCTURES.

DURING EACH OPERATION. INSTALL TEMPORARY PROTECTION AROUND THE
WORK AREA.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX172

Page 6004
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

F. Procedure

SUBTASK 78-30-20-450-014
(1) Open Access:

(a) If necessary, open the applicable pivot door (Ref. Fig. 6001):

1 Use a double-square 0.1325 in. TM410 socket to release the primary, secondary and
tertiary locks.

2 To open the pivot door push on the front and rear edges with your hand.

3 Install the HU87132 sleeve on the actuator.

(b) If necessary, remove the triangular moveable flap (1) (Ref. TASK 78-30-20-000-803-A01,
SUBTASK 78-30-20-040-044-A01).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-010-022
(2) Remove the Damaged Cut-Corner Fitting (Ref. Fig. 6002):

(a) Remove the plugging bracket:

1 Use an OMat 262 temporary marker to mark the position of the plugging bracket (10)
on the cut corner fitting (2).

2 Remove the five Hi-Lite pins (12) and collars (13) (Ref. SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-007).

3 Remove the plugging bracket (10).

(b) Remove the cut corner fitting (2):

1 Use an OMat 262 temporary marker to mark the position of the cut corner fitting (2) on
the door inner panel (8) and the front frame (11) of the door.

2 Remove the four Hi-Lite pins (3), washers (4), collars (5) and the three fasteners (6)
and (7) (Ref. SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-007 and SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-009).

3 Remove the cut corner fitting (2).

(c) Make two templates of the cut corner fitting (2):

1 Make a template to mark the position of the seven fastener holes for the front frame
(11) and the inner panel (8) of the pivot door.

2 Make a template to mark the position of the five fastener holes for the plugging bracket
(10).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX172

Page 6005
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-074
(3) Clean the Repair Area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-110-101):

(a) Use a non-metallic scraper to remove unwanted sealing compound.

(b) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to apply solvent to the repair area.

(c) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-509
(4) Prepare the New Cut Corner Fitting (Ref. Fig. 6002):

(a) Use the templates made at 2. (3) (a) and (b) to mark the position of the 12 fastener holes on
the new cut corner fitting (2).

(b) Use a 2,50 mm (0.098 in.) drill bit to make the 12 pilot holes for fasteners (3), (6), (7) and
(12) at the marked positions.

(c) Deburr the holes.

(d) Use an applicable vacuum cleaner to remove unwanted material from the new fitting (2):

(e) Put the new cut corner fitting (2) in the correct position marked at para. 2. (2) (a):

1 Make sure the fitting aligns correctly with the mark.

2 Make sure the seven pilot holes align with the holes in the inner skin and the front
frame.

3 Use applicable clamps to hold the fitting (2) in the correct position.

(f) Put the plugging bracket (10) in the correct position marked at step 2. (2) (b):

1 Make sure the bracket (10) aligns correctly with the mark.

2 Make sure the five holes align with the holes in the fitting (2).

3 Use applicable clamps to hold the bracket (10) in the correct position

(g) Make sure all the holes in the plugging bracket, inner panel and lateral frame align correctly:

1 If all the holes do not align, reject the new cut-corner fitting (2).

2 Remove the plugging bracket (10).

3 Remove the new cut corner fitting (2).

4 Do steps (1) to (7) again.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX172

Page 6006
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

5 If all the holes align correctly continue from step (8).

(h) Make the final 12 fastener holes in the cut corner fitting:

1 For the holes for fasteners (3) and (12), use a 4,81 to 4,89 mm (0.190 to 0.192 in.) dia.
drill bit.

2 For the holes for fastener (6), use a 4,88 to 4,98 mm (0.192 to 0.196 in.) dia. drill bit.

3 For the holes for fastener (7), use a 5,05 to 5,13 mm (0.199 to 0.202 in.) dia. drill bit.

(i) Remove the plugging bracket (10).

(j) Remove the cut corner fitting (2).

(k) Deburr all the holes.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-075
(5) Clean the New Cut Corner Fitting (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-110-101):

(a) Use an applicable vacuum cleaner to remove unwanted material from the new fitting (2) and
the plugging bracket (10).

(b) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to apply solvent to the fitting (2).

(c) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-230-034
(6) Inspect the New Cut Corner Fitting (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-200-210):

(a) Apply fluorescent penetrant (OMat 653) to the fitting (2).

(b) Examine the fitting (2):

1 If you find cracks, discard the fitting (2) and do para. 4. to 6. again.

2 If you do not find cracks continue from para. 7.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-380-012
(7) Protect the Cut Corner Fitting (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-330):

(a) Use a brush to apply a coat of chromate conversion (OMat 175) to the drilled holes of the cut
corner fitting (2).

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX172

Page 6007
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-510
(8) Increase the Size of the Fastener Holes in the Airflow Guide:

(a) Increase the size of the two holes for the fasteners (7) through the airflow guide (9) and the
door inner panel (8):

1 Use a 5,05 to 5,13 mm (0.199 to 0.202 in.).dia. drill bit.

(b) Deburr the holes.

(c) Use an applicable vacuum to remove unwanted material.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-230-035
(9) Inspect the Airflow Guide (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-200-210):

(a) Apply fluorescent penetrant (OMat 653) to the rework area of the airflow guide (9).

(b) Examine the fastener holes (7) for cracks:

2 If you find cracks, contact SAFRAN Nacelles.

3 If you do not find cracks continue from para. 10.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-076
(10) Clean the Airflow Guide (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-110-101):

(a) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to apply solvent to the rework area of the airflow guide (9).

(b) Make sure you remove all the penetrant.

(c) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-380-013
(11) Protect the Fastener Holes of the Airflow Guide (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-330):

(a) Use a brush to apply a coat of chromate conversion (OMat 175) to the two holes in the
airflow guide (9).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-410-025
(12) Install the Cut Corner Fitting (Ref. Fig. 6002):

(a) Apply sealant (OMat 8/301) to the mating surfaces of the new cut corner fitting (2) (Ref. to
manufacturer’s instructions).

(b) Put the new cut corner fitting (2) in the correction position on the door.

(c) Use applicable clamps to hold the fitting (2) in position.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX172

Page 6008
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(d) Make sure all the fasteners holes align correctly.

(e) Apply sealant (OMat 8/301) to the four fasteners (3), the fastener (6) and the two fasteners
(7) (Ref. to manufacturer’s instructions).

(f) Install the four fasteners (3), washers (4) and collars (5) (Ref SPM TASK
70-42-28-300-007).

(g) Install the blind rivet (6) and two blind bolts (7) (Ref SPM TASK 70-42-28-300-009).

(h) Apply a bead of sealant (OMat 8/301) along the edge of the cut corner fitting (2) (Ref. to
manufacturer’s instructions).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-077
(13) Clean the Repair Area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-110-101):

(a) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to apply solvent to the repair area.

4 Make sure you remove all unwanted sealant.

(b) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-410-026
(14) Install the Plugging Bracket (Ref. Fig. 6002):

(a) Apply the sealant (OMat 8/301) to the mating surfaces of the plugging bracket (10) (Ref. to
manufacturer’s instructions).

(b) Put the plugging bracket (10) in position at the fitting (2).

(c) Use applicable clamps to hold the bracket (10) in position.

(d) Make sure that the five fastener holes align correctly.

(e) Apply sealant (OMat 8/301) to the five pins (12) (Ref. to manufacturer’s instructions).

(f) Install the five pins (12) and collars (13) (Ref. SPM TASK 70-42-28-400-007).

(g) Apply a bead of sealant (OMat 8/301) along the edge of the bracket (10) (Ref. to
manufacturer’s instructions).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-110-078
(15) Clean the Repair Area (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-110-101):

(a) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to apply solvent to the repair area.

5 Remove all unwanted sealant.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX172

Page 6009
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

(b) Use a lint-free cloth (OMat 2/101) to wipe the surface dry before the solvent evaporates.

SUBTASK 78-30-20-350-511
(16) Cure the Sealant:

(a) Cure the sealant (OMat 8/301) (Ref. Manufacturer’s instructions).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-850-096
(17) Identify the Repair

(a) Use paint (MSRR9064) of a different color to mark FRSX172 adjacent to the part number of
the cut corner fitting (2) (Ref. OP TASK 70-00-00-300-363).

SUBTASK 78-30-20-450-015
(18) Close Access (Ref. Fig. 6001)

(a) If necessary, install the triangular moveable flap (1) (Ref. TASK 78-30-20-400-803-A01,
SUBTASK 78-30-20-440-053-A01).

(b) If necessary, close the applicable pivot door:

1 Remove the HU87132 sleeve from the actuator.

2 To close the pivot door push on the front and rear edges with your hand.

3 Use a double-square 0.1325 in. TM410 socket to lock the primary, secondary and
tertiary locks.

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX172

Page 6010
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Cut Corner Fitting – Damage Location

Figure 6001 / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-987-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX172

Page 6011
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Cut Corner Fitting – Repair Details

Figure 6002 (Sheet 1 of 2) / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-988-001

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX172

Page 6012
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

Cut Corner Fitting – Repair Details

Figure 6002 (Sheet 2 of 2) / GRAPHIC 78-30-20-991-988-002

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX172

Page 6013
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

EFFECTIVITY: All FRSX172

Page 6014
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
T700 THRUST REVERSER
91A250 SERIES

ASSEMBLY

TASK 78-30-20-400-801-A01
1. Thrust Reverser – LH C-Duct Assembly

A. General

(1) This task gives the procedures to assemble the LH half of the thrust reverser unit.

(2) Examine the parts to make sure that they are serviceable and have the correct part
number. Make sure that the parts are clean and there is no preservation material
remaining.

CAUTION: REMOVE THE PARTS AND THE ATTACHING PARTS FROM THE
POLYTHENE BAGS (OMAT 1238) AS YOU ASSEMBLE THE
THRUST REVERSER STRUCTURE.

CAUTION: CLEAN THE CONTACT SURFACE OF THE PARTS AND

ATTACHING PARTS WITH A CLEAN LINT-FREE CLOTH (OMAT
2/101) MADE WET WITH SOLVENT (OMAT 1/257).

(3) Do an inspection of all the parts that you can see during maintenance. Do an
inspection of all the parts that you will install.

(4) For the assembly procedures, refer to the Illustrated Parts List (IPL) to identify the
parts. The number in brackets after the part description is the Figure and Item
number from the IPL.

(5) Transportation covers/blanks must not be removed until immediately before

installation.

(6) Assembly tolerances are included in the procedure.

(7) If a lubricant is not specified, apply applicable lubricant (OMat 8/176) to all threads
and mating faces of nuts and bolts.

(8) TASKS identified by SPM TASK are in the Standard Practices Manual (Ref.
RR-CAEL-SPM).

(9) For the procedures to lock threaded parts, refer to SPM TASK 70-12-04-400-000.

(10) For data on the installation of vee band coupling clamps and E seals, refer to SPM
TASK 70-12-02-400-000.

(11) To identify, lubricate and install seal rings, refer to SPM TASK 70-02-01-400-000.
EFFECTIVITY: All ASSEMBLY - 01
Page 7001
© 2019 SAFRAN Nacelles 78-30-20 Mar 29/19
 &20321(17 0$,17(1$1&( 0$18$/
$ 6(5,(6

7KUXVW 5HYHUVHU ,QVWDOODWLRQ

)LJXUH *5$3+,&$

,3/

 3DJH 

6HS 
7KH GDWD DQG LQIRUPDWLRQ FRQWDLQHG KHUH LQ DUH SURSULHWDU\ WR $LUFHOOH &RS\ DQG GLVWULEXWLRQ WR D WKLUG SDUW\ DUH VWULFWO\ IRUELGGHQ 3ULQWHG LQ )UDQFH